1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment ========================================================
3 @comment %**start of header
4 @setfilename autoconf.info
7 @documentencoding UTF-8
8 @set txicodequoteundirected
9 @set txicodequotebacktick
10 @setchapternewpage odd
15 @c The ARG is an optional argument. To be used for macro arguments in
16 @c their documentation (@defmac).
18 @r{[}@var{\varname\}@r{]}
21 @c @dvar(ARG, DEFAULT)
22 @c -------------------
23 @c The ARG is an optional argument, defaulting to DEFAULT. To be used
24 @c for macro arguments in their documentation (@defmac).
25 @macro dvar{varname, default}
26 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @samp{\default\}@r{]}
29 @c @dvarv(ARG, DEFAULT-VAR)
30 @c ------------------------
31 @c Same as @dvar{ARG, DEFAULT-VAR}, but with @var instead of @samp
32 @c around DEFAULT-VAR.
33 @macro dvarv{varname, default}
34 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @var{\default\}@r{]}
37 @c Handling the indexes with Texinfo yields several different problems.
39 @c Because we want to drop out the AC_ part of the macro names in the
40 @c printed manual, but not in the other outputs, we need a layer above
41 @c the usual @acindex{} etc. That's why we first define indexes such as
42 @c acx meant to become the macro @acindex. First of all, using 'ac_'
43 @c does not work with makeinfo, and using 'ac1' doesn't work with TeX.
44 @c So use something more regular 'acx'. Then you finish with a printed
45 @c index saying 'index is not existent'. Of course: you ought to use
46 @c two letters :( So you use capitals.
48 @c Second, when defining a macro in the TeX world, following spaces are
49 @c eaten. But then, since we embed @acxindex commands that use the end
50 @c of line as an end marker, the whole things wrecks itself. So make
51 @c sure you do *force* an additional end of line, add a '@c'.
53 @c Finally, you might want to get rid of TeX expansion, using --expand
54 @c with texi2dvi. But then you wake up an old problem: we use macros
55 @c in @defmac etc. where TeX does perform the expansion, but not makeinfo.
57 @c Define an environment variable index, for variables users may set
58 @c in their environment or on the configure command line.
60 @c Define an output variable index, for commonly AC_SUBST'ed variables.
62 @c Define a cache variable index, for variables matching *_cv_*.
64 @c Other shell variables not fitting the above categories should be
65 @c listed in the predefined vrindex, which we merge in the concept index.
67 @c Define a CPP preprocessor macro index, for #define'd strings.
69 @c Define an Autoconf macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
71 @c Define an Autotest macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
73 @c Define an M4sugar macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
75 @c Define an index for *foreign* programs: 'mv' etc. Used for the
76 @c portability sections and so on.
81 @c Shall we factor AC_ out of the Autoconf macro index etc.?
88 @c Registering an AC_\MACRO\.
95 @ifclear shortindexflag
103 @c Registering an AH_\MACRO\.
104 @macro ahindex{macro}
111 @c Registering an AS_\MACRO\.
112 @ifset shortindexflag
113 @macro asindex{macro}
118 @ifclear shortindexflag
119 @macro asindex{macro}
126 @c Registering an AT_\MACRO\.
127 @ifset shortindexflag
128 @macro atindex{macro}
133 @ifclear shortindexflag
134 @macro atindex{macro}
141 @c Registering an AU_\MACRO\.
142 @macro auindex{macro}
149 @c Indexing a header.
150 @macro hdrindex{macro}
151 @prindex @file{\macro\}
157 @c Registering an m4_\MACRO\.
158 @ifset shortindexflag
159 @macro msindex{macro}
164 @ifclear shortindexflag
165 @macro msindex{macro}
171 @c @caindex{VARIABLE}
172 @c ------------------
173 @c Registering an ac_cv_\VARIABLE\ cache variable.
174 @ifset shortindexflag
175 @macro caindex{macro}
179 @ifclear shortindexflag
180 @macro caindex{macro}
181 @CAindex ac_cv_\macro\
185 @c Define an index for functions: 'alloca' etc. Used for the
186 @c portability sections and so on. We can't use 'fn' (aka 'fnindex'),
187 @c since '@defmac' goes into it => we'd get all the macros too.
189 @c FIXME: Aaarg! It seems there are too many indices for TeX :(
191 @c ! No room for a new @write .
192 @c l.112 @defcodeindex fu
194 @c so don't define yet another one :( Just put some tags before each
195 @c @prindex which is actually a @funindex.
200 @c @c Put the programs and functions into their own index.
201 @c @syncodeindex fu pr
203 @comment %**end of header
204 @comment ========================================================
208 This manual (@value{UPDATED}) is for GNU Autoconf
209 (version @value{VERSION}),
210 a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using
211 templates and an M4 macro package.
213 Copyright @copyright{} 1992--1996, 1998--2017, 2020--2024 Free Software
217 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
218 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
219 Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
220 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover texts, and
221 no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
222 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
228 @dircategory Software development
230 * Autoconf: (autoconf). Create source code configuration scripts.
233 @dircategory Individual utilities
235 * autoscan: (autoconf)autoscan Invocation.
236 Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
237 * ifnames: (autoconf)ifnames Invocation. Listing conditionals in source.
238 * autoconf-invocation: (autoconf)autoconf Invocation.
239 How to create configuration scripts
240 * autoreconf: (autoconf)autoreconf Invocation.
241 Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
242 * autoheader: (autoconf)autoheader Invocation.
243 How to create configuration templates
244 * autom4te: (autoconf)autom4te Invocation.
245 The Autoconf executables backbone
246 * configure: (autoconf)configure Invocation. Configuring a package.
247 * autoupdate: (autoconf)autoupdate Invocation.
248 Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
249 * config.status: (autoconf)config.status Invocation. Recreating configurations.
250 * testsuite: (autoconf)testsuite Invocation. Running an Autotest test suite.
255 @subtitle Creating Automatic Configuration Scripts
256 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
257 @author David MacKenzie
259 @author Akim Demaille
261 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
274 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
277 * Introduction:: Autoconf's purpose, strengths, and weaknesses
278 * The GNU Build System:: A set of tools for portable software packages
279 * Making configure Scripts:: How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts
280 * Setup:: Initialization and output
281 * Existing Tests:: Macros that check for particular features
282 * Writing Tests:: How to write new feature checks
283 * Results:: What to do with results from feature checks
284 * Programming in M4:: Layers on top of which Autoconf is written
285 * Programming in M4sh:: Shell portability layer
286 * Writing Autoconf Macros:: Adding new macros to Autoconf
287 * Portable Shell:: Shell script portability pitfalls
288 * Portable Make:: Makefile portability pitfalls
289 * Portable C and C++:: C and C++ portability pitfalls
290 * Manual Configuration:: Selecting features that can't be guessed
291 * Site Configuration:: Local defaults for @command{configure}
292 * Running configure Scripts:: How to use the Autoconf output
293 * config.status Invocation:: Recreating a configuration
294 * Obsolete Constructs:: Kept for backward compatibility
295 * Using Autotest:: Creating portable test suites
296 * FAQ:: Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
297 * History:: History of Autoconf
298 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
299 * Indices:: Indices of symbols, concepts, etc.
302 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
306 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
307 * Gnulib:: The GNU portability library
308 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
309 * Pointers:: More info on the GNU build system
311 Making @command{configure} Scripts
313 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
314 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
315 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
316 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
317 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
319 Writing @file{configure.ac}
321 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
322 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
323 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
325 Initialization and Output Files
327 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
328 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
329 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
330 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
331 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
332 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
333 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
334 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
335 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
336 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
337 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
338 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
339 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
341 Substitutions in Makefiles
343 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
344 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
345 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
346 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
347 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
349 Configuration Header Files
351 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
352 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
353 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
357 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
358 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
359 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
360 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
361 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
362 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
363 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
364 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
365 * Types:: Types that might be missing
366 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
367 * System Services:: Operating system services
368 * C and Posix Variants:: Kludges for C and Posix variants
369 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
373 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
374 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
378 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
379 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
383 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
384 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
385 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
389 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
390 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
391 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
395 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
396 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
400 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
401 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
405 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
406 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
408 Compilers and Preprocessors
410 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
411 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
412 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
413 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
414 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
415 * Objective C++ Compiler:: Likewise
416 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
417 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
418 * Go Compiler:: Likewise
422 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
423 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
424 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
425 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
426 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
427 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
428 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
430 Writing Test Programs
432 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
433 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
434 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
438 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
439 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
440 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
441 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
442 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
446 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
447 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
448 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
452 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
453 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
454 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
455 * Debugging via autom4te:: Figuring out what M4 was doing
459 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
460 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
461 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
462 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
463 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
464 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
465 * Balancing Parentheses:: Dealing with unbalanced parentheses
466 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
468 Using @command{autom4te}
470 * autom4te Invocation:: A GNU M4 wrapper
471 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
473 Programming in M4sugar
475 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
476 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
477 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
478 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
479 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
480 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
481 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
482 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
483 * Set manipulation Macros:: Set manipulation in M4
484 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
488 * Common Shell Constructs:: Portability layer for common shell constructs
489 * Polymorphic Variables:: Support for indirect variable names
490 * Initialization Macros:: Macros to establish a sane shell environment
491 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
493 Writing Autoconf Macros
495 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
496 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
497 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
498 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
499 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros à la Autoconf
501 Dependencies Between Macros
503 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
504 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
505 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
507 Portable Shell Programming
509 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
510 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
511 * Invoking the Shell:: Invoking the shell as a command
512 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
513 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
514 * Signal Handling:: Shells, signals, and headaches
515 * File System Conventions:: File names
516 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
517 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
518 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
519 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
520 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
521 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
522 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
523 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
524 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
526 Portable Make Programming
528 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
529 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
530 * Command Line Prefixes:: What's at the start of makefile command lines
531 * Special Chars in Names:: Special characters in macro names
532 * Backslash-Newline-Empty:: Empty lines after backslash-newline
533 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
534 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
535 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
536 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
537 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
538 * Parallel Make:: Parallel @command{make} quirks
539 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
540 * Newlines in Make Rules:: Using literal newlines in rules
541 * Comments in Make Macros:: Other problems with Make comments in macros
542 * Trailing whitespace in Make Macros:: Macro substitution problems
543 * Command-line Macros and whitespace:: Whitespace trimming of values
544 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
545 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
546 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
547 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
548 * Timestamps and Make:: Sub-second timestamp resolution
550 @code{VPATH} and Make
552 * Variables listed in VPATH:: @code{VPATH} must be literal on ancient hosts
553 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
554 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
555 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
556 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
557 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
559 Portable C and C++ Programming
561 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
562 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
563 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
564 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
565 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
566 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
567 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
568 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
572 * Integer Overflow Basics:: Why integer overflow is a problem
573 * Signed Overflow Examples:: Examples of code assuming wraparound
574 * Optimization and Wraparound:: Optimizations that break uses of wraparound
575 * Signed Overflow Advice:: Practical advice for signed overflow issues
576 * Signed Integer Division:: @code{INT_MIN / -1} and @code{INT_MIN % -1}
580 * Specifying Target Triplets:: Specifying target triplets
581 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
582 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
586 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
587 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
588 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
589 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
590 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
591 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
592 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
593 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
595 Transforming Program Names When Installing
597 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
598 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
599 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
601 Running @command{configure} Scripts
603 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
604 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
605 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
606 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
607 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
608 * System Types:: Specifying a system type
609 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
610 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
611 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
615 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
616 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
617 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
618 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
619 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
620 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
622 Upgrading From Version 1
624 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
625 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
626 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
627 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
628 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
630 Upgrading From Version 2.13
632 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
633 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
634 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
635 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
636 * AC_ACT_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_ACT:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
638 Generating Test Suites with Autotest
640 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
641 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
642 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
643 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
645 Using an Autotest Test Suite
647 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
648 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
650 Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
652 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
653 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
654 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and GNU M4 require each other?
655 * Why Not Imake:: Why GNU uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
656 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
657 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
658 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
659 * Expanded Before Required:: Expanded Before Required
660 * Debugging:: Debugging @command{configure} scripts
664 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
665 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
666 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
667 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
668 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
672 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
673 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
674 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
675 * Cache Variable Index:: Index of documented cache variables
676 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
677 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
678 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
679 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
680 * Concept Index:: General index
685 @c ============================================================= Introduction.
688 @chapter Introduction
692 A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the
693 nature of God. ``Surely a Physicist,'' said the physicist, ``because
694 early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell's
695 equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic
696 consequences@enddots{}'' ``An Engineer!,'' said the engineer, ``because
697 before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes
698 a hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly
699 separation of solids from liquids@enddots{}'' The computer scientist
700 shouted: ``And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?''
704 @c (via François Pinard)
706 Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically
707 configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of
708 Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf
709 are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not
710 need to have Autoconf.
712 The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user
713 intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument
714 specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the
715 presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need.
716 (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are
717 checking for, so the user doesn't get too bored while waiting for the
718 script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are
719 hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is
720 no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each
721 release of each variant of Posix.
723 For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a
724 configuration script from a template file that lists the system features
725 that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize
726 and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to
727 be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature.
728 If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some
729 reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the
730 configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage
733 @c "Those who do not understand Unix are condemned to reinvent it, poorly."
734 @c --Henry Spencer, 1987 (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_philosophy)
735 Those who do not understand Autoconf are condemned to reinvent it, poorly.
736 The primary goal of Autoconf is making the @emph{user's} life easier;
737 making the @emph{maintainer's} life easier is only a secondary goal.
738 Put another way, the primary goal is not to make the generation of
739 @file{configure} automatic for package maintainers (although patches
740 along that front are welcome, since package maintainers form the user
741 base of Autoconf); rather, the goal is to make @file{configure}
742 painless, portable, and predictable for the end user of each
743 @dfn{autoconfiscated} package. And to this degree, Autoconf is highly
744 successful at its goal---most complaints to the Autoconf list are
745 about difficulties in writing Autoconf input, and not in the behavior of
746 the resulting @file{configure}. Even packages that don't use Autoconf
747 will generally provide a @file{configure} script, and the most common
748 complaint about these alternative home-grown scripts is that they fail
749 to meet one or more of the GNU Coding Standards (@pxref{Configuration, , ,
750 standards, The GNU Coding Standards}) that users
751 have come to expect from Autoconf-generated @file{configure} scripts.
753 The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the
754 scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite
755 inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig
756 scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is
757 taken in writing them.
759 Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable
760 software packages---for a more complete solution, it should be used in
761 concert with other GNU build tools like Automake and
762 Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a
763 portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets,
764 linking of shared libraries, and so on. @xref{The GNU Build System},
765 for more information.
767 Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
768 @code{#if} in C programs (@pxref{Preprocessor Symbol Index}).
770 Autoconf requires GNU M4 version 1.4.8 or later in order to
771 generate the scripts. It uses features that some versions of M4,
772 including GNU M4 1.3, do not have. Autoconf works better
773 with GNU M4 version 1.4.16 or later, though this is not
776 @xref{Autoconf 1}, for information about upgrading from version 1.
777 @xref{History}, for the story of Autoconf's development. @xref{FAQ},
778 for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
780 See the @uref{https://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf/,
781 Autoconf web page} for up-to-date information, details on the mailing
782 lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
784 Mail suggestions to @email{autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf mailing
785 list}. Past suggestions are
786 @uref{https://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf/, archived}.
788 Mail bug reports to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the
789 Autoconf Bugs mailing list}. Past bug reports are
790 @uref{https://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/bug-autoconf/, archived}.
792 If possible, first check that your bug is
793 not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not
794 been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a
795 short @file{configure.ac} that demonstrates the problem.
797 Autoconf's development tree is accessible via @command{git}; see the
798 @uref{https://@/savannah.gnu.org/@/projects/@/autoconf/, Autoconf
799 Summary} for details, or view
800 @uref{https://@/git.savannah.gnu.org/@/cgit/@/autoconf.git, the actual
801 repository}. Patches relative to the current @command{git} version can
802 be sent for review to the @email{autoconf-patches@@gnu.org, Autoconf
803 Patches mailing list}, with discussion on prior patches
804 @uref{https://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-@/patches/,
805 archived}; and all commits are posted in the read-only
806 @email{autoconf-commit@@gnu.org, Autoconf Commit mailing list}, which is
807 also @uref{https://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-commit/,
810 Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself
811 includes only a set of often-used
812 macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless,
813 if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the
814 @uref{https://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf-archive/, Autoconf Macro
815 Archive}, which is kindly run by @email{simons@@cryp.to,
819 @c ================================================= The GNU Build System
821 @node The GNU Build System
822 @chapter The GNU Build System
823 @cindex GNU build system
825 Autoconf solves an important problem---reliable discovery of
826 system-specific build and runtime information---but this is only one
827 piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this
828 end, the GNU project has developed a suite of integrated
829 utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the GNU build
830 system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and
831 Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you
832 to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the
833 entire GNU build system for your software.
836 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
837 * Gnulib:: The GNU portability library
838 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
839 * Pointers:: More info on the GNU build system
845 The ubiquity of @command{make} means that a makefile is almost the
846 only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
847 one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
848 support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
849 subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
850 so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
851 reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
852 to the quirks of @command{make} on many systems. On top of all this is the
853 manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
854 have come to expect (@code{make install}, @code{make distclean},
855 @code{make uninstall}, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
856 you also have to insert repetitive code in your @file{Makefile.in} to
857 recognize @code{@@CC@@}, @code{@@CFLAGS@@}, and other substitutions
858 provided by @command{configure}. Into this mess steps @dfn{Automake}.
861 Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a @file{Makefile.am}
862 file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain
863 makefile, and then generates a portable @file{Makefile.in} for
864 use with Autoconf. For example, the @file{Makefile.am} to build and
865 install a simple ``Hello world'' program might look like:
869 hello_SOURCES = hello.c
873 The resulting @file{Makefile.in} (~400 lines) automatically supports all
874 the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
875 dependency tracking, @code{VPATH} building, and so on. @command{make}
876 builds the @code{hello} program, and @code{make install} installs it
877 in @file{/usr/local/bin} (or whatever prefix was given to
878 @command{configure}, if not @file{/usr/local}).
880 The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones
881 with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience
882 and portability can be substantial. And that's not all@enddots{}
887 GNU software has a well-deserved reputation for running on
888 many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write
889 software for the GNU system, many users and developers have
890 been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
893 Gnulib is a central location for common GNU code, intended to
894 be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically
895 shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built,
896 installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib
897 into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers
898 should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files
899 are available online, under various licenses, mostly GNU
902 Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
903 macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
904 @code{stdckdint} module implements a @file{stdckdint.h} header that nearly
905 conforms to C23, even on older hosts that lack @file{stdckdint.h}.
906 This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
907 with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
910 For more information, consult the Gnulib website,
911 @uref{https://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/gnulib/}.
916 Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that
917 other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one
918 would like to produce @emph{shared} (dynamically linked) libraries,
919 which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in
920 memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs.
921 Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of
922 nightmares---each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags,
923 and magic incantations. Fortunately, GNU provides a solution:
927 Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for
928 you, and at this time seems to be the @emph{only} way to do so with any
929 portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the
930 interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of
931 shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are
932 installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system
933 (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded
934 without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like
935 Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in
936 conjunction with Automake---there, Libtool is used automatically
937 whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
942 Developers who are used to the simplicity of @command{make} for small
943 projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
944 learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
945 distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
946 quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
947 services that the GNU build tools provide, and making the
948 same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
949 you're already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
951 There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on
958 The project home pages for
959 @uref{https://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/autoconf/, Autoconf},
960 @uref{https://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/automake/, Automake},
961 @uref{https://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/gnulib/, Gnulib}, and
962 @uref{https://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/libtool/, Libtool}.
964 @item Automake Manual
966 @xref{Top, , Automake, automake, GNU Automake}, for more
967 information on Automake.
971 The book @cite{GNU Autoconf, Automake and
972 Libtool}@footnote{@cite{GNU Autoconf, Automake and Libtool},
973 by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally
974 New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.} describes the complete GNU
975 build environment. You can also find
976 @uref{https://@/www.sourceware.org/@/autobook/, the entire book on-line}.
980 @c ================================================= Making configure Scripts.
982 @node Making configure Scripts
983 @chapter Making @command{configure} Scripts
984 @cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
985 @cindex @command{configure}
987 The configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
988 called @command{configure}. When run, @command{configure} creates several
989 files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
990 values. The files that @command{configure} creates are:
994 one or more @file{Makefile} files, usually one in each subdirectory of the
995 package (@pxref{Makefile Substitutions});
998 optionally, a C header file, the name of which is configurable,
999 containing @code{#define} directives (@pxref{Configuration Headers});
1002 a shell script called @file{config.status} that, when run, recreates
1003 the files listed above (@pxref{config.status Invocation});
1006 an optional shell script normally called @file{config.cache}
1007 (created when using @samp{configure --config-cache}) that
1008 saves the results of running many of the tests (@pxref{Cache Files});
1011 a file called @file{config.log} containing any messages produced by
1012 compilers, to help debugging if @command{configure} makes a mistake.
1015 @cindex @file{configure.ac}
1016 To create a @command{configure} script with Autoconf, you need
1017 to write an Autoconf input file @file{configure.ac} and run
1018 @command{autoconf} on it. If you write your own feature tests to
1019 supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
1020 called @file{aclocal.m4} and @file{acsite.m4}. If you use a C header
1021 file to contain @code{#define} directives, you might also run
1022 @command{autoheader}, and you can distribute the generated file
1023 @file{config.h.in} with the package.
1025 Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
1026 configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
1027 @samp{*}. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[]}).
1028 @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} also read the installed Autoconf
1029 macro files (by reading @file{autoconf.m4}).
1032 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution, when using
1035 your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
1039 | .------> autoconf* -----> configure
1040 [aclocal.m4] --+---+
1041 | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in]
1049 Additionally, if you use Automake, the following additional productions
1056 [local macros] --+--> aclocal* --> aclocal.m4
1063 +--> automake* --> Makefile.in
1069 Files used in configuring a software package:
1072 .-------------> [config.cache]
1073 configure* ------------+-------------> config.log
1075 [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -.
1076 +--> config.status* -+ +--> make*
1077 Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
1082 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
1083 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
1084 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
1085 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
1086 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
1089 @node Writing Autoconf Input
1090 @section Writing @file{configure.ac}
1092 To produce a @command{configure} script for a software package, create a
1093 file called @file{configure.ac} that contains invocations of the
1094 Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
1095 use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
1096 @ref{Existing Tests}, for their descriptions. For most other features,
1097 you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
1098 @ref{Writing Tests}, for information about them. For especially tricky
1099 or specialized features, @file{configure.ac} might need to contain some
1100 hand-crafted shell commands; see @ref{Portable Shell, , Portable Shell
1101 Programming}. The @command{autoscan} program can give you a good start
1102 in writing @file{configure.ac} (@pxref{autoscan Invocation}, for more
1105 @cindex @file{configure.in}
1106 Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name @file{configure.in},
1107 which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
1108 described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
1109 @file{config.h.in} and so on (for which @samp{.in} means ``to be
1110 processed by @command{configure}''). Using @file{configure.ac} is now
1111 preferred, while the use of @file{configure.in} will cause warnings
1112 from @command{autoconf}.
1115 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
1116 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
1117 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
1120 @node Shell Script Compiler
1121 @subsection A Shell Script Compiler
1123 Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program
1124 @file{configure.ac} in Autoconf you must understand @emph{what} problem
1125 the language tries to address and @emph{how} it does so.
1127 The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
1128 you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
1129 all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
1130 Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: @command{configure}
1131 must run on all those systems, and thus @command{configure} must limit itself
1132 to their lowest common denominator of features.
1134 Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
1135 @command{autoconf}? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
1136 make it easy to write @command{configure} scripts by hand. Sigh!
1137 Unfortunately, even in 2008, where shells without any function support are
1138 far and few between, there are pitfalls to avoid when making use of them.
1139 Also, finding a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions is not trivial,
1140 even though there is almost always one on interesting porting targets.
1142 So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, @command{autoconf},
1143 that takes an Autoconf program, @file{configure.ac}, and transforms it
1144 into a portable shell script, @command{configure}.
1146 How does @command{autoconf} perform this task?
1148 There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
1149 extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
1150 sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
1151 many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
1152 (e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
1153 extend an existing language, such as the @code{sh} (Bourne shell)
1156 Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of @code{sh}. It was
1157 therefore most convenient to implement @command{autoconf} as a macro
1158 expander: a program that repeatedly performs @dfn{macro expansions} on
1159 text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
1160 @code{sh} script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
1161 Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
1162 general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
1163 as a set of M4 macros.
1166 @node Autoconf Language
1167 @subsection The Autoconf Language
1170 The Autoconf language differs from many other computer
1171 languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas
1172 in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic
1173 status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we
1174 need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded:
1177 When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white
1178 space between the macro name and the open parenthesis.
1181 AC_INIT ([oops], [1.0]) # incorrect
1182 AC_INIT([hello], [1.0]) # good
1186 be enclosed within the quote characters @samp{[} and @samp{]}, and be
1187 separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored,
1188 unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that
1189 might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or
1190 newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro
1191 call, including macros called from other macros. For more details on
1192 quoting rules, see @ref{Programming in M4}.
1197 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1198 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1],
1199 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1200 [AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1204 is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
1207 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1208 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1,
1209 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1210 [AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1214 because @samp{1} cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
1215 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
1216 interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
1217 of @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADER} must be quoted, since they contain
1218 macro calls. The three arguments @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio.h},
1219 and @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} do not need quoting, but
1220 if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like @samp{Define} or
1221 @samp{stdio} then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
1222 would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
1223 annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
1226 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1227 [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1228 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1229 [AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1233 This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not
1234 define macros with names like @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio}, or
1235 @samp{h}. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around
1236 @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} this is not recommended, as
1237 message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
1239 The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
1242 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1243 AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1244 Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.),
1245 AC_MSG_ERROR([sorry, can't do anything for you]))
1248 In other cases, you may want to use text that also resembles a macro
1249 call. You must quote that text (whether just the potential problem, or
1250 the entire line) even when it is not passed as a macro argument; and you
1251 may also have to use @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden
1252 Patterns}), to declare your intention that the resulting configure file
1253 will have a literal that resembles what would otherwise be reserved for
1254 a macro name. For example:
1257 dnl Simulate a possible future autoconf macro
1258 m4_define([AC_DC], [oops])
1260 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1261 dnl Correctly quoted:
1262 m4_pattern_allow([AC_DC])
1263 echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]"
1264 [echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"]
1268 which results in this text in @file{configure}:
1271 echo "Hard rock was here! --oops"
1272 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1273 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1277 When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have
1278 an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro
1279 substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to @emph{use double
1280 quoting for all literal string arguments}, either around just the
1281 problematic portions, or over the entire argument:
1284 m4_pattern_allow([AC_DC])
1285 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC] stinks --Iron Maiden])
1286 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1289 It is also possible to avoid the problematic patterns in the first
1290 place, by the use of additional escaping (either a quadrigraph, or
1291 creative shell constructs), in which case it is no longer necessary to
1292 use @code{m4_pattern_allow}:
1295 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC""_DC"
1296 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC@@&t@@_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1299 You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that
1300 has been continually misunderstood@enddots{} The rule of thumb is that
1301 @emph{whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion};
1302 i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
1305 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(AC_LANG_SOURCE([char b[10];]), [],
1306 [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1310 is incorrect: here, the first argument of @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE} is
1311 @samp{char b[10];} and is expanded once, which results in
1312 @samp{char b10;}; and the @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE} is also expanded prior
1313 to being passed to @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}. (There was an idiom common
1314 in Autoconf's past to
1315 address this issue via the M4 @code{changequote} primitive, but do not
1316 use it!) Let's take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
1317 to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice;
1318 likewise, the intermediate @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE} macro should be quoted
1319 once so that it is only expanded after the rest of the body of
1320 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} is in place:
1323 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[char b[10];]])], [],
1324 [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1328 Voilà , you actually produce @samp{char b[10];} this time!
1330 On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
1331 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AS_HELP_STRING}) are not literals---they
1332 are subject to line breaking, for example---and should not be double quoted.
1333 Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
1334 quoting them yields weird results.
1336 Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents
1337 as @ovar{arg} (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may
1338 just leave them empty, or use @samp{[]} to make the emptiness of the
1339 argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The
1340 three lines below are equivalent:
1343 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], [])
1344 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,)
1345 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
1348 It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
1349 @file{configure.ac}. Most of the macros don't add extra newlines; they
1350 rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
1351 This approach makes the generated @command{configure} script a little
1352 easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
1353 safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
1354 the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
1356 You can include comments in @file{configure.ac} files by starting them
1357 with the @samp{#}. For example, it is helpful to begin
1358 @file{configure.ac} files with a line like this:
1361 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
1364 @node Autoconf Input Layout
1365 @subsection Standard @file{configure.ac} Layout
1367 The order in which @file{configure.ac} calls the Autoconf macros is not
1368 important, with a few exceptions. Every @file{configure.ac} must
1369 contain a call to @code{AC_INIT} before the checks, and a call to
1370 @code{AC_OUTPUT} at the end (@pxref{Output}). Additionally, some macros
1371 rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
1372 previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
1373 macros are noted in the individual descriptions (@pxref{Existing
1374 Tests}), and they also warn you when @command{configure} is created if they
1375 are called out of order.
1377 To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the
1378 Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this
1379 list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example,
1380 library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
1384 Autoconf requirements
1385 @code{AC_INIT(@var{package}, @var{version}, @var{bug-report-address})}
1386 information on the package
1388 checks for libraries
1389 checks for header files
1391 checks for structures
1392 checks for compiler characteristics
1393 checks for library functions
1394 checks for system services
1395 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@r{[}@var{file@dots{}}@r{]})}
1401 @node autoscan Invocation
1402 @section Using @command{autoscan} to Create @file{configure.ac}
1403 @cindex @command{autoscan}
1405 The @command{autoscan} program can help you create and/or maintain a
1406 @file{configure.ac} file for a software package. @command{autoscan}
1407 examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
1408 as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
1409 It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
1410 a file @file{configure.scan} which is a preliminary @file{configure.ac}
1411 for that package, and checks a possibly existing @file{configure.ac} for
1414 When using @command{autoscan} to create a @file{configure.ac}, you
1415 should manually examine @file{configure.scan} before renaming it to
1416 @file{configure.ac}; it probably needs some adjustments.
1417 Occasionally, @command{autoscan} outputs a macro in the wrong order
1418 relative to another macro, so that @command{autoconf} produces a warning;
1419 you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
1420 use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
1421 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). You might
1422 also have to change or add some @code{#if} directives to your program in
1423 order to make it work with Autoconf (@pxref{ifnames Invocation}, for
1424 information about a program that can help with that job).
1426 When using @command{autoscan} to maintain a @file{configure.ac}, simply
1427 consider adding its suggestions. The file @file{autoscan.log}
1428 contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
1430 @command{autoscan} uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
1431 to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
1432 a package's source files. These data files all have the same format:
1433 each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
1434 output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with @samp{#} are
1437 @command{autoscan} accepts the following options:
1442 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1446 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1450 Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting
1451 symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
1455 Don't remove temporary files.
1457 @item --include=@var{dir}
1459 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1461 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1463 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1466 @node ifnames Invocation
1467 @section Using @command{ifnames} to List Conditionals
1468 @cindex @command{ifnames}
1470 @command{ifnames} can help you write @file{configure.ac} for a software
1471 package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
1472 preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
1473 some portability, @command{ifnames} can thus help you figure out what its
1474 @command{configure} needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
1475 @file{configure.ac} generated by @command{autoscan} (@pxref{autoscan
1478 @command{ifnames} scans all of the C source files named on the command line
1479 (or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
1480 output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
1481 in @code{#if}, @code{#ifdef}, @code{#ifndef}, @code{#elif},
1482 @code{#elifdef}, or @code{#elifndef} directives.
1483 It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
1484 space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
1487 @command{ifnames} accepts the following options:
1492 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1496 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1499 @node autoconf Invocation
1500 @section Using @command{autoconf} to Create @command{configure}
1501 @cindex @command{autoconf}
1503 To create @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, run the
1504 @command{autoconf} program with no arguments. @command{autoconf} processes
1505 @file{configure.ac} with the M4 macro processor, using the
1506 Autoconf macros. If you give @command{autoconf} an argument, it reads that
1507 file instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1508 to the standard output instead of to @command{configure}. If you give
1509 @command{autoconf} the argument @option{-}, it reads from the standard
1510 input instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1511 to the standard output.
1513 The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
1514 distributed with Autoconf; @command{autoconf} reads them first. Then it
1515 looks for the optional file @file{acsite.m4} in the directory that
1516 contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
1517 @file{aclocal.m4} in the current directory. Those files can contain
1518 your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions
1519 (@pxref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for more information). If a macro is
1520 defined in more than one of the files that @command{autoconf} reads, the
1521 last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
1523 @command{autoconf} accepts the following options:
1528 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1532 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1536 Report processing steps.
1540 Don't remove the temporary files.
1544 Remake @file{configure} even if newer than its input files.
1546 @item --include=@var{dir}
1548 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1550 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1552 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1554 @item --output=@var{file}
1555 @itemx -o @var{file}
1556 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
1557 for the standard output.
1559 @item --warnings=@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
1560 @itemx -W@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
1562 Enable or disable warnings related to each @var{category}.
1563 @xref{m4_warn}, for a comprehensive list of categories.
1564 Special values include:
1568 Enable all categories of warnings.
1571 Disable all categories of warnings.
1574 Treat all warnings as errors.
1576 @item no-@var{category}
1577 Disable warnings falling into @var{category}.
1580 The environment variable @env{WARNINGS} may also be set to a
1581 comma-separated list of warning categories to enable or disable.
1582 It is interpreted exactly the same way as the argument of
1583 @option{--warnings}, but unknown categories are silently ignored.
1584 The command line takes precedence; for instance, if @env{WARNINGS}
1585 is set to @code{obsolete}, but @option{-Wnone} is given on the
1586 command line, no warnings will be issued.
1588 Some categories of warnings are on by default.
1589 Again, for details see @ref{m4_warn}.
1591 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1592 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1593 Do not create the @command{configure} script, but list the calls to
1594 @var{macro} according to the @var{format}. Multiple @option{--trace}
1595 arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple @option{--trace}
1596 arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
1597 just make @var{format} as long as needed.
1599 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
1600 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}; see
1601 @ref{autom4te Invocation}, for details on the @var{format}.
1603 @item --initialization
1605 By default, @option{--trace} does not trace the initialization of the
1606 Autoconf macros (typically the @code{AC_DEFUN} definitions). This
1607 results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
1611 It is often necessary to check the content of a @file{configure.ac}
1612 file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It
1613 is suggested that you rely upon @option{--trace} to scan
1614 @file{configure.ac}. For instance, to find the list of variables that
1615 are substituted, use:
1619 $ @kbd{autoconf -t AC_SUBST}
1620 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C
1621 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N
1622 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T
1623 @i{More traces deleted}
1628 The example below highlights the difference between @samp{$@@},
1629 @samp{$*}, and @samp{$%}.
1633 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
1634 AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an
1636 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@@: $@@}
1643 %: This:is:an [example]
1648 The @var{format} gives you a lot of freedom:
1652 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst@{"$1"@} = "$f:$l";'}
1653 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_C"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1654 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_N"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1655 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_T"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1656 @i{More traces deleted}
1661 A long @var{separator} can be used to improve the readability of complex
1662 structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single
1663 character is suitable as a separator):
1667 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:$@{|:::::|@}*'}
1668 ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir
1669 AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir
1670 AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir
1671 @i{More traces deleted}
1675 @node autoreconf Invocation
1676 @section Using @command{autoreconf} to Update @command{configure} Scripts
1677 @cindex @command{autoreconf}
1679 Installing the various components of the GNU Build System can be
1680 tedious: running @command{autopoint} for Gettext, @command{automake} for
1681 @file{Makefile.in} etc.@: in each directory. It may be needed either
1682 because some tools such as @command{automake} have been updated on your
1683 system, or because some of the sources such as @file{configure.ac} have
1684 been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the GNU Build
1685 System in a fresh tree.
1687 @command{autoreconf} runs @command{autoconf}, @command{autoheader},
1688 @command{aclocal}, @command{automake}, @command{libtoolize}, @command{intltoolize},
1689 @command{gtkdocize}, and @command{autopoint} (when appropriate) repeatedly
1690 to update the GNU Build System in the specified directories and their
1691 subdirectories (@pxref{Subdirectories}). By default, it only remakes
1692 those files that are older than their sources. The environment variables
1693 @env{AUTOM4TE}, @env{AUTOCONF}, @env{AUTOHEADER}, @env{AUTOMAKE}, @env{ACLOCAL},
1694 @env{AUTOPOINT}, @env{LIBTOOLIZE}, @env{INTLTOOLIZE}, @env{GTKDOCIZE}, @env{M4},
1695 and @env{MAKE} may be used to override the invocation of the respective tools.
1697 If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
1698 @command{autoreconf} remake @emph{all} of the files by giving it the
1699 @option{--force} option.
1701 @xref{Automatic Remaking}, for Make rules to automatically
1702 rebuild @command{configure} scripts when their source files change. That
1703 method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
1704 properly, but does not pass @option{--autoconf-dir=@var{dir}} or
1705 @option{--localdir=@var{dir}}.
1708 @cindex @command{autopoint}
1709 Gettext supplies the @command{autopoint} command to add translation
1710 infrastructure to a source package. If you use @command{autopoint},
1711 your @file{configure.ac} should invoke @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} and
1712 one of @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(@var{gettext-version})} or
1713 @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_REQUIRE_VERSION(@var{min-gettext-version})}.
1714 @xref{autopoint Invocation, , Invoking the @code{autopoint} Program,
1715 gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}, for further details.
1718 @command{autoreconf} accepts the following options:
1723 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1727 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1731 Print the name of each directory @command{autoreconf} examines and the
1732 commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass @option{--verbose}
1733 to subordinate tools that support it.
1737 Don't remove the temporary files.
1741 Consider all generated and standard auxiliary files to be obsolete.
1742 This remakes even @file{configure} scripts and configuration headers
1743 that are newer than their input files (@file{configure.ac} and, if
1744 present, @file{aclocal.m4}).
1746 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to @samp{automake
1747 --force-missing}. Passing both @option{--force} and @option{--install}
1748 to @command{autoreconf} will in turn undo any customizations to standard
1749 files. Note that the macro @code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE} has some options
1750 which change the set of files considered to be standard.
1754 Install any missing standard auxiliary files in the package. By
1755 default, files are copied; this can be changed with @option{--symlink}.
1757 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to
1758 @samp{automake --add-missing},
1759 @samp{libtoolize}, @samp{autopoint}, etc.
1761 @item --no-recursive
1762 Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories},
1763 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}).
1767 When used with @option{--install}, install symbolic links to the missing
1768 auxiliary files instead of copying them.
1772 When the directories were configured, update the configuration by
1773 running @samp{./config.status --recheck && ./config.status}, and then
1776 @item --include=@var{dir}
1778 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1779 Passed on to @command{aclocal}, @command{autoconf} and
1780 @command{autoheader} internally.
1782 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1784 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1785 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1787 @item --warnings=@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
1788 @itemx -W@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
1790 Enable or disable warnings related to each @var{category}.
1791 @xref{m4_warn}, for a comprehensive list of categories.
1792 Special values include:
1796 Enable all categories of warnings.
1799 Disable all categories of warnings.
1802 Treat all warnings as errors.
1804 @item no-@var{category}
1805 Disable warnings falling into @var{category}.
1808 The environment variable @env{WARNINGS} may also be set to a
1809 comma-separated list of warning categories to enable or disable.
1810 It is interpreted exactly the same way as the argument of
1811 @option{--warnings}, but unknown categories are silently ignored.
1812 The command line takes precedence; for instance, if @env{WARNINGS}
1813 is set to @code{obsolete}, but @option{-Wnone} is given on the
1814 command line, no warnings will be issued.
1816 Some categories of warnings are on by default.
1817 Again, for details see @ref{m4_warn}.
1820 If you want @command{autoreconf} to pass flags that are not listed here
1821 on to @command{aclocal}, set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} in your @file{Makefile.am}.
1822 Due to a limitation in the Autoconf implementation these flags currently
1823 must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am}, without any
1824 backslash-newlines or makefile comments.
1825 Also, be aware that future Automake releases might
1826 start flagging @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} as obsolescent, or even remove
1829 @c ========================================= Initialization and Output Files.
1832 @chapter Initialization and Output Files
1834 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts need some information about
1835 how to initialize, such as how to find the package's source files and
1836 about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
1837 initialization and the creation of output files.
1840 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
1841 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
1842 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
1843 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
1844 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
1845 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
1846 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
1847 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
1848 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
1849 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
1850 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
1851 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
1852 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
1855 @node Initializing configure
1856 @section Initializing @command{configure}
1858 Every @command{configure} script must call @code{AC_INIT} before doing
1859 anything else that produces output. Calls to silent macros, such as
1860 @code{AC_DEFUN}, may also occur prior to @code{AC_INIT}, although these
1861 are generally used via @file{aclocal.m4}, since that is implicitly
1862 included before the start of @file{configure.ac}. The only other
1863 required macro is @code{AC_OUTPUT} (@pxref{Output}).
1866 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{package}, @var{version}, @ovar{bug-report}, @
1867 @ovar{tarname}, @ovar{url})
1869 Process any command-line arguments and perform initialization
1872 Set the name of the @var{package} and its @var{version}. These are
1873 typically used in @option{--version} support, including that of
1874 @command{configure}. The optional argument @var{bug-report} should be
1875 the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
1876 @var{tarname} differs from @var{package}: the latter designates the full
1877 package name (e.g., @samp{GNU Autoconf}), while the former is meant for
1878 distribution tar ball names (e.g., @samp{autoconf}). It defaults to
1879 @var{package} with @samp{GNU } stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
1880 other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to @samp{-}. If
1881 provided, @var{url} should be the home page for the package.
1883 Leading and trailing whitespace is stripped from all the arguments to
1884 @code{AC_INIT}, and interior whitespace is collapsed to a single space.
1885 This means that, for instance, if you want to put several email
1886 addresses in @var{bug-report}, you can put each one on its own line:
1890 # We keep having problems with the mail hosting for
1891 # gnomovision.example, so give people an alternative.
1892 AC_INIT([Gnomovision], [17.0.1], [
1893 bugs@@gnomovision.example
1894 or gnomo-bugs@@reliable-email.example
1899 The arguments to @code{AC_INIT} may be computed by M4, when
1900 @command{autoconf} is run. For instance, if you want to include the
1901 package's version number in the @var{tarname}, but you don't want to
1902 repeat it, you can use a helper macro:
1906 m4_define([gnomo_VERSION], [17.0.1])
1907 AC_INIT([Gnomovision],
1908 m4_defn([gnomo_VERSION]),
1909 [bugs@@gnomovision.example],
1910 [gnomo-]m4_defn([gnomo_VERSION]))
1914 This uses @code{m4_defn} to produce the expansion of
1915 @code{gnomo_VERSION} @emph{as a quoted string}, so that if there happen
1916 to be any more M4 macro names in @code{gnomo_VERSION}, they will not be
1917 expanded. @xref{Defn,,Renaming Macros,m4,GNU m4 macro processor}.
1919 Continuing this example, if you don't want to embed the version number
1920 in @file{configure.ac} at all, you can use @code{m4_esyscmd} to look it
1921 up somewhere else when @command{autoconf} is run:
1925 m4_define([gnomo_VERSION],
1926 m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]))
1927 AC_INIT([Gnomovision],
1928 m4_defn([gnomo_VERSION]),
1929 [bugs@@gnomovision.example],
1930 [gnomo-]m4_defn([gnomo_VERSION]))
1934 This uses the utility script @command{git-version-gen} to look up
1935 the package's version in its version control metadata. This script
1936 is part of Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
1938 The arguments to @code{AC_INIT} are written into @file{configure} in
1939 several different places. Therefore, we strongly recommend that you
1940 write any M4 logic in @code{AC_INIT} arguments to be evaluated
1941 @emph{before} @code{AC_INIT} itself is evaluated. For instance, in the
1942 above example, the second argument to @code{m4_define} is @emph{not}
1943 quoted, so the @code{m4_esyscmd} is evaluated only once, and
1944 @code{gnomo_VERSION} is defined to the output of the command. If the
1945 second argument to @code{m4_define} were quoted, @code{m4_esyscmd} would
1946 be evaluated each time the @var{version} or @var{tarname} arguments were
1947 written to @file{configure}, and the command would be run repeatedly.
1949 In some of the places where the arguments to @code{AC_INIT} are used,
1950 within @file{configure}, shell evaluation cannot happen. Therefore, the
1951 arguments to @code{AC_INIT} may @emph{not} be computed when
1952 @command{configure} is run. If they contain any construct that isn't
1953 always treated as literal by the shell (e.g.@: variable expansions),
1954 @command{autoconf} will issue an error.
1956 The @var{tarname} argument is used to construct filenames. It should
1957 not contain wildcard characters, white space, or anything else that
1958 could be troublesome as part of a file or directory name.
1960 Some of M4's active characters (notably parentheses, square brackets,
1961 @samp{,} and @samp{#}) commonly appear in URLs and lists of email
1962 addresses. If any of these characters appear in an argument to AC_INIT,
1963 that argument will probably need to be double-quoted to avoid errors
1964 and mistranscriptions. @xref{M4 Quotation}.
1966 The following M4 macros (e.g., @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}), output variables
1967 (e.g., @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
1968 @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), are defined by @code{AC_INIT}:
1971 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}, @code{PACKAGE_NAME}
1972 @acindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
1973 @ovindex PACKAGE_NAME
1974 @cvindex PACKAGE_NAME
1975 Exactly @var{package}.
1977 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1978 @acindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1979 @ovindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1980 @cvindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1981 Exactly @var{tarname}, possibly generated from @var{package}.
1983 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_VERSION}, @code{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1984 @acindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1985 @ovindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1986 @cvindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1987 Exactly @var{version}.
1989 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_STRING}, @code{PACKAGE_STRING}
1990 @acindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
1991 @ovindex PACKAGE_STRING
1992 @cvindex PACKAGE_STRING
1993 Exactly @samp{@var{package} @var{version}}.
1995 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, @code{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1996 @acindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1997 @ovindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1998 @cvindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1999 Exactly @var{bug-report}, if one was provided. Typically an email
2000 address, or URL to a bug management web page.
2002 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_URL}, @code{PACKAGE_URL}
2003 @acindex{PACKAGE_URL}
2004 @ovindex PACKAGE_URL
2005 @cvindex PACKAGE_URL
2006 Exactly @var{url}, if one was provided. If @var{url} was empty, but
2007 @var{package} begins with @samp{GNU }, then this defaults to
2008 @samp{https://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/@var{tarname}/}, otherwise, no URL is
2013 If your @command{configure} script does its own option processing, it
2014 should inspect @samp{$@@} or @samp{$*} immediately after calling
2015 @code{AC_INIT}, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
2016 @command{set} command to process strings, and this has the side effect
2017 of updating @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*}. However, we suggest that you use
2018 standard macros like @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} instead of attempting to
2019 implement your own option processing. @xref{Site Configuration}.
2022 @section Dealing with Autoconf versions
2023 @cindex Autoconf version
2024 @cindex version, Autoconf
2026 The following optional macros can be used to help choose the minimum
2027 version of Autoconf that can successfully compile a given
2028 @file{configure.ac}.
2030 @defmac AC_PREREQ (@var{version})
2033 Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
2034 version of Autoconf being used to create @command{configure} is
2035 earlier than @var{version}, print an error message to the standard
2036 error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
2039 AC_PREREQ([@value{VERSION}])
2042 This macro may be used before @code{AC_INIT}.
2045 @defmac AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION
2046 @acindex{AUTOCONF_VERSION}
2047 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It identifies the version
2048 of Autoconf that is currently parsing the input file, in a format
2049 suitable for @code{m4_version_compare} (@pxref{m4_version_compare}); in
2050 other words, for this release of Autoconf, its value is
2051 @samp{@value{VERSION}}. One potential use of this macro is for writing
2052 conditional fallbacks based on when a feature was added to Autoconf,
2053 rather than using @code{AC_PREREQ} to require the newer version of
2054 Autoconf. However, remember that the Autoconf philosophy favors feature
2055 checks over version checks.
2057 You should not expand this macro directly; use
2058 @samp{m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])} instead. This is because some
2060 have a beta version of Autoconf installed, with arbitrary letters
2061 included in its version string. This means it is possible for the
2062 version string to contain the name of a defined macro, such that
2063 expanding @code{AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION} would trigger the expansion of that
2064 macro during rescanning, and change the version string to be different
2065 than what you intended to check.
2069 @section Notices in @command{configure}
2070 @cindex Notices in @command{configure}
2072 The following macros manage version numbers for @command{configure}
2073 scripts. Using them is optional.
2075 @defmac AC_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
2077 @cindex Copyright Notice
2078 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
2079 the Autoconf macros, parts of your @command{configure} are covered by the
2080 @var{copyright-notice}.
2082 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
2083 @command{configure} and in @samp{configure --version}.
2087 @defmac AC_REVISION (@var{revision-info})
2090 Copy revision stamp @var{revision-info} into the @command{configure}
2091 script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
2092 you put a revision stamp from @file{configure.ac} into @command{configure}
2093 without RCS or CVS changing it when you check in
2094 @command{configure}. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
2095 @file{configure.ac} a particular @command{configure} corresponds to.
2097 For example, this line in @file{configure.ac}:
2099 @c The @w prevents RCS from changing the example in the manual.
2101 AC_REVISION([@w{$}Revision: 1.30 $])
2105 produces this in @command{configure}:
2109 # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
2115 @section Configure Input: Source Code, Macros, and Auxiliary Files
2117 The following macros help you manage the contents of your source tree.
2119 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}
2120 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
2121 @acindex{CONFIG_SRCDIR}
2122 Distinguish this package's source directory from other source
2123 directories that might happen to exist in the file system.
2124 @var{unique-file-in-source-dir} should name a file that is unique to
2125 this package. @command{configure} will verify that this file exists in
2126 @file{@var{srcdir}}, before it runs any other checks.
2128 Use of this macro is strongly recommended. It protects against people
2129 accidentally specifying the wrong directory with @option{--srcdir}.
2130 @xref{configure Invocation}, for more information.
2133 Packages that use @command{aclocal} to generate @file{aclocal.m4}
2134 should declare where local macros can be found using
2135 @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS}.
2137 @defmac AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS (@var{dir1} [@var{dir2} ... @var{dirN}])
2138 @defmacx AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR (@var{dir})
2139 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS}
2140 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}
2141 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR_TRACE}
2142 Specify the given directories as the location of additional local Autoconf
2143 macros. These macros are intended for use by commands like
2144 @command{autoreconf} or @command{aclocal} that trace macro calls; they should
2145 be called directly from @file{configure.ac} so that tools that install
2146 macros for @command{aclocal} can find the macros' declarations. Tools
2147 that want to learn which directories have been selected should trace
2148 @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR_TRACE}, which will be called once per directory.
2150 AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS is the preferred form, and can be called multiple
2151 times and with multiple arguments; in such cases, directories in earlier
2152 calls are expected to be searched before directories in later calls, and
2153 directories appearing in the same call are expected to be searched in
2154 the order in which they appear in the call. For historical reasons, the
2155 macro AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR can also be used once, if it appears first,
2156 for tools such as older @command{libtool} that weren't prepared to
2157 handle multiple directories. For example, a usage like
2160 AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([dir1])
2161 AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS([dir2])
2162 AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS([dir3 dir4])
2165 will cause the trace of AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR_TRACE to appear four times,
2166 and should cause the directories to be searched in this order:
2167 @samp{dir1 dir2 dir3 dir4}.
2169 Note that if you use @command{aclocal} from an Automake release prior to
2170 1.13 to generate @file{aclocal.m4}, you must also set
2171 @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I @var{dir1} [-I @var{dir2} ... -I @var{dirN}]}
2172 in your top-level @file{Makefile.am}. Due to a limitation in
2173 the Autoconf implementation of @command{autoreconf}, these include
2174 directives currently must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am},
2175 without any backslash-newlines or makefile comments.
2178 @prindex @command{config.guess}
2179 @prindex @command{config.sub}
2180 @prindex @command{install-sh}
2182 Some Autoconf macros require auxiliary scripts. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
2183 (@pxref{Particular Programs}) requires a
2184 fallback implementation of @command{install} called @file{install-sh},
2185 and the @code{AC_CANONICAL} macros (@pxref{Manual Configuration})
2186 require the system-identification scripts @file{config.sub} and
2187 @file{config.guess}. Third-party tools, such as Automake and Libtool,
2188 may require additional auxiliary scripts.
2190 By default, @command{configure} looks for these scripts next to itself,
2191 in @file{@var{srcdir}}. For convenience when working with subdirectories
2192 with their own configure scripts (@pxref{Subdirectories}), if the
2193 scripts are not in @file{@var{srcdir}} it will also look in
2194 @file{@var{srcdir}/..} and @file{@var{srcdir}/../..}. All of the
2195 scripts must be found in the same directory.
2197 If these default locations are not adequate, or simply to reduce clutter
2198 at the top level of the source tree, packages can use
2199 @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} to declare where to look for auxiliary scripts.
2201 @defmac AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR (@var{dir})
2202 @acindex{CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
2203 Look for auxiliary scripts in @var{dir}. Normally, @var{dir} should be a
2204 relative path, which is taken as relative to @file{@var{srcdir}}.
2205 If @var{dir} is an absolute path or contains shell variables, however,
2208 When the goal of using @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} is to reduce clutter at
2209 the top level of the source tree, the conventional name for @var{dir} is
2210 @file{build-aux}. If you need portability to DOS variants, do not name
2211 the auxiliary directory @file{aux}. @xref{File System Conventions}.
2214 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE (@var{file})
2215 @acindex{REQUIRE_AUX_FILE}
2217 Declare that @var{file} is an auxiliary script needed by this configure
2218 script, and set the shell variable @code{ac_aux_dir} to the directory
2219 where it can be found. The value of @code{ac_aux_dir} is guaranteed to
2220 end with a @samp{/}.
2222 Macros that need auxiliary scripts must use this macro to register each
2226 @command{configure} checks for all the auxiliary scripts it needs on
2227 startup, and exits with an error if any are missing.
2229 @command{autoreconf} also detects missing auxiliary scripts. When used
2230 with the @option{--install} option, @command{autoreconf} will try to add
2231 missing scripts to the directory specified by @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR},
2232 or to the top level of the source tree if @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} was
2233 not used. It can always do this for the scripts needed by Autoconf core
2234 macros: @file{install-sh}, @file{config.sub}, and @file{config.guess}.
2235 Many other commonly-needed scripts are installed by the third-party
2236 tools that @command{autoreconf} knows how to run, such as @file{missing}
2237 for Automake and @file{ltmain.sh} for Libtool.
2239 If you are using Automake, auxiliary scripts will automatically be
2240 included in the tarball created by @command{make dist}. If you are
2241 not using Automake you will need to arrange for auxiliary scripts to
2242 be included in tarballs yourself. Auxiliary scripts should normally
2243 @emph{not} be checked into a version control system, for the same
2244 reasons that @command{configure} shouldn't be.
2246 The scripts needed by Autoconf core macros can be found in
2247 @file{$(datadir)/autoconf/build-aux} of the Autoconf installation
2248 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}).
2249 @file{install-sh} can be downloaded from
2250 @url{https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/automake.git/plain/lib/install-sh}.
2251 @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} can be downloaded from
2252 @url{https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/tree/}.
2255 @section Outputting Files
2256 @cindex Outputting files
2258 Every Autoconf script, e.g., @file{configure.ac}, should finish by
2259 calling @code{AC_OUTPUT}. That is the macro that generates and runs
2260 @file{config.status}, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
2261 other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
2262 macro besides @code{AC_INIT} (@pxref{Input}).
2267 @cindex Instantiation
2268 Generate @file{config.status} and launch it. Call this macro once, at
2269 the end of @file{configure.ac}.
2271 @file{config.status} performs all the configuration actions: all the
2272 output files (see @ref{Configuration Files}, macro
2273 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}), header files (see @ref{Configuration Headers},
2274 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}), commands (see @ref{Configuration
2275 Commands}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}), links (see
2276 @ref{Configuration Links}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}), subdirectories
2277 to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS})
2280 The location of your @code{AC_OUTPUT} invocation is the exact point
2281 where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
2282 executed by @command{configure} once @command{config.status} was run. If
2283 you want to bind actions to @command{config.status} itself
2284 (independently of whether @command{configure} is being run), see
2285 @ref{Configuration Commands, , Running Arbitrary Configuration
2289 Historically, the usage of @code{AC_OUTPUT} was somewhat different.
2290 @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a description of the arguments that
2291 @code{AC_OUTPUT} used to support.
2294 If you run @command{make} in subdirectories, you should run it using the
2295 @command{make} variable @code{MAKE}. Most versions of @command{make} set
2296 @code{MAKE} to the name of the @command{make} program plus any options it
2297 was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
2298 set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
2299 Some old versions of @command{make} do not set this variable. The
2300 following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
2302 @anchor{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}
2303 @defmac AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
2304 @acindex{PROG_MAKE_SET}
2306 If the Make command, @code{$MAKE} if set or else @samp{make}, predefines
2307 @code{$(MAKE)}, define output variable @code{SET_MAKE} to be empty.
2308 Otherwise, define @code{SET_MAKE} to a macro definition that sets
2309 @code{$(MAKE)}, such as @samp{MAKE=make}. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
2313 If you use this macro, place a line like this in each @file{Makefile.in}
2314 that runs @command{MAKE} on other directories:
2322 @node Configuration Actions
2323 @section Performing Configuration Actions
2324 @cindex Configuration actions
2326 @file{configure} is designed so that it appears to do everything itself,
2327 but there is actually a hidden slave: @file{config.status}.
2328 @file{configure} is in charge of examining your system, but it is
2329 @file{config.status} that actually takes the proper actions based on the
2330 results of @file{configure}. The most typical task of
2331 @file{config.status} is to @emph{instantiate} files.
2333 @acindex{CONFIG_@var{ITEMS}}
2334 This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
2335 instantiating macros: @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS},
2336 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} and @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. They all
2337 have this prototype:
2339 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
2342 AC_CONFIG_@var{ITEMS}(@var{tag}@dots{}, @r{[}@var{commands}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{init-cmds}@r{]})
2346 where the arguments are:
2350 A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of
2351 the files to instantiate.
2353 You are encouraged to use literals as @var{tags}. In particular, you
2357 AS_IF([@dots{}], [my_foos="$my_foos fooo"])
2358 AS_IF([@dots{}], [my_foos="$my_foos foooo"])
2359 AC_CONFIG_@var{ITEMS}([$my_foos])
2363 and use this instead:
2366 AS_IF([@dots{}], [AC_CONFIG_@var{ITEMS}([fooo])])
2367 AS_IF([@dots{}], [AC_CONFIG_@var{ITEMS}([foooo])])
2370 The macros @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} and @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} use
2371 special @var{tag} values: they may have the form @samp{@var{output}} or
2372 @samp{@var{output}:@var{inputs}}. The file @var{output} is instantiated
2373 from its templates, @var{inputs} (defaulting to @samp{@var{output}.in}).
2375 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk])},
2376 for example, asks for
2377 the creation of the file @file{Makefile} that contains the expansion of the
2378 output variables in the concatenation of @file{boiler/top.mk} and
2379 @file{boiler/bot.mk}.
2381 The special value @samp{-} might be used to denote the standard output
2382 when used in @var{output}, or the standard input when used in the
2383 @var{inputs}. You most probably don't need to use this in
2384 @file{configure.ac}, but it is convenient when using the command line
2385 interface of @file{./config.status}, see @ref{config.status Invocation},
2388 The @var{inputs} may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter
2389 case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source
2390 tree. Input files should be text files, and a line length below 2000
2391 bytes should be safe.
2394 Shell commands output literally into @file{config.status}, and
2395 associated with a tag that the user can use to tell @file{config.status}
2396 which commands to run. The commands are run each time a @var{tag}
2397 request is given to @file{config.status}, typically each time the file
2398 @file{@var{tag}} is created.
2400 The variables set during the execution of @command{configure} are
2401 @emph{not} available here: you first need to set them via the
2402 @var{init-cmds}. Nonetheless the following variables are pre-computed:
2407 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2408 directory is the top build directory. This
2409 is what @command{configure}'s @option{--srcdir} option sets.
2412 @vrindex ac_top_srcdir
2413 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2414 directory is the current build directory.
2416 @item ac_top_build_prefix
2417 @vrindex ac_top_build_prefix
2418 The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working
2419 directory is the current build directory.
2420 It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate
2425 The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the
2426 working directory is the current build directory.
2430 The name of a temporary directory within the build tree, which you
2431 can use if you need to create additional temporary files. The
2432 directory is cleaned up when @command{config.status} is done or
2433 interrupted. Please use package-specific file name prefixes to
2434 avoid clashing with files that @command{config.status} may use
2439 The @dfn{current} directory refers to the directory (or
2440 pseudo-directory) containing the input part of @var{tags}. For
2444 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], [@dots{}], [@dots{}])
2448 with @option{--srcdir=../package} produces the following values:
2451 # Argument of --srcdir
2453 # Reversing deep/dir
2454 ac_top_build_prefix='../../'
2455 # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir
2456 ac_top_srcdir='../../../package'
2457 # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir
2458 ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
2462 independently of @samp{in/in.in}.
2465 Shell commands output @emph{unquoted} near the beginning of
2466 @file{config.status}, and executed each time @file{config.status} runs
2467 (regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
2468 @samp{$var} is output as the value of @code{var}. @var{init-cmds}
2469 is typically used by @file{configure} to give @file{config.status} some
2470 variables it needs to run the @var{commands}.
2472 You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the
2473 @var{init-cmds} share the same name space and may overwrite each other
2474 in unpredictable ways. Sorry@enddots{}
2477 All these macros can be called multiple times, with different
2478 @var{tag} values, of course!
2481 @node Configuration Files
2482 @section Creating Configuration Files
2483 @cindex Creating configuration files
2484 @cindex Configuration file creation
2486 Be sure to read the previous section, @ref{Configuration Actions}.
2488 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_FILES}
2489 @defmac AC_CONFIG_FILES (@var{file}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2490 @acindex{CONFIG_FILES}
2491 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create each @file{@var{file}} by copying an input
2492 file (by default @file{@var{file}.in}), substituting the output variable
2494 @c Before we used to have this feature, which was later rejected
2495 @c because it complicates the writing of makefiles:
2496 @c If the file would be unchanged, it is left untouched, to preserve
2498 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2499 Actions}. @xref{Makefile Substitutions}, for more information on using
2500 output variables. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2501 on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
2502 if it doesn't exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
2503 but other files, such as @file{.gdbinit}, can be specified as well.
2505 Typical calls to @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} look like this:
2508 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile])
2509 AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
2512 You can override an input file name by appending to @var{file} a
2513 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2516 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk]
2517 [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
2521 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2523 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2525 The @var{file} names should not contain shell metacharacters.
2526 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
2531 @node Makefile Substitutions
2532 @section Substitutions in Makefiles
2533 @cindex Substitutions in makefiles
2534 @cindex Makefile substitutions
2536 Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
2537 compiled or installed should come with a file @file{Makefile.in}, from
2538 which @command{configure} creates a file @file{Makefile} in that directory.
2539 To create @file{Makefile}, @command{configure} performs a simple variable
2540 substitution, replacing occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in
2541 @file{Makefile.in} with the value that @command{configure} has determined
2542 for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
2543 this way are called @dfn{output variables}. They are ordinary shell
2544 variables that are set in @command{configure}. To make @command{configure}
2545 substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
2546 @code{AC_SUBST} must be called with that variable name as an argument.
2547 Any occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} for other variables are
2548 left unchanged. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2549 on creating output variables with @code{AC_SUBST}.
2551 A software package that uses a @command{configure} script should be
2552 distributed with a file @file{Makefile.in}, but no makefile; that
2553 way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
2554 before compiling it.
2556 @xref{Makefile Conventions, , Makefile Conventions, standards, The
2557 GNU Coding Standards}, for more information on what to put in
2561 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
2562 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
2563 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
2564 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
2565 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
2568 @node Preset Output Variables
2569 @subsection Preset Output Variables
2570 @cindex Output variables
2572 Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
2573 Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
2574 the descriptions for those macros. @xref{Output Variable Index}, for a
2575 complete list of output variables. @xref{Installation Directory
2576 Variables}, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
2577 directories. Below are listed the other preset ones, many of which are
2578 precious variables (@pxref{Setting Output Variables},
2581 The preset variables which are available during @file{config.status}
2582 (@pxref{Configuration Actions}) may also be used during
2583 @command{configure} tests. For example, it is permissible to reference
2584 @samp{$srcdir} when constructing a list of directories to pass via
2585 the @option{-I} option during a compiler feature check. When used in this
2586 manner, coupled with the fact that @command{configure} is always run
2587 from the top build directory, it is sufficient to use just
2588 @samp{$srcdir} instead of @samp{$top_srcdir}.
2590 @c Just say no to ASCII sorting! We're humans, not computers.
2591 @c These variables are listed as they would be in a dictionary:
2599 Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
2600 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is set
2601 when you call @code{AC_PROG_CC} (or empty if you don't). @command{configure}
2602 uses this variable when compiling or linking programs to test for C features.
2604 If a compiler option affects only the behavior of the preprocessor
2605 (e.g., @option{-D@var{name}}), it should be put into @code{CPPFLAGS}
2606 instead. If it affects only the linker (e.g., @option{-L@var{directory}}),
2607 it should be put into @code{LDFLAGS} instead. If it
2608 affects only the compiler proper, @code{CFLAGS} is the natural home for
2609 it. If an option affects multiple phases of the compiler, though,
2614 If an option selects a 32-bit or 64-bit build on a bi-arch system, it
2615 must be put direcly into @code{CC}, e.g., @code{CC='gcc -m64'}. This is
2616 necessary for @code{config.guess} to work right.
2618 Otherwise one approach is to put the option into @code{CC}. Another is
2619 to put it into both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{LDFLAGS}, but not into
2623 However, remember that some @file{Makefile} variables are reserved by
2624 the GNU Coding Standards for the use of the ``user''---the person
2625 building the package. For instance, @code{CFLAGS} is one such variable.
2627 Sometimes package developers are tempted to set user variables such as
2628 @code{CFLAGS} because it appears to make their job easier. However, the
2629 package itself should never set a user variable, particularly not to
2630 include switches that are required for proper compilation of the
2631 package. Since these variables are documented as being for the package
2632 builder, that person rightfully expects to be able to override any of
2633 these variables at build time. If the package developer needs to add
2634 switches without interfering with the user, the proper way to do that is
2635 to introduce an additional variable. Automake makes this easy by
2636 introducing @code{AM_CFLAGS} (@pxref{Flag Variables Ordering, , ,
2637 automake, GNU Automake}), but the concept is the same even if
2638 Automake is not used.
2641 @defvar configure_input
2642 @ovindex configure_input
2643 A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
2644 @command{configure} and giving the name of the input file.
2645 @code{AC_OUTPUT} adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
2646 of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
2647 reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
2648 example, an input shell script should begin like this:
2652 # @@configure_input@@
2656 The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
2657 needs to be processed by @command{configure} in order to be used.
2663 Preprocessor options for the C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++
2664 preprocessors and compilers. If
2665 it is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2666 value is empty. @command{configure} uses this variable when preprocessing
2667 or compiling programs to test for C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++
2670 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-I},
2671 @option{-D}, and @option{-U} that affect only the behavior of the
2672 preprocessor. Please see the explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you
2673 can do if an option affects other phases of the compiler as well.
2675 Currently, @command{configure} always links as part of a single
2676 invocation of the compiler that also preprocesses and compiles, so it
2677 uses this variable also when linking programs. However, it is unwise to
2678 depend on this behavior because the GNU Coding Standards do
2679 not require it and many packages do not use @code{CPPFLAGS} when linking
2682 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}, for limitations that @code{CPPFLAGS}
2689 Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. It acts like
2690 @code{CFLAGS}, but for C++ instead of C.
2695 @option{-D} options to pass to the C compiler. If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2696 is called, @command{configure} replaces @samp{@@DEFS@@} with
2697 @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). This
2698 variable is not defined while @command{configure} is performing its tests,
2699 only when creating the output files. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for
2700 how to check the results of previous tests.
2709 How does one suppress the trailing newline from @command{echo} for
2710 question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
2713 echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C"
2715 echo "$@{ECHO_T@}dead."
2719 Some old and uncommon @command{echo} implementations offer no means to
2720 achieve this, in which case @code{ECHO_T} is set to tab. You might not
2727 Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
2728 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2729 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling
2730 programs to test for Erlang features.
2736 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
2737 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2738 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_FC} (or empty if you don't).
2739 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2740 programs to test for Fortran features.
2746 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
2747 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2748 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_F77} (or empty if you don't).
2749 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2750 programs to test for Fortran 77 features.
2756 Options for the linker. If it is not set
2757 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2758 @command{configure} uses this variable when linking programs to test for
2759 C, C++, Objective C, Objective C++, Fortran, and Go features.
2761 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-s} and
2762 @option{-L} that affect only the behavior of the linker. Please see the
2763 explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you can do if an option also
2764 affects other phases of the compiler.
2766 Don't use this variable to pass library names
2767 (@option{-l}) to the linker; use @code{LIBS} instead.
2773 @option{-l} options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
2774 but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
2775 those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
2776 @ref{Libraries}. @command{configure} uses this variable when linking
2777 programs to test for C, C++, Objective C, Objective C++, Fortran, and Go
2784 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. It
2785 acts like @code{CFLAGS}, but for Objective C instead of C.
2789 @evindex OBJCXXFLAGS
2790 @ovindex OBJCXXFLAGS
2791 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C++ compiler. It
2792 acts like @code{CXXFLAGS}, but for Objective C++ instead of C++.
2798 Debugging and optimization options for the Go compiler. It acts like
2799 @code{CFLAGS}, but for Go instead of C.
2804 Rigorously equal to @samp{.}. Added for symmetry only.
2807 @defvar abs_builddir
2808 @ovindex abs_builddir
2809 Absolute name of @code{builddir}.
2812 @defvar top_builddir
2813 @ovindex top_builddir
2814 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
2815 top-level directory, this is the same as @code{builddir}.
2818 @defvar top_build_prefix
2819 @ovindex top_build_prefix
2820 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree with final
2821 slash if nonempty. This is the same as @code{top_builddir}, except that
2822 it contains zero or more runs of @code{../}, so it should not be
2823 appended with a slash for concatenation. This helps for @command{make}
2824 implementations that otherwise do not treat @file{./file} and @file{file}
2825 as equal in the top-level build directory.
2828 @defvar abs_top_builddir
2829 @ovindex abs_top_builddir
2830 Absolute name of @code{top_builddir}.
2835 The name of the directory that contains the source code for
2841 Absolute name of @code{srcdir}.
2846 The name of the top-level source code directory for the
2847 package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as @code{srcdir}.
2850 @defvar abs_top_srcdir
2851 @ovindex abs_top_srcdir
2852 Absolute name of @code{top_srcdir}.
2855 @node Installation Directory Variables
2856 @subsection Installation Directory Variables
2857 @cindex Installation directories
2858 @cindex Directories, installation
2860 The following variables specify the directories for
2861 package installation, see @ref{Directory Variables, , Variables for
2862 Installation Directories, standards, The GNU Coding
2863 Standards}, for more information. Each variable corresponds to an
2864 argument of @command{configure}; trailing slashes are stripped so that
2865 expressions such as @samp{$@{prefix@}/lib} expand with only one slash
2866 between directory names. See the end of this section for
2867 details on when and how to use these variables.
2871 The directory for installing executables that users run.
2876 The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only
2877 architecture-independent data.
2881 @ovindex datarootdir
2882 The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent
2888 The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and
2894 The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
2898 @ovindex exec_prefix
2899 The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
2900 it's the same as @code{prefix}. You should avoid installing anything
2901 directly to @code{exec_prefix}. However, the default value for
2902 directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
2903 to @code{exec_prefix}.
2908 The directory for installing HTML documentation.
2913 The directory for installing C header files.
2918 The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
2923 The directory for installing object code libraries.
2928 The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
2933 The directory for installing locale-dependent but
2934 architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory
2935 usually has a subdirectory per locale.
2938 @defvar localstatedir
2939 @ovindex localstatedir
2940 The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data. Content in
2941 this directory typically survives a reboot.
2945 @ovindex runstatedir
2946 The directory for installing temporary modifiable single-machine data.
2947 Content in this directory survives as long as the process is running
2948 (such as pid files), as contrasted with @file{/tmp} that may be
2949 periodically cleaned. Conversely, this directory is typically cleaned
2950 on a reboot. By default, this is a subdirectory of
2951 @code{localstatedir}.
2956 The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
2959 @defvar oldincludedir
2960 @ovindex oldincludedir
2961 The directory for installing C header files for non-GCC compilers.
2966 The directory for installing PDF documentation.
2971 The common installation prefix for all files. If @code{exec_prefix}
2972 is defined to a different value, @code{prefix} is used only for
2973 architecture-independent files.
2978 The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
2983 The directory for installing executables that system
2987 @defvar sharedstatedir
2988 @ovindex sharedstatedir
2989 The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
2994 The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
2998 Most of these variables have values that rely on @code{prefix} or
2999 @code{exec_prefix}. It is deliberate that the directory output
3000 variables keep them unexpanded: typically @samp{@@datarootdir@@} is
3001 replaced by @samp{$@{prefix@}/share}, not @samp{/usr/local/share}, and
3002 @samp{@@datadir@@} is replaced by @samp{$@{datarootdir@}}.
3004 This behavior is mandated by the GNU Coding Standards, so that when
3009 she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
3010 @command{configure}, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
3011 code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
3014 she can specify a different installation location, in which case the
3015 package @emph{must} still depend on the location which was compiled in
3016 (i.e., never recompile when @samp{make install} is run). This is an
3017 extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all
3018 the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from
3019 the final locations to there.
3022 In order to support these features, it is essential that
3023 @code{datarootdir} remains defined as @samp{$@{prefix@}/share},
3024 so that its value can be expanded based
3025 on the current value of @code{prefix}.
3027 A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
3028 makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate @code{datadir}
3029 in @file{configure} and hard-coding it in makefiles using
3030 e.g., @samp{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])},
3032 @option{-DDATADIR='$(datadir)'} to your makefile's definition of
3033 @code{CPPFLAGS} (@code{AM_CPPFLAGS} if you are also using Automake).
3035 Similarly, you should not rely on @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} to replace
3036 @code{bindir} and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
3037 let @command{make} manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
3038 ships templates of its shell scripts ending with @samp{.in}, and uses a
3039 makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
3040 @command{autoheader} and @command{autom4te}:
3045 -e 's|@@bindir[@@]|$(bindir)|g' \
3046 -e 's|@@pkgdatadir[@@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \
3047 -e 's|@@prefix[@@]|$(prefix)|g'
3051 autoheader autom4te: Makefile
3054 test -f ./$@@.in || srcdir=$(srcdir)/; \
3055 $(edit) $$@{srcdir@}$@@.in >$@@.tmp
3056 @c $$ restore font-lock
3063 autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in
3064 autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
3068 Some details are noteworthy:
3071 @item @samp{@@bindir[@@]}
3072 The brackets prevent @command{configure} from replacing
3073 @samp{@@bindir@@} in the Sed expression itself.
3074 Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
3075 Posix says @samp{\@@} is not portable.
3077 @item @samp{$(bindir)}
3078 Don't use @samp{@@bindir@@}! Use the matching makefile variable
3081 @item @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
3082 The example takes advantage of the variable @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
3083 provided by Automake; it is equivalent to @samp{$(datadir)/$(PACKAGE)}.
3086 Don't use @samp{/} in the Sed expressions that replace file names since
3088 variables you use, such as @samp{$(bindir)}, contain @samp{/}.
3089 Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as @samp{|}.
3091 @item special characters
3092 File names, file name components, and the value of @code{VPATH} should
3093 not contain shell metacharacters or white
3094 space. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
3096 @item dependency on @file{Makefile}
3097 Since @code{edit} uses values that depend on the configuration specific
3098 values (@code{prefix}, etc.)@: and not only on @code{VERSION} and so forth,
3099 the output depends on @file{Makefile}, not @file{configure.ac}.
3102 The main rule is generic, and uses @samp{$@@} extensively to
3103 avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
3105 @item Separated dependencies and single suffix rules
3106 You can't use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten
3110 autoconf autoheader: Makefile
3120 @xref{Single Suffix Rules}, for details.
3122 @item @samp{$(srcdir)}
3123 Be sure to specify the name of the source directory,
3124 otherwise the package won't support separated builds.
3127 For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables
3130 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
3131 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
3132 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
3133 The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
3134 This variable is set by calling the @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
3135 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
3138 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
3139 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
3140 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
3141 The installation directory for Erlang library @var{library}.
3142 This variable is set by using the
3143 @samp{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
3144 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
3147 @xref{Erlang Libraries}, for details.
3150 @node Changed Directory Variables
3151 @subsection Changed Directory Variables
3152 @cindex @file{datarootdir}
3154 In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the
3155 defaults of some variables have been adjusted
3156 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}) to changes in the
3157 GNU Coding Standards. Notably, @file{datadir}, @file{infodir}, and
3158 @file{mandir} are now expressed in terms of @file{datarootdir}. If you are
3159 upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files
3160 to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly
3161 (@pxref{Defining Directories}), and that a definition of @file{datarootdir} is
3162 in place. For example, in a @file{Makefile.in}, adding
3165 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
3169 is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create @file{Makefile.in},
3170 it will add this for you.
3172 To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
3173 @code{datarootdir} without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
3174 the value of @code{$datarootdir} in substitutions of the directory
3175 variables. The following example shows such a warning:
3178 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
3180 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
3182 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
3184 datadir = @@datadir@@
3187 configure: creating ./config.status
3188 config.status: creating Makefile
3189 config.status: WARNING:
3190 Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting
3191 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
3193 datadir = $@{prefix@}/share
3196 Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer
3200 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
3202 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
3203 datadir = @@datadir@@
3205 configure: creating ./config.status
3206 config.status: creating Makefile
3207 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
3209 datarootdir = $@{prefix@}/share
3210 datadir = $@{datarootdir@}
3213 @acindex{DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED}
3214 In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
3215 initialization of @code{datarootdir} is in place, or they may fail to detect
3216 that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
3217 auditing your package, there are still spurious @file{configure} warnings about
3218 @code{datarootdir}, you may add the line
3221 AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
3225 to your @file{configure.ac} to disable the warnings. This is an exception
3226 to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
3227 @code{AC_} (@pxref{Macro Names}).
3231 @node Build Directories
3232 @subsection Build Directories
3233 @cindex Build directories
3234 @cindex Directories, build
3236 You can support compiling a software package for several architectures
3237 simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files
3238 for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
3240 To support doing this, @command{make} uses the @code{VPATH} variable to
3241 find the files that are in the source directory. GNU Make
3242 can do this. Most other recent @command{make} programs can do this as
3243 well, though they may have difficulties and it is often simpler to
3244 recommend GNU @command{make} (@pxref{VPATH and Make}). Older
3245 @command{make} programs do not support @code{VPATH}; when using them, the
3246 source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
3248 If you are using GNU Automake, the remaining details in this
3249 section are already covered for you, based on the contents of your
3250 @file{Makefile.am}. But if you are using Autoconf in isolation, then
3251 supporting @code{VPATH} requires the following in your
3259 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable (@pxref{Variables
3262 @command{configure} substitutes the correct value for @code{srcdir} when
3263 it produces @file{Makefile}.
3265 Do not use the @command{make} variable @code{$<}, which expands to the
3266 file name of the file in the source directory (found with @code{VPATH}),
3267 except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as @samp{.c.o},
3268 which tells how to create a @file{.o} file from a @file{.c} file.) Some
3269 versions of @command{make} do not set @code{$<} in explicit rules; they
3270 expand it to an empty value.
3272 Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source
3273 files by prefixing them with @samp{$(srcdir)/}. It's safer
3274 to quote the source directory name, in case it contains characters that
3275 are special to the shell. Because @samp{$(srcdir)} is expanded by Make,
3276 single-quoting works and is safer than double-quoting. For example:
3279 time.info: time.texinfo
3280 $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
3283 @node Automatic Remaking
3284 @subsection Automatic Remaking
3285 @cindex Automatic remaking
3286 @cindex Remaking automatically
3288 You can put rules like the following in the top-level @file{Makefile.in}
3289 for a package to automatically update the configuration information when
3290 you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the
3291 optional files, such as @file{aclocal.m4} and those related to
3292 configuration header files. Omit from the @file{Makefile.in} rules for
3293 any of these files that your package does not use.
3295 The @samp{$(srcdir)/} prefix is included because of limitations in the
3296 @code{VPATH} mechanism.
3298 The @file{stamp-} files are necessary because the timestamps of
3299 @file{config.h.in} and @file{config.h} are not changed if remaking
3300 them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
3301 recompilation. You should include the file @file{stamp-h.in} in your
3302 package's distribution, so that @command{make} considers
3303 @file{config.h.in} up to date. Don't use @command{touch}
3304 (@pxref{touch, , Limitations of Usual Tools}); instead, use
3305 @command{echo} (using
3306 @command{date} would cause needless differences, hence CVS
3311 $(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4
3312 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf
3314 # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
3315 $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in ;
3316 $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
3317 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader
3318 echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in'
3321 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
3324 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
3327 config.status: configure
3328 ./config.status --recheck
3333 (Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you
3334 need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
3336 In addition, you should use
3339 AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
3343 so @file{config.status} ensures that @file{config.h} is considered up to
3344 date. @xref{Output}, for more information about @code{AC_OUTPUT}.
3346 @xref{config.status Invocation}, for more examples of handling
3347 configuration-related dependencies.
3349 @node Configuration Headers
3350 @section Configuration Header Files
3351 @cindex Configuration Header
3352 @cindex @file{config.h}
3354 When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
3355 symbols, the command lines to pass @option{-D} options to the compiler
3356 can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
3357 @command{make} output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
3358 seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
3359 operating systems. As an alternative to passing @option{-D} options to
3360 the compiler, @command{configure} scripts can create a C header file
3361 containing @samp{#define} directives. The @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
3362 macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
3363 between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_OUTPUT}, it is customary to call
3364 it right after @code{AC_INIT}.
3366 The package should @samp{#include} the configuration header file before
3367 any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
3368 example, if it redefines @code{const}, or if it defines a macro like
3369 @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS} that affects the behavior of system
3370 headers). Note that it is okay to only include @file{config.h} from
3371 @file{.c} files; the project's @file{.h} files can rely on
3372 @file{config.h} already being included first by the corresponding
3375 To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a @option{-I.}
3376 option (or @option{-I..}; whichever directory contains @file{config.h}).
3377 Even if you use @samp{#include "config.h"}, the preprocessor searches only
3378 the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not
3379 the build directory.
3381 With the appropriate @option{-I} option, you can use
3382 @samp{#include <config.h>}. Actually, it's a good habit to use it,
3383 because in the rare case when the source directory contains another
3384 @file{config.h}, the build directory should be searched first.
3387 @defmac AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (@var{header} @dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3388 @acindex{CONFIG_HEADERS}
3389 @cvindex HAVE_CONFIG_H
3390 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
3391 Actions}. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create the file(s) in the
3392 blank-or-newline-separated list @var{header} containing C preprocessor
3393 @code{#define} statements, and replace @samp{@@DEFS@@} in generated
3394 files with @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead of the value of @code{DEFS}.
3395 The usual name for @var{header} is @file{config.h};
3396 @var{header} should not contain shell metacharacters.
3397 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
3399 If @var{header} already exists and its contents are identical to what
3400 @code{AC_OUTPUT} would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
3401 making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
3402 object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
3404 Usually the input file is named @file{@var{header}.in}; however, you can
3405 override the input file name by appending to @var{header} a
3406 colon-separated list of input files. For example, you might need to make
3407 the input file name acceptable to DOS variants:
3410 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
3417 This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header
3418 and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point.
3419 A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header
3420 without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
3423 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
3424 [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
3429 @xref{Configuration Actions}, for more details on @var{header}.
3432 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
3433 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
3434 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
3437 @node Header Templates
3438 @subsection Configuration Header Templates
3439 @cindex Configuration Header Template
3440 @cindex Header templates
3441 @cindex @file{config.h.in}
3443 Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
3444 the final header file to look, including comments, with @code{#undef}
3445 statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
3446 @file{configure.ac} makes these calls:
3449 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h])
3450 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
3454 Then you could have code like the following in @file{conf.h.in}.
3455 The @file{conf.h} created by @command{configure} defines @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}
3456 to 1, if and only if the system has @file{unistd.h}.
3460 /* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */
3461 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3465 The format of the template file is stricter than what the C preprocessor
3466 is required to accept. A directive line should contain only whitespace,
3467 @samp{#undef}, and @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}. The use of @samp{#define}
3468 instead of @samp{#undef}, or of comments on the same line as
3469 @samp{#undef}, is strongly discouraged. Each hook should only be listed
3470 once. Other preprocessor lines, such as @samp{#ifdef} or
3471 @samp{#include}, are copied verbatim from the template into the
3474 Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
3475 use @command{autoheader} to generate it, see @ref{autoheader Invocation}.
3477 During the instantiation of the header, each @samp{#undef} line in the
3478 template file for each symbol defined by @samp{AC_DEFINE} is changed to an
3479 appropriate @samp{#define}. If the corresponding @samp{AC_DEFINE} has not
3480 been executed during the @command{configure} run, the @samp{#undef} line is
3481 commented out. (This is important, e.g., for @samp{_POSIX_SOURCE}:
3482 on many systems, it can be implicitly defined by the compiler, and
3483 undefining it in the header would then break compilation of subsequent
3486 Currently, @emph{all} remaining @samp{#undef} lines in the header
3487 template are commented out, whether or not there was a corresponding
3488 @samp{AC_DEFINE} for the macro name; but this behavior is not guaranteed
3489 for future releases of Autoconf.
3491 Generally speaking, since you should not use @samp{#define}, and you
3492 cannot guarantee whether a @samp{#undef} directive in the header
3493 template will be converted to a @samp{#define} or commented out in the
3494 generated header file, the template file cannot be used for conditional
3495 definition effects. Consequently, if you need to use the construct
3506 you must place it outside of the template.
3507 If you absolutely need to hook it to the config header itself, please put
3508 the directives to a separate file, and @samp{#include} that file from the
3509 config header template. If you are using @command{autoheader}, you would
3510 probably use @samp{AH_BOTTOM} to append the @samp{#include} directive.
3513 @node autoheader Invocation
3514 @subsection Using @command{autoheader} to Create @file{config.h.in}
3515 @cindex @command{autoheader}
3517 The @command{autoheader} program can create a template file of C
3518 @samp{#define} statements for @command{configure} to use.
3519 It searches for the first invocation of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} in
3520 @file{configure} sources to determine the name of the template.
3521 (If the first call of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} specifies more than one
3522 input file name, @command{autoheader} uses the first one.)
3524 It is recommended that only one input file is used. If you want to append
3525 a boilerplate code, it is preferable to use
3526 @samp{AH_BOTTOM([#include <conf_post.h>])}.
3527 File @file{conf_post.h} is not processed during the configuration then,
3528 which make things clearer. Analogically, @code{AH_TOP} can be used to
3529 prepend a boilerplate code.
3531 In order to do its job, @command{autoheader} needs you to document all
3532 of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
3533 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} call whose first argument
3534 is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
3535 (@pxref{Defining Symbols}). Alternatively, you can use
3536 @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader Macros}), or you can supply a
3537 suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
3538 Symbols defined by Autoconf's builtin tests are already documented properly;
3539 you need to document only those that you
3542 You might wonder why @command{autoheader} is needed: after all, why
3543 would @command{configure} need to ``patch'' a @file{config.h.in} to
3544 produce a @file{config.h} instead of just creating @file{config.h} from
3545 scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
3546 wasting our time maintaining @command{autoheader}: generating
3547 @file{config.h} directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
3548 however, you'll be thankful for the existence of @command{autoheader}.
3550 The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
3551 @emph{check} that @file{config.h} makes sense. The fact that there is a
3552 well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
3553 also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
3554 @command{configure} cannot be run: they just have to @emph{fill in the
3557 But let's come back to the point: the invocation of @command{autoheader}@dots{}
3559 If you give @command{autoheader} an argument, it uses that file instead
3560 of @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output
3561 instead of to @file{config.h.in}. If you give @command{autoheader} an
3562 argument of @option{-}, it reads the standard input instead of
3563 @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output.
3565 @command{autoheader} accepts the following options:
3570 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
3574 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
3578 Report processing steps.
3582 Don't remove the temporary files.
3586 Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
3588 @item --include=@var{dir}
3590 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3592 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
3594 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3596 @item --warnings=@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
3597 @itemx -W@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
3599 Enable or disable warnings related to each @var{category}.
3600 @xref{m4_warn}, for a comprehensive list of categories.
3601 Special values include:
3605 Enable all categories of warnings.
3608 Disable all categories of warnings.
3611 Treat all warnings as errors.
3613 @item no-@var{category}
3614 Disable warnings falling into @var{category}.
3617 The environment variable @env{WARNINGS} may also be set to a
3618 comma-separated list of warning categories to enable or disable.
3619 It is interpreted exactly the same way as the argument of
3620 @option{--warnings}, but unknown categories are silently ignored.
3621 The command line takes precedence; for instance, if @env{WARNINGS}
3622 is set to @code{obsolete}, but @option{-Wnone} is given on the
3623 command line, no warnings will be issued.
3625 Some categories of warnings are on by default.
3626 Again, for details see @ref{m4_warn}.
3631 @node Autoheader Macros
3632 @subsection Autoheader Macros
3633 @cindex Autoheader macros
3635 @command{autoheader} scans @file{configure.ac} and figures out which C
3636 preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
3637 templates for symbols defined by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS},
3638 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} etc., but if you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional
3639 symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
3640 templates, @command{autoheader} fails with an error message.
3642 The template for a @var{symbol} is created
3643 by @command{autoheader} from
3644 the @var{description} argument to an @code{AC_DEFINE};
3645 see @ref{Defining Symbols}.
3647 For special needs, you can use the following macros.
3650 @defmac AH_TEMPLATE (@var{key}, @var{description})
3652 Tell @command{autoheader} to generate a template for @var{key}. This macro
3653 generates standard templates just like @code{AC_DEFINE} when a
3654 @var{description} is given.
3659 AH_TEMPLATE([NULL_DEVICE],
3660 [Name of the file to open to get
3661 a null file, or a data sink.])
3665 generates the following template, with the description properly
3669 /* Name of the file to open to get a null file, or a data sink. */
3675 @defmac AH_VERBATIM (@var{key}, @var{template})
3677 Tell @command{autoheader} to include the @var{template} as-is in the header
3678 template file. This @var{template} is associated with the @var{key},
3679 which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
3680 uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via @code{AC_DEFINE}.
3684 @defmac AH_TOP (@var{text})
3686 Include @var{text} at the top of the header template file.
3690 @defmac AH_BOTTOM (@var{text})
3692 Include @var{text} at the bottom of the header template file.
3696 Please note that @var{text} gets included ``verbatim'' to the template file,
3697 not to the resulting config header, so it can easily get mangled when the
3698 template is processed. There is rarely a need for something other than
3701 AH_BOTTOM([#include <custom.h>])
3706 @node Configuration Commands
3707 @section Running Arbitrary Configuration Commands
3708 @cindex Configuration commands
3709 @cindex Commands for configuration
3711 You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
3712 @file{config.status} is run. The three following macros accumulate the
3713 commands to run when they are called multiple times.
3714 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} replaces the obsolete macro
3715 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}; see @ref{Obsolete Macros}, for details.
3717 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3718 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS (@var{tag}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3719 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3720 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
3721 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
3722 from @command{configure}. Associate the commands with @var{tag}.
3723 Since typically the @var{cmds} create a file, @var{tag} should
3724 naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
3725 @var{tag} is created. The @var{tag} should not contain shell
3726 metacharacters. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
3727 This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
3728 see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3730 Here is an unrealistic example:
3733 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar],
3734 [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
3738 Here is a better one:
3740 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
3744 The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same
3745 breed: they are executed directly by @file{configure}, so you cannot use
3746 @file{config.status} to rerun them.
3748 @c Yet it is good to leave them here. The user sees them together and
3749 @c decides which best fits their needs.
3751 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE (@var{cmds})
3752 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE}
3753 Execute the @var{cmds} right before creating @file{config.status}.
3755 This macro presents the last opportunity to call @code{AC_SUBST},
3756 @code{AC_DEFINE}, or @code{AC_CONFIG_@var{ITEMS}} macros.
3759 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST (@var{cmds})
3760 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST}
3761 Execute the @var{cmds} right after creating @file{config.status}.
3767 @node Configuration Links
3768 @section Creating Configuration Links
3769 @cindex Configuration links
3770 @cindex Links for configuration
3772 You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
3773 results of tests. One can use @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} but the
3774 creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
3775 built in a directory different from the source directory.
3777 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
3778 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LINKS (@var{dest}:@var{source}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @
3780 @acindex{CONFIG_LINKS}
3782 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} link each of the existing files @var{source} to
3783 the corresponding link name @var{dest}. Makes a symbolic link if
3784 possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
3785 @var{dest} and @var{source} names should be relative to the top level
3786 source or build directory, and should not contain shell metacharacters.
3787 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
3789 This macro is one of the instantiating
3790 macros; see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3792 For example, this call:
3795 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
3796 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
3800 creates in the current directory @file{host.h} as a link to
3801 @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$machine.h}, and @file{object.h} as a
3802 link to @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$obj_format.h}.
3804 The tempting value @samp{.} for @var{dest} is invalid: it makes it
3805 impossible for @samp{config.status} to guess the links to establish.
3809 ./config.status host.h object.h
3812 to create the links.
3817 @node Subdirectories
3818 @section Configuring Other Packages in Subdirectories
3819 @cindex Configure subdirectories
3820 @cindex Subdirectory configure
3822 In most situations, calling @code{AC_OUTPUT} is sufficient to produce
3823 makefiles in subdirectories. However, @command{configure} scripts
3824 that control more than one independent package can use
3825 @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} to run @command{configure} scripts for other
3826 packages in subdirectories.
3828 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS (@var{dir} @dots{})
3829 @acindex{CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
3831 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} run @command{configure} in each subdirectory
3832 @var{dir} in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each @var{dir} should
3833 be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
3836 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/torture.at:Non-literal AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS.
3837 if test "x$package_foo_enabled" = xyes; then
3838 my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo"
3840 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
3844 because this prevents @samp{./configure --help=recursive} from
3845 displaying the options of the package @code{foo}. Instead, you should
3849 AS_IF([test "x$package_foo_enabled" = xyes],
3850 [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])])
3853 If a given @var{dir} is not found at @command{configure} run time, a
3854 warning is reported; if the subdirectory is optional, write:
3857 AS_IF([test -d "$srcdir/foo"],
3858 [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])])
3861 These examples use @code{AS_IF} instead of ordinary shell @code{if} to
3862 avoid problems that Autoconf has with macro calls in shell conditionals
3863 outside macro definitions. @xref{Common Shell Constructs}.
3865 If a given @var{dir} contains @command{configure.gnu}, it is run instead
3866 of @command{configure}. This is for packages that might use a
3867 non-Autoconf script @command{Configure}, which can't be called through a
3868 wrapper @command{configure} since it would be the same file on
3869 case-insensitive file systems.
3871 The subdirectory @command{configure} scripts are given the same command
3872 line options that were given to this @command{configure} script, with minor
3873 changes if needed, which include:
3877 adjusting a relative name for the cache file;
3880 adjusting a relative name for the source directory;
3883 propagating the current value of @code{$prefix}, including if it was
3884 defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
3885 @file{configure} differ.
3888 This macro also sets the output variable @code{subdirs} to the list of
3889 directories @samp{@var{dir} @dots{}}. Make rules can use
3890 this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
3892 This macro may be called multiple times.
3895 @node Default Prefix
3896 @section Default Prefix
3897 @cindex Install prefix
3898 @cindex Prefix for install
3900 By default, @command{configure} sets the prefix for files it installs to
3901 @file{/usr/local}. The user of @command{configure} can select a different
3902 prefix using the @option{--prefix} and @option{--exec-prefix} options.
3903 There are two ways to change the default: when creating
3904 @command{configure}, and when running it.
3906 Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
3907 @file{/usr/local} by default. To accomplish that, use the
3908 @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT} macro.
3910 @defmac AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT (@var{prefix})
3911 @acindex{PREFIX_DEFAULT}
3912 Set the default installation prefix to @var{prefix} instead of
3916 It may be convenient for users to have @command{configure} guess the
3917 installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
3918 have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
3919 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}.
3921 @anchor{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3922 @defmac AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM (@var{program})
3923 @acindex{PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3924 If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
3925 @option{--prefix} option), guess a value for it by looking for
3926 @var{program} in @env{PATH}, the way the shell does. If @var{program}
3927 is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
3928 @var{program}, else default the prefix as described above
3929 (@file{/usr/local} or @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT}). For example, if
3930 @var{program} is @code{gcc} and the @env{PATH} contains
3931 @file{/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc}, set the prefix to @file{/usr/local/gnu}.
3936 @c ======================================================== Existing tests
3938 @node Existing Tests
3939 @chapter Existing Tests
3941 These macros test for particular system features that packages might
3942 need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that
3943 none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling
3944 primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (@pxref{Writing
3947 These tests print messages telling the user which feature they're
3948 checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
3949 @command{configure} runs (@pxref{Caching Results}).
3951 Some of these macros set output variables. @xref{Makefile
3952 Substitutions}, for how to get their values. The phrase ``define
3953 @var{name}'' is used below as a shorthand to mean ``define the C
3954 preprocessor symbol @var{name} to the value 1''. @xref{Defining
3955 Symbols}, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
3958 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
3959 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
3960 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
3961 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
3962 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
3963 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
3964 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
3965 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
3966 * Types:: Types that might be missing
3967 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
3968 * System Services:: Operating system services
3969 * C and Posix Variants:: Kludges for C and Posix variants
3970 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
3973 @node Common Behavior
3974 @section Common Behavior
3975 @cindex Common autoconf behavior
3977 Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most
3978 obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces
3979 and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of
3980 history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions
3981 in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common
3985 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
3986 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
3989 @node Standard Symbols
3990 @subsection Standard Symbols
3991 @cindex Standard symbols
3993 All the generic macros that @code{AC_DEFINE} a symbol as a result of
3994 their test transform their @var{argument} values to a standard alphabet.
3995 First, @var{argument} is converted to upper case and any asterisks
3996 (@samp{*}) are each converted to @samp{P}. Any remaining characters
3997 that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
4002 AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
4006 defines the symbol @samp{HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP} if the check
4010 @node Default Includes
4011 @subsection Default Includes
4012 @cindex Default includes
4013 @cindex Includes, default
4033 Test programs frequently need to include headers that may or may not be
4034 available on the system whose features are being tested. Each test can
4035 use all the preprocessor macros that have been @code{AC_DEFINE}d by
4036 previous tests, so for example one may write
4041 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
4042 # include <sys/time.h>
4048 if @file{sys/time.h} has already been tested for.
4050 All hosted environments that are still of interest for portable code
4051 provide all of the headers specified in C89 (as amended in 1995):
4052 @file{assert.h}, @file{ctype.h}, @file{errno.h}, @file{float.h},
4053 @file{iso646.h}, @file{limits.h}, @file{locale.h}, @file{math.h},
4054 @file{setjmp.h}, @file{signal.h}, @file{stdarg.h}, @file{stddef.h},
4055 @file{stdio.h}, @file{stdlib.h}, @file{string.h}, @file{time.h},
4056 @file{wchar.h}, and @file{wctype.h}. Most programs can safely include
4057 these headers unconditionally. A program not intended to be portable to
4058 C89 can also safely include the C99-specified header @file{stdbool.h}.
4059 Other headers, including headers from C99 and later revisions of the C
4060 standard, might need to be tested for (@pxref{Header Files}) or their
4061 bugs may need to be worked around (@pxref{Gnulib}).
4063 If your program needs to be portable to a @emph{freestanding}
4064 environment, such as an embedded OS that doesn't provide all of the
4065 facilities of the C89 standard library, you may need to test for some of
4066 the above headers as well. Note that many Autoconf macros internally
4067 assume that the complete set of C89 headers are available.
4069 Most generic macros use the following macro to provide a default set
4072 @defmac AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT (@ovar{include-directives})
4073 @acindex{INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
4074 Expand to @var{include-directives} if present and nonempty, otherwise to:
4082 #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
4083 # include <stdlib.h>
4085 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
4086 # include <string.h>
4088 #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
4089 # include <inttypes.h>
4091 #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
4092 # include <stdint.h>
4094 #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
4095 # include <strings.h>
4097 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
4098 # include <sys/types.h>
4100 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
4101 # include <sys/stat.h>
4103 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
4104 # include <unistd.h>
4109 Using this macro without @var{include-directives} has the side effect of
4110 checking for @file{stdio.h}, @file{stdlib.h}, @file{string.h},
4111 @file{inttypes.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{strings.h},
4112 @file{sys/types.h}, @file{sys/stat.h}, and @file{unistd.h}, as if by
4113 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}. For backward compatibility, the macro
4114 @code{STDC_HEADERS} will be defined when both @file{stdlib.h} and
4115 @file{string.h} are available.
4117 @strong{Portability Note:} It is safe for most programs to assume the
4118 presence of all of the headers required by the original 1990 C standard.
4119 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} checks for @file{stdio.h}, @file{stdlib.h},
4120 and @file{string.h}, even though they are in that list, because they
4121 might not be available when compiling for a ``freestanding environment''
4122 (in which most of the features of the C library are optional). You
4123 probably do not need to write @samp{#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H} in your own
4126 @file{inttypes.h} and @file{stdint.h} were added to C in the 1999
4127 revision of the standard, and @file{strings.h}, @file{sys/types.h},
4128 @file{sys/stat.h}, and @file{unistd.h} are POSIX extensions. You
4129 @emph{should} guard uses of these headers with appropriate conditionals.
4132 @defmac AC_CHECK_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
4133 @acindex{CHECK_INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
4134 Check for all the headers that @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} would check
4135 for as a side-effect, if this has not already happened.
4137 This macro mainly exists so that @code{autoupdate} can replace certain
4138 obsolete constructs with it. You should not need to use it yourself; in
4139 fact, it is likely to be safe to delete it from any script in which it
4140 appears. (@code{autoupdate} does not know whether preprocessor macros
4141 such as @code{HAVE_STDINT_H} are used in the program, nor whether they
4142 would get defined as a side-effect of other checks.)
4145 @node Alternative Programs
4146 @section Alternative Programs
4147 @cindex Programs, checking
4149 These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs.
4150 They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to
4151 decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro
4152 specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don't need
4153 to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the
4154 general program-check macros.
4157 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
4158 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
4161 @node Particular Programs
4162 @subsection Particular Program Checks
4164 These macros check for particular programs---whether they exist, and
4165 in some cases whether they support certain features.
4171 @c @caindex prog_ac_ct_AR
4172 Set output variable @code{AR} to @samp{ar} if @code{ar} is found, and
4173 otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
4180 Check for @code{gawk}, @code{mawk}, @code{nawk}, and @code{awk}, in that
4181 order, and set output variable @code{AWK} to the first one that is found.
4182 It tries @code{gawk} first because that is reported to be the
4183 best implementation. The result can be overridden by setting the
4184 variable @code{AWK} or the cache variable @code{ac_cv_prog_AWK}.
4186 Using this macro is sufficient to avoid the pitfalls of traditional
4187 @command{awk} (@pxref{awk, , Limitations of Usual Tools}).
4190 @defmac AC_PROG_GREP
4194 Look for the best available @code{grep} or @code{ggrep} that accepts the
4195 longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple @option{-e} options.
4196 Set the output variable @code{GREP} to whatever is chosen.
4197 @xref{grep, , Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more information about
4198 portability problems with the @command{grep} command family. The result
4199 can be overridden by setting the @code{GREP} variable and is cached in the
4200 @code{ac_cv_path_GREP} variable.
4203 @defmac AC_PROG_EGREP
4204 @acindex{PROG_EGREP}
4207 Check whether @code{$GREP -E} works, or else look for the best available
4208 @code{egrep} or @code{gegrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
4209 Set the output variable @code{EGREP} to whatever is chosen. The result
4210 can be overridden by setting the @code{EGREP} variable and is cached in the
4211 @code{ac_cv_path_EGREP} variable.
4214 @defmac AC_PROG_FGREP
4215 @acindex{PROG_FGREP}
4218 Check whether @code{$GREP -F} works, or else look for the best available
4219 @code{fgrep} or @code{gfgrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
4220 Set the output variable @code{FGREP} to whatever is chosen. The result
4221 can be overridden by setting the @code{FGREP} variable and is cached in the
4222 @code{ac_cv_path_FGREP} variable.
4225 @defmac AC_PROG_INSTALL
4226 @acindex{PROG_INSTALL}
4228 @ovindex INSTALL_PROGRAM
4229 @ovindex INSTALL_DATA
4230 @ovindex INSTALL_SCRIPT
4231 @caindex path_install
4232 @prindex @command{install-sh}
4233 Set output variable @code{INSTALL} to the name of a BSD-compatible
4234 @command{install} program, if one is found in the current @env{PATH}.
4235 Otherwise, set @code{INSTALL} to @samp{@var{dir}/install-sh -c},
4236 checking the directories specified to @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} (or its
4237 default directories) to determine @var{dir} (@pxref{Output}). Also set
4238 the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} and @code{INSTALL_SCRIPT} to
4239 @samp{$@{INSTALL@}} and @code{INSTALL_DATA} to @samp{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.
4241 @samp{@@INSTALL@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
4242 configuration files.
4244 This macro screens out various instances of @command{install} known not to
4245 work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
4246 speed. Instead of @file{install-sh}, it can also use @file{install.sh},
4247 but that name is obsolete because some @command{make} programs have a rule
4248 that creates @file{install} from it if there is no makefile. Further, this
4249 macro requires @command{install} to be able to install multiple files into a
4250 target directory in a single invocation.
4252 Autoconf comes with a copy of @file{install-sh} that you can use.
4253 If you use @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}, you must include @file{install-sh} in
4254 your distribution; otherwise @command{autoreconf} and @command{configure}
4255 will produce an error message saying they can't find it---even if the
4256 system you're on has a good @command{install} program. This check is a
4257 safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving that file out,
4258 which would prevent your package from installing on systems that don't
4259 have a BSD-compatible @command{install} program.
4261 If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
4262 not found in standard @command{install} programs, there is no reason to use
4263 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}; just put the file name of your program into your
4264 @file{Makefile.in} files.
4266 The result of the test can be overridden by setting the variable
4267 @code{INSTALL} or the cache variable @code{ac_cv_path_install}.
4270 @defmac AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
4271 @acindex{PROG_MKDIR_P}
4274 @prindex @command{install-sh}
4275 Set output variable @code{MKDIR_P} to a program that ensures that for
4276 each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
4277 and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
4278 two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
4279 nearly the same time.
4281 This macro uses the equivalent of the @samp{mkdir -p} command. Ancient
4282 versions of @command{mkdir} are vulnerable to race conditions, so if you
4283 want to support parallel installs from different packages into the same
4284 directory you should use a non-ancient @command{mkdir}.
4286 This macro is related to the @code{AS_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Programming
4287 in M4sh}), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
4288 files, whereas @code{AS_MKDIR_P} is intended for use in scripts like
4289 @command{configure}. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not accept options,
4290 but @code{MKDIR_P} supports the @option{-m} option, e.g., a makefile
4291 might invoke @code{$(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir} to create an inaccessible
4292 directory, and conversely a makefile should use @code{$(MKDIR_P) --
4293 $(FOO)} if @var{FOO} might yield a value that begins with @samp{-}.
4295 The result of the test can be overridden by setting the variable
4296 @code{MKDIR_P} or the cache variable @code{ac_cv_path_mkdir}.
4299 @anchor{AC_PROG_LEX}
4300 @defmac AC_PROG_LEX (@var{options})
4304 @cvindex YYTEXT_POINTER
4305 @ovindex LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
4307 Search for a lexical analyzer generator, preferring @code{flex}
4308 to plain @code{lex}. Output variable @code{LEX} is set to whichever
4309 program is available. If neither program is available, @code{LEX}
4311 for packages that ship the generated @file{file.yy.c}
4312 alongside the source @file{file.l}, this default allows users without a
4313 lexer generator to still build the package even if the timestamp for
4314 @file{file.l} is inadvertently changed.
4316 The name of the program to use can be overridden by setting the
4317 output variable @code{LEX} or the cache variable @code{ac_cv_prog_LEX}
4318 when running @command{configure}.
4320 If a lexical analyzer generator is found, this macro performs additional
4321 checks for common portability pitfalls. If these additional checks
4322 fail, @code{LEX} is reset to @samp{:}; otherwise the following
4323 additional macros and variables are provided.
4325 Preprocessor macro @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} is defined if the lexer
4326 skeleton, by default, declares @code{yytext} as a @samp{@w{char *}}
4327 rather than a @samp{@w{char []}}.
4329 Output variable @code{LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT} is set to the base of the file
4330 name that the lexer generates; this is usually either @file{lex.yy} or
4333 If generated lexers need a library to work, output variable
4334 @code{LEXLIB} is set to a link option for that library (e.g.,
4335 @option{-ll}), otherwise it is set to empty.
4337 The @var{options} argument modifies the behavior of @code{AC_PROG_LEX}.
4338 It should be a whitespace-separated list of options. Currently there
4339 are only two options, and they are mutually exclusive:
4343 Indicate that the library in @code{LEXLIB} needs to define the function
4344 @code{yywrap}. If a library that defines this function cannot be found,
4345 @code{LEX} will be reset to @samp{:}.
4348 Indicate that the library in @code{LEXLIB} does not need to define the
4349 function @code{yywrap}. @command{configure} will not search for it at
4353 Prior to Autoconf 2.70, @code{AC_PROG_LEX} did not take any arguments,
4354 and its behavior was different from either of the above possibilities:
4355 it would search for a library that defines @code{yywrap}, and would set
4356 @code{LEXLIB} to that library if it finds one. However, if a library
4357 that defines this function could not be found, @code{LEXLIB} would be
4358 left empty and @code{LEX} would @emph{not} be reset. This behavior was
4359 due to a bug, but several packages came to depend on it, so
4360 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} still does this if neither the @code{yywrap} nor the
4361 @code{noyywrap} option is given.
4363 Usage of @code{AC_PROG_LEX} without choosing one of the @code{yywrap}
4364 or @code{noyywrap} options is deprecated. It is usually better to
4365 use @code{noyywrap} and define the @code{yywrap} function yourself,
4366 as this almost always renders the @code{LEXLIB} unnecessary.
4368 @strong{Caution:} As a side-effect of the test, this macro may delete
4369 any file in the configure script's current working directory named
4370 @file{lex.yy.c} or @file{lexyy.c}.
4372 @strong{Caution:} Packages that ship a generated @file{lex.yy.c}
4373 cannot assume that the definition of @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} matches
4374 the code in that file. They also cannot assume that @code{LEXLIB}
4375 provides the library routines required by the code in that file.
4377 If you use Flex to generate @file{lex.yy.c}, you can work around these
4378 limitations by defining @code{yywrap} and @code{main} yourself
4379 (rendering @code{-lfl} unnecessary), and by using either the
4380 @option{--array} or @option{--pointer} options to control how
4381 @code{yytext} is declared. The code generated by Flex is also more
4382 portable than the code generated by historical versions of Lex.
4384 If you have used Flex to generate @file{lex.yy.c}, and especially if
4385 your scanner depends on Flex features, we recommend you use this
4386 Autoconf snippet to prevent the scanner being regenerated with
4391 AS_IF([test "x$LEX" != xflex],
4392 [LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex"
4393 AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy])
4394 AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], [''])])
4397 The shell script @command{missing} can be found in the Automake
4400 Remember that the user may have supplied an alternate location in
4401 @env{LEX}, so if Flex is required, it is better to check that the user
4402 provided something sufficient by parsing the output of @samp{$LEX
4403 --version} than by simply relying on @code{test "x$LEX" = xflex}.
4406 @anchor{AC_PROG_LN_S}
4407 @defmac AC_PROG_LN_S
4410 If @samp{ln -s} works on the current file system (the operating system
4411 and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
4412 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln -s}; otherwise, if @samp{ln} works, set
4413 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln}, and otherwise set it to @samp{cp -pR}.
4415 If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
4416 meaning depends on whether @samp{ln} or @samp{ln -s} is used. To safely
4417 create links using @samp{$(LN_S)}, either find out which form is used
4418 and adjust the arguments, or always invoke @code{ln} in the directory
4419 where the link is to be created.
4421 In other words, it does not work to do:
4429 (cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
4433 @defmac AC_PROG_RANLIB
4434 @acindex{PROG_RANLIB}
4436 @c @caindex prog_RANLIB
4437 @c @caindex prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
4438 Set output variable @code{RANLIB} to @samp{ranlib} if @code{ranlib}
4439 is found, and otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
4446 Set output variable @code{SED} to a Sed implementation that conforms to
4447 Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
4448 acceptable Sed is found. @xref{sed, , Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more
4449 information about portability problems with Sed.
4451 The result of this test can be overridden by setting the @code{SED} variable
4452 and is cached in the @code{ac_cv_path_SED} variable.
4455 @defmac AC_PROG_YACC
4461 If @code{bison} is found, set output variable @code{YACC} to @samp{bison
4462 -y}. Otherwise, if @code{byacc} is found, set @code{YACC} to
4463 @samp{byacc}. Otherwise set @code{YACC} to @samp{yacc}.
4464 The result of this test can be influenced by setting the variable
4465 @code{YACC} or the cache variable @code{ac_cv_prog_YACC}.
4468 @node Generic Programs
4469 @subsection Generic Program and File Checks
4471 These macros are used to find programs not covered by the ``particular''
4472 test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
4473 find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
4474 (@pxref{Writing Tests}). By default, these macros use the environment
4475 variable @env{PATH}. If you need to check for a program that might not
4476 be in the user's @env{PATH}, you can pass a modified path to use
4480 AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd],
4481 [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/libexec$PATH_SEPARATOR]dnl
4482 [/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/etc$PATH_SEPARATOR/etc])
4485 You are strongly encouraged to declare the @var{variable} passed to
4486 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} etc.@: as precious. @xref{Setting Output Variables},
4487 @code{AC_ARG_VAR}, for more details.
4489 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROG}
4490 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4491 @var{value-if-found}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH}, @
4493 @acindex{CHECK_PROG}
4494 @caindex prog_@var{variable}
4495 Check whether program @var{prog-to-check-for} exists in @var{path}. If
4496 it is found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-found}, otherwise to
4497 @var{value-if-not-found}, if given. Always pass over @var{reject} (an
4498 absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
4499 that case, set @var{variable} using the absolute file name of the
4500 @var{prog-to-check-for} found that is not @var{reject}. If
4501 @var{variable} was already set, do nothing. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
4502 @var{variable}. The result of this test can be overridden by setting the
4503 @var{variable} variable or the cache variable
4504 @code{ac_cv_prog_@var{variable}}.
4507 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROGS}
4508 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4509 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4510 @acindex{CHECK_PROGS}
4511 @caindex prog_@var{variable}
4512 Check for each program in the blank-separated list
4513 @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in the @var{path}. If one is found, set
4514 @var{variable} to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
4515 checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
4516 list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
4517 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
4518 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}. The result of
4519 this test can be overridden by setting the @var{variable} variable or the
4520 cache variable @code{ac_cv_prog_@var{variable}}.
4523 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4524 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4525 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}
4526 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
4527 with a prefix of the target type as determined by
4528 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
4529 If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
4530 types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
4532 As noted in @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}, the
4533 target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
4534 as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
4535 the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
4536 for example, @emph{a tool @r{(assembler, linker, etc.)}@: that the
4537 compiler driver @r{(@command{gcc} for the GNU C Compiler)}
4538 uses to produce objects, archives or executables}.
4541 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4542 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4543 @acindex{CHECK_TOOL}
4544 @c @caindex prog_@var{VARIABLE}
4545 @c @caindex prog_ac_ct_@var{VARIABLE}
4546 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
4547 with a prefix of the host type as specified by @option{--host}, followed by a
4548 dash. For example, if the user runs
4549 @samp{configure --build=x86_64-gnu --host=aarch64-linux-gnu}, then this call:
4551 AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
4554 sets @code{RANLIB} to @file{aarch64-linux-gnu-ranlib} if that program exists in
4555 @var{path}, or otherwise to @samp{ranlib} if that program exists in
4556 @var{path}, or to @samp{:} if neither program exists.
4558 When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program
4559 prefixed with the host type could be found.
4560 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}.
4563 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4564 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4565 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS}
4566 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
4567 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the target type as
4568 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash
4569 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
4570 prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
4571 without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set @var{variable} to
4572 the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
4573 set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if @var{value-if-not-found}
4574 is not specified, the value of @var{variable} is not changed. Calls
4575 @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4578 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4579 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4580 @acindex{CHECK_TOOLS}
4581 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
4582 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the host type as
4583 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash
4584 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
4585 prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
4586 set @var{variable} to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
4587 the list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
4588 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
4589 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4591 When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program
4592 prefixed with the host type could be found.
4593 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}.
4596 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROG}
4597 @defmac AC_PATH_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4598 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4600 @caindex path_@var{variable}
4601 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4602 name of @var{prog-to-check-for} if found. The result of this test
4603 can be overridden by setting the @var{variable} variable. A positive
4604 result of this test is cached in the @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}
4608 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROGS}
4609 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4610 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4611 @acindex{PATH_PROGS}
4612 @caindex path_@var{variable}
4613 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}, but if any of @var{progs-to-check-for}
4614 are found, set @var{variable} to the absolute name of the program
4615 found. The result of this test can be overridden by setting the
4616 @var{variable} variable. A positive result of this test is cached in
4617 the @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} variable.
4620 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK (@var{variable}, @
4621 @var{progs-to-check-for}, @var{feature-test}, @
4622 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4623 @acindex{PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK}
4624 @caindex path_@var{variable}
4625 @vrindex ac_path_@var{variable}
4626 @vrindex ac_path_@var{variable}_found
4627 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. If @var{variable} is not
4628 empty, then set the cache variable @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} to
4629 its value. Otherwise, check for each program in the blank-separated
4630 list @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in @var{path}. For each program
4631 found, execute @var{feature-test} with @code{ac_path_@var{variable}}
4632 set to the absolute name of the candidate program. If no invocation of
4633 @var{feature-test} sets the shell variable
4634 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, then @var{action-if-not-found} is
4635 executed. @var{feature-test} will be run even when
4636 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} is set, to provide the ability to
4637 choose a better candidate found later in @var{path}; to accept the
4638 current setting and bypass all further checks, @var{feature-test} can
4639 execute @code{ac_path_@var{variable}_found=:}.
4641 Note that this macro has some subtle differences from
4642 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}. It is designed to be run inside
4643 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, therefore, it should have no side effects. In
4644 particular, @var{variable} is not set to the final value of
4645 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, nor is @code{AC_SUBST} automatically
4646 run. Also, on failure, any action can be performed, whereas
4647 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} only performs
4648 @code{@var{variable}=@var{value-if-not-found}}.
4650 Here is an example, similar to what Autoconf uses in its own configure
4651 script. It will search for an implementation of @command{m4} that
4652 supports the @code{indir} builtin, even if it goes by the name
4653 @command{gm4} or is not the first implementation on @env{PATH}.
4656 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for m4 that supports indir], [ac_cv_path_M4],
4657 [AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([M4], [m4 gm4],
4658 [[m4out=`echo 'changequote([,])indir([divnum])' | $ac_path_M4`
4659 test "x$m4out" = x0 \
4660 && ac_cv_path_M4=$ac_path_M4 ac_path_M4_found=:]],
4661 [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find m4 that supports indir])])])
4662 AC_SUBST([M4], [$ac_cv_path_M4])
4666 @defmac AC_PATH_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4667 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4668 @acindex{PATH_TARGET_TOOL}
4669 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4670 name of the program if it is found.
4673 @defmac AC_PATH_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4674 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4676 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4677 name of the program if it is found.
4679 When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program
4680 prefixed with the host type could be found.
4681 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}.
4687 @cindex File, checking
4689 You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using
4690 these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better
4691 solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature
4692 of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
4694 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILE (@var{file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4695 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4696 @acindex{CHECK_FILE}
4697 @caindex file_@var{file}
4698 Check whether file @var{file} exists on the native system. If it is
4699 found, execute @var{action-if-found}, otherwise do
4700 @var{action-if-not-found}, if given. Cache the result of this test
4701 in the @code{ac_cv_file_@var{file}} variable, with characters not
4702 suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
4705 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILES (@var{files}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4706 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4707 @acindex{CHECK_FILES}
4708 @caindex file_@var{file}
4709 For each file listed in @var{files}, execute @code{AC_CHECK_FILE}
4710 and perform either @var{action-if-found} or @var{action-if-not-found}.
4711 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FILE}, this defines @samp{HAVE_@var{file}}
4712 (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) for each file found and caches the results of
4713 each test in the @code{ac_cv_file_@var{file}} variable, with characters
4714 not suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
4719 @section Library Files
4720 @cindex Library, checking
4722 The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, Fortran,
4723 or Go library archive files.
4725 @anchor{AC_CHECK_LIB}
4726 @defmac AC_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @var{function}, @
4727 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4729 @caindex lib_@var{library}_@var{function}
4730 Test whether the library @var{library} is available by trying to link
4731 a test program that calls function @var{function} with the library.
4732 @var{function} should be a function provided by the library.
4734 name of the library; e.g., to check for @option{-lmp}, use @samp{mp} as
4735 the @var{library} argument.
4737 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the link
4738 with the library succeeds; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell
4739 commands to run if the link fails. If @var{action-if-found} is not
4740 specified, the default action prepends @option{-l@var{library}} to
4741 @code{LIBS} and defines @samp{HAVE_LIB@var{library}} (in all
4742 capitals). This macro is intended to support building @code{LIBS} in
4743 a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
4744 library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
4745 consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
4746 so the order in which @code{LIBS} is generated is important to reliable
4747 detection of libraries.
4749 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4750 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4751 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4752 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro may fail to detect
4753 that @var{library} is present, because linking the test program can
4754 fail with unresolved symbols. The @var{other-libraries} argument
4755 should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
4756 in the presence of another that is not already in @code{LIBS}.
4758 @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
4759 in some common cases. Many standard functions like @code{gethostbyname}
4760 appear in the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
4761 like @code{nsl} on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
4762 contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
4763 days it is normally better to use @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
4764 [nsl])} instead of @code{AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])}.
4766 The result of this test is cached in the
4767 @code{ac_cv_lib_@var{library}_@var{function}} variable.
4770 @anchor{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}
4771 @defmac AC_SEARCH_LIBS (@var{function}, @var{search-libs}, @
4772 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4773 @acindex{SEARCH_LIBS}
4774 @caindex search_@var{function}
4775 Search for a library defining @var{function} if it's not already
4776 available. This equates to calling
4777 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])])} first with
4778 no libraries, then for each library listed in @var{search-libs}.
4780 Prepend @option{-l@var{library}} to @code{LIBS} for the first library found
4781 to contain @var{function}, and run @var{action-if-found}. If the
4782 function is not found, run @var{action-if-not-found}.
4784 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4785 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4786 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4787 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4788 that @var{function} is present, because linking the test program
4789 always fails with unresolved symbols.
4791 The result of this test is cached in the
4792 @code{ac_cv_search_@var{function}} variable as @samp{none required} if
4793 @var{function} is already available, as @samp{no} if no library
4794 containing @var{function} was found, otherwise as the
4795 @option{-l@var{library}} option that needs to be prepended to @code{LIBS}.
4800 @node Library Functions
4801 @section Library Functions
4803 The following macros check for particular C library functions.
4804 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need,
4805 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
4806 it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
4809 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
4810 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
4811 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
4814 @node Function Portability
4815 @subsection Portability of C Functions
4816 @cindex Portability of C functions
4817 @cindex C function portability
4819 Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited
4820 on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these
4821 portability issues. By definition, this list always requires
4822 additions. A much more complete list is maintained by the Gnulib
4823 project (@pxref{Gnulib}), covering @ref{Function Substitutes, ,
4824 Current Posix Functions, gnulib, Gnulib}, @ref{Legacy Function
4825 Substitutes, , Legacy Functions, gnulib, Gnulib}, and @ref{Glibc
4826 Function Substitutes, , Glibc Functions, gnulib, Gnulib}. Please
4827 help us keep the Gnulib list as complete as possible.
4832 @prindex @code{exit}
4833 On ancient hosts, @code{exit} returned @code{int}.
4834 This is because @code{exit} predates @code{void}, and there was a long
4835 tradition of it returning @code{int}.
4837 On current hosts, the problem more likely is that @code{exit} is not
4838 declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
4839 we suggest that test programs not invoke @code{exit}, but return from
4840 @code{main} instead.
4846 @prindex @code{isinf}
4847 @prindex @code{isnan}
4848 In C99 and later, @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} are
4849 macros. On some systems just macros are available
4850 (e.g., HP-UX and Solaris 10), on
4851 some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
4852 systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6). In some cases
4853 these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
4854 @code{<sunmath.h>} and defined in non-default libraries like
4855 @option{-lm} or @option{-lsunmath}.
4857 In C99 and later, @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} macros work correctly with
4858 @code{long double} arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
4859 typically assume @code{double} arguments. On such a system,
4860 @code{isinf} incorrectly returns true for a finite @code{long double}
4861 argument that is outside the range of @code{double}.
4863 The best workaround for these issues is to use Gnulib modules
4864 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} (@pxref{Gnulib}). But a lighter weight
4865 solution involves code like the following.
4872 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \
4873 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
4875 static int isnan_f (float x) @{ return x != x; @}
4876 static int isnan_d (double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4877 static int isnan_ld (long double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4882 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \
4883 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
4885 static int isinf_f (float x)
4886 @{ return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); @}
4887 static int isinf_d (double x)
4888 @{ return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); @}
4889 static int isinf_ld (long double x)
4890 @{ return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); @}
4894 Some optimizing compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
4895 typically have many other floating point corner-case compliance problems
4896 anyway, so it's probably not worth worrying about.
4900 @prindex @code{malloc}
4901 The C standard says a successful call @code{malloc (0)} is implementation
4902 dependent. It can return either @code{NULL} or a new non-null pointer.
4903 The latter is more common (e.g., the GNU C Library) but is by
4904 no means universal. @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC}
4905 can be used to insist on non-@code{NULL} (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4909 @prindex @code{putenv}
4910 Posix prefers @code{setenv} to @code{putenv}; among other things,
4911 @code{putenv} is not required of all Posix implementations, but
4914 Posix specifies that @code{putenv} puts the given string directly in
4915 @code{environ}, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
4916 glibc 2.0, or BSD). And when a copy is made, @code{unsetenv} might
4917 not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., FreeBSD 4).
4919 On some systems @code{putenv ("FOO")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4920 environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
4921 on some systems (e.g., AIX).
4923 On MinGW, a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4924 environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
4926 @item @code{realloc}
4928 @prindex @code{realloc}
4929 It is problematic to call @code{realloc} with a zero size.
4930 The C standard says @code{realloc (NULL, 0)} is equivalent to
4931 @code{malloc (0)}, which means one cannot portably tell whether the call
4932 has succeeded if it returns a null pointer. If @code{ptr} is non-null,
4933 the C standard says @code{realloc (ptr, 0)} has undefined behavior.
4935 The @code{AC_FUNC_REALLOC} macro avoids some of these portability issues,
4936 and the Gnulib module @code{realloc-gnu} avoids more of them.
4937 @xref{Particular Functions}.
4939 @item @code{signal} handler
4941 @prindex @code{signal}
4942 @prindex @code{sigaction}
4943 In most cases, it is more robust to use @code{sigaction} when it is
4944 available, rather than @code{signal}.
4946 @item @code{snprintf}
4947 @c @fuindex snprintf
4948 @prindex @code{snprintf}
4949 @c @fuindex vsnprintf
4950 @prindex @code{vsnprintf}
4951 In C99 and later, if the output array isn't big enough
4952 and if no other errors occur, @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf}
4953 truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
4954 been produced. Some ancient systems returned the truncated length (e.g.,
4955 GNU C Library 2.0.x or IRIX 6.5), and some a negative value
4956 (e.g., earlier GNU C Library versions).
4958 @item @code{strerror_r}
4959 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4960 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4961 Posix specifies that @code{strerror_r} returns an @code{int}, but many
4962 systems (e.g., GNU C Library version 2.36) provide a
4963 different version returning a @code{char *}. @code{AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4964 can detect which is in use (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4966 @item @code{strnlen}
4968 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4969 Android 5.0's strnlen was broken, because it assumed the addressed array
4970 always had at least the specified number of bytes. For example,
4971 @code{strnlen ("", SIZE_MAX)} should return 0 but on Android 5.0 it
4974 AIX 4.3 provided a broken version which produces the
4978 strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0
4979 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3
4980 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2
4981 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1
4982 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0
4983 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6
4984 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6
4985 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6
4986 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6
4987 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
4990 @item @code{sysconf}
4992 @prindex @code{sysconf}
4993 @code{_SC_PAGESIZE} is standard, but some older systems (e.g., HP-UX
4994 9) have @code{_SC_PAGE_SIZE} instead. This can be tested with
4999 @prindex @code{unlink}
5000 The Posix spec says that @code{unlink} causes the given file to be
5001 removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
5002 non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
5003 and some DOS variants even corrupt the file system.
5005 @item @code{unsetenv}
5006 @c @fuindex unsetenv
5007 @prindex @code{unsetenv}
5008 On MinGW, @code{unsetenv} is not available, but a variable @samp{FOO}
5009 can be removed with a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")}, as described under
5010 @code{putenv} above.
5012 @item @code{va_copy}
5014 @prindex @code{va_copy}
5015 C99 and later provide @code{va_copy} for copying
5016 @code{va_list} variables. It may be available in older environments
5017 too, though possibly as @code{__va_copy} (e.g., @command{gcc} in strict
5018 pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with @code{#ifdef}. A fallback to
5019 @code{memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))} gives maximum
5022 @item @code{va_list}
5024 @prindex @code{va_list}
5025 @code{va_list} is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
5026 @code{struct} (e.g., @command{gcc} on Alpha), which means @code{NULL} is
5027 not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., @command{gcc} in some
5028 PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
5029 effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
5030 value back in the caller (e.g., @code{vsnprintf} in the GNU C Library
5033 @item Signed @code{>>}
5034 Normally the C @code{>>} right shift of a signed type replicates the
5035 high bit, giving a so-called ``arithmetic'' shift. But care should be
5036 taken since Standard C doesn't require that behavior. On a few platforms
5037 (e.g., Cray C by default) zero bits are shifted in, the same as a shift of an
5040 @item Integer @code{/}
5041 C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero,
5042 yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard
5043 allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient
5044 in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this
5045 freedom, though, and it's probably not worth worrying about this issue
5050 @node Particular Functions
5051 @subsection Particular Function Checks
5052 @cindex Function, checking
5054 These macros check for particular C functions---whether they exist, and
5055 in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
5057 @anchor{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}
5058 @defmac AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
5059 @acindex{FUNC_ALLOCA}
5061 @cvindex HAVE_ALLOCA_H
5064 @prindex @code{alloca}
5066 @c @caindex working_alloca_h
5067 Check for the @code{alloca} function. Define @code{HAVE_ALLOCA_H} if
5068 @file{alloca.h} defines a working @code{alloca}. If not, look for a
5069 builtin alternative. If either method succeeds, define
5070 @code{HAVE_ALLOCA}. Otherwise, set the output variable @code{ALLOCA} to
5071 @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}alloca.o} and define
5072 @code{C_ALLOCA} (so programs can periodically call @samp{alloca (0)} to
5073 garbage collect). This variable is separate from @code{LIBOBJS} so
5074 multiple programs can share the value of @code{ALLOCA} without needing
5075 to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
5076 @code{LIBOBJS}. The @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}} prefix serves the same
5077 purpose as in @code{LIBOBJS} (@pxref{AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS}).
5079 Source files that use @code{alloca} should start with a piece of code
5080 like the following, to declare it properly.
5086 #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
5087 # include <alloca.h>
5088 #elif !defined alloca
5090 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
5091 # elif defined _MSC_VER
5092 # include <malloc.h>
5093 # define alloca _alloca
5094 # elif !defined HAVE_ALLOCA
5098 void *alloca (size_t);
5104 If you don't want to maintain this piece of code in your package manually,
5105 you can instead use the Gnulib module @code{alloca-opt} or @code{alloca}.
5109 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHOWN
5110 @acindex{FUNC_CHOWN}
5113 @prindex @code{chown}
5114 @caindex func_chown_works
5115 If the @code{chown} function is available and works (in particular, it
5116 should accept @option{-1} for @code{uid} and @code{gid}), define
5117 @code{HAVE_CHOWN}. The result of this macro is cached in the
5118 @code{ac_cv_func_chown_works} variable.
5120 If you want a workaround, that is, a @code{chown} function that is
5121 available and works, you can use the Gnulib module @code{chown}.
5125 @anchor{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
5126 @defmac AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
5127 @acindex{FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
5128 @cvindex CLOSEDIR_VOID
5129 @c @fuindex closedir
5130 @prindex @code{closedir}
5131 @caindex func_closedir_void
5132 If the @code{closedir} function does not return a meaningful value,
5133 define @code{CLOSEDIR_VOID}. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
5134 return value for an error indicator.
5136 Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
5137 cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that @code{closedir} does not
5138 return a meaningful value is made.
5140 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_closedir_void}
5143 This macro is obsolescent, as @code{closedir} returns a meaningful value
5144 on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
5147 @defmac AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
5148 @acindex{FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE}
5149 @c @fuindex error_at_line
5150 @prindex @code{error_at_line}
5151 @caindex lib_error_at_line
5152 If the @code{error_at_line} function is not found, require an
5153 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{error}.
5155 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_lib_error_at_line}
5158 The @code{AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE} macro is obsolescent. New programs
5159 should use Gnulib's @code{error} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5162 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
5163 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH}
5165 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
5166 @caindex func_fnmatch_works
5167 If the @code{fnmatch} function conforms to Posix, define
5168 @code{HAVE_FNMATCH}.
5170 Unlike the other specific
5171 @code{AC_FUNC} macros, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH} does not replace a
5172 broken/missing @code{fnmatch}. This is for historical reasons.
5173 See @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} below.
5175 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works}
5178 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
5179 @code{fnmatch-posix} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5182 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
5183 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU}
5185 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
5186 @caindex func_fnmatch_gnu
5187 Behave like @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} (@emph{replace}) but also test
5188 whether @code{fnmatch} supports GNU extensions. Detect common
5189 implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the GNU C
5192 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_fnmatch_gnu}
5195 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
5196 @code{fnmatch-gnu} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5199 @anchor{AC_FUNC_FORK}
5200 @defmac AC_FUNC_FORK
5202 @cvindex HAVE_VFORK_H
5203 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_FORK
5204 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
5207 @prindex @code{fork}
5209 @prindex @code{vfork}
5211 @c @caindex func_fork
5212 @c @caindex func_fork_works
5213 This macro checks for the @code{fork} and @code{vfork} functions. If a
5214 working @code{fork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_FORK}. This macro
5215 checks whether @code{fork} is just a stub by trying to run it.
5217 If @file{vfork.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_VFORK_H}. If a working
5218 @code{vfork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_VFORK}. Otherwise,
5219 define @code{vfork} to be @code{fork} for backward compatibility with
5220 previous versions of @command{autoconf}. This macro checks for several known
5221 errors in implementations of @code{vfork} and considers the system to not
5222 have a working @code{vfork} if it detects any of them.
5224 Since this macro defines @code{vfork} only for backward compatibility with
5225 previous versions of @command{autoconf} you're encouraged to define it
5226 yourself in new code:
5229 #ifndef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
5235 The results of this macro are cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_fork_works}
5236 and @code{ac_cv_func_vfork_works} variables. In order to override the
5237 test, you also need to set the @code{ac_cv_func_fork} and
5238 @code{ac_cv_func_vfork} variables.
5241 @anchor{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO}
5242 @defmac AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
5243 @acindex{FUNC_FSEEKO}
5244 @cvindex _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
5245 @cvindex HAVE_FSEEKO
5247 @prindex @code{fseeko}
5249 @prindex @code{ftello}
5250 @c @caindex sys_largefile_source
5251 If the @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello} functions are available, define
5252 @code{HAVE_FSEEKO}. Define @code{_LARGEFILE_SOURCE} if necessary to
5253 make the prototype visible.
5255 Configure scripts that use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} should normally also
5256 use @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} to ensure that @code{off_t} can represent
5257 all supported file sizes. @xref{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE}.
5259 The Gnulib module @code{fseeko} invokes @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO}
5260 and also contains workarounds for other portability problems of
5261 @code{fseeko}. @xref{Gnulib}.
5264 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS
5265 @acindex{FUNC_GETGROUPS}
5266 @cvindex HAVE_GETGROUPS
5267 @ovindex GETGROUPS_LIB
5268 @c @fuindex getgroups
5269 @prindex @code{getgroups}
5270 @caindex func_getgroups_works
5271 Perform all the checks performed by @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
5272 (@pxref{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}).
5273 Then, if the @code{getgroups} function is available
5274 and known to work correctly, define @code{HAVE_GETGROUPS}.
5275 Set the output variable @code{GETGROUPS_LIB} to any libraries
5276 needed to get that function.
5278 This macro relies on a list of systems with known, serious bugs in
5279 @code{getgroups}. If this list mis-identifies your system's
5280 @code{getgroups} as buggy, or as not buggy, you can override it by
5281 setting the cache variable @code{ac_cv_func_getgroups_works} in a
5282 @file{config.site} file (@pxref{Site Defaults}). Please also report the
5283 error to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf Bugs mailing list}.
5285 The Gnulib module @code{getgroups} provides workarounds for additional,
5286 less severe portability problems with this function.
5289 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
5290 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
5291 @acindex{FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
5296 @cvindex HAVE_NLIST_H
5297 @cvindex NLIST_NAME_UNION
5298 @cvindex GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
5299 @cvindex NEED_SETGID
5300 @cvindex C_GETLOADAVG
5302 @ovindex NEED_SETGID
5304 @ovindex GETLOADAVG_LIBS
5305 @c @fuindex getloadavg
5306 @prindex @code{getloadavg}
5307 Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
5308 properly, this macro needs the file @file{getloadavg.c}; therefore, be
5309 sure to set the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory properly (see
5310 @ref{Generic Functions}, @code{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}).
5312 If the system has the @code{getloadavg} function, define
5313 @code{HAVE_GETLOADAVG}, and set @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to any libraries
5314 necessary to get that function. Also add @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to
5315 @code{LIBS}. Otherwise, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
5316 @samp{getloadavg} and possibly define several other C preprocessor
5317 macros and output variables:
5321 Define @code{C_GETLOADAVG}.
5324 Define @code{SVR4}, @code{DGUX}, @code{UMAX}, or @code{UMAX4_3} if on
5329 If @file{nlist.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_NLIST_H}.
5332 If @samp{struct nlist} has an @samp{n_un.n_name} member, define
5333 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME}. The obsolete symbol
5334 @code{NLIST_NAME_UNION} is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
5337 Programs may need to be installed set-group-ID (or set-user-ID) for
5338 @code{getloadavg} to work. In this case, define
5339 @code{GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED}, set the output variable @code{NEED_SETGID}
5340 to @samp{true} (and otherwise to @samp{false}), and set
5341 @code{KMEM_GROUP} to the name of the group that should own the installed
5345 The @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
5346 use Gnulib's @code{getloadavg} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5349 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}
5350 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
5351 @acindex{FUNC_GETMNTENT}
5352 @cvindex HAVE_GETMNTENT
5353 @c @fuindex getmntent
5354 @prindex @code{getmntent}
5355 @caindex search_getmntent
5356 Check for @code{getmntent} in the standard C library, and then in the
5357 @file{sun}, @file{seq}, and @file{gen} libraries, for UNICOS,
5358 IRIX 4, PTX, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
5359 @code{getmntent} is available, define @code{HAVE_GETMNTENT} and set
5360 @code{ac_cv_func_getmntent} to @code{yes}. Otherwise set
5361 @code{ac_cv_func_getmntent} to @code{no}.
5363 The result of this macro can be overridden by setting the cache variable
5364 @code{ac_cv_search_getmntent}.
5366 The @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
5367 use Gnulib's @code{mountlist} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5370 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
5371 @acindex{FUNC_GETPGRP}
5372 @cvindex GETPGRP_VOID
5375 @prindex @code{getpgid}
5376 @prindex @code{getpgrp}
5377 @caindex func_getpgrp_void
5378 Define @code{GETPGRP_VOID} if it is an error to pass 0 to
5379 @code{getpgrp}; this is the Posix behavior. On older BSD
5380 systems, you must pass 0 to @code{getpgrp}, as it takes an argument and
5381 behaves like Posix's @code{getpgid}.
5391 This macro does not check whether
5392 @code{getpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
5393 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{getpgrp}.
5395 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_getpgrp_void}
5398 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{getpgrp}
5399 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
5402 @defmac AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
5403 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}
5404 @cvindex LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
5406 @prindex @code{lstat}
5407 @caindex func_lstat_dereferences_slashed_symlink
5408 If @file{link} is a symbolic link, then @code{lstat} should treat
5409 @file{link/} the same as @file{link/.}. However, many older
5410 @code{lstat} implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
5412 It is safe to assume that if @code{lstat} incorrectly ignores
5413 trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
5414 @code{unlink} also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
5416 If @code{lstat} behaves properly, define
5417 @code{LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}, otherwise require an
5418 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @code{lstat}.
5420 The result of this macro is cached in the
5421 @code{ac_cv_func_lstat_dereferences_slashed_symlink} variable.
5423 The @code{AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK} macro is obsolescent.
5424 New programs should use Gnulib's @code{lstat} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5427 @defmac AC_FUNC_MALLOC
5428 @acindex{FUNC_MALLOC}
5429 @cvindex HAVE_MALLOC
5432 @prindex @code{malloc}
5433 @caindex func_malloc_0_nonnull
5434 If the @code{malloc} function is compatible with the GNU C
5435 library @code{malloc} (i.e., @samp{malloc (0)} returns a valid
5436 pointer), define @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
5437 @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
5438 @samp{malloc}, and define @code{malloc} to @code{rpl_malloc} so that the
5439 native @code{malloc} is not used in the main project.
5441 Typically, the replacement file @file{malloc.c} should look like (note
5442 the @samp{#undef malloc}):
5450 /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
5451 If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
5454 rpl_malloc (size_t n)
5462 The result of this macro is cached in the
5463 @code{ac_cv_func_malloc_0_nonnull} variable.
5465 If you don't want to maintain a @code{malloc.c} file in your package
5466 manually, you can instead use the Gnulib module @code{malloc-gnu}.
5469 @defmac AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC
5470 @acindex{FUNC_MBRTOWC}
5471 @cvindex HAVE_MBRTOWC
5473 @prindex @code{mbrtowc}
5474 @caindex func_mbrtowc
5475 Define @code{HAVE_MBRTOWC} to 1 if the function @code{mbrtowc} and the
5476 type @code{mbstate_t} are properly declared.
5478 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_mbrtowc}
5481 The Gnulib module @code{mbrtowc} not only ensures that the
5482 function is declared, but also works around other portability
5483 problems of this function.
5486 @defmac AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
5487 @acindex{FUNC_MEMCMP}
5490 @prindex @code{memcmp}
5491 @caindex func_memcmp_working
5492 If the @code{memcmp} function is not available or does not work, require an
5493 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{memcmp}.
5495 The result of this macro is cached in the
5496 @code{ac_cv_func_memcmp_working} variable.
5498 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
5499 @code{memcmp}. New programs need not use this macro.
5502 @defmac AC_FUNC_MKTIME
5503 @acindex{FUNC_MKTIME}
5506 @prindex @code{mktime}
5507 @caindex func_working_mktime
5508 If the @code{mktime} function is not available, or does not work
5509 correctly, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{mktime}.
5510 For the purposes of this test, @code{mktime} should conform to the
5511 Posix standard and should be the inverse of
5514 The result of this macro is cached in the
5515 @code{ac_cv_func_working_mktime} variable.
5517 The @code{AC_FUNC_MKTIME} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
5518 use Gnulib's @code{mktime} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5521 @anchor{AC_FUNC_MMAP}
5522 @defmac AC_FUNC_MMAP
5526 @prindex @code{mmap}
5527 @caindex func_mmap_fixed_mapped
5528 If the @code{mmap} function exists and works correctly, define
5529 @code{HAVE_MMAP}. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
5532 The result of this macro is cached in the
5533 @code{ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped} variable.
5535 Note: This macro asks for more than what an average program needs from
5536 @code{mmap}. In particular, the use of @code{MAP_FIXED} fails on
5537 HP-UX 11, whereas @code{mmap} otherwise works fine on this platform.
5540 @defmac AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
5541 @acindex{FUNC_OBSTACK}
5542 @cvindex HAVE_OBSTACK
5544 @caindex func_obstack
5545 If the obstacks are found, define @code{HAVE_OBSTACK}, else require an
5546 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{obstack}.
5548 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_obstack}
5551 The @code{AC_FUNC_OBSTACK} macro is obsolescent. New programs should use
5552 Gnulib's @code{obstack} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5555 @defmac AC_FUNC_REALLOC
5556 @acindex{FUNC_REALLOC}
5557 @cvindex HAVE_REALLOC
5560 @prindex @code{realloc}
5561 @caindex func_realloc_0_nonnull
5562 If the @code{realloc} function is compatible with the GNU C
5563 library @code{realloc} (i.e., @samp{realloc (NULL, 0)} returns a
5564 valid pointer), define @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
5565 @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
5566 @samp{realloc}, and define @code{realloc} to @code{rpl_realloc} so that
5567 the native @code{realloc} is not used in the main project. See
5568 @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC} for details.
5570 The result of this macro is cached in the
5571 @code{ac_cv_func_realloc_0_nonnull} variable.
5573 If you don't want to maintain a @code{realloc.c} file in your package
5574 manually, you can instead use the Gnulib module @code{realloc-gnu}.
5577 @defmac AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
5578 @acindex{FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES}
5579 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
5580 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
5581 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
5583 @prindex @code{select}
5584 @c @caindex func_select_args
5585 Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
5586 @code{select} function's arguments, and defines those types
5587 in @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234}, and
5588 @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} respectively. @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1} defaults
5589 to @samp{int}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234} defaults to @samp{int *},
5590 and @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} defaults to @samp{struct timeval *}.
5592 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{select} whose
5593 signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
5596 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
5597 @acindex{FUNC_SETPGRP}
5598 @cvindex SETPGRP_VOID
5600 @prindex @code{setpgrp}
5601 @caindex func_setpgrp_void
5602 If @code{setpgrp} takes no argument (the Posix version), define
5603 @code{SETPGRP_VOID}. Otherwise, it is the BSD version, which takes
5604 two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
5605 @code{setpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
5606 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{setpgrp}. This macro also
5607 does not check for the Solaris variant of @code{setpgrp}, which returns
5608 a @code{pid_t} instead of an @code{int}; portable code should only use
5609 the return value by comparing it against @code{-1} to check for errors.
5611 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_setpgrp_void}
5614 This macro is obsolescent, as all forms of @code{setpgrp} are also
5615 obsolescent. New programs should use the Posix function @code{setpgid},
5616 which takes two process IDs as arguments (like the BSD @code{setpgrp}).
5619 @defmac AC_FUNC_STAT
5620 @defmacx AC_FUNC_LSTAT
5622 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT}
5623 @cvindex HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
5624 @cvindex HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
5626 @prindex @code{stat}
5628 @prindex @code{lstat}
5629 @caindex func_stat_empty_string_bug
5630 @caindex func_lstat_empty_string_bug
5631 Determine whether @code{stat} or @code{lstat} have the bug that it
5632 succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument.
5634 If it does, then define @code{HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG} (or
5635 @code{HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG}) and ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ}
5638 The results of these macros are cached in the
5639 @code{ac_cv_func_stat_empty_string_bug} and the
5640 @code{ac_cv_func_lstat_empty_string_bug} variables, respectively.
5642 These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5643 New programs need not use these macros.
5646 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}
5647 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
5648 @acindex{FUNC_STRCOLL}
5649 @cvindex HAVE_STRCOLL
5651 @prindex @code{strcoll}
5652 @caindex func_strcoll_works
5653 If the @code{strcoll} function exists and works correctly, define
5654 @code{HAVE_STRCOLL}. This does a bit more than
5655 @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)}, because some systems have incorrect
5656 definitions of @code{strcoll} that should not be used. But it does
5657 not check against a known bug of this function on Solaris 10.
5659 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_func_strcoll_works}
5663 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
5664 @acindex{FUNC_STRERROR_R}
5665 @cvindex HAVE_STRERROR_R
5666 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
5667 @cvindex STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
5668 @c @fuindex strerror_r
5669 @caindex func_strerror_r_char_p
5670 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
5671 If @code{strerror_r} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRERROR_R}, and if
5672 it is declared, define @code{HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R}. If it returns a
5673 @code{char *} message, define @code{STRERROR_R_CHAR_P}; otherwise it
5674 returns an @code{int} error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
5675 Posix requires @code{strerror_r} to return @code{int}, but
5676 many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the GNU C
5677 Library) return a @code{char *} value that is not necessarily equal to
5678 the buffer argument.
5680 The result of this macro is cached in the
5681 @code{ac_cv_func_strerror_r_char_p} variable.
5683 The Gnulib module @code{strerror_r} not only ensures that the function
5684 has the return type specified by Posix, but also works around other
5685 portability problems of this function.
5688 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}
5689 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
5690 @acindex{FUNC_STRFTIME}
5691 @cvindex HAVE_STRFTIME
5692 @c @fuindex strftime
5693 @prindex @code{strftime}
5694 Check for @code{strftime} in the @file{intl} library, for SCO Unix.
5695 Then, if @code{strftime} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRFTIME}.
5697 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the @file{intl}
5698 library for @code{strftime}. New programs need not use this macro.
5701 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
5702 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOD}
5705 @prindex @code{strtod}
5706 @caindex func_strtod
5708 If the @code{strtod} function does not exist or doesn't work correctly,
5709 ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{strtod}. In this case,
5710 because @file{strtod.c} is likely to need @samp{pow}, set the output
5711 variable @code{POW_LIB} to the extra library needed.
5713 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_func_strtod} variable
5714 and depends upon the result in the @code{ac_cv_func_pow} variable.
5716 The @code{AC_FUNC_STRTOD} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
5717 use Gnulib's @code{strtod} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5720 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOLD
5721 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOLD}
5722 @cvindex HAVE_STRTOLD
5723 @prindex @code{strtold}
5724 @caindex func_strtold
5725 If the @code{strtold} function exists and conforms to C99 or later, define
5726 @code{HAVE_STRTOLD}.
5728 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_func_strtold} variable.
5730 The Gnulib module @code{strtold} not only ensures that the
5731 function exists, but also works around other portability
5732 problems of this function.
5735 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
5736 @acindex{FUNC_STRNLEN}
5737 @cvindex HAVE_STRNLEN
5739 @prindex @code{strnlen}
5740 @caindex func_strnlen_working
5741 If the @code{strnlen} function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
5742 from Android 5.0 or AIX 4.3), require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for it.
5744 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_func_strnlen_working}
5747 The @code{AC_FUNC_STRNLEN} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
5748 use Gnulib's @code{strnlen} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
5751 @anchor{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
5752 @defmac AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
5753 @acindex{FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
5754 @cvindex HAVE_UTIME_NULL
5756 @prindex @code{utime}
5757 @caindex func_utime_null
5758 If @samp{utime (@var{file}, NULL)} sets @var{file}'s timestamp to
5759 the present, define @code{HAVE_UTIME_NULL}.
5761 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_func_utime_null}
5764 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a @code{utime}
5765 that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
5768 @anchor{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}
5769 @defmac AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
5770 @acindex{FUNC_VPRINTF}
5771 @cvindex HAVE_VPRINTF
5772 @cvindex HAVE_DOPRNT
5774 @prindex @code{vprintf}
5775 @c @fuindex vsprintf
5776 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
5777 If @code{vprintf} is found, define @code{HAVE_VPRINTF}. Otherwise, if
5778 @code{_doprnt} is found, define @code{HAVE_DOPRNT}. (If @code{vprintf}
5779 is available, you may assume that @code{vfprintf} and @code{vsprintf}
5780 are also available.)
5782 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have @code{vprintf}.
5783 New programs need not use this macro.
5786 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
5787 @acindex{REPLACE_FNMATCH}
5789 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
5790 @hdrindex{fnmatch.h}
5791 @caindex func_fnmatch_works
5792 If the @code{fnmatch} function does not conform to Posix (see
5793 @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH}), ask for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement.
5795 The files @file{fnmatch.c}, @file{fnmatch_loop.c}, and @file{fnmatch_.h}
5796 in the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory are assumed to contain a
5797 copy of the source code of GNU @code{fnmatch}. If necessary,
5798 this source code is compiled as an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement, and the
5799 @file{fnmatch_.h} file is linked to @file{fnmatch.h} so that it can be
5800 included in place of the system @code{<fnmatch.h>}.
5802 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works}
5805 This macro is obsolescent, as it assumes the use of particular source
5806 files. New programs should use Gnulib's @code{fnmatch-posix} module,
5807 which provides this macro along with the source files. @xref{Gnulib}.
5812 @node Generic Functions
5813 @subsection Generic Function Checks
5815 These macros are used to find functions not covered by the ``particular''
5816 test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
5817 default C library, first call @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} for those libraries.
5818 If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
5819 whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
5820 it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5822 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNC}
5823 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5824 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5825 @acindex{CHECK_FUNC}
5826 @caindex func_@var{function}
5827 If C function @var{function} is available, run shell commands
5828 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just
5829 want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
5830 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} instead. This macro checks for functions with C
5831 linkage even when @code{AC_LANG(C++)} has been called, since C is more
5832 standardized than C++. (@pxref{Language Choice}, for more information
5833 about selecting the language for checks.)
5835 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_func_@var{function}}
5839 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}
5840 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5841 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5842 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS}
5843 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5844 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5845 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5846 If @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5847 execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
5848 @samp{break} to break out of the loop on the first match. If
5849 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed when one of the
5850 functions is not found.
5852 Results are cached for each @var{function} as in @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC}.
5855 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE (@var{function}@dots{})
5856 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE}
5857 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5858 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5859 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5860 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}. It generates the
5861 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5862 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5863 early during the @command{configure} run.
5868 Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those
5869 who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in
5870 specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix
5871 environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your
5872 package must be ready to replace them.
5874 Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from
5875 Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
5877 @defmac AC_LIBOBJ (@var{function})
5880 Specify that @samp{@var{function}.c} must be included in the executables
5881 to replace a missing or broken implementation of @var{function}.
5884 Technically, it adds @samp{@var{function}.$ac_objext} to the output
5885 variable @code{LIBOBJS} if it is not already in, and calls
5886 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} for @samp{@var{function}.c}. You should not
5887 directly change @code{LIBOBJS}, since this is not traceable.
5890 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCE (@var{file})
5892 Specify that @var{file} might be needed to compile the project. If you
5893 need to know what files might be needed by a @file{configure.ac}, you
5894 should trace @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}. @var{file} must be a literal.
5896 This macro is called automatically from @code{AC_LIBOBJ}, but you must
5897 call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. In
5898 that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
5899 pass to @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} any possible files that the shell variable
5900 might cause @code{AC_LIBOBJ} to need. For example, if you want to pass
5901 a variable @code{$foo_or_bar} to @code{AC_LIBOBJ} that holds either
5902 @code{"foo"} or @code{"bar"}, you should do:
5905 AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c])
5906 AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c])
5907 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5911 There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
5912 simply call @code{AC_LIBOBJ} with literal arguments.
5914 Note that this macro replaces the obsolete @code{AC_LIBOBJ_DECL}, with
5915 slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
5916 e.g., @code{foo}, as its argument rather than the file name.
5919 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCES (@var{files})
5920 @acindex{LIBSOURCES}
5921 Like @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}, but accepts one or more @var{files} in a
5922 comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
5925 AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c])
5926 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5930 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR (@var{directory})
5931 @acindex{CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}
5932 Specify that @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement files are to be found in
5933 @var{directory}, a name relative to the top level of the
5934 source tree. The replacement directory defaults to @file{.}, the top
5935 level directory, and the most typical value is @file{lib}, corresponding
5936 to @samp{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])}.
5938 @command{configure} might need to know the replacement directory for the
5939 following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
5940 macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
5941 replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
5942 within each makefile, @var{directory} is used as a relative path
5943 from @code{$(top_srcdir)} to each object named in @code{LIBOBJS} and
5944 @code{LTLIBOBJS}, etc.
5949 It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
5950 for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement if missing. The following macro is
5951 a convenient shorthand.
5953 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{})
5954 @acindex{REPLACE_FUNCS}
5955 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5957 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}, but uses @samp{AC_LIBOBJ(@var{function})} as
5958 @var{action-if-not-found}. You can declare your replacement function by
5959 enclosing the prototype in @samp{#ifndef HAVE_@var{function}}. If the
5960 system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
5961 should be including, so you shouldn't redeclare it lest your declaration
5966 @section Header Files
5967 @cindex Header, checking
5969 The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files.
5970 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need,
5971 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
5972 it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
5975 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
5976 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
5977 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
5980 @node Header Portability
5981 @subsection Portability of Headers
5982 @cindex Portability of headers
5983 @cindex Header portability
5985 This section documents some collected knowledge about common headers,
5986 and the problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires
5987 additions. A much more complete list is maintained by the Gnulib
5988 project (@pxref{Gnulib}), covering @ref{Header File Substitutes, ,
5989 Posix Headers, gnulib, Gnulib} and @ref{Glibc Header File
5990 Substitutes, , Glibc Headers, gnulib, Gnulib}. Please help us keep
5991 the Gnulib list as complete as possible.
5993 When we say that a header ``may require'' some set of other headers, we
5994 mean that it may be necessary for you to manually include those other
5995 headers first, or the contents of the header under test will fail to
5996 compile. When checking for these headers, you must provide the
5997 potentially-required headers in the @var{includes} argument to
5998 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} or @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}, or the check will
5999 fail spuriously. @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes})
6000 arranges to include a number of common requirements and should normally
6001 come first in your @var{includes}. For example, @file{net/if.h} may
6002 require @file{sys/types.h}, @file{sys/socket.h}, or both, and
6003 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} handles @file{sys/types.h} but not
6004 @file{sys/socket.h}, so you should check for it like this:
6007 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
6008 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [],
6009 [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT[
6010 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
6011 # include <sys/socket.h>
6016 Note that the example mixes single quoting (for@code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT},
6017 so that it gets expanded) and double quoting (to ensure that each
6018 preprocessor @code{#} gets treated as a literal string rather than a
6023 @item @file{limits.h}
6024 In C99 and later, @file{limits.h} defines @code{LLONG_MIN},
6025 @code{LLONG_MAX}, and @code{ULLONG_MAX}, but many almost-C99
6026 environments (e.g., default GCC 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
6029 @item @file{memory.h}
6031 This header file is obsolete; use @file{string.h} instead.
6033 @item @file{strings.h}
6034 @hdrindex{strings.h}
6035 On some systems, this is the only header that declares
6036 @code{strcasecmp}, @code{strncasecmp}, and @code{ffs}.
6038 This header may or may not include @file{string.h} for you. However, on
6039 all recent systems it is safe to include both @file{string.h} and
6040 @file{strings.h}, in either order, in the same source file.
6042 @item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}
6043 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
6045 C99 specifies that @file{inttypes.h} includes @file{stdint.h}, so there's
6046 no need to include @file{stdint.h} separately in a standard environment.
6047 However, some implementations have @file{stdint.h} but not @file{inttypes.h}
6048 (e.g. MSVC 2012). Therefore, it is necessary to check for each and include
6049 each only if available.
6051 @item @file{linux/irda.h}
6052 @hdrindex{linux/irda.h}
6053 This header may require @file{linux/types.h} and/or @file{sys/socket.h}.
6055 @item @file{linux/random.h}
6056 @hdrindex{linux/random.h}
6057 This header may require @file{linux/types.h}.
6059 @item @file{net/if.h}
6061 This header may require @file{sys/types.h} and/or @file{sys/socket.h}.
6063 @item @file{netinet/if_ether.h}
6064 @hdrindex{netinet/if_ether.h}
6065 This header may require some combination of @file{sys/types.h},
6066 @file{sys/socket.h}, @file{netinet/in.h}, and @file{net/if.h}.
6068 @item @file{sys/mount.h}
6069 @hdrindex{sys/mount.h}
6070 This header may require @file{sys/params.h}.
6072 @item @file{sys/ptem.h}
6073 @hdrindex{sys/ptem.h}
6074 This header may require @file{sys/stream.h}.
6076 @item @file{sys/socket.h}
6077 @hdrindex{sys/socket.h}
6078 This header may require @file{sys/types.h}.
6080 @item @file{sys/ucred.h}
6081 @hdrindex{sys/ucred.h}
6082 This header may require @file{sys/types.h}.
6084 @item @file{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
6085 @hdrindex{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
6086 Using XFree86, this header requires @file{X11/Xlib.h}, which is probably
6087 so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
6092 @node Particular Headers
6093 @subsection Particular Header Checks
6095 These macros check for particular system header files---whether they
6096 exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
6098 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER_STDBOOL
6099 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER_STDBOOL}
6101 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
6102 @caindex header_stdbool_h
6103 Check whether @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99 or later,
6104 and cache the result in the @code{ac_cv_header_stdbool_h} variable.
6105 If the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1.
6107 This macro is obsolescent, as all current C compilers have @file{stdbool.h},
6108 a header that is itself obsolescent as of C23.
6110 This macro is intended for use by Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}) and other
6111 packages that supply a substitute @file{stdbool.h} on platforms lacking
6112 a conforming one. The @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL} macro is better for code
6113 that explicitly checks for @file{stdbool.h}.
6116 @defmac AC_HEADER_ASSERT
6117 @acindex{HEADER_ASSERT}
6120 Check whether to enable assertions in the style of @file{assert.h}.
6121 Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
6122 invoking @command{configure} with the @option{--disable-assert} option.
6125 @anchor{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
6126 @defmac AC_HEADER_DIRENT
6127 @acindex{HEADER_DIRENT}
6128 @cvindex HAVE_DIRENT_H
6129 @cvindex HAVE_NDIR_H
6130 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
6131 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
6133 @hdrindex{sys/ndir.h}
6134 @hdrindex{sys/dir.h}
6136 Check for the following header files. For the first one that is
6137 found and defines @samp{DIR}, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
6139 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
6140 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
6141 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
6142 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
6143 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
6146 The directory-library declarations in your source code should look
6147 something like the following:
6151 #include <sys/types.h>
6152 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
6153 # include <dirent.h>
6154 # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
6156 # define dirent direct
6157 # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen)
6158 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
6159 # include <sys/ndir.h>
6161 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
6162 # include <sys/dir.h>
6171 Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
6172 of type @code{struct dirent}, not @code{struct direct}, and would access
6173 the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
6174 @code{struct dirent} to the @code{NAMLEN} macro.
6176 This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix @file{dir} and @file{x} libraries.
6178 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
6179 libraries have @code{<dirent.h>}. New programs need not use this macro.
6181 Also see @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} and
6182 @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE} (@pxref{Particular Structures}).
6185 @anchor{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}
6186 @defmac AC_HEADER_MAJOR
6187 @acindex{HEADER_MAJOR}
6188 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
6189 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
6190 @hdrindex{sys/mkdev.h}
6191 @hdrindex{sys/sysmacros.h}
6192 Detect the headers required to use @code{makedev}, @code{major}, and
6193 @code{minor}. These functions may be defined by @file{sys/mkdev.h},
6194 @code{sys/sysmacros.h}, or @file{sys/types.h}.
6196 @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR} defines @code{MAJOR_IN_MKDEV} if they are in
6197 @file{sys/mkdev.h}, or @code{MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS} if they are in
6198 @file{sys/sysmacros.h}. If neither macro is defined, they are either in
6199 @file{sys/types.h} or unavailable.
6201 To properly use these functions, your code should contain something
6205 #include <sys/types.h>
6206 #ifdef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
6207 # include <sys/mkdev.h>
6208 #elif defined MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
6209 # include <sys/sysmacros.h>
6213 Note: Configure scripts built with Autoconf 2.69 or earlier will not
6214 detect a problem if @file{sys/types.h} contains definitions of
6215 @code{major}, @code{minor}, and/or @code{makedev} that trigger compiler
6216 warnings upon use. This is known to occur with GNU libc 2.25, where
6217 those definitions are being deprecated to reduce namespace pollution.
6218 If it is not practical to use Autoconf 2.70 to regenerate the configure
6219 script of affected software, you can work around the problem by setting
6220 @samp{ac_cv_header_sys_types_h_makedev=no}, as an argument to
6221 @command{configure} or as part of a @file{config.site} site default file
6222 (@pxref{Site Defaults}).
6225 @defmac AC_HEADER_RESOLV
6226 @acindex{HEADER_RESOLV}
6227 @cvindex HAVE_RESOLV_H
6229 Checks for header @file{resolv.h}, checking for prerequisites first.
6230 To properly use @file{resolv.h}, your code should contain something like
6234 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
6235 # include <sys/types.h>
6237 #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
6238 # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */
6240 #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
6241 # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */
6250 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STAT}
6251 @defmac AC_HEADER_STAT
6252 @acindex{HEADER_STAT}
6253 @cvindex STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
6254 @hdrindex{sys/stat.h}
6255 If the macros @code{S_ISDIR}, @code{S_ISREG}, etc.@: defined in
6256 @file{sys/stat.h} do not work properly (returning false positives),
6257 define @code{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
6258 Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
6260 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
6261 New programs need not use this macro.
6264 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
6265 @acindex{HEADER_STDBOOL}
6266 @cvindex HAVE_STDBOOL_H
6268 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
6269 @caindex header_stdbool_h
6270 If @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99 or later, define
6271 @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} to 1; if the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define
6272 @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1.
6274 This macro is obsolescent, as all current C compilers have
6275 @file{stdbool.h}, a header that is itself obsolescent as of C23.
6276 Nowadays programs that need @code{bool}, @code{true} and @code{false}
6277 can include @file{stdbool.h} unconditionally, without using
6278 @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, and if such a program needs to be portable
6279 only to C23 or later it need not even include @file{stdbool.h}.
6281 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_header_stdbool_h}
6284 This macro differs from @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER_STDBOOL} only in that it
6285 defines @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} whereas @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER_STDBOOL}
6289 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STDC}
6290 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDC
6291 @acindex{HEADER_STDC}
6292 @cvindex STDC_HEADERS
6293 @caindex header_stdc
6295 This macro is obsolescent. Its sole effect is to make sure that all the
6296 headers that are included by @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default
6297 Includes}), but not part of C89, have been checked for.
6299 All hosted environments that are still of interest for portable code
6300 provide all of the headers specified in C89 (as amended in 1995).
6303 @defmac AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
6304 @acindex{HEADER_SYS_WAIT}
6305 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
6306 @hdrindex{sys/wait.h}
6307 @caindex header_sys_wait_h
6308 If @file{sys/wait.h} exists and is compatible with Posix, define
6309 @code{HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H}. Incompatibility can occur if @file{sys/wait.h}
6310 does not exist, or if it uses the old BSD @code{union wait} instead
6311 of @code{int} to store a status value. If @file{sys/wait.h} is not
6312 Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
6313 Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
6318 #include <sys/types.h>
6319 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
6320 # include <sys/wait.h>
6323 # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
6326 # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
6332 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h}
6335 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix.
6336 New programs need not use this macro.
6339 @cvindex _POSIX_VERSION
6341 @code{_POSIX_VERSION} is defined when @file{unistd.h} is included on
6342 Posix systems. If there is no @file{unistd.h}, it is definitely
6343 not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
6344 have @file{unistd.h}.
6346 The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
6350 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
6351 # include <sys/types.h>
6352 # include <unistd.h>
6355 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
6356 /* Code for Posix systems. */
6361 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
6362 @acindex{HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ}
6363 @cvindex GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
6364 @hdrindex{sys/ioctl.h}
6365 @hdrindex{termios.h}
6366 @c FIXME: I need clarifications from Jim.
6367 If the use of @code{TIOCGWINSZ} requires @file{<sys/ioctl.h>}, then
6368 define @code{GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL}. Otherwise @code{TIOCGWINSZ} can be
6369 found in @file{<termios.h>}.
6375 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
6376 # include <termios.h>
6379 #ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
6380 # include <sys/ioctl.h>
6386 @node Generic Headers
6387 @subsection Generic Header Checks
6389 These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the
6390 ``particular'' test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header
6391 as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own
6392 test for it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
6394 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADER}
6395 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER (@var{header-file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6396 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{includes})
6397 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER}
6398 @caindex header_@var{header-file}
6399 If the system header file @var{header-file} is compilable, execute shell
6400 commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute
6401 @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just want to define a symbol if the
6402 header file is available, consider using @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
6405 @var{includes} should be the appropriate @dfn{prerequisite} code, i.e.@:
6406 whatever might be required to appear above
6407 @samp{#include <@var{header-file}>} for it to compile without error.
6408 This can be anything, but will normally be additional @samp{#include}
6409 directives. If @var{includes} is omitted or empty, @file{configure} will
6410 use the contents of the macro @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT}.
6411 @xref{Default Includes}.
6413 This macro used to check only for the @emph{presence} of a header, not
6414 whether its contents were acceptable to the compiler. Some older
6415 @command{configure} scripts rely on this behavior, so it is still
6416 available by specifying @samp{-} as @var{includes}. This mechanism is
6417 deprecated as of Autoconf 2.70; situations where a preprocessor-only
6418 check is required should use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
6419 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
6421 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_header_@var{header-file}}
6422 variable, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
6426 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
6427 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS (@var{header-file}@dots{}, @
6428 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
6430 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS}
6431 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
6432 @caindex header_@var{header-file}
6433 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
6434 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
6435 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals). If @var{action-if-found}
6436 is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
6437 files is found. You can give it a value of @samp{break} to break out of
6438 the loop on the first match. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it
6439 is executed when one of the header files is not found.
6441 @var{includes} is interpreted as in @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER}, in order to
6442 choose the set of preprocessor directives supplied before the header
6445 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_header_@var{header-file}}
6446 variable, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
6450 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE (@var{header-file}@dots{})
6451 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}
6452 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
6453 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
6454 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
6455 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals).
6457 If you do not need the full power of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}, this
6458 variant generates smaller, faster @command{configure} files. All
6459 headers passed to @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE} are checked for in one
6460 pass, early during the @command{configure} run. The checks cannot be
6461 conditionalized, you cannot specify an @var{action-if-found} or
6462 @var{action-if-not-found}, and @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} is always used
6463 for the prerequisites.
6466 In previous versions of Autoconf, these macros merely checked whether
6467 the header was accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because
6468 the old test was inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically
6469 used to compile, not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior
6470 sometimes accepted headers that clashed at compile-time
6471 (@pxref{Present But Cannot Be Compiled}). If for some reason it is
6472 inappropriate to check whether a header is compilable, you should use
6473 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Preprocessor}) instead of
6476 Requiring each header to compile improves the robustness of the test,
6477 but it also requires you to make sure that the @var{includes} are
6478 correct. Most system headers nowadays make sure to @code{#include}
6479 whatever they require, or else have their dependencies satisfied by
6480 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), but
6481 @pxref{Header Portability}, for known exceptions. In general, if you
6482 are looking for @file{bar.h}, which requires that @file{foo.h} be
6483 included first if it exists, you should do something like this:
6486 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h])
6487 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [],
6495 @section Declarations
6496 @cindex Declaration, checking
6498 The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
6499 functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
6500 symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (@pxref{Generic
6501 Declarations}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
6502 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
6505 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
6506 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
6509 @node Particular Declarations
6510 @subsection Particular Declaration Checks
6512 There are no specific macros for declarations.
6514 @node Generic Declarations
6515 @subsection Generic Declaration Checks
6517 These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the ``particular''
6520 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECL (@var{symbol}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6521 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6522 @acindex{CHECK_DECL}
6523 @caindex have_decl_@var{symbol}
6524 If @var{symbol} (a function, variable, or constant) is not declared in
6525 @var{includes} and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
6526 @var{action-if-not-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-found}.
6527 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
6528 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
6529 prior to the declaration under test.
6531 This macro actually tests whether @var{symbol} is defined as a macro or
6532 can be used as an r-value, not whether it is really declared, because it
6533 is much safer to avoid introducing extra declarations when they are not
6534 needed. In order to facilitate use of C++ and overloaded function
6535 declarations, it is possible to specify function argument types in
6536 parentheses for types which can be zero-initialized:
6539 AC_CHECK_DECL([basename(char *)])
6542 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_have_decl_@var{symbol}}
6543 variable, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
6547 @anchor{AC_CHECK_DECLS}
6548 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS (@var{symbols}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6549 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6550 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS}
6551 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
6552 @caindex have_decl_@var{symbol}
6553 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list with optional
6554 function argument types for C++ overloads), define
6555 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
6556 @var{symbol} is declared, otherwise to @samp{0}. If
6557 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
6558 execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
6559 @var{action-if-found} is executed.
6561 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
6562 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
6563 prior to the declarations under test.
6565 This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
6567 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup])
6568 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen])
6569 AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free])
6570 AC_CHECK_DECLS([j0], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]])
6571 AC_CHECK_DECLS([[basename(char *)], [dirname(char *)]])
6574 Unlike the other @samp{AC_CHECK_*S} macros, when a @var{symbol} is not
6575 declared, @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} is defined to @samp{0} instead
6576 of leaving @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} undeclared. When you are
6577 @emph{sure} that the check was performed, use
6578 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} in @code{#if}:
6581 #if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL
6582 extern char *symbol;
6587 If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer
6588 @emph{not} to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts
6589 with the system's one, you should use:
6592 #if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
6593 void *malloc (size_t *s);
6598 You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either
6599 your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during
6600 the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
6602 This macro caches its results in @code{ac_cv_have_decl_@var{symbol}}
6603 variables, with characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to
6607 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE (@var{symbols})
6608 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS_ONCE}
6609 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
6610 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
6611 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
6612 @var{symbol} is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
6613 @samp{0}. This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS}. It
6614 generates the checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is
6615 smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
6616 always done once, early during the @command{configure} run.
6622 @cindex Structure, checking
6624 The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
6625 structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
6626 member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
6627 (@pxref{Generic Structures}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
6628 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
6631 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
6632 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
6635 @node Particular Structures
6636 @subsection Particular Structure Checks
6638 The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
6640 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
6641 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}
6642 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
6643 @c @caindex header_dirent_dirent_h
6644 @c @caindex member_struct_dirent_d_ino
6645 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
6646 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_ino}
6647 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}.
6649 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} indicates only the presence of
6650 @code{d_ino}, not whether its contents are always reliable.
6651 Traditionally, a zero @code{d_ino} indicated a deleted directory entry,
6652 though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
6653 zero @code{d_ino} values.
6654 Many current systems report an incorrect @code{d_ino} for a directory
6655 entry that is a mount point.
6658 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
6659 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}
6660 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
6661 @c @caindex header_dirent_dirent_h
6662 @c @caindex member_struct_dirent_d_type
6663 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
6664 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_type}
6665 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}.
6668 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
6669 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
6670 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
6671 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
6672 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
6674 @caindex member_struct_stat_st_blocks
6675 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blocks} member, define
6676 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS}. Otherwise, require an
6677 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{fileblocks}. The former name,
6678 @code{HAVE_ST_BLOCKS} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
6681 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_blocks}
6685 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TM
6687 @cvindex TM_IN_SYS_TIME
6689 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
6690 If @file{time.h} does not define @code{struct tm}, define
6691 @code{TM_IN_SYS_TIME}, which means that including @file{sys/time.h}
6692 had better define @code{struct tm}.
6694 This macro is obsolescent, as @file{time.h} defines @code{struct tm} in
6695 current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
6698 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
6699 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
6700 @acindex{STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
6701 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
6702 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
6703 @cvindex HAVE_TM_ZONE
6704 @cvindex HAVE_TZNAME
6705 @c @caindex member_struct_tm_tm_zone
6706 @c @caindex struct_tm
6707 Figure out how to get the current timezone. If @code{struct tm} has a
6708 @code{tm_zone} member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE} (and the
6709 obsoleted @code{HAVE_TM_ZONE}). Otherwise, if the external array
6710 @code{tzname} is found, define @code{HAVE_TZNAME}; if it is declared,
6711 define @code{HAVE_DECL_TZNAME}.
6714 @node Generic Structures
6715 @subsection Generic Structure Checks
6717 These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the
6718 ``particular'' test macros.
6720 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBER (@var{aggregate}.@var{member}, @
6721 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
6722 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6723 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBER}
6724 @caindex member_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}
6725 Check whether @var{member} is a member of the aggregate @var{aggregate}.
6726 If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6727 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6730 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [],
6731 [AC_MSG_ERROR([we need 'passwd.pw_gecos'])],
6732 [[#include <pwd.h>]])
6735 You can use this macro for submembers:
6738 AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
6741 This macro caches its result in the
6742 @code{ac_cv_member_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} variable, with
6743 characters not suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
6746 @anchor{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
6747 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBERS (@var{members}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6748 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6749 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBERS}
6750 @cvindex HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}
6751 Check for the existence of each @samp{@var{aggregate}.@var{member}} of
6752 @var{members} using the previous macro. When @var{member} belongs to
6753 @var{aggregate}, define @code{HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} (in all
6754 capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
6755 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is executed for each of the found
6756 members. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed for each
6757 of the members that could not be found.
6759 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
6760 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
6761 prior to the members under test.
6763 This macro uses M4 lists:
6765 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
6775 The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If
6776 there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and
6777 you don't need to check for any special properties of it, then you can
6778 use a general type-check macro.
6781 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
6782 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
6785 @node Particular Types
6786 @subsection Particular Type Checks
6788 @hdrindex{sys/types.h}
6791 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
6792 These macros check for particular C types in @file{sys/types.h},
6793 @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{inttypes.h} and others, if they
6796 The Gnulib @code{stdint} module is an alternate way to define many of
6797 these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
6798 C99-or-better environment. @xref{Gnulib}.
6800 @anchor{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6801 @defmac AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
6802 @acindex{TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6803 @cvindex GETGROUPS_T
6804 @caindex type_getgroups
6805 Define @code{GETGROUPS_T} to be whichever of @code{gid_t} or @code{int}
6806 is the base type of the array argument to @code{getgroups}.
6808 This macro caches the base type in the @code{ac_cv_type_getgroups}
6812 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT8_T
6813 @acindex{TYPE_INT8_T}
6814 @cvindex HAVE_INT8_T
6817 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6818 @code{int8_t}, define @code{int8_t} to a signed
6819 integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two's complement
6820 representation, if such a type exists.
6821 If you are worried about porting to hosts that lack such a type, you can
6822 use the results of this macro as follows:
6826 # include <stdint.h>
6828 #if defined INT8_MAX || defined int8_t
6829 @emph{code using int8_t}
6831 @emph{complicated alternative using >8-bit 'signed char'}
6835 This macro caches the type in the @code{ac_cv_c_int8_t} variable.
6838 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT16_T
6839 @acindex{TYPE_INT16_T}
6840 @cvindex HAVE_INT16_T
6843 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6846 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT32_T
6847 @acindex{TYPE_INT32_T}
6848 @cvindex HAVE_INT32_T
6851 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6854 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT64_T
6855 @acindex{TYPE_INT64_T}
6856 @cvindex HAVE_INT64_T
6859 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6862 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
6863 @acindex{TYPE_INTMAX_T}
6864 @cvindex HAVE_INTMAX_T
6866 @c @caindex type_intmax_t
6867 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intmax_t},
6868 define @code{HAVE_INTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intmax_t} to the
6869 widest signed integer type.
6872 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTPTR_T
6873 @acindex{TYPE_INTPTR_T}
6874 @cvindex HAVE_INTPTR_T
6876 @c @caindex type_intptr_t
6877 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intptr_t},
6878 define @code{HAVE_INTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intptr_t} to a
6879 signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6883 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
6884 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE}
6885 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
6886 @caindex type_long_double
6887 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type, define
6888 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}. The @code{long double} type might have the
6889 same range and precision as @code{double}.
6891 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_long_double}
6894 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{long
6895 double}. New programs need not use this macro.
6898 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6899 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}
6900 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6901 @caindex type_long_double_wider
6902 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
6903 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
6904 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}.
6906 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_long_double_wider}
6910 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT
6911 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT}
6912 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
6913 @caindex type_long_long_int
6914 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long long int} type, define
6915 @code{HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
6916 @code{long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
6917 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
6918 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
6920 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_long_long_int}
6924 @defmac AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
6925 @acindex{TYPE_MBSTATE_T}
6928 @caindex type_mbstate_t
6929 Define @code{HAVE_MBSTATE_T} if @code{<wchar.h>} declares the
6930 @code{mbstate_t} type. Also, define @code{mbstate_t} to be a type if
6931 @code{<wchar.h>} does not declare it.
6933 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_mbstate_t}
6937 @anchor{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}
6938 @defmac AC_TYPE_MODE_T
6939 @acindex{TYPE_MODE_T}
6941 @caindex type_mode_t
6942 Define @code{mode_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6945 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_mode_t} variable.
6948 @anchor{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}
6949 @defmac AC_TYPE_OFF_T
6950 @acindex{TYPE_OFF_T}
6953 Define @code{off_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6956 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_off_t} variable.
6959 @anchor{AC_TYPE_PID_T}
6960 @defmac AC_TYPE_PID_T
6961 @acindex{TYPE_PID_T}
6964 Define @code{pid_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6967 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_pid_t} variable.
6970 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}
6971 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
6972 @acindex{TYPE_SIZE_T}
6974 @caindex type_size_t
6975 Define @code{size_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6978 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_size_t} variable.
6981 @defmac AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
6982 @acindex{TYPE_SSIZE_T}
6984 @caindex type_ssize_t
6985 Define @code{ssize_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6988 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_ssize_t} variable.
6991 @anchor{AC_TYPE_UID_T}
6992 @defmac AC_TYPE_UID_T
6993 @acindex{TYPE_UID_T}
6997 Define @code{uid_t} and @code{gid_t} to suitable types, if standard
6998 headers do not define them.
7000 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_uid_t} variable.
7003 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
7004 @acindex{TYPE_UINT8_T}
7005 @cvindex HAVE_UINT8_T
7008 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
7009 @code{uint8_t}, define @code{uint8_t} to an
7010 unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
7012 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for unsigned integers.
7015 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
7016 @acindex{TYPE_UINT16_T}
7017 @cvindex HAVE_UINT16_T
7020 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
7023 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
7024 @acindex{TYPE_UINT32_T}
7025 @cvindex HAVE_UINT32_T
7028 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
7031 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
7032 @acindex{TYPE_UINT64_T}
7033 @cvindex HAVE_UINT64_T
7036 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
7039 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
7040 @acindex{TYPE_UINTMAX_T}
7041 @cvindex HAVE_UINTMAX_T
7043 @c @caindex type_uintmax_t
7044 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintmax_t},
7045 define @code{HAVE_UINTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintmax_t} to the
7046 widest unsigned integer type.
7049 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
7050 @acindex{TYPE_UINTPTR_T}
7051 @cvindex HAVE_UINTPTR_T
7053 @c @caindex type_uintptr_t
7054 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintptr_t},
7055 define @code{HAVE_UINTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintptr_t} to an
7056 unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
7060 @defmac AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
7061 @acindex{TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}
7062 @cvindex HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
7063 @caindex type_unsigned_long_long_int
7064 If the C compiler supports a working @code{unsigned long long int} type,
7065 define @code{HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
7066 @code{unsigned long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
7067 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
7068 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
7070 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int}
7075 @subsection Generic Type Checks
7077 These macros are used to check for types not covered by the ``particular''
7080 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
7081 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
7082 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
7083 @caindex type_@var{type}
7084 Check whether @var{type} is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
7085 or defined by the @var{includes}. @var{includes} is a series of include
7086 directives, defaulting to @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default
7087 Includes}), which are used prior to the type under test.
7089 In C, @var{type} must be a type-name, so that the expression @samp{sizeof
7090 (@var{type})} is valid (but @samp{sizeof ((@var{type}))} is not). The
7091 same test is applied when compiling for C++, which means that in C++
7092 @var{type} should be a type-id and should not be an anonymous
7093 @samp{struct} or @samp{union}.
7095 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_type_@var{type}}
7096 variable, with @samp{*} mapped to @samp{p} and other characters not
7097 suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
7101 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPES (@var{types}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
7102 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
7103 @acindex{CHECK_TYPES}
7104 @cvindex HAVE_@var{type}
7105 For each @var{type} of the @var{types} that is defined, define
7106 @code{HAVE_@var{type}} (in all capitals). Each @var{type} must follow
7107 the rules of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}. If no @var{includes} are
7108 specified, the default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}). If
7109 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to execute
7110 when one of the types is found. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given,
7111 it is executed when one of the types is not found.
7113 This macro uses M4 lists:
7115 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
7116 AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t])
7117 AC_CHECK_TYPES([float_t], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]])
7122 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
7123 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, broken by design. In order to keep backward
7124 compatibility, a simple heuristic, quite safe but not totally, is
7125 implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
7126 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, see @ref{Obsolete Macros}.
7129 @node Compilers and Preprocessors
7130 @section Compilers and Preprocessors
7132 @cindex Preprocessors
7135 All the tests for compilers (@code{AC_PROG_CC}, @code{AC_PROG_CXX},
7136 @code{AC_PROG_F77}) define the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on
7137 the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
7138 Posix and @samp{.exe} if a DOS variant.
7141 They also define the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the
7142 output of the compiler, after @file{.c} files have been excluded, typically
7143 to @samp{o} if Posix, @samp{obj} if a DOS variant.
7145 If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If
7146 the executables can't be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they
7147 fail too. @xref{Manual Configuration}, for more on support for cross
7151 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
7152 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
7153 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
7154 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
7155 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
7156 * Objective C++ Compiler:: Likewise
7157 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
7158 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
7159 * Go Compiler:: Likewise
7162 @node Specific Compiler Characteristics
7163 @subsection Specific Compiler Characteristics
7165 Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
7168 @item Static/Dynamic Expressions
7169 Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C
7170 compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following
7171 excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether @samp{int} objects are 4
7175 static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
7179 To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
7180 trick: the HP C compilers (the real ones, not only the
7181 ``bundled'') on HP-UX 11.00.
7182 They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
7183 ``Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.''
7184 This bug comes from HP compilers' mishandling of @code{sizeof (int)},
7185 not from the @code{? 1 : -1}, and
7186 Autoconf works around this problem by casting @code{sizeof (int)} to
7187 @code{long int} before comparing it.
7190 @node Generic Compiler Characteristics
7191 @subsection Generic Compiler Characteristics
7193 @anchor{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}
7194 @defmac AC_CHECK_SIZEOF (@var{type-or-expr}, @ovar{unused}, @
7195 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
7196 @acindex{CHECK_SIZEOF}
7197 @cvindex SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}
7198 @caindex sizeof_@var{type-or-expr}
7199 Define @code{SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be
7200 the size in bytes of @var{type-or-expr}, which may be either a type or
7201 an expression returning a value that has a size. If the expression
7202 @samp{sizeof (@var{type-or-expr})} is invalid, the result is 0.
7203 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
7204 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
7205 prior to the expression under test.
7207 This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The @var{unused}
7208 argument was used when cross-compiling.
7210 For example, the call
7213 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/semantics.at:AC_CHECK_SIZEOF struct.
7214 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
7218 defines @code{SIZEOF_INT_P} to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
7220 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_sizeof_@var{type-or-expr}}
7221 variable, with @samp{*} mapped to @samp{p} and other characters not
7222 suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
7225 @defmac AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF (@var{type}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
7226 @acindex{CHECK_ALIGNOF}
7227 @cvindex ALIGNOF_@var{type}
7228 @caindex alignof_@var{type-or-expr}
7229 Define @code{ALIGNOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
7230 alignment in bytes of @var{type}. @samp{@var{type} y;} must be valid as
7231 a structure member declaration. If @samp{type} is unknown, the result
7232 is 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
7233 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
7235 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_alignof_@var{type-or-expr}}
7236 variable, with @samp{*} mapped to @samp{p} and other characters not
7237 suitable for a variable name mapped to underscores.
7240 @defmac AC_COMPUTE_INT (@var{var}, @var{expression}, @
7241 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT}, @ovar{action-if-fails})
7242 @acindex{COMPUTE_INT}
7243 Store into the shell variable @var{var} the value of the integer
7244 @var{expression}. The
7245 value should fit in an initializer in a C variable of type @code{signed
7246 long}. To support cross compilation, it should be possible to evaluate
7247 the expression at compile-time. If no @var{includes} are specified, the
7248 default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}).
7250 Execute @var{action-if-fails} if the value cannot be determined correctly.
7253 @defmac AC_LANG_WERROR
7254 @acindex{LANG_WERROR}
7255 Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
7256 preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
7257 errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
7258 results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
7259 instance, if parts of a program are built with the GCC
7261 option. If the whole program is built using @option{-Werror} it is
7262 often simpler to put @option{-Werror} in the compiler flags (@code{CFLAGS},
7269 @ovindex OPENMP_CFLAGS
7270 @ovindex OPENMP_CXXFLAGS
7271 @ovindex OPENMP_FFLAGS
7272 @ovindex OPENMP_FCFLAGS
7273 @caindex prog_c_openmp
7274 @caindex prog_cxx_openmp
7275 @caindex prog_f77_openmp
7276 @caindex prog_fc_openmp
7277 @uref{http://@/www.openmp.org/, OpenMP} specifies extensions of C, C++,
7278 and Fortran that simplify optimization of shared memory parallelism,
7279 which is a common problem on multi-core CPUs.
7281 If the current language is C, the macro @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the
7282 variable @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} to the C compiler flags needed for
7283 supporting OpenMP@. @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} is set to empty if the
7284 compiler already supports OpenMP, if it has no way to activate OpenMP
7285 support, or if the user rejects OpenMP support by invoking
7286 @samp{configure} with the @samp{--disable-openmp} option.
7288 @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} needs to be used when compiling programs, when
7289 preprocessing program source, and when linking programs. Therefore you
7290 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to the @code{CFLAGS} of C programs
7291 that use OpenMP@. If you preprocess OpenMP-specific C code, you also
7292 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to @code{CPPFLAGS}. The presence of
7293 OpenMP support is revealed at compile time by the preprocessor macro
7296 Linking a program with @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} typically adds one more
7297 shared library to the program's dependencies, so its use is recommended
7298 only on programs that actually require OpenMP.
7300 If the current language is C++, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the variable
7301 @code{OPENMP_CXXFLAGS}, suitably for the C++ compiler. The same remarks
7304 If the current language is Fortran 77 or Fortran, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets
7305 the variable @code{OPENMP_FFLAGS} or @code{OPENMP_FCFLAGS},
7306 respectively. Similar remarks as for C hold, except that
7307 @code{CPPFLAGS} is not used for Fortran, and no preprocessor macro
7308 signals OpenMP support.
7310 For portability, it is best to avoid spaces between @samp{#} and
7311 @samp{pragma omp}. That is, write @samp{#pragma omp}, not
7312 @samp{# pragma omp}. The Sun WorkShop 6.2 C compiler chokes on the
7315 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_prog_c_openmp},
7316 @code{ac_cv_prog_cxx_openmp}, @code{ac_cv_prog_f77_openmp}, or
7317 @code{ac_cv_prog_fc_openmp} variable, depending on the current language.
7319 @strong{Caution:} Some of the compiler options that @code{AC_OPENMP}
7320 tests, mean ``enable OpenMP'' to one compiler, but ``write output to a
7321 file named @file{mp} or @file{penmp}'' to other compilers. We cannot
7322 guarantee that the implementation of @code{AC_OPENMP} will not overwrite
7323 an existing file with either of these names.
7325 Therefore, as a defensive measure, a @command{configure} script that
7326 uses @code{AC_OPENMP} will issue an error and stop (before doing any of
7327 the operations that might overwrite these files) upon encountering
7328 either of these files in its working directory.
7329 @command{autoconf} will also issue an error if it finds either of
7330 these files in the same directory as a @file{configure.ac} that
7331 uses @code{AC_OPENMP}.
7333 If you have files with either of these names at the top level of your
7334 source tree, and you need to use @code{AC_OPENMP}, we recommend you
7335 either change their names or move them into a subdirectory.
7339 @subsection C Compiler Characteristics
7341 The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler.
7342 There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve
7343 being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
7346 @item Don't use lines containing solitary backslashes
7347 They tickle a bug in the HP-UX C compiler (checked on
7349 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
7354 * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %@{ %@} *\
7358 " A string with backslash-newlines in it %@{ %@} \\
7360 char apostrophe = '\\
7368 the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics ``Non-terminating
7369 comment at end of file'' and ``Missing @samp{#endif} at end of file.''
7370 Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
7372 @item Don't compile several files at once if output matters to you
7373 Some compilers, such as HP's, report names of files being
7374 compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
7383 This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to
7384 detect failures. Invoking @samp{cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o
7385 b.o} solves the issue.
7387 @item Don't rely on @code{#error} failing
7388 The IRIX C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
7389 simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
7390 instead of an error directive like @code{#error "Unsupported word size"}
7391 it is more portable to use an invalid directive like @code{#Unsupported
7392 word size} in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, @code{#error} is
7393 OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like IRIX can simply
7394 examine these compilers' diagnostic output.
7396 @item Don't rely on correct @code{#line} support
7397 On Solaris, @command{c89} (at least through Oracle Developer Studio 12.6)
7398 diagnoses @code{#line} directives whose line
7399 numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
7400 makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
7401 @code{#line} directives.
7405 @defmac AC_PROG_CC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7411 Determine a C compiler to use.
7413 If the environment variable @code{CC} is set, its value will be taken as
7414 the name of the C compiler to use. Otherwise, search for a C compiler
7415 under a series of likely names, trying @code{gcc} and @code{cc} first.
7416 Regardless, the output variable @code{CC} is set to the chosen compiler.
7418 If the optional first argument to the macro is used, it must be a
7419 whitespace-separated list of potential names for a C compiler,
7420 which overrides the built-in list.
7422 If no C compiler can be found, @command{configure} will error out.
7424 If the selected C compiler is found to be GNU C (regardless of
7425 its name), the shell variable @code{GCC} will be set to @samp{yes}.
7426 If the shell variable @code{CFLAGS} was not already set, it is set
7427 to @option{-g -O2} for the GNU C compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
7428 where GCC does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
7429 compilers. @code{CFLAGS} is then made an output variable.
7430 You can override the default for @code{CFLAGS} by inserting a shell
7431 default assignment between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_PROG_CC}:
7434 : $@{CFLAGS="@var{options}"@}
7437 where @var{options} are the appropriate set of options to use by
7438 default. (It is important to use this construct rather than a normal
7439 assignment, so that @code{CFLAGS} can still be overridden by the
7440 person building the package. @xref{Preset Output Variables}.)
7442 If necessary, options are added to @code{CC} to enable support for
7443 ISO Standard C features with extensions, preferring the newest edition
7444 of the C standard for which detection is supported. Currently the
7445 newest edition Autoconf knows how to detect support for is C23. After calling
7446 this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been set to accept
7447 standard C by inspecting the shell variable @code{ac_prog_cc_stdc}.
7448 Its value is @samp{c23}, @samp{c11}, @samp{c99}, or @samp{c89}, respectively,
7449 if the C compiler has been set to use the 2023, 2011, 1999, or 1990 edition of
7450 the C standard, and @samp{no} if the compiler does not support compiling
7452 (There is no special value for the 2017 edition of the C standard,
7453 as it is a minor revision that does not introduce new language features.)
7455 The tests for standard conformance are not comprehensive. They test the
7456 value of @code{__STDC_VERSION__}, and a
7457 representative sample of the language features added in each version of
7458 the C standard. They do not examine @code{__STDC__}
7459 because some compilers by default leave it undefined.
7460 They do not test for variable-length arrays,
7461 a C99 feature that was made optional in C11;
7462 if you need to use this feature when available, use @code{AC_C_VARARRAYS}.
7463 They do not test the C standard library, because the C
7464 compiler might be generating code for a ``freestanding environment''
7465 (in which most of the standard library is optional). If you need to know
7466 whether a particular C standard header exists, use @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER}.
7468 None of the options that may be added to @code{CC} by this macro
7469 enable @emph{strict} conformance to the C standard. In particular,
7470 system-specific extensions are not disabled. (For example, for GNU C,
7471 the @option{-std=gnu@var{nn}} options may be used, but not the
7472 @option{-std=c@var{nn}} options.)
7474 Many Autoconf macros use a compiler, and thus call
7475 @samp{AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])} to ensure that the compiler has been
7476 determined before the body of the outermost @code{AC_DEFUN} macro.
7477 Although @code{AC_PROG_CC} is safe to directly expand multiple times, it
7478 performs certain checks (such as the proper value of @env{EXEEXT}) only
7479 on the first invocation. Therefore, care must be used when invoking
7480 this macro from within another macro rather than at the top level
7481 (@pxref{Expanded Before Required}).
7484 @anchor{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}
7485 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C_O
7486 @acindex{PROG_CC_C_O}
7487 @cvindex NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7488 @caindex prog_cc_@var{compiler}_c_o
7489 If the C compiler does not accept the @option{-c} and @option{-o} options
7490 simultaneously, define @code{NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}. This macro actually
7491 tests both the compiler found by @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and, if different,
7492 the first @code{cc} in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
7493 macro was created for GNU Make to choose the default C compilation
7496 For the compiler @var{compiler}, this macro caches its result in the
7497 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_@var{compiler}_c_o} variable.
7505 Set output variable @code{CPP} to a command that runs the
7506 C preprocessor. If @samp{$CC -E} doesn't work, tries @code{cpp} and
7507 @file{/lib/cpp}, in that order.
7509 It is only portable to run @code{CPP} on files with a @file{.c}
7512 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
7513 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
7514 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
7515 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
7516 For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
7517 tests to fail unless @code{AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR} is also specified.
7520 @defmac AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
7521 @acindex{PROG_CPP_WERROR}
7523 This acts like @code{AC_PROG_CPP}, except it treats warnings from the
7524 preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
7525 success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
7526 warnings, such as deprecation notices.
7530 The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
7531 features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
7532 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
7533 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}).
7535 @defmac AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
7536 @acindex{C_BACKSLASH_A}
7537 @cvindex HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
7538 Define @samp{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A} to 1 if the C compiler understands
7541 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand @samp{\a}.
7542 New programs need not use this macro.
7545 @anchor{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}
7546 @defmac AC_C_BIGENDIAN (@ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @
7547 @ovar{action-if-unknown}, @ovar{action-if-universal})
7548 @acindex{C_BIGENDIAN}
7549 @cvindex WORDS_BIGENDIAN
7551 If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola
7552 and SPARC CPUs), execute @var{action-if-true}. If words are stored with
7553 the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute
7554 @var{action-if-false}.
7556 This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the
7557 system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but
7558 grep'ed for some magic values. @var{action-if-unknown} is executed if
7559 the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
7561 In some cases a single run of a compiler can generate code for multiple
7562 architectures. This can happen, for example, when generating Mac OS X
7563 universal binary files, which work on both PowerPC and Intel
7564 architectures. In this case, the different variants might be for
7565 architectures with differing endianness. If
7566 @command{configure} detects this, it executes @var{action-if-universal}
7567 instead of @var{action-if-unknown}.
7569 The default for @var{action-if-true} is to define
7570 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}. The default for @var{action-if-false} is to do
7571 nothing. The default for @var{action-if-unknown} is to
7572 abort configure and tell the installer how to bypass this test.
7573 And finally, the default for @var{action-if-universal} is to ensure that
7574 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} is defined if and only if a universal build is
7575 detected and the current code is big-endian; this default works only if
7576 @command{autoheader} is used (@pxref{autoheader Invocation}).
7578 If you use this macro without specifying @var{action-if-universal}, you
7579 should also use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; otherwise
7580 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} may be set incorrectly for Mac OS X universal
7589 If the C compiler does not fully support the @code{const} keyword,
7590 define @code{const} to be empty. Some C compilers that do
7591 not define @code{__STDC__} do support @code{const}; some compilers that
7592 define @code{__STDC__} do not completely support @code{const}. Programs
7593 can simply use @code{const} as if every C compiler supported it; for
7594 those that don't, the makefile or configuration header file
7595 defines it as empty.
7597 Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
7598 because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with @code{const},
7599 because C and C++ treat @code{const} differently. For example:
7606 is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
7607 papered over by defining @code{const} to be empty.
7609 If @command{autoconf} detects this situation, it leaves @code{const} alone,
7610 as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
7611 C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
7612 installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
7613 like GCC to compile their C code.
7615 This macro caches its result in the @code{ac_cv_c_const} variable.
7617 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{const}.
7618 New programs need not use this macro.
7621 @defmac AC_C__GENERIC
7622 @acindex{C__GENERIC}
7624 If the C compiler supports C11-style generic selection using the
7625 @code{_Generic} keyword, define @code{HAVE_C__GENERIC}.
7628 @defmac AC_C_RESTRICT
7629 @acindex{C_RESTRICT}
7632 If the C compiler recognizes a variant spelling for the @code{restrict}
7633 keyword (@code{__restrict}, @code{__restrict__}, or @code{_Restrict}),
7634 then define @code{restrict} to that; this is more likely to do the right
7635 thing with compilers that support language variants where plain
7636 @code{restrict} is not a keyword. Otherwise, if the C compiler
7637 recognizes the @code{restrict} keyword, don't do anything.
7638 Otherwise, define @code{restrict} to be empty.
7639 Thus, programs may simply use @code{restrict} as if every C compiler
7640 supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
7641 or configuration header defines it away.
7643 Although support in C++ for the @code{restrict} keyword is not
7644 required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
7645 This macro works for them, too.
7647 This macro caches @samp{no} in the @code{ac_cv_c_restrict} variable
7648 if @code{restrict} is not supported, and a supported spelling otherwise.
7651 @defmac AC_C_VOLATILE
7652 @acindex{C_VOLATILE}
7654 If the C compiler does not understand the keyword @code{volatile},
7655 define @code{volatile} to be empty. Programs can simply use
7656 @code{volatile} as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
7657 not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
7660 If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
7661 @code{volatile}, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
7662 your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
7663 @code{volatile}, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
7664 program compiles, when it wouldn't before.
7665 @xref{Volatile Objects}, for more about @code{volatile}.
7667 In general, the @code{volatile} keyword is a standard C feature, so
7668 you might expect that @code{volatile} is available only when
7669 @code{__STDC__} is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3's native compiler does
7670 support volatile, but does not define @code{__STDC__}.
7672 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{volatile}.
7673 New programs need not use this macro.
7676 @anchor{AC_C_INLINE}
7680 If the C compiler supports the keyword @code{inline}, do nothing.
7681 Otherwise define @code{inline} to @code{__inline__} or @code{__inline}
7682 if it accepts one of those, otherwise define @code{inline} to be empty.
7685 @anchor{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
7686 @defmac AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
7687 @acindex{C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
7688 @cvindex __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
7689 If the C type @code{char} is unsigned, define @code{__CHAR_UNSIGNED__},
7690 unless the C compiler predefines it.
7692 These days, using this macro is not necessary. The same information can
7693 be determined by this portable alternative, thus avoiding the use of
7694 preprocessor macros in the namespace reserved for the implementation.
7699 # define CHAR_UNSIGNED 1
7704 @defmac AC_C_STRINGIZE
7705 @acindex{C_STRINGIZE}
7706 @cvindex HAVE_STRINGIZE
7707 If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
7708 @code{HAVE_STRINGIZE}. The stringizing operator is @samp{#} and is
7709 found in macros such as this:
7715 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the
7716 stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
7719 @defmac AC_C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
7720 @acindex{C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER}
7721 @cvindex FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
7722 If the C compiler supports flexible array members, define
7723 @code{FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER} to nothing; otherwise define it to 1.
7724 That way, a declaration like this:
7730 double val[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
7735 will let applications use the ``struct hack'' even with compilers that
7736 do not support flexible array members. To allocate and use such an
7737 object, you can use code like this:
7741 size_t n = compute_value_count ();
7743 malloc (offsetof (struct s, val)
7744 + n * sizeof (double));
7746 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
7747 p->val[i] = compute_value (i);
7751 @defmac AC_C_VARARRAYS
7752 @acindex{C_VARARRAYS}
7753 @cvindex __STDC_NO_VLA__
7754 @cvindex HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
7755 If the C compiler does not support variable-length arrays, define the
7756 macro @code{__STDC_NO_VLA__} to be 1 if it is not already defined. A
7757 variable-length array is an array of automatic storage duration whose
7758 length is determined at run time, when the array is declared. For
7759 backward compatibility this macro also defines @code{HAVE_C_VARARRAYS}
7760 if the C compiler supports variable-length arrays, but this usage is
7761 obsolescent and new programs should use @code{__STDC_NO_VLA__}.
7766 @cvindex HAVE_TYPEOF
7768 If the C compiler supports GNU C's @code{typeof} syntax either
7770 through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., @code{__typeof__}),
7771 define @code{HAVE_TYPEOF}. If the support is available only through a
7772 different spelling, define @code{typeof} to that spelling.
7775 @defmac AC_C_PROTOTYPES
7776 @acindex{C_PROTOTYPES}
7778 @cvindex __PROTOTYPES
7780 If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
7781 @code{AC_PROG_CC}), define @code{PROTOTYPES} and @code{__PROTOTYPES}.
7782 Defining @code{__PROTOTYPES} is for the benefit of
7783 header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
7785 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes.
7786 New programs need not use this macro.
7790 @subsection C++ Compiler Characteristics
7793 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7799 Determine a C++ compiler to use.
7801 If either the environment variable @code{CXX} or the environment
7802 variable @code{CCC} is set, its value will be taken as the name of a
7803 C++ compiler. If both are set, @code{CXX} is preferred. If neither
7804 are set, search for a C++ compiler under a series of likely names,
7805 trying @code{g++} and @code{c++} first. Regardless, the output
7806 variable @code{CXX} is set to the chosen compiler.
7808 If the optional first argument to the macro is used, it must be a
7809 whitespace-separated list of potential names for a C++ compiler,
7810 which overrides the built-in list.
7812 If no C++ compiler can be found, as a last resort @code{CXX} is set to
7813 @code{g++} (and subsequent tests will probably fail).
7815 If the selected C++ compiler is found to be GNU C++ (regardless of
7816 its name), the shell variable @code{GXX} will be set to @samp{yes}.
7817 If the shell variable @code{CXXFLAGS} was not already set, it is set
7818 to @option{-g -O2} for the GNU C++ compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
7819 where G++ does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
7820 compilers. @code{CXXFLAGS} is then made an output variable.
7821 You can override the default for @code{CXXFLAGS} by inserting a shell
7822 default assignment between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_PROG_CXX}:
7825 : $@{CXXFLAGS="@var{options}"@}
7828 where @var{options} are the appropriate set of options to use by
7829 default. (It is important to use this construct rather than a normal
7830 assignment, so that @code{CXXFLAGS} can still be overridden by the
7831 person building the package. @xref{Preset Output Variables}.)
7834 @defmac AC_PROG_CXXCPP
7835 @acindex{PROG_CXXCPP}
7838 Set output variable @code{CXXCPP} to a command that runs the C++
7839 preprocessor. If @samp{$CXX -E} doesn't work, tries @code{cpp} and
7840 @file{/lib/cpp}, in that order. Because of this fallback, @code{CXXCPP}
7841 may or may not set C++-specific predefined macros (such as @code{__cplusplus}).
7843 It is portable to run @code{CXXCPP} only on files with a @file{.c},
7844 @file{.C}, @file{.cc}, or @file{.cpp} extension.
7846 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
7847 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
7848 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
7849 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However,
7850 it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
7853 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX_C_O
7854 @acindex{PROG_CXX_C_O}
7855 @cvindex CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7856 Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
7857 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O},
7862 @node Objective C Compiler
7863 @subsection Objective C Compiler Characteristics
7866 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7872 Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If @code{OBJC} is not already
7873 set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
7874 variable @code{OBJC} to the name of the compiler found.
7876 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7877 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
7878 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
7879 alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
7880 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJC}
7884 AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
7887 If using a compiler that supports GNU Objective C, set shell variable
7888 @code{GOBJC} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCFLAGS} was not
7889 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for a GNU Objective C
7890 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where the compiler does not accept
7891 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
7894 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCPP
7895 @acindex{PROG_OBJCPP}
7898 Set output variable @code{OBJCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C
7899 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJC -E} doesn't work, tries @code{cpp} and
7900 @file{/lib/cpp}, in that order. Because of this fallback, @code{CXXCPP}
7901 may or may not set Objective-C-specific predefined macros (such as
7906 @node Objective C++ Compiler
7907 @subsection Objective C++ Compiler Characteristics
7910 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7911 @acindex{PROG_OBJCXX}
7913 @evindex OBJCXXFLAGS
7915 @ovindex OBJCXXFLAGS
7916 Determine an Objective C++ compiler to use. If @code{OBJCXX} is not already
7917 set in the environment, check for Objective C++ compilers. Set output
7918 variable @code{OBJCXX} to the name of the compiler found.
7920 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7921 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C++ compilers
7922 to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
7923 alternative search list for the Objective C++ compiler. For example, if you
7924 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJCXX}
7928 AC_PROG_OBJCXX([gcc g++ objcc++ objcxx])
7931 If using a compiler that supports GNU Objective C++, set shell variable
7932 @code{GOBJCXX} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCXXFLAGS} was not
7933 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for a GNU Objective C++
7934 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where the compiler does not accept
7935 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
7938 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCXXCPP
7939 @acindex{PROG_OBJCXXCPP}
7942 Set output variable @code{OBJCXXCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C++
7943 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJCXX -E} doesn't work, tries @code{cpp} and
7944 @file{/lib/cpp}, in that order. Because of this fallback, @code{CXXCPP}
7945 may or may not set Objective-C++-specific predefined macros (such as
7946 @code{__cplusplus} and @code{__OBJC__}).
7950 @node Erlang Compiler and Interpreter
7951 @subsection Erlang Compiler and Interpreter Characteristics
7954 Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential
7955 Erlang/OTP programs:
7957 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7958 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERLC}
7963 Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If @code{ERLC} is not already set in the
7964 environment, check for @command{erlc}. Set output variable @code{ERLC} to the
7965 complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if @code{ERLCFLAGS}
7966 is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
7968 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7969 macro @code{AC_PATH_PROG} for looking for the @command{erlc} program. For
7970 example, to look for @command{erlc} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7974 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7978 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERLC (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7979 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERLC}
7980 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macro, that prints an
7981 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erlc}
7982 program is not found.
7985 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7986 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERL}
7989 Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If @code{ERL} is not already
7991 environment, check for @command{erl}. Set output variable @code{ERL} to the
7992 complete path of the interpreter command found.
7994 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7995 macro @code{AC_PATH_PROG} for looking for the @command{erl} program. For
7996 example, to look for @command{erl} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
8000 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
8004 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL (@dvar{path, $PATH})
8005 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERL}
8006 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} macro, that prints an
8007 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erl}
8008 program is not found.
8012 @node Fortran Compiler
8013 @subsection Fortran Compiler Characteristics
8017 The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
8018 Fortran 77 macros (@code{F77}), and modern Fortran macros (@code{FC}).
8019 The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
8020 variables like @code{F77}, @code{FFLAGS}, and @code{FLIBS}. The latter
8021 are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
8022 Fortran standards, and have output variables like @code{FC},
8023 @code{FCFLAGS}, and @code{FCLIBS}.
8025 Except for the macros @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM},
8026 @code{AC_FC_FIXEDFORM}, and @code{AC_FC_LINE_LENGTH} (see below), the
8027 @code{FC} and @code{F77} macros behave almost identically, and so they
8028 are documented together in this section.
8031 @defmac AC_PROG_F77 (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
8037 @caindex f77_compiler_gnu
8039 Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If @code{F77} is not already
8040 set in the environment, then check for @code{g77} and @code{f77}, and
8041 then some other names. Set the output variable @code{F77} to the name
8042 of the compiler found.
8044 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
8045 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
8046 compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
8047 specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
8048 example, if you didn't like the default order, then you could invoke
8049 @code{AC_PROG_F77} like this:
8052 AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
8055 If using a compiler that supports GNU Fortran 77,
8056 set the shell variable @code{G77} to @samp{yes}.
8057 If the output variable @code{FFLAGS} was not already set in the
8058 environment, set it to @option{-g -02} for @code{g77} (or @option{-O2}
8059 where the GNU Fortran 77 compiler does not accept @option{-g}), or
8060 @option{-g} for other compilers.
8062 The result of the GNU test is cached in the
8063 @code{ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu} variable, acceptance of @option{-g} in the
8064 @code{ac_cv_prog_f77_g} variable.
8067 @defmac AC_PROG_FC (@ovar{compiler-search-list}, @ovar{dialect})
8073 @caindex fc_compiler_gnu
8075 Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If @code{FC} is not already set in
8076 the environment, then @code{dialect} is a hint to indicate what Fortran
8077 dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
8078 dialect. Set the output variable @code{FC} to the name of the compiler
8081 By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
8082 @code{dialect} is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
8083 with the specified dialect. @code{dialect} can currently be one of
8084 Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
8085 which compiler @emph{name} to prefer (e.g., @code{f90} or @code{f95}),
8086 and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
8087 is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
8088 @code{dialect} option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
8089 the latest Fortran standard.
8091 This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
8092 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
8093 compilers to search for, just as in @code{AC_PROG_F77}.
8095 If using a compiler that supports GNU Fortran,
8096 set the shell variable @code{GFC} to @samp{yes}.
8097 If the output variable @code{FCFLAGS} was not already set in the
8098 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for a GNU Fortran compiler (or
8099 @option{-O2} where the compiler does not accept @option{-g}), or
8100 @option{-g} for other compilers.
8102 The result of the GNU test is cached in the @code{ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu}
8103 variable, acceptance of @option{-g} in the @code{ac_cv_prog_fc_g}
8107 @defmac AC_PROG_F77_C_O
8108 @defmacx AC_PROG_FC_C_O
8109 @acindex{PROG_F77_C_O}
8110 @acindex{PROG_FC_C_O}
8111 @cvindex F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
8112 @cvindex FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
8113 @caindex prog_f77_c_o
8114 @caindex prog_fc_c_o
8115 Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
8116 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O} or
8117 @code{FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}, respectively, if it does not.
8119 The result of the test is cached in the @code{ac_cv_prog_f77_c_o} or
8120 @code{ac_cv_prog_fc_c_o} variable, respectively.
8123 The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
8124 To check for characteristics not listed here, use
8125 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
8126 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}), making sure to first set the
8127 current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via @code{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}
8128 or @code{AC_LANG(Fortran)} (@pxref{Language Choice}).
8131 @defmac AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
8132 @defmacx AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
8133 @acindex{F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
8135 @acindex{FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
8141 Determine the linker flags (e.g., @option{-L} and @option{-l}) for the
8142 @dfn{Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries} that are required to
8143 successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
8144 variable @code{FLIBS} or @code{FCLIBS} is set to these flags (which
8145 should be included after @code{LIBS} when linking).
8147 This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is
8148 necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single
8149 program or shared library (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , ,
8150 automake, GNU Automake}).
8152 For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be
8153 linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking
8154 (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling
8155 global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception
8158 However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in
8159 as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn't know by default how to add
8160 these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine
8161 these Fortran libraries.
8163 The macros @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
8164 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} are probably also necessary to
8165 link C/C++ with Fortran; see below. Further, it is highly recommended
8166 that you use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers})
8167 because the complex defines that the function wrapper macros create
8168 may not work with C/C++ compiler drivers.
8170 These macros internally compute the flag needed to verbose linking
8171 output and cache it in @code{ac_cv_prog_f77_v} or @code{ac_cv_prog_fc_v}
8172 variables, respectively. The computed linker flags are cached in
8173 @code{ac_cv_f77_libs} or @code{ac_cv_fc_libs}, respectively.
8176 @defmac AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @
8177 @dvar{action-if-not-found, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8178 @defmacx AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @
8179 @dvar{action-if-not-found, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8180 @acindex{F77_DUMMY_MAIN}
8181 @cvindex F77_DUMMY_MAIN
8182 @acindex{FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
8183 @cvindex FC_DUMMY_MAIN
8184 @caindex f77_dummy_main
8185 @caindex fc_dummy_main
8186 With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
8187 @code{AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} or @code{AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} provide
8188 their own @code{main} entry function that initializes things like
8189 Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
8190 (say) @code{MAIN__} to run the user's program. The
8191 @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
8192 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros figure out how to deal with
8195 When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.)@: often
8196 one prefers to provide one's own @code{main} and skip the Fortran
8197 library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
8198 provide a dummy @code{MAIN__} routine in order to prevent linking errors
8199 on some systems. @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
8200 detects whether any such routine is @emph{required} for linking, and
8201 what its name is; the shell variable @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
8202 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} holds this name, @code{unknown} when no solution
8203 was found, and @code{none} when no such dummy main is needed.
8205 By default, @var{action-if-found} defines @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
8206 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} to the name of this routine (e.g., @code{MAIN__})
8207 @emph{if} it is required. @var{action-if-not-found} defaults to
8208 exiting with an error.
8210 In order to link with Fortran routines, the user's C/C++ program should
8211 then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is
8215 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/fortran.at:AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN usage.
8216 #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN
8220 int F77_DUMMY_MAIN (void) @{ return 1; @}
8224 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
8226 Note that this macro is called automatically from @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS}
8227 or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}; there is generally no need to call it
8228 explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
8230 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_f77_dummy_main} or
8231 @code{ac_cv_fc_dummy_main} variable, respectively.
8242 As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
8243 point called (say) @code{MAIN__} instead of the usual @code{main}, which
8244 is then called by a @code{main} function in the Fortran libraries that
8245 initializes things like Fortran I/O@. The
8246 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros detect whether it is
8247 @emph{possible} to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
8248 @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} to the name of the function. (If no
8249 alternate main function name is found, @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} are
8250 simply defined to @code{main}.)
8252 Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O,
8253 one should use this macro and declare the "main" function like so:
8256 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/fortran.at:AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN usage.
8260 int F77_MAIN (int argc, char *argv[]);
8263 (Again, replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
8265 The result of this macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_f77_main} or
8266 @code{ac_cv_fc_main} variable, respectively.
8269 @defmac AC_F77_WRAPPERS
8270 @defmacx AC_FC_WRAPPERS
8271 @acindex{F77_WRAPPERS}
8274 @acindex{FC_WRAPPERS}
8277 @caindex f77_mangling
8278 @caindex fc_mangling
8279 Defines C macros @code{F77_FUNC (name, NAME)}, @code{FC_FUNC (name, NAME)},
8280 @code{F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)}, and @code{FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)} to properly
8281 mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
8282 respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
8285 Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
8286 compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
8287 call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
8288 callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
8289 the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
8290 simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
8291 @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}. For example, suppose
8292 you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
8295 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/fortran.at:AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN usage.
8296 subroutine foobar (x, y)
8297 double precision x, y
8303 You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
8306 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/fortran.at:AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN usage.
8307 #define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR)
8309 extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */
8311 void FOOBAR_F77 (double *x, double *y);
8314 Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
8315 function name to @code{F77_FUNC} so that it can select the right one.
8316 Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
8317 pointers (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , , automake, GNU
8320 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
8322 Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
8323 name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
8324 compilers that it doesn't support yet. In this case, the above code
8325 generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
8326 (e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
8327 whether @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} is defined.
8329 Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
8332 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/fortran.at:AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN usage.
8334 double x = 2.7183, y;
8335 FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y);
8339 If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., @code{foo_bar}),
8340 you should use @code{F77_FUNC_} or @code{FC_FUNC_} instead of
8341 @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} (with the same arguments). This is
8342 because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
8345 The name mangling scheme is encoded in the @code{ac_cv_f77_mangling} or
8346 @code{ac_cv_fc_mangling} cache variable, respectively, and also used for
8347 the @code{AC_F77_FUNC} and @code{AC_FC_FUNC} macros described below.
8350 @defmac AC_F77_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
8351 @defmacx AC_FC_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
8354 Given an identifier @var{name}, set the shell variable @var{shellvar} to
8355 hold the mangled version @var{name} according to the rules of the
8356 Fortran linker (see also @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or
8357 @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}). @var{shellvar} is optional; if it is not
8358 supplied, the shell variable is simply @var{name}. The purpose of
8359 this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
8360 information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
8361 to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
8364 @defmac AC_FC_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @
8365 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8366 @defmacx AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @
8367 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8369 @acindex{FC_PP_SRCEXT}
8370 @caindex fc_srcext_@var{ext}
8371 @caindex fc_pp_srcext_@var{ext}
8372 By default, the @code{FC} macros perform their tests using a @file{.f}
8373 extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
8374 newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
8375 features only for @file{.f90} files, or preprocessing only with
8376 @file{.F} files or maybe other upper-case extensions. On the other
8377 hand, some other compilers expect all source files to end in @file{.f}
8378 and require special flags to support other file name extensions. The
8379 @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and @code{AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT} macros deal with these
8382 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro tries to get the @code{FC} compiler to
8383 accept files ending with the extension @file{.@var{ext}} (i.e.,
8384 @var{ext} does @emph{not} contain the dot). If any special compiler
8385 flags are needed for this, it stores them in the output variable
8386 @code{FCFLAGS_@var{ext}}. This extension and these flags are then used
8387 for all subsequent @code{FC} tests (until @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} or
8388 @code{AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT} is called another time).
8390 For example, you would use @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)} to employ the
8391 @file{.f90} extension in future tests, and it would set the
8392 @code{FCFLAGS_f90} output variable with any extra flags that are needed
8393 to compile such files.
8395 Similarly, the @code{AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT} macro tries to get the @code{FC}
8396 compiler to preprocess and compile files with the extension
8397 @file{.@var{ext}}. When both @command{fpp} and @command{cpp} style
8398 preprocessing are provided, the former is preferred, as the latter may
8399 treat continuation lines, @code{//} tokens, and white space differently
8400 from what some Fortran dialects expect. Conversely, if you do not want
8401 files to be preprocessed, use only lower-case characters in the file
8402 name extension. Like with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)}, any needed flags
8403 are stored in the @code{FCFLAGS_@var{ext}} variable.
8405 The @code{FCFLAGS_@var{ext}} flags can @emph{not} be simply absorbed
8406 into @code{FCFLAGS}, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
8407 compilers. First, only one @code{FCFLAGS_@var{ext}} can be used at a
8408 time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
8409 Second, @code{FCFLAGS_@var{ext}} must appear @emph{immediately} before
8410 the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
8411 above, you might compile a @file{foo.f90} file in your makefile with the
8416 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
8419 If @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} or @code{AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT} succeeds in compiling
8420 files with the @var{ext} extension, it calls @var{action-if-success}
8421 (defaults to nothing). If it fails, and cannot find a way to make the
8422 @code{FC} compiler accept such files, it calls @var{action-if-failure}
8423 (defaults to exiting with an error message).
8425 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and @code{AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT} macros cache their
8426 results in @code{ac_cv_fc_srcext_@var{ext}} and
8427 @code{ac_cv_fc_pp_srcext_@var{ext}} variables, respectively.
8430 @defmac AC_FC_PP_DEFINE (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8431 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8432 @acindex{FC_PP_DEFINE}
8433 @caindex fc_pp_define
8435 Find a flag to specify defines for preprocessed Fortran. Not all
8436 Fortran compilers use @option{-D}. Substitute @code{FC_DEFINE} with
8437 the result and call @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing) if
8438 successful, and @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to failing with an
8439 error message) if not.
8441 This macro calls @code{AC_FC_PP_SRCEXT([F])} in order to learn how to
8442 preprocess a @file{conftest.F} file, but restores a previously used
8443 Fortran source file extension afterwards again.
8445 The result of this test is cached in the @code{ac_cv_fc_pp_define}
8449 @defmac AC_FC_FREEFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8450 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8451 @acindex{FC_FREEFORM}
8452 @caindex fc_freeform
8454 Try to ensure that the Fortran compiler (@code{$FC}) allows free-format
8455 source code (as opposed to the older fixed-format style from Fortran
8456 77). If necessary, it may add some additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
8458 This macro is most important if you are using the default @file{.f}
8459 extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
8460 fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
8461 specify a different extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as
8462 @file{.f90}, then @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} ordinarily succeeds without
8463 modifying @code{FCFLAGS}. For extensions which the compiler does not
8464 know about, the flag set by the @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro might let
8465 the compiler assume Fortran 77 by default, however.
8467 If @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
8468 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
8469 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
8472 The result of this test, or @samp{none} or @samp{unknown}, is cached in
8473 the @code{ac_cv_fc_freeform} variable.
8476 @defmac AC_FC_FIXEDFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8477 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8478 @acindex{FC_FIXEDFORM}
8479 @caindex fc_fixedform
8481 Try to ensure that the Fortran compiler (@code{$FC}) allows the old
8482 fixed-format source code (as opposed to free-format style). If
8483 necessary, it may add some additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
8485 This macro is needed for some compilers alias names like @command{xlf95}
8486 which assume free-form source code by default, and in case you want to
8487 use fixed-form source with an extension like @file{.f90} which many
8488 compilers interpret as free-form by default. If you specify a different
8489 extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as @file{.f}, then
8490 @code{AC_FC_FIXEDFORM} ordinarily succeeds without modifying
8493 If @code{AC_FC_FIXEDFORM} succeeds in compiling fixed-form source, it
8494 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
8495 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
8498 The result of this test, or @samp{none} or @samp{unknown}, is cached in
8499 the @code{ac_cv_fc_fixedform} variable.
8502 @defmac AC_FC_LINE_LENGTH (@ovar{length}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @
8503 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8504 @acindex{FC_LINE_LENGTH}
8505 @caindex fc_line_length
8507 Try to ensure that the Fortran compiler (@code{$FC}) accepts long source
8508 code lines. The @var{length} argument may be given as 80, 132, or
8509 unlimited, and defaults to 132. Note that line lengths above 250
8510 columns are not portable, and some compilers do not accept more than 132
8511 columns at least for fixed format source. If necessary, it may add some
8512 additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
8514 If @code{AC_FC_LINE_LENGTH} succeeds in compiling fixed-form source, it
8515 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
8516 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
8519 The result of this test, or @samp{none} or @samp{unknown}, is cached in
8520 the @code{ac_cv_fc_line_length} variable.
8523 @defmac AC_FC_CHECK_BOUNDS (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8524 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8525 @acindex{FC_CHECK_BOUNDS}
8526 @caindex fc_check_bounds
8528 The @code{AC_FC_CHECK_BOUNDS} macro tries to enable array bounds checking
8529 in the Fortran compiler. If successful, the @var{action-if-success}
8530 is called and any needed flags are added to @code{FCFLAGS}. Otherwise,
8531 @var{action-if-failure} is called, which defaults to failing with an error
8532 message. The macro currently requires Fortran 90 or a newer dialect.
8534 The result of the macro is cached in the @code{ac_cv_fc_check_bounds}
8538 @defmac AC_F77_IMPLICIT_NONE (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8539 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8540 @defmacx AC_FC_IMPLICIT_NONE (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8541 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8542 @acindex{F77_IMPLICIT_NONE}
8543 @acindex{FC_IMPLICIT_NONE}
8544 @caindex f77_implicit_none
8545 @caindex fc_implicit_none
8547 Try to disallow implicit declarations in the Fortran compiler. If
8548 successful, @var{action-if-success} is called and any needed flags
8549 are added to @code{FFLAGS} or @code{FCFLAGS}, respectively. Otherwise,
8550 @var{action-if-failure} is called, which defaults to failing with an error
8553 The result of these macros are cached in the
8554 @code{ac_cv_f77_implicit_none} and @code{ac_cv_fc_implicit_none}
8555 variables, respectively.
8558 @defmac AC_FC_MODULE_EXTENSION
8559 @acindex{FC_MODULE_EXTENSION}
8560 @caindex fc_module_ext
8563 Find the Fortran 90 module file name extension. Most Fortran 90
8564 compilers store module information in files separate from the object
8565 files. The module files are usually named after the name of the module
8566 rather than the source file name, with characters possibly turned to
8567 upper case, plus an extension, often @file{.mod}.
8569 Not all compilers use module files at all, or by default. The Cray
8570 Fortran compiler requires @option{-e m} in order to store and search
8571 module information in @file{.mod} files rather than in object files.
8572 Likewise, the Fujitsu Fortran compilers uses the @option{-Am} option to
8573 indicate how module information is stored.
8575 The @code{AC_FC_MODULE_EXTENSION} macro computes the module extension
8576 without the leading dot, and stores that in the @code{FC_MODEXT}
8577 variable. If the compiler does not produce module files, or the
8578 extension cannot be determined, @code{FC_MODEXT} is empty. Typically,
8579 the result of this macro may be used in cleanup @command{make} rules as
8584 -test -z "$(FC_MODEXT)" || rm -f *.$(FC_MODEXT)
8587 The extension, or @samp{unknown}, is cached in the
8588 @code{ac_cv_fc_module_ext} variable.
8591 @defmac AC_FC_MODULE_FLAG (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8592 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8593 @acindex{FC_MODULE_FLAG}
8594 @caindex fc_module_flag
8598 Find the compiler flag to include Fortran 90 module information from
8599 another directory, and store that in the @code{FC_MODINC} variable.
8600 Call @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing) if successful, and
8601 set @code{FC_MODINC} to empty and call @var{action-if-failure} (defaults
8602 to exiting with an error message) if not.
8604 Most Fortran 90 compilers provide a way to specify module directories.
8605 Some have separate flags for the directory to write module files to,
8606 and directories to search them in, whereas others only allow writing to
8607 the current directory or to the first directory specified in the include
8608 path. Further, with some compilers, the module search path and the
8609 preprocessor search path can only be modified with the same flag. Thus,
8610 for portability, write module files to the current directory only and
8611 list that as first directory in the search path.
8613 There may be no whitespace between @code{FC_MODINC} and the following
8614 directory name, but @code{FC_MODINC} may contain trailing white space.
8615 For example, if you use Automake and would like to search @file{../lib}
8616 for module files, you can use the following:
8619 AM_FCFLAGS = $(FC_MODINC). $(FC_MODINC)../lib
8622 Inside @command{configure} tests, you can use:
8625 if test -n "$FC_MODINC"; then
8626 FCFLAGS="$FCFLAGS $FC_MODINC. $FC_MODINC../lib"
8630 The flag is cached in the @code{ac_cv_fc_module_flag} variable.
8631 The substituted value of @code{FC_MODINC} may refer to the
8632 @code{ac_empty} dummy placeholder empty variable, to avoid losing
8633 the significant trailing whitespace in a @file{Makefile}.
8636 @defmac AC_FC_MODULE_OUTPUT_FLAG (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8637 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8638 @acindex{FC_MODULE_OUTPUT_FLAG}
8639 @caindex fc_module_output_flag
8642 Find the compiler flag to write Fortran 90 module information to
8643 another directory, and store that in the @code{FC_MODOUT} variable.
8644 Call @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing) if successful, and
8645 set @code{FC_MODOUT} to empty and call @var{action-if-failure} (defaults
8646 to exiting with an error message) if not.
8648 Not all Fortran 90 compilers write module files, and of those that do,
8649 not all allow writing to a directory other than the current one, nor
8650 do all have separate flags for writing and reading; see the description
8651 of @code{AC_FC_MODULE_FLAG} above. If you need to be able to write to
8652 another directory, for maximum portability use @code{FC_MODOUT} before
8653 any @code{FC_MODINC} and include both the current directory and the one
8654 you write to in the search path:
8657 AM_FCFLAGS = $(FC_MODOUT)../mod $(FC_MODINC)../mod $(FC_MODINC). @dots{}
8660 The flag is cached in the @code{ac_cv_fc_module_output_flag} variable.
8661 The substituted value of @code{FC_MODOUT} may refer to the
8662 @code{ac_empty} dummy placeholder empty variable, to avoid losing
8663 the significant trailing whitespace in a @file{Makefile}.
8666 @defmac AC_F77_CRAY_POINTERS (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8667 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8668 @defmacx AC_FC_CRAY_POINTERS (@ovar{action-if-success}, @
8669 @dvar{action-if-failure, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
8670 @acindex{F77_CRAY_POINTERS}
8671 @acindex{FC_CRAY_POINTERS}
8672 @caindex fc_cray_pointer
8674 Try to ensure that the Fortran compiler (@code{$F77} or @code{$FC})
8675 accepts Cray pointers. If successful, the @var{action-if-success} is
8676 called and any needed flags are added to @code{FFLAGS} or
8677 @code{FCFLAGS}. Otherwise, @var{action-if-failure} is called, which
8678 defaults to failing with an error message.
8680 Cray pointers are a non-standard extension supported by many Fortran
8681 compilers which allow an integer to be declared as C-like pointer to
8684 The result of this test, or @samp{none} or @samp{unknown}, is cached in
8685 the @code{ac_cv_f77_cray_ptr} or @code{ac_cv_fc_cray_ptr} variable.
8690 @subsection Go Compiler Characteristics
8693 Autoconf provides basic support for the Go programming language when
8694 using the @code{gccgo} compiler (there is currently no support for the
8695 @code{6g} and @code{8g} compilers).
8697 @defmac AC_PROG_GO (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
8698 Find the Go compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
8699 @code{GOC} is set; if so, then set output variable @code{GOC} to its
8702 Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
8703 a Go compiler named @code{gccgo}. If it is not found, then as a last
8704 resort set @code{GOC} to @code{gccgo}.
8706 This macro may be invoked with an optional first argument which, if
8707 specified, must be a blank-separated list of Go compilers to search for.
8709 If output variable @code{GOFLAGS} was not already set, set it to
8710 @option{-g -O2}. If your package does not like this default,
8711 @code{GOFLAGS} may be set before @code{AC_PROG_GO}.
8715 @node System Services
8716 @section System Services
8718 The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
8724 @cindex X Window System
8725 Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the
8726 user gave the command line options @option{--x-includes=@var{dir}} and
8727 @option{--x-libraries=@var{dir}}, use those directories.
8729 If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
8730 @code{xmkmf} (or an executable pointed to by the @code{XMKMF}
8731 environment variable) on a trivial @file{Imakefile} and examining the
8732 makefile that it produces. Setting @code{XMKMF} to @samp{false}
8733 disables this method.
8735 If this method fails to find the X Window System, @command{configure}
8736 looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
8737 If either method is successful, set the shell variables
8738 @code{x_includes} and @code{x_libraries} to their locations, unless they
8739 are in directories the compiler searches by default.
8741 If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
8742 @option{--without-x}, set the shell variable @code{no_x} to @samp{yes};
8743 otherwise set it to the empty string.
8746 @anchor{AC_PATH_XTRA}
8747 @defmac AC_PATH_XTRA
8751 @ovindex X_EXTRA_LIBS
8753 @cvindex X_DISPLAY_MISSING
8754 An enhanced version of @code{AC_PATH_X}. It adds the C compiler flags
8755 that X needs to output variable @code{X_CFLAGS}, and the X linker flags
8756 to @code{X_LIBS}. Define @code{X_DISPLAY_MISSING} if X is not
8759 This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
8760 order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
8761 output variable @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS}. And it checks for special X11R6
8762 libraries that need to be linked with before @option{-lX11}, and adds
8763 any found to the output variable @code{X_PRE_LIBS}.
8765 @c This is an incomplete kludge. Make a real way to do it.
8766 @c If you need to check for other X functions or libraries yourself, then
8767 @c after calling this macro, add the contents of @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS} to
8768 @c @code{LIBS} temporarily, like this: (FIXME - add example)
8771 @anchor{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}
8772 @defmac AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
8773 @acindex{SYS_INTERPRETER}
8774 Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
8775 form @samp{#!/bin/sh} to select the interpreter to use for the script.
8776 After running this macro, shell code in @file{configure.ac} can check
8777 the shell variable @code{interpval}; it is set to @samp{yes}
8778 if the system supports @samp{#!}, @samp{no} if not.
8781 @anchor{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE}
8782 @defmac AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
8783 @acindex{SYS_LARGEFILE}
8784 @cvindex _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
8787 @cindex Large file support
8789 If the default @code{off_t} type is a 32-bit integer,
8790 and therefore cannot be used with files 2 GiB or larger,
8791 make a wider @code{off_t} available if the system supports it.
8792 Similarly, widen other types related to sizes of files and file systems
8793 if possible. These types may include @code{blkcnt_t}, @code{dev_t},
8794 @code{ino_t}, @code{fsblkcnt_t}, @code{fsfilcnt_t}, and @code{rlim_t}.
8796 Also, arrange for a @command{configure} option @code{--enable-year2038}
8797 to request widening the type @code{time_t} as needed to represent file
8798 wand other timestamps after mid-January 2038. This widening is possible
8799 only on 32-bit GNU/Linux x86 and ARM systems with glibc 2.34 or later.
8800 If year-2038 support is requested but @command{configure} fails to find a way
8801 to widen @code{time_t} and inspection of the system suggests that
8802 this feature is available somehow, @command{configure} will error out.
8803 If you want the default to be @code{--enable-year2038}, you can use
8804 @code{AC_SYS_YEAR2038} or @code{AC_SYS_YEAR2038_RECOMMENDED}
8805 instead of @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE}.
8806 In other words, older packages that have long used @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE}
8807 can have year-2038 support on 32-bit GNU/Linux x86 and ARM systems either by
8808 regenerating @file{configure} with current Autoconf and configuring with
8809 @option{--enable-year2038}, or by using @code{AC_SYS_YEAR2038} or
8810 @code{AC_SYS_YEAR2038_RECOMMENDED} and configuring without
8811 @option{--disable-year2038}.
8812 A future version of Autoconf might change the @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE}
8813 default to @code{--enable-year2038}; if and when that happens,
8814 @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} and @code{AC_SYS_YEAR2038} will become equivalent.
8815 @xref{AC_SYS_YEAR2038}.
8817 Set the shell variable @code{ac_have_largefile} to @samp{yes} or
8818 @code{no} depending on whether a wide @code{off_t} is available,
8819 regardless of whether arrangements were necessary.
8820 Similarly, set the shell variable @code{ac_have_year2038} to @code{yes}
8821 or @code{no} depending on whether a wide-enough @code{time_t} is available.
8823 Define preprocessor macros if necessary to make types wider;
8824 for example, on GNU/Linux systems the macros @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS}
8825 and @code{_TIME_BITS} can be defined. Some of these macros work only if
8826 defined before the first system header is included;
8827 therefore, when using this macro in concert with
8828 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, make sure that @file{config.h} is included
8829 before any system headers.
8831 On obsolete IRIX systems, also change the output variable @code{CC} to
8832 add compiler options needed for wide @code{off_t}.
8834 Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the
8835 @option{--disable-largefile} option, and year-2038 support can
8836 be enabled and disabled via the @option{--enable-year2038} and
8837 @option{--disable-year2038} options. These options have no effect on
8838 systems where types are wide enough by default.
8839 Large-file support is required for year-2038 support: if you configure
8840 with @option{--disable-largefile} on a platform with 32-bit
8841 @code{time_t}, then year-2038 support is not available.
8843 Disabling large-file or year-2038 support can have surprising effects,
8844 such as causing functions like @code{readdir} and @code{stat} to fail
8845 even on a small file because its inode number or timestamp is out of range.
8847 Regardless of whether you use this macro, portable programs should not
8848 assume that any of the types listed above fit into a @code{long int}.
8849 For example, it is not portable to print an arbitrary @code{off_t} or
8850 @code{time_t} value @code{X} with @code{printf ("%ld", (long int) X)}.
8852 The standard C library functions @code{fseek} and @code{ftell}
8853 do not use @code{off_t}. If you need to use either of these functions,
8854 you should use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} as well as @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE},
8855 and then use their Posix replacements @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello}.
8856 @xref{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO}.
8858 When using @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} in different packages that are linked
8859 together and that have interfaces that depend on the width of @code{off_t},
8860 @code{time_t} or related types, the simplest thing is to configure all
8861 components the same way. For example, if an application uses
8862 @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} and is configured with
8863 @option{--enable-year2038}, libraries it links to with an @code{off_t}-
8864 or @code{time_t}-dependent interface should be configured equivalently.
8865 Alternatively, you can modify libraries to support both 32- and 64-bit
8866 interfaces though this is more work and few libraries other than the C
8867 library itself are modified in this way.
8869 Applications and libraries should be configured compatibly.
8870 If @code{off_t}, @code{time_t} or related types appear in a library's
8871 public interface, enabling or disabling the library's large-file or
8872 year-2038 support may break binary compatibility with applications or
8873 with other libraries. Similarly, if an application links to a such a
8874 library, enabling or disabling the application's large-file support may
8875 break binary compatibility with that library.
8878 @anchor{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
8879 @defmac AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
8880 @acindex{SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
8881 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
8882 If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
8883 @code{HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
8886 @defmac AC_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS
8887 @acindex{SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS}
8888 @cindex Posix termios headers
8889 @cindex termios Posix headers
8890 @caindex sys_posix_termios
8891 Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
8892 system. If so, set the shell variable @code{ac_cv_sys_posix_termios} to
8893 @samp{yes}. If not, set the variable to @samp{no}.
8896 @anchor{AC_SYS_YEAR2038}
8897 @defmac AC_SYS_YEAR2038
8898 @acindex{SYS_YEAR2038}
8900 This is like @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} except it defaults to enabling
8901 instead of disabling year-2038 support. Year-2038 support for
8902 applications and libraries should be configured compatibly.
8903 @xref{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE}.
8906 @defmac AC_SYS_YEAR2038_RECOMMENDED
8907 @acindex{SYS_YEAR2038_RECOMMENDED}
8908 This macro has the same effect as @code{AC_SYS_YEAR2038},
8909 but also declares that the program being configured
8910 should support timestamps after mid-January 2038.
8911 If a large @code{time_t} is unavailable, @command{configure} will error
8912 out unless the @option{--disable-year2038} option is specified.
8914 Year-2038 support for applications and libraries should be configured
8915 compatibly. @xref{AC_SYS_YEAR2038}.
8918 @node C and Posix Variants
8919 @section C and Posix Variants
8921 The following macro makes it possible to use C language and library
8922 extensions defined by the C standards committee, features of Posix that
8923 are extensions to C, and platform extensions not defined by Posix.
8925 @anchor{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
8926 @defmac AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
8927 @acindex{USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
8928 If possible, enable extensions to C or Posix on hosts that normally
8929 disable the extensions, typically due to standards-conformance namespace
8930 issues. This should be called before any macros that run the C
8931 compiler. Also, when using this macro in concert with
8932 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, be sure that @file{config.h} is included
8933 before any system header.
8935 The following preprocessor macros are defined unconditionally:
8939 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
8940 Enable extensions on AIX 3 and Interix.
8941 @item _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
8942 @cvindex _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
8943 Enable extensions on macOS.
8945 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
8946 Enable extensions on GNU systems.
8947 @item _NETBSD_SOURCE
8948 @cvindex _NETBSD_SOURCE
8949 Enable general extensions on NetBSD.
8950 Enable NetBSD compatibility extensions on Minix.
8951 @item _OPENBSD_SOURCE
8952 @cvindex _OPENBSD_SOURCE
8953 Enable OpenBSD compatibility extensions on NetBSD.
8954 Oddly enough, this does nothing on OpenBSD.
8955 @item _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
8956 @cvindex _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
8957 Enable Posix-compatible threading on Solaris.
8958 @item __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_ATTRIBS_EXT__
8959 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_ATTRIBS_EXT__
8960 Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-5:2014.
8961 @item __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
8962 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
8963 Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-1:2014.
8964 @item __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_DFP_EXT__
8965 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_DFP_EXT__
8966 Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-2:2015.
8967 @item __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_EXT__
8968 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_EXT__
8969 Enable extensions specified by C23 Annex F.
8970 @item __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__
8971 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_FUNCS_EXT__
8972 Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TS 18661-4:2015.
8973 @item __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__
8974 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_TYPES_EXT__
8975 Enable extensions specified by C23 Annex H and by ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015.
8976 @item __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__
8977 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT2__
8978 Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC TR 24731-2:2010.
8979 @item __STDC_WANT_MATH_SPEC_FUNCS__
8980 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_MATH_SPEC_FUNCS__
8981 Enable extensions specified by ISO/IEC 24747:2009.
8982 @item _TANDEM_SOURCE
8983 @cvindex _TANDEM_SOURCE
8984 Enable extensions on HP NonStop systems.
8987 The following preprocessor macros are defined only when necessary;
8988 they enable access to extensions on some operating systems but
8989 @emph{disable} extensions on other operating systems.
8992 @item __EXTENSIONS__
8993 @cvindex __EXTENSIONS__
8994 Enable general extensions on Solaris. This macro is defined only if
8995 the headers included by @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
8996 (@pxref{Default Includes}) work correctly with it defined.
8999 @itemx _POSIX_SOURCE
9000 @itemx _POSIX_1_SOURCE
9002 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
9003 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
9004 Defined only on MINIX. @code{_POSIX_SOURCE} and @code{_POSIX_1_SOURCE}
9005 are needed to enable a number of POSIX features on this OS.
9006 @code{_MINIX} does not affect the system headers' behavior;
9007 future versions of Autoconf may stop defining it.
9008 Programs that need to recognize Minix should use @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}.
9011 @cvindex _XOPEN_SOURCE
9012 Defined (with value 500) only if needed to make @file{wchar.h} declare
9013 @code{mbstate_t}. This is known to be necessary on some versions of HP/UX.
9016 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_DEC_FP__
9017 The C preprocessor macro @code{__STDC_WANT_DEC_FP__} is not defined.
9018 ISO/IEC TR 24732:2009 was superseded by ISO/IEC TS 18661-2:2015.
9020 @cvindex __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__
9021 The C preprocessor macro @code{__STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__} is not defined,
9022 as the C standard's Annex K is problematic. See: O'Donell C, Sebor M.
9023 @uref{http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg14/www/docs/n1967.htm, Field
9024 Experience With Annex K---Bounds Checking Interfaces}.
9026 The Autoconf macro @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} was introduced in
9031 @node Erlang Libraries
9032 @section Erlang Libraries
9033 @cindex Erlang, Library, checking
9035 The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the
9036 presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the
9037 configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler
9038 (@pxref{Erlang Compiler and Interpreter}).
9040 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ERTS_VER
9041 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ERTS_VER}
9042 @ovindex ERLANG_ERTS_VER
9043 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ERTS_VER} to the version of the
9044 Erlang runtime system (as returned by Erlang's
9045 @code{erlang:system_info(version)} function). The result of this test
9046 is cached if caching is enabled when running @command{configure}. The
9047 @code{ERLANG_ERTS_VER} variable is not intended to be used for testing
9048 for features of specific ERTS versions, but to be used for substituting
9049 the ERTS version in Erlang/OTP release resource files (@code{.rel}
9050 files), as shown below.
9053 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR
9054 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR}
9055 @ovindex ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
9056 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ROOT_DIR} to the path to the base
9057 directory in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang's
9058 @code{code:root_dir/0} function). The result of this test is cached if
9059 caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
9062 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
9063 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
9064 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR
9065 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_LIB_DIR} to the path of the library
9066 directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang's
9067 @code{code:lib_dir/0} function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
9068 Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
9069 when running @command{configure}.
9072 @defmac AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
9073 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
9074 @acindex{ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}
9075 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
9076 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}
9077 Test whether the Erlang/OTP library @var{library} is installed by
9078 calling Erlang's @code{code:lib_dir/1} function. The result of this
9079 test is cached if caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
9080 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the library
9081 is installed; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell commands to
9082 run if it is not. Additionally, if the library is installed, the output
9083 variable @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} is set to the path to the
9084 library installation directory, and the output variable
9085 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the version number that is
9086 part of the subdirectory name, if it is in the standard form
9087 (@code{@var{library}-@var{version}}). If the directory name does not
9088 have a version part, @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the
9089 empty string. If the library is not installed,
9090 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} and
9091 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} are set to @code{"not found"}. For
9092 example, to check if library @code{stdlib} is installed:
9095 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
9096 [echo "stdlib version \"$ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib\""
9097 echo "is installed in \"$ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib\""],
9098 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
9101 The @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} variables (set by
9102 @code{AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}) and the @code{ERLANG_ERTS_VER} variable (set
9103 by @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ERTS_VER}) are not intended to be used for
9104 testing for features of specific versions of libraries or of the Erlang
9105 runtime system. Those variables are intended to be substituted in
9106 Erlang release resource files (@code{.rel} files). For instance, to
9107 generate a @file{example.rel} file for an application depending on the
9108 @code{stdlib} library, @file{configure.ac} could contain:
9111 AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ERTS_VER
9112 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
9114 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
9115 AC_CONFIG_FILES([example.rel])
9119 The @file{example.rel.in} file used to generate @file{example.rel}
9124 @{"@@PACKAGE@@", "@@VERSION@@"@},
9125 @{erts, "@@ERLANG_ERTS_VER@@"@},
9126 [@{stdlib, "@@ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib@@"@},
9127 @{@@PACKAGE@@, "@@VERSION@@"@}]@}.
9131 In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the
9132 following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built
9133 Erlang libraries are to be installed:
9135 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
9136 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
9137 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
9139 Set the @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} output variable to the directory into
9140 which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate
9142 If this variable is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs,
9143 its default value is @code{$@{libdir@}/erlang/lib}.
9146 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR (@var{library}, @var{version})
9147 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
9148 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
9150 Set the @samp{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} output variable to the
9151 directory into which the built Erlang library @var{library} version
9152 @var{version} should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
9153 environment when @command{configure} runs, its default value is
9154 @samp{$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/@var{library}-@var{version}}, the value of the
9155 @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} variable being set by the
9156 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} macro.
9163 @c ========================================================= Writing Tests
9166 @chapter Writing Tests
9168 If the existing feature tests don't do something you need, you have to
9169 write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide
9170 ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are
9171 available and report the results.
9173 This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the
9174 existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot
9175 about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If
9176 something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this
9177 information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which
9178 might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
9180 These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current
9181 language (@pxref{Language Choice}). They do not cache the results of
9182 their tests for future use (@pxref{Caching Results}), because they don't
9183 know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a
9184 cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same
9185 reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros
9186 and do cache their results and print messages about what they're
9189 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
9190 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
9191 @xref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for how to do that.
9194 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
9195 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
9196 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
9197 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
9198 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
9199 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
9200 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
9203 @node Language Choice
9204 @section Language Choice
9207 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts check for the C compiler and
9208 its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
9209 (maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
9210 compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
9211 which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
9212 @file{configure.ac}.
9215 @defmac AC_LANG (@var{language})
9217 Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file
9218 extensions for the specified @var{language}.
9220 Supported languages are:
9224 Do compilation tests using @code{CC} and @code{CPP} and use extension
9225 @file{.c} for test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{CPPFLAGS} with
9226 @code{CPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{CFLAGS} with @code{CC}.
9229 Do compilation tests using @code{CXX} and @code{CXXCPP} and use
9230 extension @file{.C} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
9231 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{CXXCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
9232 @code{CXXFLAGS} with @code{CXX}.
9235 Do compilation tests using @code{F77} and use extension @file{.f} for
9236 test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{FFLAGS}.
9239 Do compilation tests using @code{FC} and use extension @file{.f} (or
9240 whatever has been set by @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}) for test programs. Use
9241 compilation flags: @code{FCFLAGS}.
9247 Compile and execute tests using @code{ERLC} and @code{ERL} and use extension
9248 @file{.erl} for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: @code{ERLCFLAGS}.
9251 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJC} and @code{OBJCPP} and use
9252 extension @file{.m} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
9253 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
9254 @code{OBJCFLAGS} with @code{OBJC}.
9257 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJCXX} and @code{OBJCXXCPP} and use
9258 extension @file{.mm} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
9259 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCXXCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
9260 @code{OBJCXXFLAGS} with @code{OBJCXX}.
9263 Do compilation tests using @code{GOC} and use extension @file{.go} for
9264 test programs. Use compilation flags @code{GOFLAGS}.
9268 @anchor{AC_LANG_PUSH}
9269 @defmac AC_LANG_PUSH (@var{language})
9271 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack, and
9272 then select the @var{language}. Use this macro and @code{AC_LANG_POP}
9273 in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
9276 @defmac AC_LANG_POP (@ovar{language})
9278 Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
9279 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH}, and remove it from the stack.
9281 If given, @var{language} specifies the language we just @emph{quit}. It
9282 is a good idea to specify it when it's known (which should be the
9283 case@dots{}), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
9286 AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77])
9287 # Perform some tests on Fortran 77.
9289 AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
9293 @defmac AC_LANG_ASSERT (@var{language})
9294 @acindex{LANG_ASSERT}
9295 Check statically that the current language is @var{language}.
9296 You should use this in your language specific macros
9297 to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
9299 This macro runs only at @command{autoconf} time, and incurs no cost at
9300 @command{configure} time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
9301 layer language @footnote{Because M4 is not aware of Sh code,
9302 especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically
9303 may produce incorrect results at runtime.}, the macros
9304 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} and @code{AC_LANG_POP} cannot be ``optimizing'',
9305 therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
9306 your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
9307 correct current language, and check it with @code{AC_LANG_ASSERT}.
9308 And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
9309 macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler@enddots{}
9313 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_CPP
9314 @acindex{REQUIRE_CPP}
9315 Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
9316 been found. Calls @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}) with an
9317 argument of either @code{AC_PROG_CPP} or @code{AC_PROG_CXXCPP},
9318 depending on which language is current.
9322 @node Writing Test Programs
9323 @section Writing Test Programs
9325 Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some
9326 input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file.
9327 This section is dedicated to these source samples.
9330 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
9331 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
9332 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
9336 @subsection Guidelines for Test Programs
9338 The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
9340 @center @emph{Look for realism.}
9342 This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same
9343 strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should
9344 avoid ``shortcuts'' and simplifications.
9346 Don't just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
9347 compilation. For instance, using @command{cpp} to check whether a header is
9348 functional might let your @command{configure} accept a header which
9349 causes some @emph{compiler} error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
9350 other headers included before, especially required headers.
9352 Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain from
9353 simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper
9356 Test programs should not write to standard output. They
9357 should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
9358 otherwise, so that success
9359 can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
9360 segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
9361 status. Unless you arrange for @code{exit} to be declared, test
9362 programs should @code{return}, not @code{exit}, from @code{main},
9363 because on many systems @code{exit} is not declared by default.
9365 Test programs can use @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} to check the values of
9366 preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
9367 example, if you call @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, then later on in
9368 @file{configure.ac} you can have a test program that includes
9369 @file{stdbool.h} conditionally:
9373 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
9374 # include <stdbool.h>
9379 Both @code{#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H} and @code{#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H} will
9380 work with any standard C compiler. Some developers prefer @code{#if}
9381 because it is easier to read, while others prefer @code{#ifdef} because
9382 it avoids diagnostics with picky compilers like GCC with the
9383 @option{-Wundef} option.
9385 If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
9386 that starts with @file{conftest}, such as @file{conftest.data}. The
9387 @command{configure} script cleans up by running @samp{rm -f -r conftest*}
9388 after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
9390 @node Test Functions
9391 @subsection Test Functions
9393 Functions in test code should use function prototypes, introduced in C89
9394 and required in C23.
9396 Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for
9397 C++, which requires @samp{extern "C"} prototypes. Make sure to not
9398 include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
9404 void *valloc (size_t);
9407 If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
9408 whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
9409 that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
9410 never invoked. You can't do it by putting it after a call to
9411 @code{exit}, because GCC version 2 knows that @code{exit}
9413 and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
9415 If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
9416 relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
9417 just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. GCC
9419 has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
9420 inlines; for example, @code{memcpy}. To avoid errors when checking for
9421 them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
9422 with a different return type (such as @code{char}).
9425 @node Generating Sources
9426 @subsection Generating Sources
9428 Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test
9429 source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they
9430 actually depend on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}) to
9431 ``format'' the output properly.
9434 @defmac AC_LANG_CONFTEST (@var{source})
9435 @acindex{LANG_CONFTEST}
9436 Save the @var{source} text in the current test source file:
9437 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} where the @var{extension} depends on the
9438 current language. As of Autoconf 2.63b, the source file also contains
9439 the results of all of the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far.
9441 Note that the @var{source} is evaluated exactly once, like regular
9442 Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro
9443 invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
9445 The @var{source} text is expanded as an unquoted here-document, so
9446 @samp{$}, @samp{`} and some @samp{\}s should be backslash-escaped.
9447 @xref{Here-Documents}.
9449 This macro issues a warning during @command{autoconf} processing if
9450 @var{source} does not include an expansion of the macro
9451 @code{AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED} (note that both @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE} and
9452 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} call this macro, and thus avoid the warning).
9454 This macro is seldom called directly, but is used under the hood by more
9455 common macros such as @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} and @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}.
9458 @defmac AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED
9459 @acindex{LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED}
9460 This macro is called as a witness that the file
9461 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} appropriate for the current language is
9462 complete, including all previously determined results from
9463 @code{AC_DEFINE}. This macro is seldom called directly, but exists if
9464 you have a compelling reason to write a conftest file without using
9465 @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, yet still want to avoid a syntax warning from
9466 @code{AC_LANG_CONFTEST}.
9469 @defmac AC_LANG_SOURCE (@var{source})
9470 @acindex{LANG_SOURCE}
9471 Expands into the @var{source}, with the definition of
9472 all the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far. This macro includes an
9473 expansion of @code{AC_LANG_DEFINES_PROVIDED}.
9475 In many cases, you may find it more convenient to use the wrapper
9476 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}.
9479 For instance, executing (observe the double quotation!):
9482 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/compile.at:AC_LANG_SOURCE example.
9483 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org], [],
9484 [https://www.example.org/])
9485 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
9486 [Greetings string.])
9489 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])])
9490 gcc -E -dD conftest.c
9494 on a system with @command{gcc} installed, results in:
9497 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/compile.at:AC_LANG_SOURCE example.
9499 @asis{#} 1 "conftest.c"
9501 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
9502 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
9503 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
9504 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
9505 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
9506 #define PACKAGE_URL "https://www.example.org/"
9507 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
9509 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
9512 When the test language is Fortran, Erlang, or Go, the @code{AC_DEFINE}
9513 definitions are not automatically translated into constants in the
9514 source code by this macro.
9516 @defmac AC_LANG_PROGRAM (@var{prologue}, @var{body})
9517 @acindex{LANG_PROGRAM}
9518 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
9519 then @var{body} as body of the main function (e.g., @code{main} in
9520 C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, the features of the latter are
9527 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/compile.at:AC_LANG_PROGRAM example.
9528 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org], [],
9529 [https://www.example.org/])
9530 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
9531 [Greetings string.])
9533 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
9534 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])])
9535 gcc -E -dD conftest.c
9539 on a system with @command{gcc} installed, results in:
9542 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/compile.at:AC_LANG_PROGRAM example.
9544 @asis{#} 1 "conftest.c"
9546 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
9547 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
9548 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
9549 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
9550 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
9551 #define PACKAGE_URL "https://www.example.org/"
9552 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
9554 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
9564 In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
9565 @code{conftest} (@file{conftest.erl}). This module defines and exports
9567 one @code{start/0} function, which is called to perform the test. The
9568 @var{prologue} is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
9569 the @code{start/0} function definition. @var{body} is the body of the
9570 @code{start/0} function without the final period (@pxref{Runtime}, about
9571 constraints on this function's behavior).
9576 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
9579 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]],
9580 [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])])
9590 -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").
9592 io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])
9596 @defmac AC_LANG_CALL (@var{prologue}, @var{function})
9598 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
9599 then a call to the @var{function} as body of the main function (e.g.,
9600 @code{main} in C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the feature
9601 of the latter are available.
9603 This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version
9604 which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is
9605 not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
9607 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
9610 @defmac AC_LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY (@var{function})
9611 @acindex{LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY}
9612 Expands into a source file which uses the @var{function} in the body of
9613 the main function (e.g., @code{main} in C). Since it uses
9614 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the features of the latter are available.
9616 As @code{AC_LANG_CALL}, this macro is documented only for completeness.
9617 It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
9618 removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
9621 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
9624 @node Running the Preprocessor
9625 @section Running the Preprocessor
9627 Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file.
9628 @emph{Usually it is a bad idea}, as you typically need to @emph{compile}
9629 your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you
9630 certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the
9631 temptation of following the easiest path.
9633 Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
9634 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
9636 The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang,
9637 Fortran, or Go, since those languages require no preprocessor.
9639 @anchor{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
9640 @defmac AC_PREPROC_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
9641 @ovar{action-if-false})
9642 @acindex{PREPROC_IFELSE}
9643 Run the preprocessor of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice})
9644 on the @var{input}, run the shell commands @var{action-if-true} on
9645 success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise.
9647 If @var{input} is nonempty use the equivalent of
9648 @code{AC_LANG_CONFTEST(@var{input})} to generate the current test source
9649 file; otherwise reuse the already-existing test source file.
9650 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
9651 The @var{input} text is expanded as an unquoted here-document, so
9652 @samp{$}, @samp{`} and some @samp{\}s should be backslash-escaped.
9653 @xref{Here-Documents}.
9655 This macro uses @code{CPPFLAGS}, but not @code{CFLAGS}, because
9656 @option{-g}, @option{-O}, etc.@: are not valid options to many C
9659 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
9660 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. If needed, @var{action-if-true} can further access
9661 the preprocessed output in the file @file{conftest.i}.
9667 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
9668 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
9669 [Greetings string.])
9671 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
9672 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])],
9673 [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])],
9674 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
9681 checking for gcc... gcc
9682 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
9683 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
9684 checking for suffix of executables...
9685 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
9686 checking for suffix of object files... o
9687 checking whether the compiler supports GNU C... yes
9688 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
9689 checking for gcc option to enable C23 features... -std=gnu23
9690 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -std=gnu23 -E
9696 The macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}) used to play the
9697 role of @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but double quotes its argument, making
9698 it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
9699 get rid of your old use of the macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} in favor of
9700 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
9701 to run the @emph{preprocessor} and not the compiler?
9703 @anchor{AC_EGREP_HEADER}
9704 @defmac AC_EGREP_HEADER (@var{pattern}, @var{header-file}, @
9705 @var{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
9706 @acindex{EGREP_HEADER}
9707 @var{pattern}, after being expanded as if in a double-quoted shell string,
9708 is an extended regular expression.
9709 If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file
9710 @var{header-file} contains a line matching
9711 @var{pattern}, execute shell commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise
9712 execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
9714 See below for some problems involving this macro.
9717 @anchor{AC_EGREP_CPP}
9718 @defmac AC_EGREP_CPP (@var{pattern}, @var{program}, @
9719 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
9721 @var{pattern}, after being expanded as if in a double-quoted shell string,
9722 is an extended regular expression.
9723 @var{program} is the text of a C or C++ program, which is expanded as an
9724 unquoted here-document (@pxref{Here-Documents}). If the
9725 output of running the preprocessor on @var{program} contains a line
9726 matching @var{pattern}, execute shell commands
9727 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
9729 See below for some problems involving this macro.
9732 @code{AC_EGREP_CPP} and @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} should be used with care,
9733 as preprocessors can insert line breaks between output tokens. For
9734 example, the preprocessor might transform this:
9739 Version MAJOR . MINOR
9753 Because preprocessors are allowed to insert white space, change escapes
9754 in string constants, insert backlash-newline pairs, or do any of a number
9755 of things that do not change the meaning of the preprocessed program, it
9756 is better to rely on @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} than to resort to
9757 @code{AC_EGREP_CPP} or @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER}.
9759 For more information about what can appear in portable extended regular
9760 expressions, @pxref{Problematic Expressions,,,grep, GNU Grep}.
9762 @node Running the Compiler
9763 @section Running the Compiler
9765 To check for a syntax feature of the current language's (@pxref{Language
9766 Choice}) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
9767 simply to try some library feature, use @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} to try
9768 to compile a small program that uses that feature.
9770 @defmac AC_COMPILE_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
9771 @ovar{action-if-false})
9772 @acindex{COMPILE_IFELSE}
9773 Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
9774 (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell commands
9775 @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise.
9777 If @var{input} is nonempty use the equivalent of
9778 @code{AC_LANG_CONFTEST(@var{input})} to generate the current test source
9779 file; otherwise reuse the already-existing test source file.
9780 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
9781 The @var{input} text is expanded as an unquoted here-document, so
9782 @samp{$}, @samp{`} and some @samp{\}s should be backslash-escaped.
9783 @xref{Here-Documents}.
9785 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
9786 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to link; use
9787 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Running the
9788 Linker}). If needed, @var{action-if-true} can further access the
9789 just-compiled object file @file{conftest.$OBJEXT}.
9791 This macro uses @code{AC_REQUIRE} for the compiler associated with the
9792 current language, which means that if the compiler has not yet been
9793 determined, the compiler determination will be made prior to the body of
9794 the outermost @code{AC_DEFUN} macro that triggered this macro to
9795 expand (@pxref{Expanded Before Required}).
9799 For tests in Erlang, the @var{input} must be the source code of a module named
9800 @code{conftest}. @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} generates a @file{conftest.beam}
9801 file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (@code{ERL}). It is
9802 recommended to use @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} to specify the test program,
9803 to ensure that the Erlang module has the right name.
9805 @node Running the Linker
9806 @section Running the Linker
9808 To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
9809 @command{configure} scripts try to compile and link a small program that
9810 uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses @code{nm} or
9811 @code{ar} on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
9812 available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
9813 approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
9814 and output formats of @code{nm} and @code{ar} and in the location of the
9815 standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
9816 checking a function's runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
9817 it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
9818 important than speed.
9820 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} is used to compile test programs to test for
9821 functions and global variables. It is also used by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB}
9822 to check for libraries (@pxref{Libraries}), by adding the library being
9823 checked for to @code{LIBS} temporarily and trying to link a small
9826 @anchor{AC_LINK_IFELSE}
9827 @defmac AC_LINK_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
9828 @ovar{action-if-false})
9829 @acindex{LINK_IFELSE}
9830 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
9831 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell
9832 commands @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false}
9833 otherwise. If needed, @var{action-if-true} can further access the
9834 just-linked program file @file{conftest$EXEEXT}.
9836 If @var{input} is nonempty use the equivalent of
9837 @code{AC_LANG_CONFTEST(@var{input})} to generate the current test source
9838 file; otherwise reuse the already-existing test source file.
9839 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
9840 The @var{input} text is expanded as an unquoted here-document, so
9841 @samp{$}, @samp{`} and some @samp{\}s should be backslash-escaped.
9842 @xref{Here-Documents}.
9844 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
9845 current compilation flags.
9847 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
9848 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to execute the program;
9849 use @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Runtime}).
9852 The @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
9853 programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
9858 @section Checking Runtime Behavior
9860 Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such
9861 as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you
9862 can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is
9863 configured. You can check for things like the machine's endianness when
9864 your program initializes itself.
9866 If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
9867 you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
9868 run it using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. Avoid running test programs if
9869 possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
9872 @anchor{AC_RUN_IFELSE}
9873 @defmac AC_RUN_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
9874 @ovar{action-if-false}, @dvar{action-if-cross-compiling, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
9875 @acindex{RUN_IFELSE}
9876 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
9877 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, then execute the
9878 resulting program. If the program returns an exit
9879 status of 0 when executed, run shell commands @var{action-if-true}.
9880 Otherwise, run shell commands @var{action-if-false}.
9882 If @var{input} is nonempty use the equivalent of
9883 @code{AC_LANG_CONFTEST(@var{input})} to generate the current test source
9884 file; otherwise reuse the already-existing test source file.
9885 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
9886 The @var{input} text is expanded as an unquoted here-document, so
9887 @samp{$}, @samp{`} and some @samp{\}s should be backslash-escaped.
9888 @xref{Here-Documents}.
9890 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
9891 compilation flags of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}).
9892 Additionally, @var{action-if-true} can run @command{./conftest$EXEEXT}
9893 for further testing.
9895 In the @var{action-if-false} section, the failing exit status is
9896 available in the shell variable @samp{$?}. This exit status might be
9897 that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program
9900 If cross-compilation mode is enabled (this is the case if either the
9901 compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the system
9902 where @command{configure} is being run, or if the options @code{--build}
9903 and @code{--host} were both specified and their values are different),
9904 then the test program is
9905 not run. If the optional shell commands @var{action-if-cross-compiling}
9906 are given, those commands are run instead; typically these commands
9907 provide pessimistic defaults that allow cross-compilation to work even
9908 if the guess was wrong. If the fourth argument is empty or omitted, but
9909 cross-compilation is detected, then @command{configure} prints an error
9910 message and exits. If you want your package to be useful in a
9911 cross-compilation scenario, you @emph{should} provide a non-empty
9912 @var{action-if-cross-compiling} clause, as well as wrap the
9913 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} compilation inside an @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}
9914 (@pxref{Caching Results}) which allows the user to override the
9915 pessimistic default if needed.
9917 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
9918 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
9921 @command{autoconf} prints a warning message when creating
9922 @command{configure} each time it encounters a call to
9923 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} with no @var{action-if-cross-compiling} argument
9924 given. If you are not concerned about users configuring your package
9925 for cross-compilation, you may ignore the warning. A few of the macros
9926 distributed with Autoconf produce this warning message; but if this is a
9927 problem for you, please report it as a bug, along with an appropriate
9928 pessimistic guess to use instead.
9930 To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those
9931 parameters based on the canonical system name (@pxref{Manual
9932 Configuration}). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with
9933 the correct values for the host system (@pxref{Caching Results}).
9935 @ovindex cross_compiling
9936 To provide a default for calls of @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} that are embedded
9937 in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
9938 you can test whether the shell variable @code{cross_compiling} is set to
9939 @samp{yes}, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
9940 of calling the macros.
9942 It is also permissible to temporarily assign to @code{cross_compiling}
9943 in order to force tests to behave as though they are in a
9944 cross-compilation environment, particularly since this provides a way to
9945 test your @var{action-if-cross-compiling} even when you are not using a
9949 # We temporarily set cross-compile mode to force AC_COMPUTE_INT
9950 # to use the slow link-only method
9951 save_cross_compiling=$cross_compiling
9953 AC_COMPUTE_INT([@dots{}])
9954 cross_compiling=$save_cross_compiling
9957 A C or C++ runtime test should be portable.
9958 @xref{Portable C and C++}.
9960 Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the @code{halt/1}
9961 function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
9962 (status is @code{0}) or its failure (status is different than @code{0}), as
9963 explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
9964 (e.g., using @code{io:format/2}) may be truncated when halting the VM.
9965 Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
9966 to create and to output data into the temporary file named @file{conftest.out},
9967 using the functions of module @code{file}. The @code{conftest.out} file is
9968 automatically deleted by the @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} macro. For instance, a
9969 simplified implementation of Autoconf's @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
9973 AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@@example.org])
9977 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl
9978 file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()),
9980 [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"],
9981 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
9985 @node Multiple Cases
9986 @section Multiple Cases
9988 Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on
9989 the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a ``case
9990 statement''. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is
9991 easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a
9992 way to perform the operation has been found yet.
9994 Here is an example that uses the shell variable @code{fstype} to keep
9995 track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked. Note that
9996 since the value of @code{fstype} is under our control, we don't have to
9997 use the longer @samp{test "x$fstype" = xno}.
10001 AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type])
10003 # The order of these tests is important.
10004 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h>
10005 #include <sys/fstyp.h>
10007 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1],
10008 [Define if statvfs exists.])
10010 AS_IF([test $fstype = no],
10011 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
10012 #include <sys/fstyp.h>
10014 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1],
10015 [Define if USG statfs.])
10017 AS_IF([test $fstype = no],
10018 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
10019 #include <sys/vmount.h>
10021 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1],
10022 [Define if AIX statfs.])
10024 # (more cases omitted here)
10025 AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
10029 @c ====================================================== Results of Tests.
10032 @chapter Results of Tests
10034 Once @command{configure} has determined whether a feature exists, what can
10035 it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
10036 do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
10037 save the result in a cache file for future @command{configure} runs, and
10038 print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
10041 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
10042 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
10043 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
10044 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
10045 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
10048 @node Defining Symbols
10049 @section Defining C Preprocessor Symbols
10051 A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
10052 preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
10053 calling @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}.
10055 By default, @code{AC_OUTPUT} places the symbols defined by these macros
10056 into the output variable @code{DEFS}, which contains an option
10057 @option{-D@var{symbol}=@var{value}} for each symbol defined. Unlike in
10058 Autoconf version 1, there is no variable @code{DEFS} defined while
10059 @command{configure} is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
10060 already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
10061 appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
10064 AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf],
10065 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1],
10066 [Define if vprintf exists.])])
10067 AS_IF([test "x$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != xyes],
10068 [AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt],
10069 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1],
10070 [Define if _doprnt exists.])])])
10073 If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} has been called, then instead of creating
10074 @code{DEFS}, @code{AC_OUTPUT} creates a header file by substituting the
10075 correct values into @code{#define} statements in a template file.
10076 @xref{Configuration Headers}, for more information about this kind of
10079 @defmac AC_DEFINE (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
10080 @defmacx AC_DEFINE (@var{variable})
10081 @cvindex @var{variable}
10083 Define @var{variable} to @var{value} (verbatim), by defining a C
10084 preprocessor macro for @var{variable}. @var{variable} should be a C
10085 identifier, optionally suffixed by a parenthesized argument list to
10086 define a C preprocessor macro with arguments. The macro argument list,
10087 if present, should be a comma-separated list of C identifiers, possibly
10088 terminated by an ellipsis @samp{...} if C99-or-later syntax is employed.
10089 @var{variable} should not contain comments, white space, trigraphs,
10090 backslash-newlines, universal character names, or non-ASCII
10093 @var{value} may contain backslash-escaped newlines, which will be
10094 preserved if you use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} but flattened if passed
10095 via @code{@@DEFS@@} (with no effect on the compilation, since the
10096 preprocessor sees only one line in the first place). @var{value} should
10097 not contain raw newlines. If you are not using
10098 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, @var{value} should not contain any @samp{#}
10099 characters, as @command{make} tends to eat them. To use a shell
10100 variable, use @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} instead.
10102 @var{description} is only useful if you are using
10103 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}. In this case, @var{description} is put into
10104 the generated @file{config.h.in} as the comment before the macro define.
10105 The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
10106 @code{EQUATION} to be the string constant @samp{"$a > $b"}:
10109 AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"],
10110 [Equation string.])
10113 If neither @var{value} nor @var{description} are given, then
10114 @var{value} defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for
10115 backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage
10116 is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
10118 If the @var{variable} is a literal string, it is passed to
10119 @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
10121 If multiple @code{AC_DEFINE} statements are executed for the same
10122 @var{variable} name (not counting any parenthesized argument list),
10126 @defmac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
10127 @defmacx AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable})
10128 @acindex{DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
10129 @cvindex @var{variable}
10130 Like @code{AC_DEFINE}, but three shell expansions are
10131 performed---once---on @var{variable} and @var{value}: variable expansion
10132 (@samp{$}), command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping
10133 (@samp{\}), as if in an unquoted here-document. Single and double quote
10134 characters in the value have no
10135 special meaning. Use this macro instead of @code{AC_DEFINE} when
10136 @var{variable} or @var{value} is a shell variable. Examples:
10139 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"],
10140 [Configuration machine file.])
10141 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups],
10142 [getgroups return type.])
10143 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1],
10144 [Translated header name.])
10148 Due to a syntactical oddity of the Bourne shell, do not use
10149 semicolons to separate @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
10150 calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
10151 in the resulting @command{configure} script. Use either blanks or
10152 newlines. That is, do this:
10155 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
10156 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
10163 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
10164 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4])
10165 LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
10172 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
10173 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
10176 @node Setting Output Variables
10177 @section Setting Output Variables
10178 @cindex Output variables
10180 Another way to record the results of tests is to set @dfn{output
10181 variables}, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
10182 files that @command{configure} outputs. The two macros below create new
10183 output variables. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, for a list of output
10184 variables that are always available.
10186 @defmac AC_SUBST (@var{variable}, @ovar{value})
10188 Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT}
10189 substitute the variable @var{variable} into output files (typically one
10190 or more makefiles). This means that @code{AC_OUTPUT}
10191 replaces instances of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in input files with the
10192 value that the shell variable @var{variable} has when @code{AC_OUTPUT}
10193 is called. The value can contain any non-@code{NUL} character, including
10194 newline. If you are using Automake 1.11 or newer, for newlines in values
10195 you might want to consider using @code{AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE} to prevent
10196 @command{automake} from adding a line @code{@var{variable} =
10197 @@@var{variable}@@} to the @file{Makefile.in} files (@pxref{Optional, ,
10198 Automake, automake, Other things Automake recognizes}).
10200 Variable occurrences should not overlap: e.g., an input file should
10201 not contain @samp{@@@var{var1}@@@var{var2}@@} if @var{var1} and @var{var2}
10202 are variable names.
10203 The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
10204 occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in the value are inserted
10205 literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
10206 @code{|#_!!_#|} internally, so neither the substituted value nor the
10207 output file may contain @code{|#_!!_#|}.)
10209 If @var{value} is given, in addition assign it to @var{variable}.
10211 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
10212 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}). @var{variable} is not further expanded,
10213 even if there is another macro by the same name.
10216 @defmac AC_SUBST_FILE (@var{variable})
10217 @acindex{SUBST_FILE}
10218 Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
10219 @code{AC_OUTPUT} insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
10220 named by shell variable @var{variable} into output files. This means
10221 that @code{AC_OUTPUT} replaces instances of
10222 @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in output files (such as @file{Makefile.in})
10223 with the contents of the file that the shell variable @var{variable}
10224 names when @code{AC_OUTPUT} is called. Set the variable to
10225 @file{/dev/null} for cases that do not have a file to insert.
10226 This substitution occurs only when the @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} is on a
10227 line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
10228 substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
10229 the terminating newline.
10231 This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
10232 special dependencies or other @command{make} directives for particular host
10233 or target types into makefiles. For example, @file{configure.ac}
10237 AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag])
10238 host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
10242 and then a @file{Makefile.in} could contain:
10248 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
10249 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
10252 @cindex Precious Variable
10253 @cindex Variable, Precious
10254 Running @command{configure} in varying environments can be extremely
10255 dangerous. If for instance the user runs @samp{CC=bizarre-cc
10256 ./configure}, then the cache, @file{config.h}, and many other output
10257 files depend upon @command{bizarre-cc} being the C compiler. If
10258 for some reason the user runs @command{./configure} again, or if it is
10259 run via @samp{./config.status --recheck}, (@xref{Automatic Remaking},
10260 and @pxref{config.status Invocation}), then the configuration can be
10261 inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
10264 Environment variables that affect this situation, such as @samp{CC}
10265 above, are called @dfn{precious variables}, and can be declared as such
10266 by @code{AC_ARG_VAR}.
10268 @defmac AC_ARG_VAR (@var{variable}, @var{description})
10270 Declare @var{variable} is a precious variable, and include its
10271 @var{description} in the variable section of @samp{./configure --help}.
10273 Being precious means that
10276 @var{variable} is substituted via @code{AC_SUBST}.
10279 The value of @var{variable} when @command{configure} was launched is
10280 saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
10281 line but via the environment. Indeed, while @command{configure} can
10282 notice the definition of @code{CC} in @samp{./configure CC=bizarre-cc},
10283 it is impossible to notice it in @samp{CC=bizarre-cc ./configure},
10284 which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
10286 We emphasize that it is the @emph{initial} value of @var{variable} which
10287 is saved, not that found during the execution of @command{configure}.
10288 Indeed, specifying @samp{./configure FOO=foo} and letting
10289 @samp{./configure} guess that @code{FOO} is @code{foo} can be two
10293 @var{variable} is checked for consistency between two
10294 @command{configure} runs. For instance:
10297 $ @kbd{./configure --silent --config-cache}
10298 $ @kbd{CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache}
10299 configure: error: 'CC' was not set in the previous run
10300 configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \
10302 configure: error: run 'make distclean' and/or \
10303 'rm config.cache' and start over
10307 and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed.
10308 If the content has white space changes only, then the error is degraded
10309 to a warning only, but the old value is reused.
10312 @var{variable} is kept during automatic reconfiguration
10313 (@pxref{config.status Invocation}) as if it had been passed as a command
10314 line argument, including when no cache is used:
10317 $ @kbd{CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure var=raboof --silent}
10318 $ @kbd{./config.status --recheck}
10319 running CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/sh /bin/sh ./configure var=raboof \
10320 CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
10325 @node Special Chars in Variables
10326 @section Special Characters in Output Variables
10327 @cindex Output variables, special characters in
10329 Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
10330 @command{make} and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
10331 differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
10332 variables' values should not contain any of the following characters:
10335 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
10338 Also, these variables' values should neither contain newlines, nor start
10339 with @samp{~}, nor contain white space or @samp{:} immediately followed
10340 by @samp{~}. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space
10341 characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might
10342 arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
10344 These restrictions apply both to the values that @command{configure}
10345 computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
10346 following invocations of @command{configure} are problematic, since they
10347 attempt to use special characters within @code{CPPFLAGS} and white space
10348 within @code{$(srcdir)}:
10351 CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure'
10353 '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
10356 @node Caching Results
10357 @section Caching Results
10360 To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
10361 @command{configure} scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
10362 @command{configure} can optionally save the results of many checks in a
10363 @dfn{cache file} (@pxref{Cache Files}). If a @command{configure} script
10364 runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
10365 of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
10366 result, @command{configure} can then run much faster than if it had to
10367 perform all of the checks every time.
10369 @defmac AC_CACHE_VAL (@var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
10370 @acindex{CACHE_VAL}
10371 Ensure that the results of the check identified by @var{cache-id} are
10372 available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
10373 read, and @command{configure} was not given the @option{--quiet} or
10374 @option{--silent} option, print a message saying that the result was
10375 cached; otherwise, run the shell commands @var{commands-to-set-it}. If
10376 the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
10377 saved in the cache file just before @command{configure} creates its output
10378 files. @xref{Cache Variable Names}, for how to choose the name of the
10379 @var{cache-id} variable.
10381 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
10382 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
10385 @defmac AC_CACHE_CHECK (@var{message}, @var{cache-id}, @
10386 @var{commands-to-set-it})
10387 @acindex{CACHE_CHECK}
10388 A wrapper for @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} that takes care of printing the
10389 messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
10390 common way to use these macros. It calls @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} for
10391 @var{message}, then @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} with the @var{cache-id} and
10392 @var{commands} arguments, and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} with @var{cache-id}.
10394 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
10395 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
10398 It is common to find buggy macros using @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} or
10399 @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}, because people are tempted to call
10400 @code{AC_DEFINE} in the @var{commands-to-set-it}. Instead, the code that
10401 @emph{follows} the call to @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} should call
10402 @code{AC_DEFINE}, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
10403 instance, the following macro is broken:
10406 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/base.at:AC_CACHE_CHECK.
10408 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
10409 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
10410 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
10411 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes
10412 if test "x$my_cv_shell_true_works" = xyes; then
10413 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
10414 [Define if 'true(1)' works properly.])
10421 This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
10422 @code{TRUE_WORKS} @emph{will not be defined}. The proper implementation
10426 @c If you change this example, adjust tests/base.at:AC_CACHE_CHECK.
10428 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
10429 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
10430 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
10431 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes])
10432 if test "x$my_cv_shell_true_works" = xyes; then
10433 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
10434 [Define if 'true(1)' works properly.])
10440 Also, @var{commands-to-set-it} should not print any messages, for
10441 example with @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}; do that before calling
10442 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
10443 the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
10444 running the shell commands.
10447 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
10448 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
10449 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
10452 @node Cache Variable Names
10453 @subsection Cache Variable Names
10454 @cindex Cache variable
10456 The names of cache variables should have the following format:
10459 @var{package-prefix}_cv_@var{value-type}_@var{specific-value}_@ovar{additional-options}
10463 for example, @samp{ac_cv_header_stat_broken} or
10464 @samp{ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional}. The parts of the variable name are:
10467 @item @var{package-prefix}
10468 An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you
10469 begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention.
10470 For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is
10474 Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string
10475 @emph{must} be present in the variable name, including the leading
10478 @item @var{value-type}
10479 A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming
10480 system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in @ref{Macro Names}.
10482 @item @var{specific-value}
10483 Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to.
10484 For example, which function (@samp{alloca}), program (@samp{gcc}), or
10485 output variable (@samp{INSTALL}).
10487 @item @var{additional-options}
10488 Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to.
10489 For example, @samp{broken} or @samp{set}. This part of the name may
10490 be omitted if it does not apply.
10493 The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines.
10494 Usually, their values are Boolean (@samp{yes} or @samp{no}) or the
10495 names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction.
10496 @ref{Cache Variable Index} for an index of cache variables with
10497 documented semantics.
10501 @subsection Cache Files
10503 A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
10504 tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
10505 and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
10506 are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it, or override
10507 documented cache variables on the @command{configure} command line.
10509 By default, @command{configure} uses no cache file,
10510 to avoid problems caused by accidental
10511 use of stale cache files.
10513 To enable caching, @command{configure} accepts @option{--config-cache} (or
10514 @option{-C}) to cache results in the file @file{config.cache}.
10515 Alternatively, @option{--cache-file=@var{file}} specifies that
10516 @var{file} be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
10517 exist already. When @command{configure} calls @command{configure} scripts in
10518 subdirectories, it uses the @option{--cache-file} argument so that they
10519 share the same cache. @xref{Subdirectories}, for information on
10520 configuring subdirectories with the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro.
10522 @file{config.status} only pays attention to the cache file if it is
10523 given the @option{--recheck} option, which makes it rerun
10524 @command{configure}.
10526 It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types.
10527 There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much
10528 administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that
10529 can't be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical
10530 system type and linking files (@pxref{Manual Configuration}).
10532 The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
10533 use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
10534 file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
10535 @command{configure} script. (Running @command{configure} merges the new cache
10536 results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
10537 however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
10538 compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
10540 If @command{configure} is interrupted at the right time when it updates
10541 a cache file outside of the build directory where the @command{configure}
10542 script is run, it may leave behind a temporary file named after the
10543 cache file with digits following it. You may safely delete such a file.
10546 @node Cache Checkpointing
10547 @subsection Cache Checkpointing
10549 If your configure script, or a macro called from @file{configure.ac}, happens
10550 to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
10551 a few times at key points using @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE}. Doing so
10552 reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
10553 (hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
10555 @c FIXME: Do we really want to document this guy?
10556 @defmac AC_CACHE_LOAD
10557 @acindex{CACHE_LOAD}
10558 Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
10559 cache file is not found. Called automatically from @code{AC_INIT}.
10562 @defmac AC_CACHE_SAVE
10563 @acindex{CACHE_SAVE}
10564 Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
10565 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, but it can be quite useful to call
10566 @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE} at key points in @file{configure.ac}.
10572 @r{ @dots{} AC_INIT, etc. @dots{}}
10574 # Checks for programs.
10577 @r{ @dots{} more program checks @dots{}}
10582 # Checks for libraries.
10583 AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
10584 AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
10585 @r{ @dots{} more lib checks @dots{}}
10590 # Might abort@dots{}
10591 AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
10592 AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
10594 @r{ @dots{} AC_OUTPUT, etc. @dots{}}
10597 @node Printing Messages
10598 @section Printing Messages
10599 @cindex Messages, from @command{configure}
10601 @command{configure} scripts need to give users running them several kinds
10602 of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
10603 for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
10604 double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
10605 substitution on them.
10607 These macros are all wrappers around the @command{echo} shell command.
10608 They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (@pxref{File
10609 Descriptor Macros}).
10610 @command{configure} scripts should rarely need to run @command{echo} directly
10611 to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
10612 change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
10613 only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
10616 To diagnose static issues, i.e., when @command{autoconf} is run, see
10617 @ref{Diagnostic Macros}.
10619 @defmac AC_MSG_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
10620 @acindex{MSG_CHECKING}
10621 Notify the user that @command{configure} is checking for a particular
10622 feature. This macro prints a message that starts with @samp{checking }
10623 and ends with @samp{...} and no newline. It must be followed by a call
10624 to @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} to print the result of the check and the
10625 newline. The @var{feature-description} should be something like
10626 @samp{whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments} or @samp{for
10629 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
10630 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
10633 @anchor{AC_MSG_RESULT}
10634 @defmac AC_MSG_RESULT (@var{result-description})
10635 @acindex{MSG_RESULT}
10636 Notify the user of the results of a check. @var{result-description} is
10637 almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
10638 @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
10639 to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}, and the @var{result-description} should be
10640 the completion of the message printed by the call to
10641 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}.
10643 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
10644 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
10647 @anchor{AC_MSG_NOTICE}
10648 @defmac AC_MSG_NOTICE (@var{message})
10649 @acindex{MSG_NOTICE}
10650 Deliver the @var{message} to the user. It is useful mainly to print a
10651 general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks,
10655 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
10658 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
10659 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
10662 @anchor{AC_MSG_ERROR}
10663 @defmac AC_MSG_ERROR (@var{error-description}, @dvar{exit-status, $?/1})
10664 @acindex{MSG_ERROR}
10665 Notify the user of an error that prevents @command{configure} from
10666 completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
10667 output and exits @command{configure} with @var{exit-status} (@samp{$?}
10668 by default, except that @samp{0} is converted to @samp{1}).
10669 @var{error-description} should be something like @samp{invalid value
10672 The @var{error-description} should start with a lower-case letter, and
10673 ``cannot'' is preferred to ``can't''.
10676 @defmac AC_MSG_FAILURE (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
10677 @acindex{MSG_FAILURE}
10678 This @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} wrapper notifies the user of an error that
10679 prevents @command{configure} from completing @emph{and} that additional
10680 details are provided in @file{config.log}. This is typically used when
10681 abnormal results are found during a compilation.
10684 @anchor{AC_MSG_WARN}
10685 @defmac AC_MSG_WARN (@var{problem-description})
10687 Notify the @command{configure} user of a possible problem. This macro
10688 prints the message to the standard error output; @command{configure}
10689 continues running afterward, so macros that call @code{AC_MSG_WARN} should
10690 provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
10691 @var{problem-description} should be something like @samp{ln -s seems to
10697 @c ====================================================== Programming in M4.
10699 @node Programming in M4
10700 @chapter Programming in M4
10703 Autoconf is written on top of two layers: @dfn{M4sugar}, which provides
10704 convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and @dfn{M4sh}, which
10705 provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
10707 As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers still contain
10708 experimental macros, whose interface might change in the future. As a
10709 matter of fact, @emph{anything that is not documented must not be used}.
10712 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
10713 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
10714 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
10715 * Debugging via autom4te:: Figuring out what M4 was doing
10719 @section M4 Quotation
10720 @cindex M4 quotation
10723 The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation.
10724 This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers
10725 @emph{must} read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen
10726 for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the
10727 former helps one to follow the latter.
10730 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
10731 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
10732 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
10733 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
10734 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
10735 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
10736 * Balancing Parentheses:: Dealing with unbalanced parentheses
10737 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
10740 @node Active Characters
10741 @subsection Active Characters
10743 To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need
10744 to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: @samp{#} introduces
10745 a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, @samp{,}
10746 separates arguments, @samp{[} and @samp{]} are the quotes
10747 themselves@footnote{By itself, M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'}; it is the
10748 M4sugar layer that sets up the preferred quotes of @samp{[} and @samp{]}.},
10749 @samp{(} and @samp{)} (which M4 tries to match by pairs), and finally
10750 @samp{$} inside a macro definition.
10752 In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have
10753 to present some obvious failures. Below they are ``obvious-ified'',
10754 but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
10756 Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque
10757 tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is
10758 no macro expansion:
10761 # define([def], ine)
10762 @result{}# define([def], ine)
10765 Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation
10766 expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
10770 @result{}int tab10;
10772 @result{}int tab[10];
10775 Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
10779 define([array], [int tab[10];])
10781 @result{}int tab10;
10787 How can you correctly output the intended results@footnote{Using
10791 @node One Macro Call
10792 @subsection One Macro Call
10794 Let's proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros
10795 with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
10798 define([car], [$1])
10802 The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
10803 @code{define}; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
10804 tries to find the arguments of @code{define}. Therefore, assuming
10805 @code{car} is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
10812 But, while it is acceptable for a @file{configure.ac} to avoid unnecessary
10813 quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more
10814 robust and also advocate perfect style.
10816 At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you
10817 quote or you don't:
10822 [car(foo, bar, baz)]
10823 @result{}car(foo, bar, baz)
10826 Let's pay attention to the special characters:
10830 @error{}EOF in argument list
10833 The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical
10834 quoting, the top level understood it this way:
10841 Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
10848 Here are more examples:
10856 @result{}(foo, bar)
10857 car([(foo], [bar)])
10871 @node Quoting and Parameters
10872 @subsection Quoting and Parameters
10874 When M4 encounters @samp{$} within a macro definition, followed
10875 immediately by a character it recognizes (@samp{0}@dots{}@samp{9},
10876 @samp{#}, @samp{@@}, or @samp{*}), it will perform M4 parameter
10877 expansion. This happens regardless of how many layers of quotes the
10878 parameter expansion is nested within, or even if it occurs in text that
10879 will be rescanned as a comment.
10882 define([none], [$1])
10884 define([one], [[$1]])
10886 define([two], [[[$1]]])
10888 define([comment], [# $1])
10890 define([active], [ACTIVE])
10902 On the other hand, since autoconf generates shell code, you often want
10903 to output shell variable expansion, rather than performing M4 parameter
10904 expansion. To do this, you must use M4 quoting to separate the @samp{$}
10905 from the next character in the definition of your macro. If the macro
10906 definition occurs in single-quoted text, then insert another level of
10907 quoting; if the usage is already inside a double-quoted string, then
10908 split it into concatenated strings.
10911 define([foo], [a single-quoted $[]1 definition])
10913 define([bar], [[a double-quoted $][1 definition]])
10916 @result{}a single-quoted $1 definition
10918 @result{}a double-quoted $1 definition
10921 Posix states that M4 implementations are free to provide implementation
10922 extensions when @samp{$@{} is encountered in a macro definition.
10923 Autoconf reserves the longer sequence @samp{$@{@{} for use with planned
10924 extensions that will be available in the future GNU M4 2.0,
10925 but guarantees that all other instances of @samp{$@{} will be output
10926 literally. Therefore, this idiom can also be used to output shell code
10927 parameter references:
10930 define([first], [$@{1@}])first
10934 Posix also states that @samp{$11} should expand to the first parameter
10935 concatenated with a literal @samp{1}, although some versions of
10936 GNU M4 expand the eleventh parameter instead. For
10937 portability, you should only use single-digit M4 parameter expansion.
10939 With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke
10942 @node Quotation and Nested Macros
10943 @subsection Quotation and Nested Macros
10945 The examples below use the following macros:
10948 define([car], [$1])
10949 define([active], [ACT, IVE])
10950 define([array], [int tab[10]])
10953 Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible
10954 interesting quotations:
10965 In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of @code{car},
10966 and finds @samp{active}. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
10967 before applying the macro, @samp{active} is expanded, which results in:
10975 In the second case, the top level gives @samp{active} as first and only
10976 argument of @code{car}, which results in:
10984 i.e., the argument is evaluated @emph{after} the macro that invokes it.
10985 In the third case, @code{car} receives @samp{[active]}, which results in:
10993 exactly as we already saw above.
10995 The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
10999 @result{}int tab10;
11000 car([int tab[10];])
11001 @result{}int tab10;
11002 car([[int tab[10];]])
11003 @result{}int tab[10];
11007 Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
11008 and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
11009 M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
11010 to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
11011 occurs twice---first before the argument is passed to the @code{car}
11012 macro, and second after the @code{car} macro expands to the first
11015 As the author of the Autoconf macro @code{car}, you then consider it to
11016 be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
11017 @code{car}, so you ``fix'' your macro. Let's call it @code{qar} for
11021 define([qar], [[$1]])
11025 and check that @code{qar} is properly fixed:
11028 qar([int tab[10];])
11029 @result{}int tab[10];
11033 Ahhh! That's much better.
11035 But note what you've done: now that the result of @code{qar} is always
11036 a literal string, the only time a user can use nested macros is if she
11037 relies on an @emph{unquoted} macro call:
11047 leaving no way for her to reproduce what she used to do with @code{car}:
11055 Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of @code{cpp}
11059 define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>])
11061 @result{}#include <stdio.h>
11063 @error{}EOF in argument list
11066 This macro, @code{qar}, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
11067 its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
11068 Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
11069 they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
11070 Also, because @code{qar} behaves differently from the other macros,
11071 it's an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
11073 @node Changequote is Evil
11074 @subsection @code{changequote} is Evil
11075 @cindex @code{changequote}
11077 The temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
11078 when it's late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
11079 finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
11080 weapon: @code{changequote}.
11082 The M4 builtin @code{changequote} belongs to a set of primitives that
11083 allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one's
11084 needs. For instance, by default M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'} as
11085 quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
11086 programming languages), that's about the worst choice one can make:
11087 because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
11088 @samp{'this'} and @samp{`that`}), and because of literal characters in usual
11089 programming languages (as in @samp{'0'}), there are many unbalanced
11090 @samp{`} and @samp{'}. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
11091 not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
11092 designers have equipped it with @code{changequote}, which makes it
11093 possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
11094 Autotest all have chosen to use @samp{[} and @samp{]}. Not especially
11095 because they are unlikely characters, but @emph{because they are
11096 characters unlikely to be unbalanced}.
11098 There are other magic primitives, such as @code{changecom} to specify
11099 what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
11100 @samp{changecom(<!--, -->)} when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
11101 @code{changeword} and @code{changesyntax} to change other syntactic
11102 details (such as the character to denote the @var{n}th argument, @samp{$} by
11103 default, the parentheses around arguments, etc.).
11105 These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific
11106 domains: they should be considered like command line options:
11107 @option{--quotes}, @option{--comments}, @option{--words}, and
11108 @option{--syntax}. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as
11109 it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
11111 There lies the problem@enddots{}
11115 The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an
11116 M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully
11117 thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: @emph{you are changing the
11118 language in the middle of the execution}. Changing and restoring the
11119 syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between,
11120 these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not
11121 the one they were implemented with.
11123 @c FIXME: I've been looking for a short, real case example, but I
11124 @c lost them all :(
11128 @subsection Quadrigraphs
11129 @cindex quadrigraphs
11130 @cindex @samp{@@S|@@}
11131 @cindex @samp{@@&t@@}
11132 @c Info cannot handle ':' in index entries.
11134 @cindex @samp{@@<:@@}
11135 @cindex @samp{@@:>@@}
11136 @cindex @samp{@@%:@@}
11137 @cindex @samp{@@@{:@@}
11138 @cindex @samp{@@:@}@@}
11141 When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate
11142 special characters that are difficult to express with the standard
11143 Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular
11144 expression @samp{[^[]}, which matches any character other than @samp{[}.
11145 This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily
11148 Additionally, there are a few m4sugar macros (such as @code{m4_split}
11149 and @code{m4_expand}) which internally use special markers in addition
11150 to the regular quoting characters. If the arguments to these macros
11151 contain the literal strings @samp{-=<@{(} or @samp{)@}>=-}, the macros
11152 might behave incorrectly.
11154 You can work around these problems by using one of the following
11155 @dfn{quadrigraphs}:
11171 Expands to nothing.
11174 Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
11175 after @command{m4} is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
11176 For example, the string @samp{^@@<:@@}, independently of its quotation,
11177 appears as @samp{^[} in the output.
11179 The empty quadrigraph can be used:
11182 @item to mark trailing spaces explicitly
11184 Trailing spaces are smashed by @command{autom4te}. This is a feature.
11186 @item to produce quadrigraphs and other strings reserved by m4sugar
11188 For instance @samp{@@<@@&t@@:@@} produces @samp{@@<:@@}. For a more
11192 m4_define([a], [A])m4_define([b], [B])m4_define([c], [C])dnl
11193 m4_split([a )@}>=- b -=<@{( c])
11194 @result{}[a], [], [B], [], [c]
11195 m4_split([a )@}@@&t@@>=- b -=<@@&t@@@{( c])
11196 @result{}[a], [)@}>=-], [b], [-=<@{(], [c]
11199 @item to escape @emph{occurrences} of forbidden patterns
11201 For instance you might want to mention @code{AC_FOO} in a comment, while
11202 still being sure that @command{autom4te} still catches unexpanded
11203 @samp{AC_*}. Then write @samp{AC@@&t@@_FOO}.
11206 The name @samp{@@&t@@} was suggested by Paul Eggert:
11209 I should give some credit to the @samp{@@&t@@} pun. The @samp{&} is my
11210 own invention, but the @samp{t} came from the source code of the
11211 ALGOL68C compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame),
11212 and which used @samp{mt} to denote the empty string. In C, it would
11213 have looked like something like:
11216 char const mt[] = "";
11220 but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
11222 I don't know where he got @samp{mt} from: it could have been his own
11223 invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the
11224 Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
11228 @node Balancing Parentheses
11229 @subsection Dealing with unbalanced parentheses
11230 @cindex balancing parentheses
11231 @cindex parentheses, balancing
11232 @cindex unbalanced parentheses, managing
11234 One of the pitfalls of portable shell programming is that
11235 if you intend your script to run with obsolescent shells,
11236 @command{case} statements require unbalanced parentheses.
11237 @xref{case, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}.
11238 With syntax highlighting
11239 editors, the presence of unbalanced @samp{)} can interfere with editors
11240 that perform syntax highlighting of macro contents based on finding the
11241 matching @samp{(}. Another concern is how much editing must be done
11242 when transferring code snippets between shell scripts and macro
11243 definitions. But most importantly, the presence of unbalanced
11244 parentheses can introduce expansion bugs.
11246 For an example, here is an underquoted attempt to use the macro
11247 @code{my_case}, which happens to expand to a portable @command{case}
11251 AC_DEFUN([my_case],
11252 [case $file_name in
11253 *.c) echo "C source code";;
11259 In the above example, the @code{AS_IF} call under-quotes its arguments.
11260 As a result, the unbalanced @samp{)} generated by the premature
11261 expansion of @code{my_case} results in expanding @code{AS_IF} with a
11262 truncated parameter, and the expansion is syntactically invalid:
11269 fi echo "C source code";;
11273 If nothing else, this should emphasize the importance of the quoting
11274 arguments to macro calls. On the other hand, there are several
11275 variations for defining @code{my_case} to be more robust, even when used
11276 without proper quoting, each with some benefits and some drawbacks.
11279 @item Use left parenthesis before pattern
11281 AC_DEFUN([my_case],
11282 [case $file_name in
11283 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
11287 This is simple and provides balanced parentheses. Although this is not
11288 portable to obsolescent shells (notably Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}),
11289 platforms with these shells invariably have a more-modern shell
11290 available somewhere so this approach typically suffices nowadays.
11292 @item Creative literal shell comment
11294 AC_DEFUN([my_case],
11295 [case $file_name in #(
11296 *.c) echo "C source code";;
11300 This version provides balanced parentheses to several editors, and can
11301 be copied and pasted into a terminal as is. Unfortunately, it is still
11302 unbalanced as an Autoconf argument, since @samp{#(} is an M4 comment
11303 that masks the normal properties of @samp{(}.
11305 @item Quadrigraph shell comment
11307 AC_DEFUN([my_case],
11308 [case $file_name in @@%:@@(
11309 *.c) echo "C source code";;
11313 This version provides balanced parentheses to even more editors, and can
11314 be used as a balanced Autoconf argument. Unfortunately, it requires
11315 some editing before it can be copied and pasted into a terminal, and the
11316 use of the quadrigraph @samp{@@%:@@} for @samp{#} reduces readability.
11318 @item Quoting just the parenthesis
11320 AC_DEFUN([my_case],
11321 [case $file_name in
11322 *.c[)] echo "C source code";;
11326 This version quotes the @samp{)}, so that it can be used as a balanced
11327 Autoconf argument. As written, this is not balanced to an editor, but
11328 it can be coupled with @samp{[#(]} to meet that need, too. However, it
11329 still requires some edits before it can be copied and pasted into a
11332 @item Double-quoting the entire statement
11334 AC_DEFUN([my_case],
11335 [[case $file_name in #(
11336 *.c) echo "C source code";;
11340 Since the entire macro is double-quoted, there is no problem with using
11341 this as an Autoconf argument; and since the double-quoting is over the
11342 entire statement, this code can be easily copied and pasted into a
11343 terminal. However, the double quoting prevents the expansion of any
11344 macros inside the case statement, which may cause its own set of
11347 @item Using @code{AS_CASE}
11349 AC_DEFUN([my_case],
11350 [AS_CASE([$file_name],
11351 [*.c], [echo "C source code"])])
11354 This version avoids the balancing issue altogether, by relying on
11355 @code{AS_CASE} (@pxref{Common Shell Constructs}); it also allows for the
11356 expansion of @code{AC_REQUIRE} to occur prior to the entire case
11357 statement, rather than within a branch of the case statement that might
11358 not be taken. However, the abstraction comes with a penalty that it is
11359 no longer a quick copy, paste, and edit to get back to shell code.
11363 @node Quotation Rule Of Thumb
11364 @subsection Quotation Rule Of Thumb
11366 To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
11368 @center @emph{One pair of quotes per pair of parentheses.}
11370 Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of
11371 macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets
11372 (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote
11373 @emph{the arguments}!
11375 It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
11379 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
11380 <<#include <time.h>
11381 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
11382 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
11384 changequote([, ])dnl
11385 [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
11389 which is incredibly useless since @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is @emph{already}
11390 double quoting, so you just need:
11395 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
11396 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
11399 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
11400 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
11404 The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously
11405 equivalent, since M4 swallows both the @samp{changequote(<<, >>)}
11406 and @samp{<<} @samp{>>} when it @dfn{collects} the arguments: these
11407 quotes are not part of the arguments!
11409 Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
11412 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
11414 changequote([, ])dnl
11424 With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the
11425 rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
11428 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
11429 [[#include <time.h>
11430 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
11431 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
11433 [atoi (*tzname);])],
11434 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
11435 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
11438 Please note that the macro @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is obsolete, so you really
11439 should be using @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} instead.
11441 @xref{Quadrigraphs}, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case
11442 where quoting does not suffice.
11444 When you create a @command{configure} script using newly written macros,
11445 examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
11446 your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
11447 output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
11449 However, it's also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
11450 this happens, the resulting @command{configure} script may contain
11451 unexpanded macros. The @command{autoconf} program checks for this problem
11452 by looking for the string @samp{AC_} in @file{configure}. However, this
11453 heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
11454 overquoting in @code{AC_DEFINE} descriptions.
11457 @c ---------------------------------------- Using autom4te
11459 @node Using autom4te
11460 @section Using @command{autom4te}
11462 The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
11463 to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
11464 revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
11465 @command{autom4te}@footnote{
11467 Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.
11471 @command{autom4te} is a preprocessor that is like @command{m4}.
11472 It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
11475 * autom4te Invocation:: A GNU M4 wrapper
11476 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
11479 @node autom4te Invocation
11480 @subsection Invoking @command{autom4te}
11482 The command line arguments are modeled after M4's:
11485 autom4te @var{options} @var{files}
11490 where the @var{files} are directly passed to @command{m4}. By default,
11491 GNU M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
11493 @env{M4} can be set to tell @command{autom4te} where to look. In addition
11494 to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
11495 (@pxref{Quadrigraphs}), and of @samp{__oline__}, the current line in the
11496 output. It supports an extended syntax for the @var{files}:
11499 @item @var{file}.m4f
11500 This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that @emph{all the previous files
11501 are ignored}. See the @option{--melt} option for the rationale.
11504 If found in the library path, the @var{file} is included for expansion,
11505 otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
11510 Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
11515 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
11519 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
11523 Report processing steps.
11527 Don't remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
11529 @item --include=@var{dir}
11530 @itemx -I @var{dir}
11531 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations
11534 @item --output=@var{file}
11535 @itemx -o @var{file}
11536 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
11537 for the standard output.
11542 As an extension of @command{m4}, it includes the following options:
11546 @item --warnings=@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
11547 @itemx -W@var{category}[,@var{category}...]
11549 Enable or disable warnings related to each @var{category}.
11550 @xref{m4_warn}, for a comprehensive list of categories.
11551 Special values include:
11555 Enable all categories of warnings.
11558 Disable all categories of warnings.
11561 Treat all warnings as errors.
11563 @item no-@var{category}
11564 Disable warnings falling into @var{category}.
11567 The environment variable @env{WARNINGS} may also be set to a
11568 comma-separated list of warning categories to enable or disable.
11569 It is interpreted exactly the same way as the argument of
11570 @option{--warnings}, but unknown categories are silently ignored.
11571 The command line takes precedence; for instance, if @env{WARNINGS}
11572 is set to @code{obsolete}, but @option{-Wnone} is given on the
11573 command line, no warnings will be issued.
11575 Some categories of warnings are on by default.
11576 Again, for details see @ref{m4_warn}.
11580 Do not use frozen files. Any argument @code{@var{file}.m4f} is
11581 replaced by @code{@var{file}.m4}. This helps tracing the macros which
11582 are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
11583 @code{m4_define}. For instance, running:
11586 autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
11590 is roughly equivalent to running:
11593 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
11600 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
11607 m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
11612 Produce a frozen state file. @command{autom4te} freezing is stricter
11613 than M4's: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
11614 lines (a line with white space is @emph{not} empty) and comments
11615 (starting with @samp{#}). Unlike @command{m4}'s similarly-named option,
11616 this option takes no argument:
11619 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
11626 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
11629 @item --mode=@var{octal-mode}
11630 @itemx -m @var{octal-mode}
11631 Set the mode of the non-traces output to @var{octal-mode}; by default
11637 @cindex @file{autom4te.cache}
11638 As another additional feature over @command{m4}, @command{autom4te}
11639 caches its results. GNU M4 is able to produce a regular
11640 output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
11641 GNU Build System: @command{autoheader} uses them to build
11642 @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoreconf} to determine what
11643 GNU Build System components are used, @command{automake} to
11644 ``parse'' @file{configure.ac} etc. To avoid recomputation,
11645 traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
11646 and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
11647 the directory @file{autom4te.cache}. @emph{It can safely be removed}
11648 at any moment (especially if for some reason @command{autom4te}
11649 considers it trashed).
11652 @item --cache=@var{directory}
11653 @itemx -C @var{directory}
11654 Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached.
11655 Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative
11656 file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
11659 Don't cache the results.
11663 If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
11668 Because traces are so important to the GNU Build System,
11669 @command{autom4te} provides high level tracing features as compared to
11670 M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
11673 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
11674 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
11675 Trace the invocations of @var{macro} according to the @var{format}.
11676 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments can be used to list several macros.
11677 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments for a single macro are not
11678 cumulative; instead, you should just make @var{format} as long as
11681 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
11682 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}. It can
11683 use the following special escapes:
11687 @c $$ restore font-lock
11688 The character @samp{$}.
11691 The file name from which @var{macro} is called.
11694 The line number from which @var{macro} is called.
11697 The depth of the @var{macro} call. This is an M4 technical detail that
11698 you probably don't want to know about.
11701 The name of the @var{macro}.
11704 The @var{num}th argument of the call to @var{macro}.
11707 @itemx $@var{sep}@@
11708 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}@@
11709 All the arguments passed to @var{macro}, separated by the character
11710 @var{sep} or the string @var{separator} (@samp{,} by default). Each
11711 argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
11715 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}*
11716 As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
11720 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}%
11721 As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in
11722 the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is @samp{:}.
11724 The escape @samp{$%} produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put
11725 newlines in the @samp{separator}), while @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*} do
11729 @xref{autoconf Invocation}, for examples of trace uses.
11731 @item --preselect=@var{macro}
11732 @itemx -p @var{macro}
11733 Cache the traces of @var{macro}, but do not enable traces. This is
11734 especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
11735 when invoked, @command{autoconf} pre-selects all the macros that
11736 @command{autoheader}, @command{automake}, @command{autoreconf}, etc.,
11737 trace, so that running @command{m4} is not needed to trace them: the
11738 cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
11743 @cindex Autom4te Library
11744 Finally, @command{autom4te} introduces the concept of @dfn{Autom4te
11745 libraries}. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
11746 sets of combined command line arguments:
11749 @item --language=@var{language}
11750 @itemx -l @var{language}
11751 Use the @var{language} Autom4te library. Current languages include:
11755 create M4sugar output.
11758 create M4sh executable shell scripts.
11761 create Autotest executable test suites.
11763 @item Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
11764 create Autoconf executable configure scripts without
11765 reading @file{aclocal.m4}.
11768 create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
11769 all the characteristics of @code{Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4} and
11770 additionally reads @file{aclocal.m4}.
11773 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
11774 @itemx -B @var{dir}
11775 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
11776 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
11780 @cindex @file{autom4te.cfg}
11781 As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location,
11782 @file{/usr/local}, the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4} is
11783 strictly equivalent to the command:
11786 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
11787 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f foo.m4
11791 Recursive expansion applies here: the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4}
11792 is the same as @samp{autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f
11796 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
11797 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
11801 The definition of the languages is stored in @file{autom4te.cfg}.
11803 @node Customizing autom4te
11804 @subsection Customizing @command{autom4te}
11806 One can customize @command{autom4te} via @file{~/.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
11807 as found in the user home directory), and @file{./.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
11808 as found in the directory from which @command{autom4te} is run). The
11809 order is first reading @file{autom4te.cfg}, then @file{~/.autom4te.cfg},
11810 then @file{./.autom4te.cfg}, and finally the command line arguments.
11812 In these text files, comments are introduced with @code{#}, and empty
11813 lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
11814 wrapped in between a @samp{begin-language: "@var{language}"},
11815 @samp{end-language: "@var{language}"} pair.
11817 Customizing a language stands for appending options (@pxref{autom4te
11818 Invocation}) to the current definition of the language. Options, and
11819 more generally arguments, are introduced by @samp{args:
11820 @var{arguments}}. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the
11823 As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (@file{autom4te.cache})
11824 globally, include the following lines in @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}:
11827 ## ------------------ ##
11828 ## User Preferences. ##
11829 ## ------------------ ##
11831 begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
11833 end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
11837 @node Programming in M4sugar
11838 @section Programming in M4sugar
11841 M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose
11842 macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was
11843 coined by Lars J. Aas: ``Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4
11846 M4sugar reserves the macro namespace @samp{^_m4_} for internal use, and
11847 the macro namespace @samp{^m4_} for M4sugar macros. You should not
11848 define your own macros into these namespaces.
11851 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
11852 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
11853 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
11854 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
11855 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
11856 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
11857 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
11858 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
11859 * Set manipulation Macros:: Set manipulation in M4
11860 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
11863 @node Redefined M4 Macros
11864 @subsection Redefined M4 Macros
11867 @msindex{changecom}
11868 @msindex{changequote}
11869 @msindex{debugfile}
11870 @msindex{debugmode}
11891 With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
11892 @samp{m4_} pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames @code{define} as
11893 @code{m4_define} etc.
11895 The list of macros unchanged from M4, except for their name, is:
11899 @item m4_changequote
11924 Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their
11931 All M4 macros starting with @samp{__} retain their original name: for
11932 example, no @code{m4__file__} is defined.
11937 This is not technically a macro, but a feature of Autom4te. The
11938 sequence @code{__oline__} can be used similarly to the other m4sugar
11939 location macros, but rather than expanding to the location of the input
11940 file, it is translated to the line number where it appears in the output
11941 file after all other M4 expansions.
11946 This macro kept its original name: no @code{m4_dnl} is defined.
11949 @defmac m4_bpatsubst (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
11950 @msindex{bpatsubst}
11951 This macro corresponds to @code{patsubst}. The name @code{m4_patsubst}
11952 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once GNU M4 2.0 is
11953 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
11956 @defmac m4_bregexp (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
11958 This macro corresponds to @code{regexp}. The name @code{m4_regexp}
11959 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once GNU M4 2.0 is
11960 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
11963 @defmac m4_copy (@var{source}, @var{dest})
11964 @defmacx m4_copy_force (@var{source}, @var{dest})
11965 @defmacx m4_rename (@var{source}, @var{dest})
11966 @defmacx m4_rename_force (@var{source}, @var{dest})
11968 @msindex{copy_force}
11970 @msindex{rename_force}
11971 These macros aren't directly builtins, but are closely related to
11972 @code{m4_pushdef} and @code{m4_defn}. @code{m4_copy} and
11973 @code{m4_rename} ensure that @var{dest} is undefined, while
11974 @code{m4_copy_force} and @code{m4_rename_force} overwrite any existing
11975 definition. All four macros then proceed to copy the entire pushdef
11976 stack of definitions of @var{source} over to @var{dest}. @code{m4_copy}
11977 and @code{m4_copy_force} preserve the source (including in the special
11978 case where @var{source} is undefined), while @code{m4_rename} and
11979 @code{m4_rename_force} undefine the original macro name (making it an
11980 error to rename an undefined @var{source}).
11982 Note that attempting to invoke a renamed macro might not work, since the
11983 macro may have a dependence on helper macros accessed via composition of
11984 @samp{$0} but that were not also renamed; likewise, other macros may
11985 have a hard-coded dependence on @var{source} and could break if
11986 @var{source} has been deleted. On the other hand, it is always safe to
11987 rename a macro to temporarily move it out of the way, then rename it
11988 back later to restore original semantics.
11991 @defmac m4_defn (@var{macro}@dots{})
11993 This macro fails if @var{macro} is not defined, even when using older
11994 versions of M4 that did not warn. See @code{m4_undefine}.
11995 Unfortunately, in order to support these older versions of M4, there are
11996 some situations involving unbalanced quotes where concatenating multiple
11997 macros together will work in newer M4 but not in m4sugar; use
11998 quadrigraphs to work around this.
12001 @defmac m4_divert (@var{diversion})
12003 M4sugar relies heavily on diversions, so rather than behaving as a
12004 primitive, @code{m4_divert} behaves like:
12006 m4_divert_pop()m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])
12009 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
12010 diversion stack. In particular, this implies that @var{diversion}
12011 should be a named diversion rather than a raw number. But be aware that
12012 it is seldom necessary to explicitly change the diversion stack, and
12013 that when done incorrectly, it can lead to syntactically invalid
12017 @defmac m4_dumpdef (@var{name}@dots{})
12018 @defmacx m4_dumpdefs (@var{name}@dots{})
12021 @code{m4_dumpdef} is like the M4 builtin, except that this version
12022 requires at least one argument, output always goes to standard error
12023 rather than the current debug file, no sorting is done on multiple
12024 arguments, and an error is issued if any
12025 @var{name} is undefined. @code{m4_dumpdefs} is a convenience macro that
12026 calls @code{m4_dumpdef} for all of the
12027 @code{m4_pushdef} stack of definitions, starting with the current, and
12028 silently does nothing if @var{name} is undefined.
12030 Unfortunately, due to a limitation in M4 1.4.x, any macro defined as a
12031 builtin is output as the empty string. This behavior is rectified by
12032 using M4 1.6 or newer. However, this behavior difference means that
12033 @code{m4_dumpdef} should only be used while developing m4sugar macros,
12034 and never in the final published form of a macro.
12037 @defmac m4_esyscmd_s (@var{command})
12038 @msindex{esyscmd_s}
12039 Like @code{m4_esyscmd}, this macro expands to the result of running
12040 @var{command} in a shell. The difference is that any trailing newlines
12041 are removed, so that the output behaves more like shell command
12045 @defmac m4_exit (@var{exit-status})
12047 This macro corresponds to @code{m4exit}.
12050 @defmac m4_if (@var{comment})
12051 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @ovar{not-equal})
12052 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal-1}, @
12053 @var{string-3}, @var{string-4}, @var{equal-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{not-equal})
12055 This macro corresponds to @code{ifelse}. @var{string-1} and
12056 @var{string-2} are compared literally, so usually one of the two
12057 arguments is passed unquoted. @xref{Conditional constructs}, for more
12058 conditional idioms.
12061 @defmac m4_include (@var{file})
12062 @defmacx m4_sinclude (@var{file})
12065 Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of @var{file}.
12068 @defmac m4_mkstemp (@var{template})
12069 @defmacx m4_maketemp (@var{template})
12072 Posix requires @code{maketemp} to replace the trailing @samp{X}
12073 characters in @var{template} with the process id, without regards to the
12074 existence of a file by that name, but this a security hole. When this
12075 was pointed out to the Posix folks, they agreed to invent a new macro
12076 @code{mkstemp} that always creates a uniquely named file, but not all
12077 versions of GNU M4 support the new macro. In M4sugar,
12078 @code{m4_maketemp} and @code{m4_mkstemp} are synonyms for each other,
12079 and both have the secure semantics regardless of which macro the
12080 underlying M4 provides.
12083 @defmac m4_popdef (@var{macro}@dots{})
12085 This macro fails if @var{macro} is not defined, even when using older
12086 versions of M4 that did not warn. See @code{m4_undefine}.
12089 @defmac m4_undefine (@var{macro}@dots{})
12091 This macro fails if @var{macro} is not defined, even when using older
12092 versions of M4 that did not warn. Use
12095 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [m4_undefine([@var{macro}])])
12099 if you are not sure whether @var{macro} is defined.
12102 @defmac m4_undivert (@var{diversion}@dots{})
12104 Unlike the M4 builtin, at least one @var{diversion} must be specified.
12105 Also, since the M4sugar diversion stack prefers named
12106 diversions, the use of @code{m4_undivert} to include files is risky.
12107 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
12108 diversion stack. But be aware that it is seldom necessary to explicitly
12109 change the diversion stack, and that when done incorrectly, it can lead
12110 to syntactically invalid scripts.
12113 @defmac m4_wrap (@var{text})
12114 @defmacx m4_wrap_lifo (@var{text})
12116 @msindex{wrap_lifo}
12117 These macros correspond to @code{m4wrap}. Posix requires arguments of
12118 multiple wrap calls to be reprocessed at EOF in the same order
12119 as the original calls (first-in, first-out). GNU M4 versions
12120 through 1.4.10, however, reprocess them in reverse order (last-in,
12121 first-out). Both orders are useful, therefore, you can rely on
12122 @code{m4_wrap} to provide FIFO semantics and @code{m4_wrap_lifo} for
12123 LIFO semantics, regardless of the underlying GNU M4 version.
12125 Unlike the GNU M4 builtin, these macros only recognize one
12126 argument, and avoid token pasting between consecutive invocations. On
12127 the other hand, nested calls to @code{m4_wrap} from within wrapped text
12128 work just as in the builtin.
12132 @node Diagnostic Macros
12133 @subsection Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
12134 @cindex Messages, from @command{M4sugar}
12136 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
12137 they should report them using these macros. For issuing dynamic issues,
12138 i.e., when @command{configure} is run, see @ref{Printing Messages}.
12140 @defmac m4_assert (@var{expression}, @dvar{exit-status, 1})
12142 Assert that the arithmetic @var{expression} evaluates to non-zero.
12143 Otherwise, issue a fatal error, and exit @command{autom4te} with
12147 @defmac m4_errprintn (@var{message})
12148 @msindex{errprintn}
12149 Similar to the builtin @code{m4_errprint}, except that a newline is
12150 guaranteed after @var{message}.
12154 @defmac m4_fatal (@var{message})
12156 Report a severe error @var{message} prefixed with the current location,
12157 and have @command{autom4te} die.
12160 @defmac m4_location
12162 Useful as a prefix in a message line. Short for:
12169 @defmac m4_warn (@var{category}, @var{message})
12171 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
12172 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. If the message
12173 is emitted, it is prefixed with the current location, and followed by a
12174 call trace of all macros defined via @code{AC_DEFUN} used to get to the
12177 The @var{category} must be one of:
12181 Warnings about constructs that may interfere with cross-compilation,
12182 such as using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} without a default.
12185 Warnings related to the GNU Coding Standards
12186 (@pxref{Top,,, standards, The GNU Coding Standards}).
12190 Warnings about obsolete features. On by default.
12193 Warnings about redefinitions of Autoconf internals.
12196 Warnings about non-portable constructs.
12198 @item portability-recursive
12199 Warnings about recursive Make variable expansions (@code{$(foo$(x))}).
12201 @item extra-portability
12202 Extra warnings about non-portable constructs, covering rarely-used
12206 Warnings about questionable syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered
12207 macro calls, typos, etc. On by default.
12210 Warnings about unsupported features. On by default.
12213 @strong{Hacking Note:} The set of categories is defined by code in
12214 @command{autom4te}, not by M4sugar itself. Additions should be
12215 coordinated with Automake, so that both sets of tools accept the same
12219 @node Diversion support
12220 @subsection Diversion support
12222 M4sugar makes heavy use of diversions under the hood, because it is
12223 often the case that
12224 text that must appear early in the output is not discovered until late
12225 in the input. Additionally, some of the topological sorting algorithms
12226 used in resolving macro dependencies use diversions. However, most
12227 macros should not need to change diversions directly, but rather rely on
12228 higher-level M4sugar macros to manage diversions transparently. If you
12229 change diversions improperly, you risk generating a syntactically
12230 invalid script, because an incorrect diversion will violate assumptions
12231 made by many macros about whether prerequisite text has been previously
12232 output. In short, if you manually change the diversion, you should not
12233 expect any macros provided by the Autoconf package to work until you
12234 have restored the diversion stack back to its original state.
12236 In the rare case that it is necessary to write a macro that explicitly
12237 outputs text to a different diversion, it is important to be aware of an
12238 M4 limitation regarding diversions: text only goes to a diversion if it
12239 is not part of argument collection. Therefore, any macro that changes
12240 the current diversion cannot be used as an unquoted argument to another
12241 macro, but must be expanded at the top level. The macro
12242 @code{m4_expand} will diagnose any attempt to change diversions, since
12243 it is generally useful only as an argument to another macro. The
12244 following example shows what happens when diversion manipulation is
12245 attempted within macro arguments:
12248 m4_do([normal text]
12249 m4_divert_push([KILL])unwanted[]m4_divert_pop([KILL])
12250 [m4_divert_push([KILL])discarded[]m4_divert_pop([KILL])])dnl
12251 @result{}normal text
12256 Notice that the unquoted text @code{unwanted} is output, even though it
12257 was processed while the current diversion was @code{KILL}, because it
12258 was collected as part of the argument to @code{m4_do}. However, the
12259 text @code{discarded} disappeared as desired, because the diversion
12260 changes were single-quoted, and were not expanded until the top-level
12261 rescan of the output of @code{m4_do}.
12263 To make diversion management easier, M4sugar uses the concept of named
12264 diversions. Rather than using diversion numbers directly, it is nicer
12265 to associate a name with each diversion. The diversion number associated
12266 with a particular diversion name is an implementation detail, and a
12267 syntax warning is issued if a diversion number is used instead of a
12268 name. In general, you should not output text
12269 to a named diversion until after calling the appropriate initialization
12270 routine for your language (@code{m4_init}, @code{AS_INIT},
12271 @code{AT_INIT}, @dots{}), although there are some exceptions documented
12274 M4sugar defines two named diversions.
12277 Text written to this diversion is discarded. This is the default
12278 diversion once M4sugar is initialized.
12280 This diversion is used behind the scenes by topological sorting macros,
12281 such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
12284 M4sh adds several more named diversions.
12287 This diversion is reserved for the @samp{#!} interpreter line.
12288 @item HEADER-REVISION
12289 This diversion holds text from @code{AC_REVISION}.
12290 @item HEADER-COMMENT
12291 This diversion holds comments about the purpose of a file.
12292 @item HEADER-COPYRIGHT
12293 This diversion is managed by @code{AC_COPYRIGHT}.
12294 @item M4SH-SANITIZE
12295 This diversion contains M4sh sanitization code, used to ensure M4sh is
12296 executing in a reasonable shell environment.
12298 This diversion contains M4sh initialization code, initializing variables
12299 that are required by other M4sh macros.
12301 This diversion contains the body of the shell code, and is the default
12302 diversion once M4sh is initialized.
12305 Autotest inherits diversions from M4sh, and changes the default
12306 diversion from @code{BODY} back to @code{KILL}. It also adds several
12307 more named diversions, with the following subset designed for developer
12310 @item PREPARE_TESTS
12311 This diversion contains initialization sequences which are executed
12312 after @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}, and after all command line
12313 arguments have been parsed, but prior to running any tests. It can be
12314 used to set up state that is required across all tests. This diversion
12315 will work even before @code{AT_INIT}.
12318 Autoconf inherits diversions from M4sh, and adds the following named
12319 diversions which developers can utilize.
12322 This diversion contains shell variable assignments to set defaults that
12323 must be in place before arguments are parsed. This diversion is placed
12324 early enough in @file{configure} that it is unsafe to expand any
12325 autoconf macros into this diversion.
12327 If @code{AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER} was used, then text placed in this
12328 diversion will be included as part of a quoted here-doc providing all of
12329 the @option{--help} output of @file{configure} related to options
12330 created by @code{AC_ARG_WITH} and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
12332 This diversion occurs after all command line options have been parsed,
12333 but prior to the main body of the @file{configure} script. This
12334 diversion is the last chance to insert shell code such as variable
12335 assignments or shell function declarations that will used by the
12336 expansion of other macros.
12339 For now, the remaining named diversions of Autoconf, Autoheader, and
12340 Autotest are not documented. In other words,
12341 intentionally outputting text into an undocumented diversion is subject
12342 to breakage in a future release of Autoconf.
12344 @defmac m4_cleardivert (@var{diversion}@dots{})
12345 @msindex{cleardivert}
12346 Permanently discard any text that has been diverted into
12350 @defmac m4_divert_once (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
12351 @msindex{divert_once}
12352 Similar to @code{m4_divert_text}, except that @var{content} is only
12353 output to @var{diversion} if this is the first time that
12354 @code{m4_divert_once} has been called with its particular arguments.
12357 @defmac m4_divert_pop (@ovar{diversion})
12358 @msindex{divert_pop}
12359 If provided, check that the current diversion is indeed @var{diversion}.
12360 Then change to the diversion located earlier on the stack, giving an
12361 error if an attempt is made to pop beyond the initial m4sugar diversion
12365 @defmac m4_divert_push (@var{diversion})
12366 @msindex{divert_push}
12367 Remember the former diversion on the diversion stack, and output
12368 subsequent text into @var{diversion}. M4sugar maintains a diversion
12369 stack, and issues an error if there is not a matching pop for every
12373 @anchor{m4_divert_text}
12374 @defmac m4_divert_text (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
12375 @msindex{divert_text}
12376 Output @var{content} and a newline into @var{diversion}, without
12377 affecting the current diversion. Shorthand for:
12379 m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])@var{content}
12380 m4_divert_pop([@var{diversion}])dnl
12383 One use of @code{m4_divert_text} is to develop two related macros, where
12384 macro @samp{MY_A} does the work, but adjusts what work is performed
12385 based on whether the optional macro @samp{MY_B} has also been expanded.
12386 Of course, it is possible to use @code{AC_BEFORE} within @code{MY_A} to
12387 require that @samp{MY_B} occurs first, if it occurs at all. But this
12388 imposes an ordering restriction on the user; it would be nicer if macros
12389 @samp{MY_A} and @samp{MY_B} can be invoked in either order. The trick
12390 is to let @samp{MY_B} leave a breadcrumb in an early diversion, which
12391 @samp{MY_A} can then use to determine whether @samp{MY_B} has been
12397 if test -n "$b_was_used"; then
12401 [AC_REQUIRE([MY_A])dnl
12402 m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [b_was_used=true])])
12409 Initialize the M4sugar environment, setting up the default named
12410 diversion to be @code{KILL}.
12413 @node Conditional constructs
12414 @subsection Conditional constructs
12416 The following macros provide additional conditional constructs as
12417 convenience wrappers around @code{m4_if}.
12419 @defmac m4_bmatch (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{value-1}, @
12420 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
12422 The string @var{string} is repeatedly compared against a series of
12423 @var{regex} arguments; if a match is found, the expansion is the
12424 corresponding @var{value}, otherwise, the macro moves on to the next
12425 @var{regex}. If no @var{regex} match, then the result is the optional
12426 @var{default}, or nothing.
12429 @defmac m4_bpatsubsts (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{subst-1}, @
12430 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{subst-2}, @dots{})
12431 @msindex{bpatsubsts}
12432 The string @var{string} is altered by @var{regex-1} and @var{subst-1},
12435 m4_bpatsubst([[@var{string}]], [@var{regex}], [@var{subst}])
12439 The result of the substitution is then passed through the next set of
12440 @var{regex} and @var{subst}, and so forth. An empty @var{subst} implies
12441 deletion of any matched portions in the current string. Note that this
12442 macro over-quotes @var{string}; this behavior is intentional, so that
12443 the result of each step of the recursion remains as a quoted string.
12444 However, it means that anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$} in the @var{regex}
12445 will line up with the extra quotations, and not the characters of the
12446 original string. The overquoting is removed after the final
12450 @defmac m4_case (@var{string}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
12451 @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
12453 Test @var{string} against multiple @var{value} possibilities, resulting
12454 in the first @var{if-value} for a match, or in the optional
12455 @var{default}. This is shorthand for:
12457 m4_if([@var{string}], [@var{value-1}], [@var{if-value-1}],
12458 [@var{string}], [@var{value-2}], [@var{if-value-2}], @dots{},
12463 @defmac m4_cond (@var{test-1}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
12464 @ovar{test-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
12466 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Similar to @code{m4_if},
12467 except that each @var{test} is expanded only when it is encountered.
12468 This is useful for short-circuiting expensive tests; while @code{m4_if}
12469 requires all its strings to be expanded up front before doing
12470 comparisons, @code{m4_cond} only expands a @var{test} when all earlier
12473 For an example, these two sequences give the same result, but in the
12474 case where @samp{$1} does not contain a backslash, the @code{m4_cond}
12475 version only expands @code{m4_index} once, instead of five times, for
12476 faster computation if this is a common case for @samp{$1}. Notice that
12477 every third argument is unquoted for @code{m4_if}, and quoted for
12481 m4_if(m4_index([$1], [\]), [-1], [$2],
12482 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
12483 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
12484 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
12485 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
12487 m4_cond([m4_index([$1], [\])], [-1], [$2],
12488 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
12489 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
12490 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
12491 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
12496 @defmac m4_default (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
12497 @defmacx m4_default_quoted (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
12498 @defmacx m4_default_nblank (@var{expr-1}, @ovar{expr-2})
12499 @defmacx m4_default_nblank_quoted (@var{expr-1}, @ovar{expr-2})
12501 @msindex{default_quoted}
12502 @msindex{default_nblank}
12503 @msindex{default_nblank_quoted}
12504 If @var{expr-1} contains text, use it. Otherwise, select @var{expr-2}.
12505 @code{m4_default} expands the result, while @code{m4_default_quoted}
12506 does not. Useful for providing a fixed default if the expression that
12507 results in @var{expr-1} would otherwise be empty. The difference
12508 between @code{m4_default} and @code{m4_default_nblank} is whether an
12509 argument consisting of just blanks (space, tab, newline) is
12510 significant. When using the expanding versions, note that an argument
12511 may contain text but still expand to an empty string.
12514 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
12515 m4_define([empty], [])dnl
12516 m4_define([demo1], [m4_default([$1], [$2])])dnl
12517 m4_define([demo2], [m4_default_quoted([$1], [$2])])dnl
12518 m4_define([demo3], [m4_default_nblank([$1], [$2])])dnl
12519 m4_define([demo4], [m4_default_nblank_quoted([$1], [$2])])dnl
12520 demo1([active], [default])
12522 demo1([], [active])
12524 demo1([empty], [text])
12526 -demo1([ ], [active])-
12528 demo2([active], [default])
12530 demo2([], [active])
12532 demo2([empty], [text])
12534 -demo2([ ], [active])-
12536 demo3([active], [default])
12538 demo3([], [active])
12540 demo3([empty], [text])
12542 -demo3([ ], [active])-
12544 demo4([active], [default])
12546 demo4([], [active])
12548 demo4([empty], [text])
12550 -demo4([ ], [active])-
12555 @defmac m4_define_default (@var{macro}, @ovar{default-definition})
12556 @msindex{define_default}
12557 If @var{macro} does not already have a definition, then define it to
12558 @var{default-definition}.
12561 @defmac m4_ifblank (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-blank}, @ovar{if-text})
12562 @defmacx m4_ifnblank (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-text}, @ovar{if-blank})
12565 If @var{cond} is empty or consists only of blanks (space, tab, newline),
12566 then expand @var{if-blank}; otherwise, expand @var{if-text}. Two
12567 variants exist, in order to make it easier to select the correct logical
12568 sense when using only two parameters. Note that this is more efficient
12569 than the equivalent behavior of:
12571 m4_ifval(m4_normalize([@var{cond}]), @var{if-text}, @var{if-blank})
12575 @defmac m4_ifndef (@var{macro}, @var{if-not-defined}, @ovar{if-defined})
12577 This is shorthand for:
12579 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [@var{if-defined}], [@var{if-not-defined}])
12583 @defmac m4_ifset (@var{macro}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
12585 If @var{macro} is undefined, or is defined as the empty string, expand
12586 to @var{if-false}. Otherwise, expands to @var{if-true}. Similar to:
12588 m4_ifval(m4_defn([@var{macro}]), [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
12591 except that it is not an error if @var{macro} is undefined.
12594 @defmac m4_ifval (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
12596 Expands to @var{if-true} if @var{cond} is not empty, otherwise to
12597 @var{if-false}. This is shorthand for:
12599 m4_if([@var{cond}], [], [@var{if-false}], [@var{if-true}])
12603 @defmac m4_ifvaln (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
12605 Similar to @code{m4_ifval}, except guarantee that a newline is present
12606 after any non-empty expansion. Often followed by @code{dnl}.
12609 @defmac m4_n (@var{text})
12611 Expand to @var{text}, and add a newline if @var{text} is not empty.
12612 Often followed by @code{dnl}.
12616 @node Looping constructs
12617 @subsection Looping constructs
12619 The following macros are useful in implementing recursive algorithms in
12620 M4, including loop operations. An M4 list is formed by quoting a list
12621 of quoted elements; generally the lists are comma-separated, although
12622 @code{m4_foreach_w} is whitespace-separated. For example, the list
12623 @samp{[[a], [b,c]]} contains two elements: @samp{[a]} and @samp{[b,c]}.
12624 It is common to see lists with unquoted elements when those elements are
12625 not likely to be macro names, as in @samp{[fputc_unlocked,
12628 Although not generally recommended, it is possible for quoted lists to
12629 have side effects; all side effects are expanded only once, and prior to
12630 visiting any list element. On the other hand, the fact that unquoted
12631 macros are expanded exactly once means that macros without side effects
12632 can be used to generate lists. For example,
12635 m4_foreach([i], [[1], [2], [3]m4_errprintn([hi])], [i])
12638 m4_define([list], [[1], [2], [3]])
12640 m4_foreach([i], [list], [i])
12644 @defmac m4_argn (@var{n}, @ovar{arg}@dots{})
12646 Extracts argument @var{n} (larger than 0) from the remaining arguments.
12647 If there are too few arguments, the empty string is used. For any
12648 @var{n} besides 1, this is more efficient than the similar
12649 @samp{m4_car(m4_shiftn([@var{n}], [], [@var{arg}@dots{}]))}.
12652 @defmac m4_car (@var{arg}@dots{})
12654 Expands to the quoted first @var{arg}. Can be used with @code{m4_cdr}
12655 to recursively iterate
12656 through a list. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted elements,
12657 @code{m4_car} should be called without any extra quotes.
12660 @defmac m4_cdr (@var{arg}@dots{})
12662 Expands to a quoted list of all but the first @var{arg}, or the empty
12663 string if there was only one argument. Generally, when using quoted
12664 lists of quoted elements, @code{m4_cdr} should be called without any
12667 For example, this is a simple implementation of @code{m4_map}; note how
12668 each iteration checks for the end of recursion, then merely applies the
12669 first argument to the first element of the list, then repeats with the
12670 rest of the list. (The actual implementation in M4sugar is a bit more
12671 involved, to gain some speed and share code with @code{m4_map_sep}, and
12672 also to avoid expanding side effects in @samp{$2} twice).
12674 m4_define([m4_map], [m4_ifval([$2],
12675 [m4_apply([$1], m4_car($2))[]$0([$1], m4_cdr($2))])])dnl
12676 m4_map([ m4_eval], [[[1]], [[1+1]], [[10],[16]]])
12681 @defmac m4_for (@var{var}, @var{first}, @var{last}, @ovar{step}, @
12684 Loop over the numeric values between @var{first} and @var{last}
12685 including bounds by increments of @var{step}. For each iteration,
12686 expand @var{expression} with the numeric value assigned to @var{var}.
12687 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to @samp{1} or @samp{-1} depending
12688 on the order of the limits. If given, @var{step} has to match this
12689 order. The number of iterations is determined independently from
12690 definition of @var{var}; iteration cannot be short-circuited or
12691 lengthened by modifying @var{var} from within @var{expression}.
12694 @defmac m4_foreach (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
12696 Loop over the comma-separated M4 list @var{list}, assigning each value
12697 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. The following example
12701 m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]],
12705 @result{}echo bar, baz
12708 Note that for some forms of @var{expression}, it may be faster to use
12709 @code{m4_map_args}.
12712 @anchor{m4_foreach_w}
12713 @defmac m4_foreach_w (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
12714 @msindex{foreach_w}
12715 Loop over the white-space-separated list @var{list}, assigning each value
12716 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. If @var{var} is only
12717 referenced once in @var{expression}, it is more efficient to use
12718 @code{m4_map_args_w}.
12720 The deprecated macro @code{AC_FOREACH} is an alias of
12721 @code{m4_foreach_w}.
12724 @defmac m4_map (@var{macro}, @var{list})
12725 @defmacx m4_mapall (@var{macro}, @var{list})
12726 @defmacx m4_map_sep (@var{macro}, @var{separator}, @var{list})
12727 @defmacx m4_mapall_sep (@var{macro}, @var{separator}, @var{list})
12731 @msindex{mapall_sep}
12732 Loop over the comma separated quoted list of argument descriptions in
12733 @var{list}, and invoke @var{macro} with the arguments. An argument
12734 description is in turn a comma-separated quoted list of quoted elements,
12735 suitable for @code{m4_apply}. The macros @code{m4_map} and
12736 @code{m4_map_sep} ignore empty argument descriptions, while
12737 @code{m4_mapall} and @code{m4_mapall_sep} invoke @var{macro} with no
12738 arguments. The macros @code{m4_map_sep} and @code{m4_mapall_sep}
12739 additionally expand @var{separator} between invocations of @var{macro}.
12741 Note that @var{separator} is expanded, unlike in @code{m4_join}. When
12742 separating output with commas, this means that the map result can be
12743 used as a series of arguments, by using a single-quoted comma as
12744 @var{separator}, or as a single string, by using a double-quoted comma.
12747 m4_map([m4_count], [])
12749 m4_map([ m4_count], [[],
12753 m4_mapall([ m4_count], [[],
12757 m4_map_sep([m4_eval], [,], [[[1+2]],
12760 m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [,], [[[a]], [[b]]])
12762 m4_count(m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [,], [[[a]], [[b]]]))
12764 m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [[,]], [[[a]], [[b]]])
12766 m4_count(m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [[,]], [[[a]], [[b]]]))
12771 @defmac m4_map_args (@var{macro}, @var{arg}@dots{})
12773 Repeatedly invoke @var{macro} with each successive @var{arg} as its only
12774 argument. In the following example, three solutions are presented with
12775 the same expansion; the solution using @code{m4_map_args} is the most
12778 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
12779 m4_foreach([var], [[plain], [active]], [ m4_echo(m4_defn([var]))])
12780 @result{} plain active
12781 m4_map([ m4_echo], [[[plain]], [[active]]])
12782 @result{} plain active
12783 m4_map_args([ m4_echo], [plain], [active])
12784 @result{} plain active
12787 In cases where it is useful to operate on additional parameters besides
12788 the list elements, the macro @code{m4_curry} can be used in @var{macro}
12789 to supply the argument currying necessary to generate the desired
12790 argument list. In the following example, @code{list_add_n} is more
12791 efficient than @code{list_add_x}. On the other hand, using
12792 @code{m4_map_args_sep} can be even more efficient.
12795 m4_define([list], [[1], [2], [3]])dnl
12796 m4_define([add], [m4_eval(([$1]) + ([$2]))])dnl
12797 dnl list_add_n(N, ARG...)
12798 dnl Output a list consisting of each ARG added to N
12799 m4_define([list_add_n],
12800 [m4_shift(m4_map_args([,m4_curry([add], [$1])], m4_shift($@@)))])dnl
12801 list_add_n([1], list)
12803 list_add_n([2], list)
12805 m4_define([list_add_x],
12806 [m4_shift(m4_foreach([var], m4_dquote(m4_shift($@@)),
12807 [,add([$1],m4_defn([var]))]))])dnl
12808 list_add_x([1], list)
12813 @defmac m4_map_args_pair (@var{macro}, @dvarv{macro-end, macro}, @
12815 @msindex{map_args_pair}
12816 For every pair of arguments @var{arg}, invoke @var{macro} with two
12817 arguments. If there is an odd number of arguments, invoke
12818 @var{macro-end}, which defaults to @var{macro}, with the remaining
12822 m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [], [1], [2], [3])
12824 m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [, m4_dquote], [1], [2], [3])
12825 @result{}, 2, 1, [3]
12826 m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [, m4_dquote], [1], [2], [3], [4])
12827 @result{}, 2, 1, 4, 3
12831 @defmac m4_map_args_sep (@ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep}, @var{arg}@dots{})
12832 @msindex{map_args_sep}
12833 Expand the sequence @code{@var{pre}[@var{arg}]@var{post}} for each
12834 argument, additionally expanding @var{sep} between arguments. One
12835 common use of this macro is constructing a macro call, where the opening
12836 and closing parentheses are split between @var{pre} and @var{post}; in
12837 particular, @code{m4_map_args([@var{macro}], [@var{arg}])} is equivalent
12838 to @code{m4_map_args_sep([@var{macro}(], [)], [], [@var{arg}])}. This
12839 macro provides the most efficient means for iterating over an arbitrary
12840 list of arguments, particularly when repeatedly constructing a macro
12841 call with more arguments than @var{arg}.
12844 @defmac m4_map_args_w (@var{string}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep})
12845 @msindex{map_args_w}
12846 Expand the sequence @code{@var{pre}[word]@var{post}} for each word in
12847 the whitespace-separated @var{string}, additionally expanding @var{sep}
12848 between words. This macro provides the most efficient means for
12849 iterating over a whitespace-separated string. In particular,
12850 @code{m4_map_args_w([@var{string}], [@var{action}(], [)])} is more
12851 efficient than @code{m4_foreach_w([var], [@var{string}],
12852 [@var{action}(m4_defn([var]))])}.
12855 @defmac m4_shiftn (@var{count}, @dots{})
12856 @defmacx m4_shift2 (@dots{})
12857 @defmacx m4_shift3 (@dots{})
12861 @code{m4_shiftn} performs @var{count} iterations of @code{m4_shift},
12862 along with validation that enough arguments were passed in to match the
12863 shift count, and that the count is positive. @code{m4_shift2} and
12864 @code{m4_shift3} are specializations
12865 of @code{m4_shiftn}, introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and are more efficient
12866 for two and three shifts, respectively.
12869 @defmac m4_stack_foreach (@var{macro}, @var{action})
12870 @defmacx m4_stack_foreach_lifo (@var{macro}, @var{action})
12871 @msindex{stack_foreach}
12872 @msindex{stack_foreach_lifo}
12873 For each of the @code{m4_pushdef} definitions of @var{macro}, expand
12874 @var{action} with the single argument of a definition of @var{macro}.
12875 @code{m4_stack_foreach} starts with the oldest definition, while
12876 @code{m4_stack_foreach_lifo} starts with the current definition.
12877 @var{action} should not push or pop definitions of @var{macro}, nor is
12878 there any guarantee that the current definition of @var{macro} matches
12879 the argument that was passed to @var{action}. The macro @code{m4_curry}
12880 can be used if @var{action} needs more than one argument, although in
12881 that case it is more efficient to use @var{m4_stack_foreach_sep}.
12883 Due to technical limitations, there are a few low-level m4sugar
12884 functions, such as @code{m4_pushdef}, that cannot be used as the
12885 @var{macro} argument.
12888 m4_pushdef([a], [1])m4_pushdef([a], [2])dnl
12889 m4_stack_foreach([a], [ m4_incr])
12891 m4_stack_foreach_lifo([a], [ m4_curry([m4_substr], [abcd])])
12896 @defmac m4_stack_foreach_sep (@var{macro}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep})
12897 @defmacx m4_stack_foreach_sep_lifo (@var{macro}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @
12899 @msindex{stack_foreach_sep}
12900 @msindex{stack_foreach_sep_lifo}
12901 Expand the sequence @code{@var{pre}[definition]@var{post}} for each
12902 @code{m4_pushdef} definition of @var{macro}, additionally expanding
12903 @var{sep} between definitions. @code{m4_stack_foreach_sep} visits the
12904 oldest definition first, while @code{m4_stack_foreach_sep_lifo} visits
12905 the current definition first. This macro provides the most efficient
12906 means for iterating over a pushdef stack. In particular,
12907 @code{m4_stack_foreach([@var{macro}], [@var{action}])} is short for
12908 @code{m4_stack_foreach_sep([@var{macro}], [@var{action}(], [)])}.
12911 @node Evaluation Macros
12912 @subsection Evaluation Macros
12914 The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation
12915 by adding or removing levels of quotes.
12917 @defmac m4_apply (@var{macro}, @var{list})
12919 Apply the elements of the quoted, comma-separated @var{list} as the
12920 arguments to @var{macro}. If @var{list} is empty, invoke @var{macro}
12921 without arguments. Note the difference between @code{m4_indir}, which
12922 expects its first argument to be a macro name but can use names that are
12923 otherwise invalid, and @code{m4_apply}, where @var{macro} can contain
12924 other text, but must end in a valid macro name.
12926 m4_apply([m4_count], [])
12928 m4_apply([m4_count], [[]])
12930 m4_apply([m4_count], [[1], [2]])
12932 m4_apply([m4_join], [[|], [1], [2]])
12937 @defmac m4_count (@var{arg}, @dots{})
12939 This macro returns the number of arguments it was passed.
12942 @defmac m4_curry (@var{macro}, @var{arg}@dots{})
12944 This macro performs argument currying. The expansion of this macro is
12945 another macro name that expects exactly one argument; that argument is
12946 then appended to the @var{arg} list, and then @var{macro} is expanded
12947 with the resulting argument list.
12950 m4_curry([m4_curry], [m4_reverse], [1])([2])([3])
12954 Unfortunately, due to a limitation in M4 1.4.x, it is not possible to
12955 pass the definition of a builtin macro as the argument to the output of
12956 @code{m4_curry}; the empty string is used instead of the builtin token.
12957 This behavior is rectified by using M4 1.6 or newer.
12960 @defmac m4_do (@var{arg}, @dots{})
12962 This macro loops over its arguments and expands each @var{arg} in
12963 sequence. Its main use is for readability; it allows the use of
12964 indentation and fewer @code{dnl} to result in the same expansion. This
12965 macro guarantees that no expansion will be concatenated with subsequent
12966 text; to achieve full concatenation, use @code{m4_unquote(m4_join([],
12967 @var{arg@dots{}}))}.
12970 m4_define([ab],[1])m4_define([bc],[2])m4_define([abc],[3])dnl
12973 m4_unquote(m4_join([],[a],[b]))c
12975 m4_define([a],[A])m4_define([b],[B])m4_define([c],[C])dnl
12976 m4_define([AB],[4])m4_define([BC],[5])m4_define([ABC],[6])dnl
12979 m4_unquote(m4_join([],[a],[b]))c
12984 @defmac m4_dquote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
12986 Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments.
12987 Conveniently, if there is just one @var{arg}, this effectively adds a
12991 @defmac m4_dquote_elt (@var{arg}, @dots{})
12992 @msindex{dquote_elt}
12993 Return the arguments as a series of double-quoted arguments. Whereas
12994 @code{m4_dquote} returns a single argument, @code{m4_dquote_elt} returns
12995 as many arguments as it was passed.
12998 @defmac m4_echo (@var{arg}, @dots{})
13000 Return the arguments, with the same level of quoting. Other than
13001 discarding whitespace after unquoted commas, this macro is a no-op.
13004 @defmac m4_expand (@var{arg})
13006 Return the expansion of @var{arg} as a quoted string. Whereas
13007 @code{m4_quote} is designed to collect expanded text into a single
13008 argument, @code{m4_expand} is designed to perform one level of expansion
13009 on quoted text. One distinction is in the treatment of whitespace
13010 following a comma in the original @var{arg}. Any time multiple
13011 arguments are collected into one with @code{m4_quote}, the M4 argument
13012 collection rules discard the whitespace. However, with @code{m4_expand},
13013 whitespace is preserved, even after the expansion of macros contained in
13014 @var{arg}. Additionally, @code{m4_expand} is able to expand text that
13015 would involve an unterminated comment, whereas expanding that same text
13016 as the argument to @code{m4_quote} runs into difficulty in finding the
13017 end of the argument. Since manipulating diversions during argument
13018 collection is inherently unsafe, @code{m4_expand} issues an error if
13019 @var{arg} attempts to change the current diversion (@pxref{Diversion
13023 m4_define([active], [ACT, IVE])dnl
13024 m4_define([active2], [[ACT, IVE]])dnl
13025 m4_quote(active, active)
13026 @result{}ACT,IVE,ACT,IVE
13027 m4_expand([active, active])
13028 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
13029 m4_quote(active2, active2)
13030 @result{}ACT, IVE,ACT, IVE
13031 m4_expand([active2, active2])
13032 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
13033 m4_expand([# m4_echo])
13035 m4_quote(# m4_echo)
13037 @result{}# m4_echo)
13041 Note that @code{m4_expand} cannot handle an @var{arg} that expands to
13042 literal unbalanced quotes, but that quadrigraphs can be used when
13043 unbalanced output is necessary. Likewise, unbalanced parentheses should
13044 be supplied with double quoting or a quadrigraph.
13047 m4_define([pattern], [[!@@<:@@]])dnl
13048 m4_define([bar], [BAR])dnl
13049 m4_expand([case $foo in
13050 m4_defn([pattern])@@:@}@@ bar ;;
13053 @result{}case $foo in
13054 @result{} [![]) BAR ;;
13055 @result{} *) blah ;;
13060 @defmac m4_ignore (@dots{})
13062 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expands to nothing,
13063 ignoring all of its arguments. By itself, this isn't very useful.
13064 However, it can be used to conditionally ignore an arbitrary number of
13065 arguments, by deciding which macro name to apply to a list of arguments.
13067 dnl foo outputs a message only if [debug] is defined.
13069 [m4_ifdef([debug],[AC_MSG_NOTICE],[m4_ignore])([debug message])])
13072 Note that for earlier versions of Autoconf, the macro @code{__gnu__} can
13073 serve the same purpose, although it is less readable.
13076 @defmac m4_make_list (@var{arg}, @dots{})
13077 @msindex{make_list}
13078 This macro exists to aid debugging of M4sugar algorithms. Its net
13079 effect is similar to @code{m4_dquote}---it produces a quoted list of
13080 quoted arguments, for each @var{arg}. The difference is that this
13081 version uses a comma-newline separator instead of just comma, to improve
13082 readability of the list; with the result that it is less efficient than
13085 m4_define([zero],[0])m4_define([one],[1])m4_define([two],[2])dnl
13086 m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]])
13087 @result{}[0],[one],[[two]]
13088 m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]])
13092 m4_foreach([number], m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
13094 m4_foreach([number], m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
13099 @c m4_noquote is too dangerous to document - it invokes macros that
13100 @c probably rely on @samp{[]} nested quoting for proper operation. The
13101 @c user should generally prefer m4_unquote instead.
13103 @defmac m4_quote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
13105 Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of
13106 quotes. This effectively collapses multiple arguments into one,
13107 although it loses whitespace after unquoted commas in the process.
13110 @defmac m4_reverse (@var{arg}, @dots{})
13112 Outputs each argument with the same level of quoting, but in reverse
13113 order, and with space following each comma for readability.
13116 m4_define([active], [ACT,IVE])
13118 m4_reverse(active, [active])
13119 @result{}active, IVE, ACT
13123 @defmac m4_unquote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
13125 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand each argument,
13126 separated by commas. For a single @var{arg}, this effectively removes a
13127 layer of quoting, and @code{m4_unquote([@var{arg}])} is more efficient
13128 than the equivalent @code{m4_do([@var{arg}])}. For multiple arguments,
13129 this results in an unquoted list of expansions. This is commonly used
13130 with @code{m4_split}, in order to convert a single quoted list into a
13131 series of quoted elements.
13134 The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between several
13135 scenarios: not using these macros, using @code{m4_defn}, using
13136 @code{m4_quote}, using @code{m4_dquote}, and using @code{m4_expand}.
13139 $ @kbd{cat example.m4}
13140 dnl Overquote, so that quotes are visible.
13141 m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@@ = [$@@]])
13142 m4_define([a], [A])
13143 m4_define([mkargs], [1, 2[,] 3])
13144 m4_define([arg1], [[$1]])
13148 show(m4_quote(a, b))
13149 show(m4_dquote(a, b))
13150 show(m4_expand([a, b]))
13154 arg1(m4_defn([mkargs]))
13155 arg1(m4_quote(mkargs))
13156 arg1(m4_dquote(mkargs))
13157 arg1(m4_expand([mkargs]))
13158 $ @kbd{autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4}
13159 $1 = A, $@@ = [A],[b]
13160 $1 = a, b, $@@ = [a, b]
13161 $1 = A,b, $@@ = [A,b]
13162 $1 = [A],[b], $@@ = [[A],[b]]
13163 $1 = A, b, $@@ = [A, b]
13174 @node Text processing Macros
13175 @subsection String manipulation in M4
13177 The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4. Many of
13178 the macros in this section intentionally result in quoted strings as
13179 output, rather than subjecting the arguments to further expansions. As
13180 a result, if you are manipulating text that contains active M4
13181 characters, the arguments are passed with single quoting rather than
13184 @defmac m4_append (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
13185 @defmacx m4_append_uniq (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator} @
13186 @ovar{if-uniq}, @ovar{if-duplicate})
13188 @msindex{append_uniq}
13189 Redefine @var{macro-name} to its former contents with @var{separator}
13190 and @var{string} added at the end. If @var{macro-name} was undefined
13191 before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no @var{separator} is
13192 added. As of Autoconf 2.62, neither @var{string} nor @var{separator}
13193 are expanded during this macro; instead, they are expanded when
13194 @var{macro-name} is invoked.
13196 @code{m4_append} can be used to grow strings, and @code{m4_append_uniq}
13197 to grow strings without duplicating substrings. Additionally,
13198 @code{m4_append_uniq} takes two optional parameters as of Autoconf 2.62;
13199 @var{if-uniq} is expanded if @var{string} was appended, and
13200 @var{if-duplicate} is expanded if @var{string} was already present.
13201 Also, @code{m4_append_uniq} warns if @var{separator} is not empty, but
13202 occurs within @var{string}, since that can lead to duplicates.
13204 Note that @code{m4_append} can scale linearly in the length of the final
13205 string, depending on the quality of the underlying M4 implementation,
13206 while @code{m4_append_uniq} has an inherent quadratic scaling factor.
13207 If an algorithm can tolerate duplicates in the final string, use the
13208 former for speed. If duplicates must be avoided, consider using
13209 @code{m4_set_add} instead (@pxref{Set manipulation Macros}).
13212 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
13213 m4_append([sentence], [This is an])dnl
13214 m4_append([sentence], [ active ])dnl
13215 m4_append([sentence], [symbol.])dnl
13217 @result{}This is an ACTIVE symbol.
13218 m4_undefine([active])dnl
13219 @result{}This is an active symbol.
13220 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
13222 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
13224 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
13226 m4_append_uniq([list], [three], [, ], [new], [existing])
13228 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
13231 @result{}one, two, three
13233 @result{}[one],[two],[three]
13234 m4_append([list2], [one], [[, ]])dnl
13235 m4_append_uniq([list2], [two], [[, ]])dnl
13236 m4_append([list2], [three], [[, ]])dnl
13238 @result{}one, two, three
13240 @result{}[one, two, three]
13244 @defmac m4_append_uniq_w (@var{macro-name}, @var{strings})
13245 @msindex{append_uniq_w}
13246 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It is similar to
13247 @code{m4_append_uniq}, but treats @var{strings} as a whitespace
13248 separated list of words to append, and only appends unique words.
13249 @var{macro-name} is updated with a single space between new words.
13251 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [1 1 2])dnl
13252 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [ 2 3 ])dnl
13258 @defmac m4_chomp (@var{string})
13259 @defmacx m4_chomp_all (@var{string})
13261 @msindex{chomp_all}
13262 Output @var{string} in quotes, but without a trailing newline. The
13263 macro @code{m4_chomp} is slightly faster, and removes at most one
13264 newline; the macro @code{m4_chomp_all} removes all consecutive trailing
13265 newlines. Unlike @code{m4_flatten}, embedded newlines are left intact,
13266 and backslash does not influence the result.
13269 @defmac m4_combine (@ovar{separator}, @var{prefix-list}, @ovar{infix}, @
13270 @var{suffix-1}, @ovar{suffix-2}, @dots{})
13272 This macro produces a quoted string containing the pairwise combination
13273 of every element of the quoted, comma-separated @var{prefix-list}, and
13274 every element from the @var{suffix} arguments. Each pairwise
13275 combination is joined with @var{infix} in the middle, and successive
13276 pairs are joined by @var{separator}. No expansion occurs on any of the
13277 arguments. No output occurs if either the @var{prefix} or @var{suffix}
13278 list is empty, but the lists can contain empty elements.
13280 m4_define([a], [oops])dnl
13281 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b], [c]], [-], [1], [2], [3])
13282 @result{}a-1, a-2, a-3, b-1, b-2, b-3, c-1, c-2, c-3
13283 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-])
13285 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-], [])
13287 m4_combine([, ], [], [-], [1], [2])
13289 m4_combine([, ], [[]], [-], [1], [2])
13294 @defmac m4_escape (@var{string})
13296 Convert all instances of @samp{[}, @samp{]}, @samp{#}, and @samp{$}
13297 within @var{string} into their respective quadrigraphs. The result is
13298 still a quoted string.
13301 @defmac m4_flatten (@var{string})
13303 Flatten @var{string} into a single line. Delete all backslash-newline
13304 pairs, and replace all remaining newlines with a space. The result is
13305 still a quoted string.
13308 @defmac m4_join (@ovar{separator}, @var{args}@dots{})
13309 @defmacx m4_joinall (@ovar{separator}, @var{args}@dots{})
13312 Concatenate each @var{arg}, separated by @var{separator}.
13313 @code{joinall} uses every argument, while @code{join} omits empty
13314 arguments so that there are no back-to-back separators in the output.
13315 The result is a quoted string.
13317 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
13318 m4_join([|], [one], [], [active], [two])
13319 @result{}one|active|two
13320 m4_joinall([|], [one], [], [active], [two])
13321 @result{}one||active|two
13324 Note that if all you intend to do is join @var{args} with commas between
13325 them, to form a quoted list suitable for @code{m4_foreach}, it is more
13326 efficient to use @code{m4_dquote}.
13329 @defmac m4_newline (@ovar{text})
13331 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and expands to a newline,
13332 followed by any @var{text}.
13333 It is primarily useful for maintaining macro formatting, and ensuring
13334 that M4 does not discard leading whitespace during argument collection.
13337 @defmac m4_normalize (@var{string})
13338 @msindex{normalize}
13339 Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
13340 backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces, tabs, and newlines
13341 with a single space. This is a combination of @code{m4_flatten} and
13342 @code{m4_strip}. To determine if @var{string} consists only of bytes
13343 that would be removed by @code{m4_normalize}, you can use
13347 @defmac m4_re_escape (@var{string})
13348 @msindex{re_escape}
13349 Backslash-escape all characters in @var{string} that are active in
13353 @c We cannot use @dvar because the macro expansion mistreats backslashes.
13354 @defmac m4_split (@var{string}, @r{[}@var{regexp} = @samp{[\t ]+}@r{]})
13356 Split @var{string} into an M4 list of elements quoted by @samp{[} and
13357 @samp{]}, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end.
13358 If @var{regexp} is given, use it instead of @samp{[\t ]+} for splitting.
13359 If @var{string} is empty, the result is an empty list.
13362 @defmac m4_strip (@var{string})
13364 Strip whitespace from @var{string}. Sequences of spaces and tabs are
13365 reduced to a single space, then leading and trailing spaces are removed.
13366 The result is still a quoted string. Note that this does not interfere
13367 with newlines; if you want newlines stripped as well, consider
13368 @code{m4_flatten}, or do it all at once with @code{m4_normalize}. To
13369 quickly test if @var{string} has only whitespace, use @code{m4_ifblank}.
13372 @defmac m4_text_box (@var{message}, @dvar{frame, -})
13374 Add a text box around @var{message}, using @var{frame} as the border
13375 character above and below the message. The @var{frame} argument must be
13376 a single byte, and does not support quadrigraphs.
13377 The frame correctly accounts for
13378 the subsequent expansion of @var{message}. For example:
13380 m4_define([macro], [abc])dnl
13381 m4_text_box([macro])
13387 The @var{message} must contain balanced quotes and parentheses, although
13388 quadrigraphs can be used to work around this.
13391 @defmac m4_text_wrap (@var{string}, @ovar{prefix}, @
13392 @dvarv{prefix1, prefix}, @dvar{width, 79})
13393 @msindex{text_wrap}
13394 Break @var{string} into a series of whitespace-separated words, then
13395 output those words separated by spaces, and wrapping lines any time the
13396 output would exceed @var{width} columns. If given, @var{prefix1} begins
13397 the first line, and @var{prefix} begins all wrapped lines. If
13398 @var{prefix1} is longer than @var{prefix}, then the first line consists
13399 of just @var{prefix1}. If @var{prefix} is longer than @var{prefix1},
13400 padding is inserted so that the first word of @var{string} begins at the
13401 same indentation as all wrapped lines. Note that using literal tab
13402 characters in any of the arguments will interfere with the calculation
13403 of width. No expansions occur on @var{prefix}, @var{prefix1}, or the
13404 words of @var{string}, although quadrigraphs are recognized.
13408 m4_text_wrap([Short string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
13409 @result{}/* Short string */
13410 m4_text_wrap([Much longer string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
13411 @result{}/* Much longer
13412 @result{} string */
13413 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --short ], [30])
13414 @result{} --short Short doc.
13415 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --too-wide ], [30])
13416 @result{} --too-wide
13417 @result{} Short doc.
13418 m4_text_wrap([Super long documentation.], [ ],
13419 [ --too-wide ], 30)
13420 @result{} --too-wide
13421 @result{} Super long
13422 @result{} documentation.
13426 @defmac m4_tolower (@var{string})
13427 @defmacx m4_toupper (@var{string})
13430 Return @var{string} with letters converted to upper or lower case,
13434 @node Number processing Macros
13435 @subsection Arithmetic computation in M4
13437 The following macros facilitate integer arithmetic operations.
13439 Where a parameter is documented as taking an arithmetic expression, you
13440 can use anything that can be parsed by @code{m4_eval}.
13441 Any other numeric parameter should consist of an optional sign followed
13442 by one or more decimal digits; it is treated as a decimal integer.
13444 Macros that expand to a number do so as either @samp{0}, or an optional
13445 @samp{-} followed by a nonzero decimal digit followed by zero or more
13448 Due to @command{m4} limitations, arithmetic expressions and numeric
13449 parameters should use only numbers that fit into a 32-bit signed
13452 @defmac m4_cmp (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
13454 Compare the arithmetic expressions @var{expr-1} and @var{expr-2}, and
13455 expand to @samp{-1} if @var{expr-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are
13456 equal, and @samp{1} if @var{expr-1} is larger.
13459 @defmac m4_list_cmp (@var{list-1}, @var{list-2})
13461 Compare the two M4 lists consisting of comma-separated arithmetic
13462 expressions, left to right. Expand to @samp{-1} for the first element
13463 pairing where the value from @var{list-1} is smaller, @samp{1} where the
13464 value from @var{list-2} is smaller, or @samp{0} if both lists have the
13465 same values. If one list is shorter than the other, the remaining
13466 elements of the longer list are compared against zero.
13468 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1])
13470 m4_list_cmp([1, [1 * 0]], [1, 0])
13472 m4_list_cmp([1, 2], [1, 0])
13474 m4_list_cmp([1, [1+1], 3],[1, 2])
13476 m4_list_cmp([1, 2, -3], [1, 2])
13478 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1, 2])
13480 m4_list_cmp([1], [1, 2])
13485 @defmac m4_max (@var{arg}, @dots{})
13487 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the value
13488 of the maximum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
13491 @defmac m4_min (@var{arg}, @dots{})
13493 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the value
13494 of the minimum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
13497 @defmac m4_sign (@var{expr})
13499 Expand to @samp{-1} if the arithmetic expression @var{expr} is negative,
13500 @samp{1} if it is positive, and @samp{0} if it is zero.
13503 @anchor{m4_version_compare}
13504 @defmac m4_version_compare (@var{version-1}, @var{version-2})
13505 @msindex{version_compare}
13506 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.53, but had a number of
13507 usability limitations that were not lifted until Autoconf 2.62. Compare
13508 the version strings @var{version-1} and @var{version-2}, and expand to
13509 @samp{-1} if @var{version-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are the same,
13510 or @samp{1} @var{version-2} is smaller. Version strings must be a list
13511 of elements separated by @samp{.}, @samp{,} or @samp{-}, where each
13512 element is a number along with optional case-insensitive letters
13513 designating beta releases. The comparison stops at the leftmost element
13514 that contains a difference, although a 0 element compares equal to a
13517 It is permissible to include commit identifiers in @var{version}, such
13518 as an abbreviated SHA1 of the commit, provided there is still a
13519 monotonically increasing prefix to allow for accurate version-based
13520 comparisons. For example, this paragraph was written when the
13521 development snapshot of autoconf claimed to be at version
13522 @samp{2.61a-248-dc51}, or 248 commits after the 2.61a release, with an
13523 abbreviated commit identification of @samp{dc51}.
13526 m4_version_compare([1.1], [2.0])
13528 m4_version_compare([2.0b], [2.0a])
13530 m4_version_compare([1.1.1], [1.1.1a])
13532 m4_version_compare([1.2], [1.1.1a])
13534 m4_version_compare([1.0], [1])
13536 m4_version_compare([1.1pre], [1.1PRE])
13538 m4_version_compare([1.1a], [1,10])
13540 m4_version_compare([2.61a], [2.61a-248-dc51])
13542 m4_version_compare([2.61b], [2.61a-248-dc51])
13547 @defmac m4_version_prereq (@var{version}, @ovar{if-new-enough}, @
13548 @dvar{if-old, m4_fatal})
13549 @msindex{version_prereq}
13550 Compares @var{version} against the version of Autoconf currently
13551 running. If the running version is at @var{version} or newer, expand
13552 @var{if-new-enough}, but if @var{version} is larger than the version
13553 currently executing, expand @var{if-old}, which defaults to printing an
13554 error message and exiting m4sugar with status 63. When given only one
13555 argument, this behaves like @code{AC_PREREQ} (@pxref{Versioning}).
13556 Remember that the autoconf philosophy favors feature checks over version
13560 @node Set manipulation Macros
13561 @subsection Set manipulation in M4
13562 @cindex Set manipulation
13563 @cindex Data structure, set
13564 @cindex Unordered set manipulation
13566 Sometimes, it is necessary to track a set of data, where the order does
13567 not matter and where there are no duplicates in the set. The following
13568 macros facilitate set manipulations. Each set is an opaque object,
13569 which can only be accessed via these basic operations. The underlying
13570 implementation guarantees linear scaling for set creation, which is more
13571 efficient than using the quadratic @code{m4_append_uniq}. Both set
13572 names and values can be arbitrary strings, except for unbalanced quotes.
13573 This implementation ties up memory for removed elements until the next
13574 operation that must traverse all the elements of a set; and although
13575 that may slow down some operations until the memory for removed elements
13576 is pruned, it still guarantees linear performance.
13578 @defmac m4_set_add (@var{set}, @var{value}, @ovar{if-uniq}, @ovar{if-dup})
13580 Adds the string @var{value} as a member of set @var{set}. Expand
13581 @var{if-uniq} if the element was added, or @var{if-dup} if it was
13582 previously in the set. Operates in amortized constant time, so that set
13583 creation scales linearly.
13586 @defmac m4_set_add_all (@var{set}, @var{value}@dots{})
13587 @msindex{set_add_all}
13588 Adds each @var{value} to the set @var{set}. This is slightly more
13589 efficient than repeatedly invoking @code{m4_set_add}.
13592 @defmac m4_set_contains (@var{set}, @var{value}, @ovar{if-present}, @
13594 @msindex{set_contains}
13595 Expands @var{if-present} if the string @var{value} is a member of
13596 @var{set}, otherwise @var{if-absent}.
13599 m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no])
13601 m4_set_add([a], [1], [added], [dup])
13603 m4_set_add([a], [1], [added], [dup])
13605 m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no])
13607 m4_set_remove([a], [1], [removed], [missing])
13609 m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no])
13611 m4_set_remove([a], [1], [removed], [missing])
13616 @defmac m4_set_contents (@var{set}, @ovar{sep})
13617 @defmacx m4_set_dump (@var{set}, @ovar{sep})
13618 @msindex{set_contents}
13620 Expands to a single string consisting of all the members of the set
13621 @var{set}, each separated by @var{sep}, which is not expanded.
13622 @code{m4_set_contents} leaves the elements in @var{set} but reclaims any
13623 memory occupied by removed elements, while @code{m4_set_dump} is a
13624 faster one-shot action that also deletes the set. No provision is made
13625 for disambiguating members that contain a non-empty @var{sep} as a
13626 substring; use @code{m4_set_empty} to distinguish between an empty set
13627 and the set containing only the empty string. The order of the output
13628 is unspecified; in the current implementation, part of the speed of
13629 @code{m4_set_dump} results from using a different output order than
13630 @code{m4_set_contents}. These macros scale linearly in the size of the
13631 set before memory pruning, and @code{m4_set_contents([@var{set}],
13632 [@var{sep}])} is faster than
13633 @code{m4_joinall([@var{sep}]m4_set_listc([@var{set}]))}.
13636 m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3])
13638 m4_set_contents([a], [-])
13640 m4_joinall([-]m4_set_listc([a]))
13642 m4_set_dump([a], [-])
13644 m4_set_contents([a])
13646 m4_set_add([a], [])
13648 m4_set_contents([a], [-])
13653 @defmac m4_set_delete (@var{set})
13654 @msindex{set_delete}
13655 Delete all elements and memory associated with @var{set}. This is
13656 linear in the set size, and faster than removing one element at a time.
13659 @defmac m4_set_difference (@var{seta}, @var{setb})
13660 @defmacx m4_set_intersection (@var{seta}, @var{setb})
13661 @defmacx m4_set_union (@var{seta}, @var{setb})
13662 @msindex{set_difference}
13663 @msindex{set_intersection}
13664 @msindex{set_union}
13665 Compute the relation between @var{seta} and @var{setb}, and output the
13666 result as a list of quoted arguments without duplicates and with a
13667 leading comma. Set difference selects the elements in @var{seta} but
13668 not @var{setb}, intersection selects only elements in both sets, and
13669 union selects elements in either set. These actions are linear in the
13670 sum of the set sizes. The leading comma is necessary to distinguish
13671 between no elements and the empty string as the only element.
13674 m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3])
13676 m4_set_add_all([b], [3], [], [4])
13678 m4_set_difference([a], [b])
13680 m4_set_difference([b], [a])
13682 m4_set_intersection([a], [b])
13684 m4_set_union([a], [b])
13689 @defmac m4_set_empty (@var{set}, @ovar{if-empty}, @ovar{if-elements})
13690 @msindex{set_empty}
13691 Expand @var{if-empty} if the set @var{set} has no elements, otherwise
13692 expand @var{if-elements}. This macro operates in constant time. Using
13693 this macro can help disambiguate output from @code{m4_set_contents} or
13694 @code{m4_set_list}.
13697 @defmac m4_set_foreach (@var{set}, @var{variable}, @var{action})
13698 @msindex{set_foreach}
13699 For each element in the set @var{set}, expand @var{action} with the
13700 macro @var{variable} defined as the set element. Behavior is
13701 unspecified if @var{action} recursively lists the contents of @var{set}
13702 (although listing other sets is acceptable), or if it modifies the set
13703 in any way other than removing the element currently contained in
13704 @var{variable}. This macro is faster than the corresponding
13705 @code{m4_foreach([@var{variable}],
13706 m4_indir([m4_dquote]m4_set_listc([@var{set}])), [@var{action}])},
13707 although @code{m4_set_map} might be faster still.
13710 m4_set_add_all([a]m4_for([i], [1], [5], [], [,i]))
13712 m4_set_contents([a])
13714 m4_set_foreach([a], [i],
13715 [m4_if(m4_eval(i&1), [0], [m4_set_remove([a], i, [i])])])
13717 m4_set_contents([a])
13722 @defmac m4_set_list (@var{set})
13723 @defmacx m4_set_listc (@var{set})
13725 @msindex{set_listc}
13726 Produce a list of arguments, where each argument is a quoted element
13727 from the set @var{set}. The variant @code{m4_set_listc} is unambiguous,
13728 by adding a leading comma if there are any set elements, whereas the
13729 variant @code{m4_set_list} cannot distinguish between an empty set and a
13730 set containing only the empty string. These can be directly used in
13731 macros that take multiple arguments, such as @code{m4_join} or
13732 @code{m4_set_add_all}, or wrapped by @code{m4_dquote} for macros that
13733 take a quoted list, such as @code{m4_map} or @code{m4_foreach}. Any
13734 memory occupied by removed elements is reclaimed during these macros.
13737 m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3])
13745 m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))
13747 m4_set_empty([b], [0], [m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))])
13749 m4_set_add([b], [])
13755 m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))
13757 m4_set_empty([b], [0], [m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))])
13762 @defmac m4_set_map (@var{set}, @var{action})
13764 For each element in the set @var{set}, expand @var{action} with a single
13765 argument of the set element. Behavior is unspecified if @var{action}
13766 recursively lists the contents of @var{set} (although listing other sets
13767 is acceptable), or if it modifies the set in any way other than removing
13768 the element passed as an argument. This macro is faster than either
13769 corresponding counterpart of
13770 @code{m4_map_args([@var{action}]m4_set_listc([@var{set}]))} or
13771 @code{m4_set_foreach([@var{set}], [var],
13772 [@var{action}(m4_defn([var]))])}. It is possible to use @code{m4_curry}
13773 if more than one argument is needed for @var{action}, although it is
13774 more efficient to use @code{m4_set_map_sep} in that case.
13777 @defmac m4_set_map_sep (@var{set}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep})
13778 @msindex{set_map_sep}
13779 For each element in the set @var{set}, expand
13780 @code{@var{pre}[element]@var{post}}, additionally expanding @var{sep}
13781 between elements. Behavior is unspecified if the expansion recursively
13782 lists the contents of @var{set} (although listing other sets
13783 is acceptable), or if it modifies the set in any way other than removing
13784 the element visited by the expansion. This macro provides the most
13785 efficient means for non-destructively visiting the elements of a set; in
13786 particular, @code{m4_set_map([@var{set}], [@var{action}])} is equivalent
13787 to @code{m4_set_map_sep([@var{set}], [@var{action}(], [)])}.
13790 @defmac m4_set_remove (@var{set}, @var{value}, @ovar{if-present}, @
13792 @msindex{set_remove}
13793 If @var{value} is an element in the set @var{set}, then remove it and
13794 expand @var{if-present}. Otherwise expand @var{if-absent}. This macro
13795 operates in constant time so that multiple removals will scale linearly
13796 rather than quadratically; but when used outside of
13797 @code{m4_set_foreach} or @code{m4_set_map}, it leaves memory occupied
13798 until the set is later
13799 compacted by @code{m4_set_contents} or @code{m4_set_list}. Several
13800 other set operations are then less efficient between the time of element
13801 removal and subsequent memory compaction, but still maintain their
13802 guaranteed scaling performance.
13805 @defmac m4_set_size (@var{set})
13807 Expand to the size of the set @var{set}. This implementation operates
13808 in constant time, and is thus more efficient than
13809 @code{m4_eval(m4_count(m4_set_listc([set])) - 1)}.
13813 @node Forbidden Patterns
13814 @subsection Forbidden Patterns
13815 @cindex Forbidden patterns
13816 @cindex Patterns, forbidden
13818 M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns
13819 describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For
13820 instance, if an Autoconf @file{configure} script includes tokens such as
13821 @samp{AC_DEFINE}, or @samp{dnl}, then most probably something went
13822 wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
13824 M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching @samp{^_?m4_} and @samp{^dnl$}.
13825 Additional layers, such as M4sh and Autoconf, add additional forbidden
13826 patterns to the list.
13828 @defmac m4_pattern_forbid (@var{pattern})
13829 @msindex{pattern_forbid}
13830 Declare that no token matching @var{pattern} must be found in the
13831 output. The output file is (temporarily) split into one word per line
13832 as part of the @command{autom4te} post-processing, with each line (and
13833 therefore word) then being checked against the Perl regular expression
13834 @var{pattern}. If the regular expression matches, and
13835 @code{m4_pattern_allow} does not also match, then an error is raised.
13837 Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you
13838 have some macro left unexpanded after an @samp{#include}. No consensus
13839 is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it
13840 should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn't make sense to
13841 the authors of this documentation: input, such as macros, should be
13842 documented by @samp{dnl} comments; reserving @samp{#}-comments to
13843 document the output).
13845 As an example, if you define your own macros that begin with @samp{M_}
13846 and are composed from capital letters and underscores, the specification
13847 of @code{m4_pattern_forbid([^M_[A-Z_]+])} will ensure all your macros
13848 are expanded when not used in comments.
13850 As an example of a common use of this macro, consider what happens in
13851 packages that want to use the @command{pkg-config} script via the
13852 third-party @code{PKG_CHECK_MODULES} macro. By default, if a developer
13853 checks out the development tree but has not yet installed the pkg-config
13854 macros locally, they can manage to successfully run @command{autoconf}
13855 on the package, but the resulting @file{configure} file will likely
13856 result in a confusing shell message about a syntax error on the line
13857 mentioning the unexpanded @code{PKG_CHECK_MODULES} macro. On the other hand,
13858 if @file{configure.ac} includes @code{m4_pattern_forbid([^PKG_])}, the
13859 missing pkg-config macros will be detected immediately without allowing
13860 @command{autoconf} to succeed.
13863 Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for
13864 instance you might have to refer to @samp{$m4_flags}.
13866 @defmac m4_pattern_allow (@var{pattern})
13867 @msindex{pattern_allow}
13868 Any token matching @var{pattern} is allowed, including if it matches an
13869 @code{m4_pattern_forbid} pattern.
13871 For example, Gnulib uses @code{m4_pattern_forbid([^gl_])} to reserve the
13872 @code{gl_} namespace for itself, but also uses
13873 @code{m4_pattern_allow([^gl_ES$])} to avoid a false negative on the
13877 @node Debugging via autom4te
13878 @section Debugging via autom4te
13879 @cindex debugging tips
13880 @cindex autom4te debugging tips
13881 @cindex m4sugar debugging tips
13882 At times, it is desirable to see what was happening inside m4, to see
13883 why output was not matching expectations. However, post-processing done
13884 by @command{autom4te} means that directly using the m4 builtin
13885 @code{m4_traceon} is likely to interfere with operation. Also, frequent
13886 diversion changes and the concept of forbidden tokens make it difficult
13887 to use @code{m4_defn} to generate inline comments in the final output.
13889 There are a couple of tools to help with this. One is the use of the
13890 @option{--trace} option provided by @command{autom4te} (as well as each
13891 of the programs that wrap @command{autom4te}, such as
13892 @command{autoconf}), in order to inspect when a macro is called and with
13893 which arguments. For example, when this paragraph was written, the
13894 autoconf version could be found by:
13897 $ @kbd{autoconf --trace=AC_INIT}
13898 configure.ac:23:AC_INIT:GNU Autoconf:2.63b.95-3963:bug-autoconf@@gnu.org
13899 $ @kbd{autoconf --trace='AC_INIT:version is $2'}
13900 version is 2.63b.95-3963
13903 Another trick is to print out the expansion of various m4 expressions to
13904 standard error or to an independent file, with no further m4 expansion,
13905 and without interfering with diversion changes or the post-processing
13906 done to standard output. @code{m4_errprintn} shows a given expression
13907 on standard error. For example, if you want to see the expansion of an
13908 autoconf primitive or of one of your autoconf macros, you can do it like
13912 $ @kbd{cat <<\EOF > configure.ac}
13914 m4_errprintn([The definition of AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED:])
13915 m4_errprintn(m4_defn([AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED]))
13919 @error{}The definition of AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED:
13920 @error{}_AC_DEFINE_Q([], $@@)
13923 @node Programming in M4sh
13924 @chapter Programming in M4sh
13926 M4sh, pronounced ``mash'', is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell
13927 scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that,
13928 according to the Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
13931 Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash,
13932 wash, and prob.@: to AS. miscian to mix. See ``Mix''.]
13936 A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or
13940 A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
13943 A mess; trouble. [Obs.] --Beau.@: & Fl.
13947 M4sh reserves the M4 macro namespace @samp{^_AS_} for internal use, and
13948 the namespace @samp{^AS_} for M4sh macros. It also reserves the shell
13949 and environment variable namespace @samp{^as_}, and the here-document
13950 delimiter namespace @samp{^_AS[A-Z]} in the output file. You should not
13951 define your own macros or output shell code that conflicts with these
13955 * Common Shell Constructs:: Portability layer for common shell constructs
13956 * Polymorphic Variables:: Support for indirect variable names
13957 * Initialization Macros:: Macros to establish a sane shell environment
13958 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
13961 @node Common Shell Constructs
13962 @section Common Shell Constructs
13964 M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs
13965 that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
13967 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
13969 @defmac AS_BASENAME (@var{file-name})
13971 Output the non-directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
13972 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
13973 @code{base=`AS_BASENAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{base} to @samp{three}.
13977 @defmac AS_BOX (@var{text}, @dvar{char, -})
13979 Expand into shell code that will output @var{text} surrounded by a box
13980 with @var{char} in the top and bottom border. @var{text} should not
13981 contain a newline, but may contain shell expansions valid for unquoted
13982 here-documents. @var{char} defaults to @samp{-}, but can be any
13983 character except @samp{/}, @samp{'}, @samp{"}, @samp{\},
13984 @samp{&}, or @samp{`}. This is useful for outputting a comment box into
13985 log files to separate distinct phases of script operation.
13988 @defmac AS_CASE (@var{word}, @ovar{pattern1}, @ovar{if-matched1}, @
13989 @dots{}, @ovar{default})
13991 Expand into a shell @samp{case} statement, where @var{word} is matched
13992 against one or more patterns. @var{if-matched} is run if the
13993 corresponding pattern matched @var{word}, else @var{default} is run.
13994 @xref{Prerequisite Macros} for why
13995 this macro should be used instead of plain @samp{case} in code
13996 outside of an @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, when the contents of the
13997 @samp{case} use @code{AC_REQUIRE} directly or indirectly.
13998 @xref{case, , Limitations of Shell Builtins},
13999 for how this macro avoids some portability issues.
14000 @xref{Balancing Parentheses}
14001 for how this macro lets you write code with balanced parentheses
14002 even if your code must run on obsolescent shells.
14005 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
14006 @defmac AS_DIRNAME (@var{file-name})
14008 Output the directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
14009 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
14010 @code{dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{dir} to @samp{/one/two}.
14012 @code{AS_DIRNAME} was designed long ago when
14013 the @command{dirname} command was not universally supported.
14014 Nowadays one can safely use @code{dir=`dirname -- "$file"`} instead.
14015 This interface may be improved in the future to avoid forks and losing
14019 @defmac AS_ECHO (@var{word})
14021 Emits @var{word} to the standard output, followed by a newline. @var{word}
14022 must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string). The bytes of
14023 @var{word} are output as-is, even if it starts with "-" or contains "\".
14024 Redirections can be placed outside the macro invocation. This is much
14025 more portable than using @command{echo} (@pxref{echo, , Limitations of
14029 @defmac AS_ECHO_N (@var{word})
14031 Emits @var{word} to the standard output, without a following newline.
14032 @var{word} must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string) and,
14033 for portability, should not include more than one newline. The bytes of
14034 @var{word} are output as-is, even if it starts with "-" or contains "\".
14035 Redirections can be placed outside the macro invocation.
14038 @c We cannot use @dvar because the macro expansion mistreats backslashes.
14039 @defmac AS_ESCAPE (@var{string}, @r{[}@var{chars} = @samp{`\"$}@r{]})
14041 Expands to @var{string}, with any characters in @var{chars} escaped with
14042 a backslash (@samp{\}). @var{chars} should be at most four bytes long,
14043 and only contain characters from the set @samp{`\"$}; however,
14044 characters may be safely listed more than once in @var{chars} for the
14045 sake of syntax highlighting editors. The current implementation expands
14046 @var{string} after adding escapes; if @var{string} contains macro calls
14047 that in turn expand to text needing shell quoting, you can use
14048 @code{AS_ESCAPE(m4_dquote(m4_expand([string])))}.
14050 The default for @var{chars} (@samp{\"$`}) is the set of characters
14051 needing escapes when @var{string} will be used literally within double
14052 quotes. One common variant is the set of characters to protect when
14053 @var{string} will be used literally within back-ticks or an unquoted
14054 here-document (@samp{\$`}). Another common variant is @samp{""}, which can
14055 be used to form a double-quoted string containing the same expansions
14056 that would have occurred if @var{string} were expanded in an unquoted
14057 here-document; however, when using this variant, care must be taken that
14058 @var{string} does not use double quotes within complex variable
14059 expansions (such as @samp{$@{foo-`echo "hi"`@}}) that would be broken
14060 with improper escapes.
14062 This macro is often used with @code{AS_ECHO}. For an example, observe
14063 the output generated by the shell code generated from this snippet:
14067 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE(["$foo" = ])AS_ESCAPE(["$foo"], [""])"])
14068 @result{}"$foo" = "bar"
14069 m4_define([macro], [a, [\b]])
14070 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE([[macro]])"])
14072 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE([macro])"])
14074 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE(m4_dquote(m4_expand([macro])))"])
14078 @comment Should we add AS_ESCAPE_SINGLE? If we do, we can optimize in
14079 @comment the case of @var{string} that does not contain '.
14080 To escape a string that will be placed within single quotes, use:
14083 m4_bpatsubst([[@var{string}]], ['], ['\\''])
14087 @defmac AS_EXECUTABLE_P (@var{file})
14088 @asindex{EXECUTABLE_P}
14089 Emit code to probe whether @var{file} is a regular file with executable
14090 permissions (and not a directory with search permissions). The caller
14091 is responsible for quoting @var{file}.
14094 @defmac AS_EXIT (@dvar{status, $?})
14096 Emit code to exit the shell with @var{status}, defaulting to @samp{$?}.
14098 works around shells that see the exit status of the command prior to
14099 @code{exit} inside a @samp{trap 0} handler (@pxref{trap, , Limitations
14100 of Shell Builtins}).
14103 @defmac AS_IF (@var{test1}, @ovar{run-if-true1}, @dots{}, @ovar{run-if-false})
14105 Run shell code @var{test1}. If @var{test1} exits with a zero status then
14106 run shell code @var{run-if-true1}, else examine further tests. If no test
14107 exits with a zero status, run shell code @var{run-if-false}, with
14108 simplifications if either @var{run-if-true1} or @var{run-if-false}
14109 is empty. For example,
14112 AS_IF([test "x$foo" = xyes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])],
14113 [test "x$foo" != xno], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])],
14114 [echo foo not specified])
14118 ensures any required macros of @code{HANDLE_FOO}
14119 are expanded before the first test.
14121 This macro should be used instead of plain @samp{if} in code
14122 outside of an @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, when the contents of the @samp{if}
14123 use @code{AC_REQUIRE} directly or indirectly (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}).
14126 @defmac AS_MKDIR_P (@var{file-name})
14128 Make the directory @var{file-name}, including intervening directories
14129 as necessary. This is equivalent to @samp{mkdir -p -- @var{file-name}}.
14130 If creation of @var{file-name} fails, exit the script.
14132 Also see the @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
14135 @defmac AS_SET_STATUS (@var{status})
14136 @asindex{SET_STATUS}
14137 Emit shell code to set the value of @samp{$?} to @var{status}, as
14138 efficiently as possible. However, this is not guaranteed to abort a
14139 shell running with @code{set -e} (@pxref{set, , Limitations of Shell
14140 Builtins}). This should also be used at the end of a complex shell
14141 function instead of @samp{return} (@pxref{Shell Functions}) to avoid
14145 @defmac AS_TR_CPP (@var{expression})
14147 Transform @var{expression} into a valid right-hand side for a C @code{#define}.
14151 # This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1".
14152 # Notice the m4 quoting around #, to prevent an m4 comment
14154 echo "[#]define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
14158 @defmac AS_TR_SH (@var{expression})
14160 Transform @var{expression} into shell code that generates a valid shell
14161 variable name. The result is literal when possible at m4 time, but must
14162 be used with @code{eval} if @var{expression} causes shell indirections.
14166 # This outputs "Have it!".
14167 header="sys/some file.h"
14168 eval AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes
14169 if test "x$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = xyes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
14173 @defmac AS_SET_CATFILE (@var{var}, @var{dir}, @var{file})
14174 @asindex{SET_CATFILE}
14175 Set the polymorphic shell variable @var{var} to @var{dir}/@var{file},
14176 but optimizing the common cases (@var{dir} or @var{file} is @samp{.},
14177 @var{file} is absolute, etc.).
14180 @defmac AS_UNSET (@var{var})
14182 Unsets the shell variable @var{var}, working around bugs in older
14183 shells (@pxref{unset, , Limitations of Shell
14184 Builtins}). @var{var} can be a literal or indirect variable name.
14187 @defmac AS_VERSION_COMPARE (@var{version-1}, @var{version-2}, @
14188 @ovar{action-if-less}, @ovar{action-if-equal}, @ovar{action-if-greater})
14189 @asindex{VERSION_COMPARE}
14190 Compare two strings @var{version-1} and @var{version-2}, possibly
14191 containing shell variables, as version strings, and expand
14192 @var{action-if-less}, @var{action-if-equal}, or @var{action-if-greater}
14193 depending upon the result.
14194 The algorithm to compare is similar to the one used by strverscmp in
14195 glibc (@pxref{String/Array Comparison, , String/Array Comparison, libc,
14196 The GNU C Library}).
14199 @node Polymorphic Variables
14200 @section Support for indirect variable names
14201 @cindex variable name indirection
14202 @cindex polymorphic variable name
14203 @cindex indirection, variable name
14205 Often, it is convenient to write a macro that will emit shell code
14206 operating on a shell variable. The simplest case is when the variable
14207 name is known. But a more powerful idiom is writing shell code that can
14208 work through an indirection, where another variable or command
14209 substitution produces the name of the variable to actually manipulate.
14210 M4sh supports the notion of polymorphic shell variables, making it easy
14211 to write a macro that can deal with either literal or indirect variable
14212 names and output shell code appropriate for both use cases. Behavior is
14213 undefined if expansion of an indirect variable does not result in a
14214 literal variable name.
14216 @defmac AS_LITERAL_IF (@var{expression}, @ovar{if-literal}, @ovar{if-not}, @
14217 @dvarv{if-simple-ref, if-not})
14218 @defmacx AS_LITERAL_WORD_IF (@var{expression}, @ovar{if-literal}, @
14219 @ovar{if-not}, @dvarv{if-simple-ref, if-not})
14220 @asindex{LITERAL_IF}
14221 @asindex{LITERAL_WORD_IF}
14222 If the expansion of @var{expression} is definitely a shell literal,
14223 expand @var{if-literal}. If the expansion of @var{expression} looks
14224 like it might contain shell indirections (such as @code{$var} or
14225 @code{`expr`}), then @var{if-not} is expanded. Sometimes, it is
14226 possible to output optimized code if @var{expression} consists only of
14227 shell variable expansions (such as @code{$@{var@}}), in which case
14228 @var{if-simple-ref} can be provided; but defaulting to @var{if-not}
14229 should always be safe. @code{AS_LITERAL_WORD_IF} only expands
14230 @var{if-literal} if @var{expression} looks like a single shell word,
14231 containing no whitespace; while @code{AS_LITERAL_IF} allows whitespace
14232 in @var{expression}.
14234 In order to reduce the time spent recognizing whether an
14235 @var{expression} qualifies as a literal or a simple indirection, the
14236 implementation is somewhat conservative: @var{expression} must be a
14237 single shell word (possibly after stripping whitespace), consisting only
14238 of bytes that would have the same meaning whether unquoted or enclosed
14239 in double quotes (for example, @samp{a.b} results in @var{if-literal},
14240 even though it is not a valid shell variable name; while both @samp{'a'}
14241 and @samp{[$]} result in @var{if-not}, because they behave differently
14242 than @samp{"'a'"} and @samp{"[$]"}). This macro can be used in contexts
14243 for recognizing portable file names (such as in the implementation of
14244 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}), or coupled with some transliterations for forming
14245 valid variable names (such as in the implementation of @code{AS_TR_SH},
14246 which uses an additional @code{m4_translit} to convert @samp{.} to
14249 This example shows how to read the contents of the shell variable
14250 @code{bar}, exercising all three arguments to @code{AS_LITERAL_IF}. It
14251 results in a script that will output the line @samp{hello} three times.
14254 AC_DEFUN([MY_ACTION],
14255 [AS_LITERAL_IF([$1],
14258 [AS_VAR_COPY([var], [$1])
14260 [eval 'echo "$'"$1"\"])])
14263 MY_ACTION([`echo bar`])
14268 @defmac AS_VAR_APPEND (@var{var}, @var{text})
14269 @asindex{VAR_APPEND}
14270 Emit shell code to append the shell expansion of @var{text} to the end
14271 of the current contents of the polymorphic shell variable @var{var},
14272 taking advantage of shells that provide the @samp{+=} extension for more
14275 For situations where the final contents of @var{var} are relatively
14276 short (less than 256 bytes), it is more efficient to use the simpler
14277 code sequence of @code{@var{var}=$@{@var{var}@}@var{text}} (or its
14278 polymorphic equivalent of @code{AS_VAR_COPY([t], [@var{var}])} and
14279 @code{AS_VAR_SET([@var{var}], ["$t"@var{text}])}). But in the case
14280 when the script will be repeatedly appending text into @code{var},
14281 issues of scaling start to become apparent. A naive implementation
14282 requires execution time linear to the length of the current contents of
14283 @var{var} as well as the length of @var{text} for a single append, for
14284 an overall quadratic scaling with multiple appends. This macro takes
14285 advantage of shells which provide the extension
14286 @code{@var{var}+=@var{text}}, which can provide amortized constant time
14287 for a single append, for an overall linear scaling with multiple
14288 appends. Note that unlike @code{AS_VAR_SET}, this macro requires that
14289 @var{text} be quoted properly to avoid field splitting and file name
14293 @defmac AS_VAR_ARITH (@var{var}, @var{expression})
14294 @asindex{VAR_ARITH}
14295 Emit shell code to compute the arithmetic expansion of @var{expression},
14296 assigning the result as the contents of the polymorphic shell variable
14297 @var{var}. The code takes advantage of shells that provide @samp{$(())}
14298 for fewer forks, but uses @command{expr} as a fallback. Therefore, the
14299 syntax for a valid @var{expression} is rather limited: all operators
14300 must occur as separate shell arguments and with proper quoting;
14301 the only operators supported are @samp{*}, @samp{/}, @samp{%}, binary
14302 @samp{+}, binary @samp{-}, @samp{>}, @samp{>=}, @samp{<}, @samp{<=},
14303 @samp{!=}, @samp{&}, and @samp{|};
14304 all variables containing numbers must be expanded prior to the computation;
14305 the first shell argument must not start with @samp{-};
14306 and each number must be an optional @samp{-} followed by one or more
14307 decimal digits, where the first digit is nonzero if there is more than
14308 one digit. In the following example, this snippet
14309 will print @samp{(2+3)*4 == 20}.
14313 AS_VAR_ARITH([foo], [\( 2 + $bar \) \* 4])
14314 echo "(2+$bar)*4 == $foo"
14318 @defmac AS_VAR_COPY (@var{dest}, @var{source})
14320 Emit shell code to assign the contents of the polymorphic shell variable
14321 @var{source} to the polymorphic shell variable @var{dest}. For example,
14322 executing this M4sh snippet will output @samp{bar hi}:
14326 AS_VAR_COPY([a], [foo])
14327 AS_VAR_COPY([b], [$foo])
14331 When it is necessary to access the contents of an indirect variable
14332 inside a shell double-quoted context, the recommended idiom is to first
14333 copy the contents into a temporary literal shell variable.
14336 for header in stdint_h inttypes_h ; do
14337 AS_VAR_COPY([var], [ac_cv_header_$header])
14338 echo "$header detected: $var"
14343 @comment AS_VAR_GET is intentionally undocumented; it can't handle
14344 @comment trailing newlines uniformly, and forks too much.
14346 @defmac AS_VAR_IF (@var{var}, @ovar{word}, @ovar{if-equal}, @
14347 @ovar{if-not-equal})
14349 Output a shell conditional statement. If the contents of the
14350 polymorphic shell variable @var{var} match the string @var{word},
14351 execute @var{if-equal}; otherwise execute @var{if-not-equal}. @var{word}
14352 must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string). Avoids
14353 shell bugs if an interrupt signal arrives while a command substitution
14354 in @var{var} is being expanded.
14357 @defmac AS_VAR_PUSHDEF (@var{m4-name}, @var{value})
14358 @defmacx AS_VAR_POPDEF (@var{m4-name})
14359 @asindex{VAR_PUSHDEF}
14360 @asindex{VAR_POPDEF}
14361 @cindex composing variable names
14362 @cindex variable names, composing
14363 A common M4sh idiom involves composing shell variable names from an m4
14364 argument (for example, writing a macro that uses a cache variable).
14365 @var{value} can be an arbitrary string, which will be transliterated
14366 into a valid shell name by @code{AS_TR_SH}. In order to access the
14367 composed variable name based on @var{value}, it is easier to declare a
14368 temporary m4 macro @var{m4-name} with @code{AS_VAR_PUSHDEF}, then use
14369 that macro as the argument to subsequent @code{AS_VAR} macros as a
14370 polymorphic variable name, and finally free the temporary macro with
14371 @code{AS_VAR_POPDEF}. These macros are often followed with @code{dnl},
14372 to avoid excess newlines in the output.
14374 Here is an involved example, that shows the power of writing macros that
14375 can handle composed shell variable names:
14378 m4_define([MY_CHECK_HEADER],
14379 [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([my_Header], [ac_cv_header_$1])dnl
14380 AS_VAR_IF([my_Header], [yes], [echo "header $1 detected"])dnl
14381 AS_VAR_POPDEF([my_Header])dnl
14383 MY_CHECK_HEADER([stdint.h])
14384 for header in inttypes.h stdlib.h ; do
14385 MY_CHECK_HEADER([$header])
14390 In the above example, @code{MY_CHECK_HEADER} can operate on polymorphic
14391 variable names. In the first invocation, the m4 argument is
14392 @code{stdint.h}, which transliterates into a literal @code{stdint_h}.
14393 As a result, the temporary macro @code{my_Header} expands to the literal
14394 shell name @samp{ac_cv_header_stdint_h}. In the second invocation, the
14395 m4 argument to @code{MY_CHECK_HEADER} is @code{$header}, and the
14396 temporary macro @code{my_Header} expands to the indirect shell name
14397 @samp{$as_my_Header}. During the shell execution of the for loop, when
14398 @samp{$header} contains @samp{inttypes.h}, then @samp{$as_my_Header}
14399 contains @samp{ac_cv_header_inttypes_h}. If this script is then run on a
14400 platform where all three headers have been previously detected, the
14401 output of the script will include:
14404 header stdint.h detected
14405 header inttypes.h detected
14406 header stdlib.h detected
14410 @defmac AS_VAR_SET (@var{var}, @ovar{value})
14412 Emit shell code to assign the contents of the polymorphic shell variable
14413 @var{var} to the shell expansion of @var{value}. @var{value} is not
14414 subject to field splitting or file name expansion, so if command
14415 substitution is used, it may be done with @samp{`""`} rather than using
14416 an intermediate variable (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}). However,
14417 @var{value} does undergo rescanning for additional macro names; behavior
14418 is unspecified if late expansion results in any shell meta-characters.
14421 @defmac AS_VAR_SET_IF (@var{var}, @ovar{if-set}, @ovar{if-undef})
14422 @asindex{VAR_SET_IF}
14423 Emit a shell conditional statement, which executes @var{if-set} if the
14424 polymorphic shell variable @code{var} is set to any value, and
14425 @var{if-undef} otherwise.
14428 @defmac AS_VAR_TEST_SET (@var{var})
14429 @asindex{VAR_TEST_SET}
14430 Emit a shell statement that results in a successful exit status only if
14431 the polymorphic shell variable @code{var} is set.
14434 @node Initialization Macros
14435 @section Initialization Macros
14437 @defmac AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
14438 @asindex{BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}
14439 Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
14440 standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
14441 environment variables, or setting options, or similar
14442 implementation-specific actions. This macro is deprecated, since
14443 @code{AS_INIT} already invokes it.
14450 Initialize the M4sh environment. This macro calls @code{m4_init}, then
14451 outputs the @code{#! /bin/sh} line, a notice about where the output was
14452 generated from, and code to sanitize the environment for the rest of the
14453 script. Among other initializations, this sets @env{SHELL} to the shell
14454 chosen to run the script (@pxref{CONFIG_SHELL}), and @env{LC_ALL} to
14455 ensure the C locale. Finally, it changes the current diversion to
14456 @code{BODY}. @code{AS_INIT} is called automatically by @code{AC_INIT}
14457 and @code{AT_INIT}, so shell code in @file{configure},
14458 @file{config.status}, and @file{testsuite} all benefit from a sanitized
14462 @defmac AS_INIT_GENERATED (@var{file}, @ovar{comment})
14463 @asindex{INIT_GENERATED}
14464 Emit shell code to start the creation of a subsidiary shell script in
14465 @var{file}, including changing @var{file} to be executable. This macro
14466 populates the child script with information learned from the parent
14467 (thus, the emitted code is equivalent in effect, but more efficient,
14468 than the code output by @code{AS_INIT}, @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and
14469 @code{AS_SHELL_SANITIZE}). If present, @var{comment} is output near the
14470 beginning of the child, prior to the shell initialization code, and is
14471 subject to parameter expansion, command substitution, and backslash
14473 parent script should check the exit status after this macro, in case
14474 @var{file} could not be properly created (for example, if the disk was
14475 full). If successfully created, the parent script can then proceed to
14476 append additional M4sh constructs into the child script.
14478 Note that the child script starts life without a log file open, so if
14479 the parent script uses logging (@pxref{AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD}), you
14480 must temporarily disable any attempts to use the log file until after
14481 emitting code to open a log within the child. On the other hand, if the
14482 parent script has @code{AS_MESSAGE_FD} redirected somewhere besides
14483 @samp{1}, then the child script already has code that copies stdout to
14484 that descriptor. Currently, the suggested
14485 idiom for writing a M4sh shell script from within another script is:
14488 AS_INIT_GENERATED([@var{file}], [[# My child script.
14489 ]]) || @{ AS_ECHO(["Failed to create child script"]); AS_EXIT; @}
14490 m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])dnl
14491 cat >> "@var{file}" <<\__EOF__
14492 # Code to initialize AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
14493 m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])dnl
14498 This, however, may change in the future as the M4sh interface is
14499 stabilized further.
14501 Also, be aware that use of @env{LINENO} within the child script may
14502 report line numbers relative to their location in the parent script,
14503 even when using @code{AS_LINENO_PREPARE}, if the parent script was
14504 unable to locate a shell with working @env{LINENO} support.
14507 @defmac AS_LINENO_PREPARE
14508 @asindex{LINENO_PREPARE}
14510 Find a shell that supports the special variable @env{LINENO}, which
14511 contains the number of the currently executing line. This macro is
14512 automatically invoked by @code{AC_INIT} in configure scripts.
14515 @defmac AS_ME_PREPARE
14516 @asindex{ME_PREPARE}
14517 Set up variable @env{as_me} to be the basename of the currently executing
14518 script. This macro is automatically invoked by @code{AC_INIT} in
14522 @defmac AS_TMPDIR (@var{prefix}, @dvar{dir, $@{TMPDIR:=/tmp@}})
14526 Create, as safely as possible, a temporary sub-directory within
14527 @var{dir} with a name starting with @var{prefix}. @var{prefix} should
14528 be 2--4 characters, to make it slightly easier to identify the owner of
14529 the directory. If @var{dir} is omitted, then the value of @env{TMPDIR}
14530 will be used (defaulting to @samp{/tmp}). On success, the name of the
14531 newly created directory is stored in the shell variable @code{tmp}. On
14532 error, the script is aborted.
14534 Typically, this macro is coupled with some exit traps to delete the created
14535 directory and its contents on exit or interrupt. However, there is a
14536 slight window between when the directory is created and when the name is
14537 actually known to the shell, so an interrupt at the right moment might
14538 leave the temporary directory behind. Hence it is important to use a
14539 @var{prefix} that makes it easier to determine if a leftover temporary
14540 directory from an interrupted script is safe to delete.
14542 If you set @code{TMPDIR=$tmp} after invoking this macro, you should
14543 reset @code{TMPDIR} before deleting the created directory, to avoid
14544 breaking commands that rely on @code{$TMPDIR}.
14546 The use of the output variable @samp{$tmp} rather than something in the
14547 @samp{as_} namespace is historical; it has the unfortunate consequence
14548 that reusing this otherwise common name for any other purpose inside
14549 your script has the potential to break any cleanup traps designed to
14550 remove the temporary directory.
14553 @defmac AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
14554 @asindex{SHELL_SANITIZE}
14555 Initialize the shell suitably for @command{configure} scripts. This has
14556 the effect of @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and sets some other
14557 environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
14558 For example, it sets @env{LC_ALL} to change to the default C locale.
14559 @xref{Special Shell Variables}. This macro is deprecated, since
14560 @code{AS_INIT} already invokes it.
14564 @node File Descriptor Macros
14565 @section File Descriptor Macros
14567 @cindex standard input
14568 @cindex file descriptors
14569 @cindex descriptors
14570 @cindex low-level output
14571 @cindex output, low-level
14573 The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages
14574 (or input values) from @file{configure} scripts.
14578 echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
14579 echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD
14580 read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
14584 However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher
14585 level macros as described below.
14587 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_FD
14588 @asindex{MESSAGE_FD}
14589 The file descriptor for @samp{checking for...} messages and results.
14590 By default, @code{AS_INIT} sets this to @samp{1} for standalone M4sh
14591 clients. However, @code{AC_INIT} shuffles things around to another file
14592 descriptor, in order to allow the @option{-q} option of
14593 @command{configure} to choose whether messages should go to the script's
14594 standard output or be discarded.
14596 If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing
14597 macros (@pxref{Printing Messages}) instead. Copies of messages output
14598 via these macros are also recorded in @file{config.log}.
14601 @anchor{AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
14602 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
14603 @asindex{MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
14604 This must either be empty, or expand to a file descriptor for log
14605 messages. By default, @code{AS_INIT} sets this macro to the empty
14606 string for standalone M4sh clients, thus disabling logging. However,
14607 @code{AC_INIT} shuffles things around so that both @command{configure}
14608 and @command{config.status} use @file{config.log} for log messages.
14609 Macros that run tools, like @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the
14610 Compiler}), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
14611 so if you develop such a low-level macro.
14614 @defmac AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
14615 @asindex{ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}
14616 This must expand to a file descriptor for the original standard input.
14617 By default, @code{AS_INIT} sets this macro to @samp{0} for standalone
14618 M4sh clients. However, @code{AC_INIT} shuffles things around for
14621 When @command{configure} runs, it may accidentally execute an
14622 interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
14623 to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
14624 interactive programs would cause @command{configure} to stop, pending
14625 some user input. Therefore @command{configure} redirects its standard
14626 input from @file{/dev/null} during its initialization. This is not
14627 normally a problem, since @command{configure} normally does not need
14630 In the extreme case where your @file{configure} script really needs to
14631 obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
14632 explicitly from @code{AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}.
14636 @c =================================================== Writing Autoconf Macros.
14638 @node Writing Autoconf Macros
14639 @chapter Writing Autoconf Macros
14641 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
14642 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
14643 Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
14644 You should also familiarize yourself with M4sugar (@pxref{Programming in M4})
14645 and M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}).
14648 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
14649 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
14650 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
14651 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
14652 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros à la Autoconf
14655 @node Macro Definitions
14656 @section Macro Definitions
14658 @defmac AC_DEFUN (@var{name}, @ovar{body})
14660 Autoconf macros are defined using the @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, which is
14661 similar to the M4 builtin @code{m4_define} macro; this creates a macro
14662 named @var{name} and with @var{body} as its expansion. In addition to
14663 defining a macro, @code{AC_DEFUN} adds to it some code that is used to
14664 constrain the order in which macros are called, while avoiding redundant
14665 output (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}).
14668 An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
14671 AC_DEFUN(@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
14674 You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as @samp{$1},
14675 @samp{$2}, etc. @xref{Definitions, , How to define new macros, m4,
14676 GNU M4}, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
14678 Most macros fall in one of two general categories. The first category
14679 includes macros which take arguments, in order to generate output
14680 parameterized by those arguments. Macros in this category are designed
14681 to be directly expanded, often multiple times, and should not be used as
14682 the argument to @code{AC_REQUIRE}. The other category includes macros
14683 which are shorthand for a fixed block of text, and therefore do not take
14684 arguments. For this category of macros, directly expanding the macro
14685 multiple times results in redundant output, so it is more common to use
14686 the macro as the argument to @code{AC_REQUIRE}, or to declare the macro
14687 with @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} (@pxref{One-Shot Macros}).
14689 Be sure to properly quote both the @var{macro-body} @emph{and} the
14690 @var{macro-name} to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have
14691 been previously defined.
14693 Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a
14694 brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in
14695 the prototype. For example:
14698 # AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1])
14699 # --------------------------------------
14700 m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR],
14701 [@{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2])
14702 exit m4_default([$2], [1]); @}])
14705 Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most
14706 other comments make their way into @file{configure}, so just keep
14707 using @samp{#} to introduce comments.
14710 If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
14711 that make no sense in @file{configure} and in the header comment, then
14712 use the builtin @code{dnl}: it causes M4 to discard the text
14713 through the next newline.
14715 Keep in mind that @code{dnl} is rarely needed to introduce comments;
14716 @code{dnl} is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
14717 that produce no output, such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
14719 Public third-party macros need to use @code{AC_DEFUN}, and not
14720 @code{m4_define}, in order to be found by @command{aclocal}
14721 (@pxref{Extending aclocal,,, automake, GNU Automake}).
14722 Additionally, if it is ever determined that a macro should be made
14723 obsolete, it is easy to convert from @code{AC_DEFUN} to @code{AU_DEFUN}
14724 in order to have @command{autoupdate} assist the user in choosing a
14725 better alternative, but there is no corresponding way to make
14726 @code{m4_define} issue an upgrade notice (@pxref{AU_DEFUN}).
14728 There is another subtle, but important, difference between using
14729 @code{m4_define} and @code{AC_DEFUN}: only the former is unaffected by
14730 @code{AC_REQUIRE}. When writing a file, it is always safe to replace a
14731 block of text with a @code{m4_define} macro that will expand to the same
14732 text. But replacing a block of text with an @code{AC_DEFUN} macro with
14733 the same content does not necessarily give the same results, because it
14734 changes the location where any embedded but unsatisfied
14735 @code{AC_REQUIRE} invocations within the block will be expanded. For an
14736 example of this, see @ref{Expanded Before Required}.
14739 @section Macro Names
14741 All of the public Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names in the
14742 namespace @samp{^AC_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with
14743 other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace @samp{^_AC_} for
14744 internal macros. All shell variables that they use for internal
14745 purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{ac_}. Autoconf
14746 also uses here-document delimiters in the namespace @samp{^_AC[A-Z]}. During
14747 @command{configure}, files produced by Autoconf make heavy use of the
14748 file system namespace @samp{^conf}.
14750 Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (@pxref{Programming in
14751 M4sugar}) and M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), you must also be aware
14752 of those namespaces (@samp{^_?\(m4\|AS\)_}). And since
14753 @file{configure.ac} is also designed to be scanned by Autoheader,
14754 Autoscan, Autoupdate, and Automake, you should be aware of the
14755 @samp{^_?A[HNUM]_} namespaces. In general, you @emph{should not use}
14756 the namespace of a package that does not own the macro or shell code you
14759 To ensure that your macros don't conflict with present or future
14760 Autoconf macros, you should prefix your own macro names and any shell
14761 variables they use with some other sequence. Possibilities include your
14762 initials, or an abbreviation for the name of your organization or
14763 software package. Historically, people have not always followed the
14764 rule of using a namespace appropriate for their package, and this has
14765 made it difficult for determining the origin of a macro (and where to
14766 report bugs about that macro), as well as difficult for the true
14767 namespace owner to add new macros without interference from pre-existing
14768 uses of third-party macros. Perhaps the best example of this confusion
14769 is the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} macro, which belongs, not to Automake, but
14772 Most of the Autoconf macros' names follow a structured naming convention
14773 that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names
14774 consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most
14775 general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the
14776 same convention (@pxref{Cache Variable Names}, for more information on
14779 The first word of the name after the namespace initials (such as
14780 @samp{AC_}) usually tells the category
14781 of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for
14782 specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to
14783 write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use
14784 them where applicable; where they're not, invent your own categories.
14788 C language builtin features.
14790 Declarations of C variables in header files.
14792 Functions in libraries.
14794 Posix group owners of files.
14800 The base names of programs.
14802 Members of aggregates.
14804 Operating system features.
14806 C builtin or declared types.
14808 C variables in libraries.
14811 After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
14812 tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
14813 of the feature. For example, @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET} checks whether
14814 @command{make} sets a variable to its own name.
14816 An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
14817 Autoconf internals should therefore start with @samp{_AC_}.
14818 Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
14819 should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
14820 other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
14821 macro does. For example, @code{AC_PATH_X} has internal macros
14822 @code{_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF} and @code{_AC_PATH_X_DIRECT}.
14824 @node Dependencies Between Macros
14825 @section Dependencies Between Macros
14826 @cindex Dependencies between macros
14828 Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in
14829 order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain
14830 macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are
14831 called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
14834 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
14835 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
14836 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
14839 @node Prerequisite Macros
14840 @subsection Prerequisite Macros
14841 @cindex Prerequisite macros
14842 @cindex Macros, prerequisites
14844 A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
14845 been computed by other macros. For example, @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
14846 examines the output of @code{flex} or @code{lex}, so it depends on
14847 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} having been called first to set the shell variable
14850 Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
14851 dependencies between them, you can use the @code{AC_REQUIRE} macro to do
14852 it automatically. @code{AC_REQUIRE} can ensure that a macro is only
14853 called if it is needed, and only called once.
14855 @defmac AC_REQUIRE (@var{macro-name})
14857 If the M4 macro @var{macro-name} has not already been called, call it
14858 (without any arguments). Make sure to quote @var{macro-name} with
14859 square brackets. @var{macro-name} must have been defined using
14860 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
14861 that it has been called.
14863 @code{AC_REQUIRE} must be used inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}; it
14864 must not be called from the top level. Also, it does not make sense to
14865 require a macro that takes parameters.
14868 @code{AC_REQUIRE} is often misunderstood. It really implements
14869 dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
14870 another, the latter is expanded @emph{before} the body of the
14871 former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
14872 the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
14873 In particular, @samp{AC_REQUIRE([FOO])} is not replaced with the body of
14874 @code{FOO}. For instance, this definition of macros:
14878 AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA],
14879 [test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt 38 &&
14880 dance_floor=occupied])
14881 AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN],
14882 [test "x$hair_style" = xcurly &&
14883 dance_floor=occupied])
14887 AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR],
14888 [if test "x`date +%A`" = xSaturday; then
14889 AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA])
14890 AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN])
14896 with this @file{configure.ac}
14899 AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@@example.org])
14900 RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR
14901 if test "x$dance_floor" = xoccupied; then
14902 AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move])
14907 does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul on
14908 days other than Saturday, since the call to @code{RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR}
14913 test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt 38 &&
14914 dance_floor=occupied
14915 test "x$hair_style" = xcurly &&
14916 dance_floor=occupied
14917 if test "x`date +%A`" = xSaturday; then
14924 This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in
14925 required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros;
14926 (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
14931 AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK])
14938 However, this implementation can lead to another class of problems.
14939 Consider the case where an outer macro first expands, then indirectly
14940 requires, an inner macro:
14943 AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [[echo in A
14944 if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi
14946 AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA])[echo in B
14947 if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]])
14948 AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]])
14949 AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER]
14956 Prior to Autoconf 2.64, the implementation of @code{AC_REQUIRE}
14957 recognized that @code{TESTB} needed to be hoisted prior to the expansion
14958 of @code{OUTER}, but because @code{TESTA} had already been directly
14959 expanded, it failed to hoist @code{TESTA}. Therefore, the expansion of
14960 @code{TESTB} occurs prior to its prerequisites, leading to the following
14972 Newer Autoconf is smart enough to recognize this situation, and hoists
14973 @code{TESTA} even though it has already been expanded, but issues a
14974 syntax warning in the process. This is because the hoisted expansion of
14975 @code{TESTA} defeats the purpose of using @code{AC_REQUIRE} to avoid
14976 redundant code, and causes its own set of problems if the hoisted macro
14988 The bug is not in Autoconf, but in the macro definitions. If you ever
14989 pass a particular macro name to @code{AC_REQUIRE}, then you are implying
14990 that the macro only needs to be expanded once. But to enforce this,
14991 either the macro must be declared with @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} (although
14992 this only helps in Autoconf 2.64 or newer), or all
14993 uses of that macro should be through @code{AC_REQUIRE}; directly
14994 expanding the macro defeats the point of using @code{AC_REQUIRE} to
14995 eliminate redundant expansion. In the example, this rule of thumb was
14996 violated because @code{TESTB} requires @code{TESTA} while @code{OUTER}
14997 directly expands it. One way of fixing the bug is to factor
14998 @code{TESTA} into two macros, the portion designed for direct and
14999 repeated use (here, named @code{TESTA}), and the portion designed for
15000 one-shot output and used only inside @code{AC_REQUIRE} (here, named
15001 @code{TESTA_PREREQ}). Then, by fixing all clients to use the correct
15002 calling convention according to their needs:
15005 AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA_PREREQ])[echo in A]])
15006 AC_DEFUN([TESTA_PREREQ], [[echo in A_PREREQ
15007 if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi
15009 AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA_PREREQ])[echo in B
15010 if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]])
15011 AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]])
15012 AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER]
15019 the resulting output will then obey all dependency rules and avoid any
15020 syntax warnings, whether the script is built with old or new Autoconf
15031 You can use the helper macros @code{AS_IF} and @code{AS_CASE} in
15032 top-level code to enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell
15033 conditional constructs; these helpers are not needed in the bodies of
15034 macros defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}.
15035 You are furthermore encouraged, although not required, to
15036 put all @code{AC_REQUIRE} calls
15037 at the beginning of a macro. You can use @code{dnl} to avoid the empty
15040 Autoconf will normally warn if an @code{AC_REQUIRE} call refers to a
15041 macro that has not been defined. However, the @command{aclocal} tool
15042 relies on parsing an incomplete set of input files to trace which macros
15043 have been required, in order to then pull in additional files that
15044 provide those macros; for this particular use case, pre-defining the
15045 macro @code{m4_require_silent_probe} will avoid the warnings.
15047 @node Suggested Ordering
15048 @subsection Suggested Ordering
15049 @cindex Macros, ordering
15050 @cindex Ordering macros
15052 Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but
15053 neither @emph{requires} that the other be called. For example, a macro
15054 that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any
15055 macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in
15058 Autoconf provides the @code{AC_BEFORE} macro to warn users when macros
15059 with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
15060 @file{configure.ac} file. The warning occurs when creating
15061 @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, not when running
15062 @command{configure}.
15064 For example, @code{AC_PROG_CPP} checks whether the C compiler
15065 can run the C preprocessor when given the @option{-E} option. It should
15066 therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
15067 being used, such as @code{AC_PROG_CC}. So @code{AC_PROG_CC} contains:
15070 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
15074 This warns the user if a call to @code{AC_PROG_CPP} has already occurred
15075 when @code{AC_PROG_CC} is called.
15077 @defmac AC_BEFORE (@var{this-macro-name}, @var{called-macro-name})
15079 Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
15080 @var{called-macro-name} has already been called. @var{this-macro-name}
15081 should be the name of the macro that is calling @code{AC_BEFORE}. The
15082 macro @var{called-macro-name} must have been defined using
15083 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
15084 that it has been called.
15087 @node One-Shot Macros
15088 @subsection One-Shot Macros
15089 @cindex One-shot macros
15090 @cindex Macros, called once
15092 Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
15093 multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
15094 Autoconf ensures that @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} and cousins
15095 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
15096 sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
15097 macros can be defined using @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}.
15099 @defmac AC_DEFUN_ONCE (@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
15100 @acindex{DEFUN_ONCE}
15101 Declare macro @var{macro-name} like @code{AC_DEFUN} would (@pxref{Macro
15102 Definitions}), but add additional logic that guarantees that only the
15103 first use of the macro (whether by direct expansion or
15104 @code{AC_REQUIRE}) causes an expansion of @var{macro-body}; the
15105 expansion will occur before the start of any enclosing macro defined by
15106 @code{AC_DEFUN}. Subsequent expansions are silently ignored.
15107 Generally, it does not make sense for @var{macro-body} to use parameters
15111 Prior to Autoconf 2.64, a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} would
15112 emit a warning if it was directly expanded a second time, so for
15113 portability, it is better to use @code{AC_REQUIRE} than direct
15114 invocation of @var{macro-name} inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}
15115 (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}).
15117 @node Obsoleting Macros
15118 @section Obsoleting Macros
15119 @cindex Obsoleting macros
15120 @cindex Macros, obsoleting
15122 Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
15123 Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
15124 ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
15125 parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
15126 considered @dfn{obsolete}; they still work, but are no longer considered
15127 the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
15128 macros. Ideally, @command{autoupdate} should replace the old macro calls
15129 with their modern implementation.
15131 Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
15134 @defmac AU_DEFUN (@var{old-macro}, @var{implementation}, @ovar{message}, @ovar{silent})
15136 Define @var{old-macro} as @var{implementation}, just like
15137 @code{AC_DEFUN}, but also declare @var{old-macro} to be obsolete.
15138 When @command{autoupdate} is run, occurrences of @var{old-macro} will
15139 be replaced by the text of @var{implementation} in the updated
15140 @file{configure.ac} file.
15142 If a simple textual replacement is not enough to finish the job of
15143 updating a @file{configure.ac} to modern style, provide instructions for
15144 whatever additional manual work is required as @var{message}. These
15145 instructions will be printed by @command{autoupdate}, and embedded in the
15146 updated @file{configure.ac} file, next to the text of @var{implementation}.
15148 Normally, @command{autoconf} will also issue a warning (in the
15149 ``obsolete'' category) when it expands @var{old-macro}. This warning
15150 does not include @var{message}; it only advises the maintainer to run
15151 @command{autoupdate}. If it is inappropriate to issue this warning, set
15152 the @var{silent} argument to the word @code{silent}. One might want to
15153 use a silent @code{AU_DEFUN} when @var{old-macro} is used in a
15154 widely-distributed third-party macro. If that macro's maintainers are
15155 aware of the need to update their code, it's unnecessary to nag all
15156 of the transitive users of @var{old-macro} as well. This capability
15157 was added to @code{AU_DEFUN} in Autoconf 2.70; older versions of
15158 autoconf will ignore the @var{silent} argument and issue the warning
15161 @strong{Caution:} If @var{implementation} contains M4 or M4sugar macros,
15162 they will be evaluated when @command{autoupdate} is run, not emitted
15163 verbatim like the rest of @var{implementation}. This cannot be avoided
15164 with extra quotation, because then @var{old-macro} will not work when
15165 it is called normally. See the definition of @code{AC_FOREACH} in
15166 @file{general.m4} for a workaround.
15169 @defmac AU_ALIAS (@var{old-name}, @var{new-name}, @ovar{silent})
15171 A shorthand version of @code{AU_DEFUN}, to be used when a macro has
15172 simply been renamed. @command{autoupdate} will replace calls to
15173 @var{old-name} with calls to @var{new-name}, keeping any arguments
15174 intact. No instructions for additional manual work will be printed.
15176 The @var{silent} argument works the same as the @var{silent} argument
15177 to @code{AU_DEFUN}. It was added to @code{AU_ALIAS} in Autoconf 2.70.
15179 @strong{Caution:} @code{AU_ALIAS} cannot be used when @var{new-name} is
15180 an M4 or M4sugar macro. See above.
15184 @section Coding Style
15185 @cindex Coding style
15187 The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to
15188 follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro,
15189 either by contributing it to Autoconf itself or the
15190 @uref{https://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf-archive/, Autoconf Macro
15191 Archive}, or by other means.
15193 The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For
15194 more details, see @ref{Autoconf Language}, and @ref{M4 Quotation}.
15196 Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro
15197 in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to
15198 this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We
15199 @emph{are} conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect;
15200 nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over
15203 Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell
15206 If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (@pxref{Macro Names}),
15207 you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
15208 set a special value, @emph{avoid using a regular macro name}; rather,
15209 use an ``impossible'' name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
15210 @code{AC_SUBST} used to remember what @var{symbol} macros were already defined
15211 by setting @code{AC_SUBST_@var{symbol}}, which is a regular macro name.
15212 But since there is a macro named @code{AC_SUBST_FILE}, it was just
15213 impossible to @samp{AC_SUBST(FILE)}! In this case,
15214 @code{AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} or @code{_AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} should
15215 have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
15216 @c or better yet, high-level macros such as @code{m4_expand_once}
15218 No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
15219 except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
15220 macro, all shell variables should start with @code{ac_}. In
15221 addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
15222 other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
15225 Do not use @code{dnl} to introduce comments: most of the comments you
15226 are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
15227 anyway, or comments that should make their way into @file{configure}.
15228 There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
15229 constructs, in which case @code{dnl} is right, but keep in mind that it
15232 M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument.
15233 Use this feature to
15234 indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the
15235 opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
15238 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment,
15240 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])],
15241 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
15248 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
15249 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
15250 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
15251 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
15258 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment],
15260 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
15261 [return __EMX__;])],
15262 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
15263 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
15266 When using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} or any macro that cannot work when
15267 cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically @samp{no}).
15269 Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as
15270 syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance,
15274 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
15281 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
15285 so that Emacsen do not open an endless ``string'' at the first quote.
15286 For the same reasons, avoid:
15296 test $[@@%:@@] != 0
15300 Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a @samp{#}-comment,
15301 breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
15302 preferred style to escape from M4: @samp{$[1]}, @samp{$[@@]}, etc. Do
15303 not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
15304 are @samp{[$]$1} (write @samp{$$1}), @samp{[$]var} (use @samp{$var}),
15307 When using @command{sed}, don't use @option{-e} except for indenting
15308 purposes. With the @code{s} and @code{y} commands, the preferred
15309 separator is @samp{/} unless @samp{/} itself might appear in the pattern
15310 or replacement, in which case you should use @samp{|}, or optionally
15311 @samp{,} if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
15312 name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
15313 that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
15314 set @samp{"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~} are good choices if the pattern or
15315 replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
15316 to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
15318 @xref{Macro Definitions}, for details on how to define a macro. If a
15319 macro doesn't use @code{AC_REQUIRE}, is expected to never be the object
15320 of an @code{AC_REQUIRE} directive, and macros required by other macros
15321 inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
15322 use @code{m4_define}. In case of doubt, use @code{AC_DEFUN}.
15323 Also take into account that public third-party macros need to use
15324 @code{AC_DEFUN} in order to be found by @command{aclocal}
15325 (@pxref{Extending aclocal,,, automake, GNU Automake}).
15326 All the @code{AC_REQUIRE} statements should be at the beginning of the
15327 macro, and each statement should be followed by @code{dnl}.
15329 You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking
15330 whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides
15331 both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves
15332 room for further arguments.
15334 Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing @samp{])} at the
15335 beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
15336 macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
15337 @command{configure}; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
15338 remove it you can use @samp{[]dnl} on the last line. You can similarly
15339 use @samp{[]dnl} after a macro call to remove its newline. @samp{[]dnl}
15340 is recommended instead of @samp{dnl} to ensure that M4 does not
15341 interpret the @samp{dnl} as being attached to the preceding text or
15342 macro output. For example, instead of:
15345 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
15346 [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
15348 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
15349 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
15357 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
15358 [AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
15359 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
15360 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
15361 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
15366 If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
15367 macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
15368 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
15369 this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
15372 In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro
15373 written the old way:
15376 dnl Check for EMX on OS/2.
15378 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2,
15379 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2,
15380 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)],
15381 ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)])
15382 test "x$ac_cv_emxos2" = xyes && EMXOS2=yes])
15391 # Check for EMX on OS/2.
15392 m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2],
15393 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
15394 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
15395 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
15396 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
15397 test "x$ac_cv_emxos2" = xyes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl
15404 @c ============================================= Portable Shell Programming
15406 @node Portable Shell
15407 @chapter Portable Shell Programming
15408 @cindex Portable shell programming
15410 When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming
15411 techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The
15412 Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash
15413 have evolved over the years, and many features added to the original
15414 System7 shell are now supported on all interesting porting targets.
15415 However, the following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe
15422 The GNU assumption that @command{/bin/sh} is the one and only shell
15423 leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don't want to break users'
15424 existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne
15425 shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus,
15426 vendors who have taken this route will @emph{never} (OK@dots{}``never say
15427 never'') replace the Bourne shell (as @command{/bin/sh}) with a
15435 This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V's) do
15436 have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
15437 @command{/bin/sh} programs are not the Posix shell.
15439 So while most modern systems do have a shell @emph{somewhere} that meets the
15440 Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
15443 For this reason, part of the job of M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
15444 is to find such a shell. But to prevent trouble, if you're not using
15445 M4sh you should not take advantage of features that were added after Unix
15446 version 7, circa 1977 (@pxref{Systemology}); you should not use aliases,
15447 negated character classes, or even @command{unset}. @code{#} comments,
15448 while not in Unix version 7, were retrofitted in the original Bourne
15449 shell and can be assumed to be part of the least common denominator.
15451 On the other hand, if you're using M4sh you can assume that the shell
15452 has the features that were added in SVR2 (circa 1984), including shell
15454 @command{return}, @command{unset}, and I/O redirection for builtins. For
15455 more information, refer to @uref{https://@/www.in-ulm.de/@/~mascheck/@/bourne/}.
15456 However, some pitfalls have to be avoided for portable use of these
15457 constructs; these will be documented in the rest of this chapter.
15458 See in particular @ref{Shell Functions} and @ref{Limitations of
15459 Builtins, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}.
15461 The set of external programs you should run in a @command{configure} script
15462 is fairly small. @xref{Utilities in Makefiles, , Utilities in
15463 Makefiles, standards, The GNU Coding Standards}, for the list. This
15464 restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
15465 programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
15468 Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see
15469 @ref{Limitations of Usual Tools}.
15471 There are other sources of documentation about shells. The
15472 specification for the Posix
15473 @uref{https://@/pubs.opengroup.org/@/onlinepubs/@/9699919799/@/utilities/@/V3_chap02.html,
15474 Shell Command Language}, though more generous than the restrictive shell
15475 subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see
15476 @uref{http://@/www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/, the Shell FAQs}.
15479 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
15480 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
15481 * Invoking the Shell:: Invoking the shell as a command
15482 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
15483 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
15484 * Signal Handling:: Shells, signals, and headaches
15485 * File System Conventions:: File names
15486 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
15487 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
15488 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
15489 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
15490 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
15491 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
15492 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
15493 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
15494 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
15499 @section Systemology
15500 @cindex Systemology
15502 This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to
15503 documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported
15506 @uref{https://@/en.wikipedia.org/@/wiki/@/POSIX, Posix-conforming
15507 systems} are derived from the
15508 @uref{https://@/en.wikipedia.org/@/wiki/@/Unix, Unix operating system}.
15510 The @uref{http://@/bhami.com/@/rosetta.html, Rosetta Stone for Unix}
15511 contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming
15512 systems. @uref{https://@/www.levenez.com/@/unix/, Unix History} is a
15513 simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each
15516 @uref{http://@/heirloom.sourceforge.net/, The Heirloom Project}
15517 provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
15524 Darwin is a partially proprietary operating system maintained by Apple
15525 Computer and used by most of their products. It is also known as macOS,
15526 iOS, etc.@: depending on the exact variant. Older versions were called
15529 By default the file system will be case insensitive, albeit case
15530 preserving. This can cause nasty problems: for instance, the
15531 installation attempt for a package having an @file{INSTALL} file can
15532 result in @samp{make install} reporting that nothing is to be done!
15534 Darwin does support case-sensitive file systems, but they must be
15535 formatted specially as such, and Apple discourages use of a
15536 case-sensitive volume for the base operating system. To build software
15537 that expects case-sensitive filenames, it is best to create a separate
15538 disk volume or disk image formatted as case sensitive; this can be done
15539 using the @command{diskutil} command or the Disk Utility application.
15543 @c FIXME: Please, if you feel like writing something more precise,
15544 @c it'd be great. In particular, I can't understand the difference with
15546 QNX is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture
15547 meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred
15548 processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More
15549 information is available on the
15550 @uref{https://@/blackberry.qnx.com/@/en, QNX home page}.
15552 @item Unix version 7
15553 @cindex Unix version 7
15555 Officially this was called the ``Seventh Edition'' of ``the UNIX
15556 time-sharing system'' but we use the more-common name ``Unix version 7''.
15557 Documentation is available in the
15558 @uref{https://@/s3.amazonaws.com/@/plan9-bell-labs/@/7thEdMan/@/index.html,
15559 Unix Seventh Edition Manual}.
15560 Previous versions of Unix are called ``Unix version 6'', etc., but
15561 they were not as widely used.
15566 @section Shellology
15569 There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family
15570 and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to
15571 write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The
15572 @uref{http://@/www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/@/shell-differences/, the
15573 Shell difference FAQ} includes a small history of Posix shells, and a
15574 comparison between several of them.
15576 Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
15581 Ash is often used on GNU/Linux and BSD
15582 systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some
15583 bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts
15584 should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many
15585 GNU/Linux distributions.
15587 To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
15591 don't use @samp{$?} after expanding empty or unset variables,
15592 or at the start of an @command{eval}:
15598 echo "Do not use it: $?"
15600 eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
15604 don't use command substitution within variable expansion:
15611 beware that single builtin substitutions are not performed by a
15612 subshell, hence their effect applies to the current shell! @xref{Shell
15613 Substitutions}, item ``Command Substitution''.
15618 To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
15619 @code{BASH_VERSION} is set. To require
15620 Posix compatibility, run @samp{set -o posix}. @xref{Bash POSIX
15621 Mode, , Bash Posix Mode, bash, The GNU Bash Reference
15622 Manual}, for details.
15624 @item Bash 2.05 and later
15625 @cindex Bash 2.05 and later
15626 Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
15627 output of the @command{set} builtin, designed to make evaluating its
15628 output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
15629 versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
15630 you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute @command{configure},
15631 you'll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
15636 @prindex @samp{ksh}
15637 @prindex @samp{ksh88}
15638 @prindex @samp{ksh93}
15639 The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
15640 conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
15641 called @samp{ksh88} and @samp{ksh93}, named after the years of initial
15642 release. It is usually called @command{ksh}, but is called @command{sh}
15643 on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
15645 On Solaris 11, @command{/bin/sh} and @command{/usr/bin/ksh} are both
15646 @samp{ksh93}. On Solaris 10 and earlier, @command{/bin/sh} is a
15647 pre-Posix Bourne shell and the Korn shell is found elsewhere:
15648 @prindex @command{/usr/bin/ksh} on Solaris
15649 @command{/usr/bin/ksh} is @samp{ksh88} on Solaris 10,
15650 @prindex @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} on Solaris
15651 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} is a Posix-compliant variant of
15652 @samp{ksh88} on Solaris 10 and later,
15653 @prindex @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} on Solaris
15654 and @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} is @samp{ksh93}.
15655 Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
15656 packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
15657 not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
15660 Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell @command{/usr/bin/ksh}
15661 is also available as @command{/usr/bin/posix/sh}. If the environment
15662 variable @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
15663 the standard shell conform to Posix.
15666 @prindex @samp{pdksh}
15667 A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called @command{pdksh} is widely
15668 available: it has most of the @samp{ksh88} features along with a few of
15669 its own. It usually sets @code{KSH_VERSION}, except if invoked as
15670 @command{/bin/sh} on OpenBSD, and similarly to Bash you can require
15671 Posix compatibility by running @samp{set -o posix}. Unfortunately, with
15672 @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of January 2007)
15673 Posix mode is buggy and causes @command{pdksh} to depart from Posix in
15674 at least one respect, see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
15678 To detect whether you are running @command{zsh}, test whether
15679 @code{ZSH_VERSION} is set. By default @command{zsh} is @emph{not}
15680 compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute @samp{emulate sh},
15681 and for @command{zsh} versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
15682 set @code{NULLCMD} to @samp{:}. @xref{Compatibility, , Compatibility,
15683 zsh, The Z Shell Manual}, for details.
15685 The default Mac OS X @command{sh} was originally Zsh; it was changed to
15686 Bash in Mac OS X 10.2 (2002) and changed back to Zsh in macOS 10.15 (2019).
15689 @node Invoking the Shell
15690 @section Invoking the Shell
15691 @cindex invoking the shell
15692 @cindex shell invocation
15694 The Korn shell (up to at least version M-12/28/93d) has a bug when
15695 invoked on a file whose name does not contain a slash. It first
15696 searches for the file's name in @env{PATH}, and if found it executes
15697 that rather than the original file. For example, assuming there is a
15698 binary executable @file{/usr/bin/script} in your @env{PATH}, the last
15699 command in the following example fails because the Korn shell finds
15700 @file{/usr/bin/script} and refuses to execute it as a shell script:
15703 $ @kbd{touch xxyzzyz script}
15704 $ @kbd{ksh xxyzzyz}
15705 $ @kbd{ksh ./script}
15707 ksh: script: cannot execute
15710 Bash 2.03 has a bug when invoked with the @option{-c} option: if the
15711 option-argument ends in backslash-newline, Bash incorrectly reports a
15712 syntax error. The problem does not occur if a character follows the
15716 $ @kbd{$ bash -c 'echo foo \}
15718 bash: -c: line 2: syntax error: unexpected end of file
15719 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo foo \}
15725 @xref{Backslash-Newline-Empty}, for how this can cause problems in makefiles.
15727 @node Here-Documents
15728 @section Here-Documents
15729 @cindex Here-documents
15730 @cindex Shell here-documents
15732 Because unquoted here-documents are subject to parameter expansion and
15733 command substitution, the characters @samp{$} and @samp{`} are special
15734 in unquoted here-documents and should be escaped by @samp{\} if you want
15735 them as-is. Also, @samp{\} is special if it precedes @samp{$},
15736 @samp{`}, newline or @samp{\} itself, so @samp{\} should be doubled if
15737 it appears before these characters and you want it as-is.
15739 Using command substitutions in a here-document that is fed to a shell
15740 function is not portable. For example, with Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}:
15743 $ @kbd{kitty () @{ cat; @}}
15747 /tmp/sh199886: cannot open
15752 Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
15753 Solaris 10 @command{dtksh} and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
15754 derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
15755 expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
15756 within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
15757 is used. For example, @code{$@{variable@}} could be replaced by the expansion
15758 of @code{$@{ble@}}. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
15759 boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used @code{$@{@}}.
15760 Instead of @code{$@{variable-default@}}, the shell may expand
15761 @code{$@{riable-default@}}, or even @code{$@{fault@}}. This bug can often
15762 be worked around by omitting the braces: @code{$variable}. The bug was
15764 @samp{ksh93g} (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
15765 still shipping older versions with the bug.
15767 Empty here-documents are not portable either; with the following code,
15768 @command{zsh} up to at least version 4.3.10 creates a file with a single
15769 newline, whereas other shells create an empty file:
15776 Many shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents
15777 inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when
15778 a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your
15779 @file{configure.ac} includes something like:
15783 AS_IF([<cross_compiling>],
15784 [assume this and that],
15787 check something else
15794 A shell parses the whole @code{if}/@code{fi} construct generated by
15795 @code{AS_IF}, creating
15796 temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
15797 for such here-documents on every @code{fork}, so that the clean-up code
15798 they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
15799 that can take the shell forever.
15801 Moving the tests out of the @code{if}/@code{fi}, or creating multiple
15802 @code{if}/@code{fi} constructs, would improve the performance
15803 significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
15804 typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it's even not recommended, because M4
15805 macros can't look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
15806 macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
15807 condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
15808 executing the macro at all.
15810 Be careful with the use of @samp{<<-} to unindent here-documents. The
15811 behavior is only portable for stripping leading @key{TAB}s, and things
15812 can silently break if an overzealous editor converts to using leading
15813 spaces (not all shells are nice enough to warn about unterminated
15817 $ @kbd{printf 'cat <<-x\n\t1\n\t 2\n\tx\n' | bash && echo done}
15821 $ @kbd{printf 'cat <<-x\n 1\n 2\n x\n' | bash-3.2 && echo done}
15828 @node File Descriptors
15829 @section File Descriptors
15830 @cindex Descriptors
15831 @cindex File descriptors
15832 @cindex Shell file descriptors
15834 Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on
15835 stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content
15836 if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
15839 $ @kbd{ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
15841 + eval echo foo >&2
15844 $ @kbd{bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
15846 + eval 'echo foo >&2'
15849 $ @kbd{zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
15850 @i{# Traces on startup files deleted here.}
15852 +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2
15858 One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove
15861 If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output,
15862 redirect standard output first. This works better with HP-UX,
15863 since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected
15867 $ @kbd{sh -x -c ': 2>err >out'}
15869 + 2> err $ @kbd{cat err}
15873 Don't try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It
15874 must be done @emph{inside} the command substitution. When running
15875 @samp{: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null} expect the error message to
15876 escape, while @samp{: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`} works properly.
15878 On the other hand, some shells, such as Solaris or FreeBSD
15879 @command{/bin/sh}, warn about missing programs before performing
15880 redirections. Therefore, to silently check whether a program exists, it
15881 is necessary to perform redirections on a subshell or brace group:
15883 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'nosuch 2>/dev/null'}
15885 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c '(nosuch) 2>/dev/null'}
15886 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c '@{ nosuch; @} 2>/dev/null'}
15887 $ @kbd{bash -c 'nosuch 2>/dev/null'}
15890 FreeBSD 6.2 sh may mix the trace output lines from the statements in a
15893 It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible
15894 in assignments though: @samp{foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null}.
15896 Some shells, like @command{ash}, don't recognize bi-directional
15897 redirection (@samp{<>}). And even on shells that recognize it, it is
15898 not portable to use on fifos: Posix does not require read-write support
15899 for named pipes, and Cygwin does not support it:
15902 $ @kbd{mkfifo fifo}
15903 $ @kbd{exec 5<>fifo}
15904 $ @kbd{echo hi >&5}
15905 bash: echo: write error: Communication error on send
15909 Furthermore, versions of @command{dash} before 0.5.6 mistakenly truncate
15910 regular files when using @samp{<>}:
15913 $ @kbd{echo a > file}
15914 $ @kbd{bash -c ': 1<>file'; cat file}
15916 $ @kbd{dash -c ': 1<>file'; cat file}
15920 Solaris 10 @code{/bin/sh} executes redirected compound commands
15921 in a subshell, while other shells don't:
15924 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'foo=0; @{ foo=1; @} 2>/dev/null; echo $foo'}
15926 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'foo=0; @{ foo=1; @} 2>/dev/null; echo $foo'}
15928 $ @kbd{bash -c 'foo=0; @{ foo=1; @} 2>/dev/null; echo $foo'}
15932 When catering to old systems, don't redirect the same file descriptor
15933 several times, as you are doomed to failure under Ultrix.
15936 ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995
15938 $ @kbd{eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void}
15940 $ @kbd{eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void}
15942 $ @kbd{(eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void}
15943 Ambiguous output redirect.
15947 In each case the expected result is of course @file{fullness} containing
15948 @samp{matter} and @file{void} being empty. However, this bug is
15949 probably not of practical concern to modern platforms.
15951 Solaris 10 @command{sh} will try to optimize away a @command{:} command
15952 (even if it is redirected) in a loop after the first iteration, or in a
15953 shell function after the first call:
15956 $ @kbd{for i in 1 2 3 ; do : >x$i; done}
15959 $ @kbd{f () @{ : >$1; @}; f y1; f y2; f y3;}
15965 As a workaround, @command{echo} or @command{eval} can be used.
15967 Don't rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a
15968 subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the
15969 operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the
15970 new process image. Posix 2008 says this may be done only if the
15971 subsidiary program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but HP-UX 11.23 does
15972 it even for ordinary programs, and the next version of Posix will allow
15975 If you want a file descriptor above 2 to be inherited into a child
15976 process, then you must use redirections specific to that command or a
15977 containing subshell or command group, rather than relying on
15978 @command{exec} in the shell. In @command{ksh} as well as HP-UX
15979 @command{sh}, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
15980 @samp{exec @var{n}>file} are closed by a subsequent @samp{exec} (such as
15981 that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script):
15984 $ @kbd{echo 'echo hello >&5' >k}
15985 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'exec 5>t; ksh ./k; exec 5>&-; cat t}
15987 $ @kbd{bash -c 'exec 5>t; ksh ./k; exec 5>&-; cat t}
15989 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'exec 5>t; ksh ./k; exec 5>&-; cat t}
15990 ./k[1]: 5: cannot open [Bad file number]
15991 $ @kbd{ksh -c '(ksh ./k) 5>t; cat t'}
15993 $ @kbd{ksh -c '@{ ksh ./k; @} 5>t; cat t'}
15995 $ @kbd{ksh -c '5>t ksh ./k; cat t}
15999 Don't rely on duplicating a closed file descriptor to cause an
16000 error. With Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, failed duplication is silently
16001 ignored, which can cause unintended leaks to the original file
16002 descriptor. In this example, observe the leak to standard output:
16005 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $?}
16006 bash: 3: Bad file descriptor
16008 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $?}
16013 Fortunately, an attempt to close an already closed file descriptor will
16014 portably succeed. Likewise, it is safe to use either style of
16015 @samp{@var{n}<&-} or @samp{@var{n}>&-} for closing a file descriptor,
16016 even if it doesn't match the read/write mode that the file descriptor
16019 DOS variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in
16020 @samp{mv foo bar >foo} or @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
16021 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
16023 A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention,
16024 file descriptor 3 was opened to @file{/dev/tty} when you logged into
16025 Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File
16026 descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa
16027 1990), though we don't now remember what it was. Both these systems are
16028 obsolete, so it's now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any
16029 other file descriptors.
16031 On the other hand, you can't portably use multi-digit file descriptors.
16032 @command{dash} and Solaris @command{ksh} don't understand any file
16033 descriptor larger than @samp{9}:
16036 $ @kbd{bash -c 'exec 10>&-'; echo $?}
16038 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'exec 9>&-'; echo $?}
16040 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'exec 10>&-'; echo $?}
16041 ksh[1]: exec: 10: not found
16043 $ @kbd{dash -c 'exec 9>&-'; echo $?}
16045 $ @kbd{dash -c 'exec 10>&-'; echo $?}
16046 exec: 1: 10: not found
16050 @c <https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/2011-09/msg00004.html>
16051 @node Signal Handling
16052 @section Signal Handling
16053 @cindex Signal handling in the shell
16054 @cindex Signals, shells and
16056 Portable handling of signals within the shell is another major source of
16057 headaches. This is worsened by the fact that various different, mutually
16058 incompatible approaches are possible in this area, each with its
16059 distinctive merits and demerits. A detailed description of these possible
16060 approaches, as well as of their pros and cons, can be found in
16061 @uref{https://www.cons.org/cracauer/sigint.html, this article}.
16063 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} automatically traps most signals by default;
16064 the shell still exits with error upon termination by one of those signals,
16065 but in such a case the exit status might be somewhat unexpected (even if
16066 allowed by POSIX, strictly speaking):
16067 @c FIXME: We had a reference for this behavior but the website no longer
16068 @c exists and the page is not in the Internet Archive. --zw 2020-07-10.
16071 $ @kbd{bash -c 'kill -1 $$'; echo $?} # Will exit 128 + (signal number).
16074 $ @kbd{/bin/ksh -c 'kill -15 $$'; echo $?} # Likewise.
16077 $ @kbd{for sig in 1 2 3 15; do}
16078 > @kbd{ echo $sig:}
16079 > @kbd{ /bin/sh -c "kill -$s \$\$"; echo $?}
16092 This gets even worse if one is using the POSIX ``wait'' interface to get
16093 details about the shell process terminations: it will result in the shell
16094 having exited normally, rather than by receiving a signal.
16097 $ @kbd{cat > foo.c <<'END'}
16098 #include <stdio.h> /* for printf */
16099 #include <stdlib.h> /* for system */
16100 #include <sys/wait.h> /* for WIF* macros */
16103 int status = system ("kill -15 $$");
16104 printf ("Terminated by signal: %s\n",
16105 WIFSIGNALED (status) ? "yes" : "no");
16106 printf ("Exited normally: %s\n",
16107 WIFEXITED (status) ? "yes" : "no");
16112 $ @kbd{cc -o foo foo.c}
16113 $ @kbd{./a.out} # On GNU/Linux
16114 Terminated by signal: no
16115 Exited normally: yes
16116 $ @kbd{./a.out} # On Solaris 10
16117 Terminated by signal: yes
16118 Exited normally: no
16121 Various shells seem to handle @code{SIGQUIT} specially: they ignore it even
16122 if it is not blocked, and even if the shell is not running interactively
16123 (in fact, even if the shell has no attached tty); among these shells
16124 are at least Bash (from version 2 onward), Zsh 4.3.12, Solaris 10
16125 @code{/bin/ksh} and @code{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh}, and AT&T @code{ksh93} (2011).
16126 Still, @code{SIGQUIT} seems to be trappable quite portably within all
16127 these shells. OTOH, some other shells doesn't special-case the handling
16128 of @code{SIGQUIT}; among these shells are at least @code{pdksh} 5.2.14,
16129 Solaris 10 and NetBSD 5.1 @code{/bin/sh}, and the Almquist Shell 0.5.5.1.
16131 Some shells (especially Korn shells and derivatives) might try to
16132 propagate to themselves a signal that has killed a child process; this is
16133 not a bug, but a conscious design choice (although its overall value might
16134 be debatable). The exact details of how this is attained vary from shell
16135 to shell. For example, upon running @code{perl -e 'kill 2, $$'}, after
16136 the perl process has been interrupted, AT&T @code{ksh93} (2011) will
16137 proceed to send itself a @code{SIGINT}, while Solaris 10 @code{/bin/ksh}
16138 and @code{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} will proceed to exit with status 130 (i.e.,
16139 128 + 2). In any case, if there is an active trap associated with
16140 @code{SIGINT}, those shells will correctly execute it.
16142 @c See: <https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=51>
16143 Some Korn shells, when a child process die due receiving a signal with
16144 signal number @var{n}, can leave in @samp{$?} an exit status of
16145 256+@var{n} instead of the more common 128+@var{n}. Observe the
16146 difference between AT&T @code{ksh93} (2011) and @code{bash} 4.1.5 on
16150 $ @kbd{/bin/ksh -c 'sh -c "kill -1 \$\$"; echo $?'}
16151 /bin/ksh: line 1: 7837: Hangup
16153 $ @kbd{/bin/bash -c 'sh -c "kill -1 \$\$"; echo $?'}
16154 /bin/bash: line 1: 7861 Hangup (sh -c "kill -1 \$\$")
16159 This @command{ksh} behavior is allowed by POSIX, if implemented with
16160 due care; see this @uref{https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=51,
16161 Austin Group discussion} for more background. However, if it is not
16162 implemented with proper care, such a behavior might cause problems
16163 in some corner cases. To see why, assume we have a ``wrapper'' script
16168 # Ignore some signals in the shell only, not in its child processes.
16170 wrapped_command "$@@"
16177 If @command{wrapped_command} is interrupted by a @code{SIGHUP} (which
16178 has signal number 1), @code{ret} will be set to 257. Unless the
16179 @command{exit} shell builtin is smart enough to understand that such
16180 a value can only have originated from a signal, and adjust the final
16181 wait status of the shell appropriately, the value 257 will just get
16182 truncated to 1 by the closing @code{exit} call, so that a caller of
16183 the script will have no way to determine that termination by a signal
16184 was involved. Observe the different behavior of AT&T @code{ksh93}
16185 (2011) and @code{bash} 4.1.5 on Debian:
16194 $ @kbd{/bin/ksh foo.sh; echo $?}
16195 foo.sh: line 2: 12479: Hangup
16198 $ @kbd{/bin/bash foo.sh; echo $?}
16199 foo.sh: line 2: 12487 Hangup (sh -c 'kill -1 $$')
16204 @node File System Conventions
16205 @section File System Conventions
16206 @cindex File system conventions
16208 Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names
16209 that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the
16210 shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, NUL, and
16214 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
16217 Also, file names should not begin with @samp{~} or @samp{-}, and should
16218 contain neither @samp{-} immediately after @samp{/} nor @samp{~}
16219 immediately after @samp{:}. On Posix-like platforms, directory names
16220 should not contain @samp{:}, as this runs afoul of @samp{:} used as the
16223 These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but
16224 also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination
16227 On some Posix-like platforms, @samp{!} and @samp{^} are special too, so
16228 they should be avoided.
16230 Posix lets implementations treat leading @file{//} specially, but
16231 requires leading @file{///} and beyond to be equivalent to @file{/}.
16232 Most Unix variants treat @file{//} like @file{/}. However, some treat
16233 @file{//} as a ``super-root'' that can provide access to files that are
16234 not otherwise reachable from @file{/}. The super-root tradition began
16235 with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin
16238 While @command{autoconf} and friends are usually run on some Posix
16239 variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably DOS
16240 variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
16243 For example, the following code:
16250 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
16255 fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because
16256 they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory
16257 separator. If you want to be portable to DOS variants (at the
16258 price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like @file{a:\b}),
16259 you can check for absolute file names like this:
16261 @cindex absolute file names, detect
16264 [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute
16267 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
16272 Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as
16273 first character. @xref{case, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}.
16275 Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don't
16276 use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
16277 @code{PATH_SEPARATOR} output variable instead. @command{configure} sets this
16278 to the appropriate value for the build system (@samp{:} or @samp{;}) when it
16281 File names need extra care as well. While DOS variants
16282 that are Posixy enough to run @command{autoconf} (such as DJGPP)
16283 are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
16284 limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
16285 can be easily detected by the
16286 @uref{https://@/ftp.gnu.org/@/gnu/@/non-gnu/@/doschk/@/doschk-1.1.tar.gz, doschk}
16289 A short overview follows; problems are marked with SFN/LFN to
16290 indicate where they apply: SFN means the issues are only relevant to
16291 plain DOS, not to DOS under Microsoft Windows
16292 variants, while LFN identifies problems that exist even under
16293 Microsoft Windows variants.
16296 @item No multiple dots (SFN)
16297 DOS cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
16298 important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
16299 as @command{autoconf} uses a .in suffix for template files.
16301 This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
16304 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
16305 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar])
16310 but it causes problems on DOS, as it requires @samp{config.h.in},
16311 @samp{source.c.in} and @samp{foo.bar.in}. To make your package more portable
16312 to DOS-based environments, you should use this instead:
16315 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
16316 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in])
16320 @item No leading dot (SFN)
16321 DOS cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
16322 not important for @command{autoconf}.
16324 @item Case insensitivity (LFN)
16325 DOS is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
16326 file called @samp{INSTALL} and a directory called @samp{install}. This
16327 also affects @command{make}; if there's a file called @samp{INSTALL} in
16328 the directory, @samp{make install} does nothing (unless the
16329 @samp{install} target is marked as PHONY).
16331 @item The 8+3 limit (SFN)
16332 Because the DOS file system only stores the first 8 characters of
16333 the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique.
16334 That means that @file{foobar-part1.c}, @file{foobar-part2.c} and
16335 @file{foobar-prettybird.c} all resolve to the same file name
16336 (@file{FOOBAR-P.C}). The same goes for @file{foo.bar} and
16337 @file{foo.bartender}.
16339 The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it
16341 tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a
16342 registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it
16343 possible to share file trees containing long file names between SFN
16344 and LFN environments, it also means the above problem applies there
16347 @item Invalid characters (LFN)
16348 Some characters are invalid in DOS file names, and should therefore
16349 be avoided. In a LFN environment, these are @samp{/}, @samp{\},
16350 @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{:}, @samp{<}, @samp{>}, @samp{|} and @samp{"}.
16351 In a SFN environment, other characters are also invalid. These
16352 include @samp{+}, @samp{,}, @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
16354 @item Invalid names (LFN)
16355 Some DOS file names are reserved, and cause problems if you
16356 try to use files with those names. These names include @file{CON},
16357 @file{AUX}, @file{COM1}, @file{COM2}, @file{COM3}, @file{COM4},
16358 @file{LPT1}, @file{LPT2}, @file{LPT3}, @file{NUL}, and @file{PRN}.
16359 File names are case insensitive, so even names like
16360 @file{aux/config.guess} are disallowed.
16364 @node Shell Pattern Matching
16365 @section Shell Pattern Matching
16366 @cindex Shell pattern matching
16368 Nowadays portable patterns can use negated character classes like
16369 @samp{[!-aeiou]}. The older syntax @samp{[^-aeiou]} is supported by
16370 some shells but not others; hence portable scripts should never use
16371 @samp{^} as the first character of a bracket pattern.
16373 Outside the C locale, patterns like @samp{[a-z]} are problematic since
16374 they may match characters that are not lower-case letters.
16376 @node Shell Substitutions
16377 @section Shell Substitutions
16378 @cindex Shell substitutions
16380 Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
16381 systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
16382 on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of @code{case}.
16383 For instance, the following code:
16386 case "$given_srcdir" in
16387 .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'`" ;;
16388 *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;;
16393 is more readable when written as:
16396 case $given_srcdir in
16397 .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'` ;;
16398 *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;;
16403 and in fact it is even @emph{more} portable: in the first case of the
16404 first attempt, the computation of @code{top_srcdir} is not portable,
16405 since not all shells properly understand @code{"`@dots{}"@dots{}"@dots{}`"},
16406 for example Solaris 10 @command{ksh}:
16409 $ @kbd{foo="`echo " bar" | sed 's, ,,'`"}
16410 ksh: : cannot execute
16411 ksh: bar | sed 's, ,,': cannot execute
16415 Posix does not specify behavior for this sequence. On the other hand,
16416 behavior for @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"} is specified by Posix,
16417 but in practice, not all shells understand it the same way: pdksh 5.2.14
16418 prints spurious quotes when in Posix mode:
16421 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
16423 $ @kbd{set -o posix}
16424 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
16429 There is just no portable way to use double-quoted strings inside
16430 double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
16432 Bash 4.1 has a bug where quoted empty strings adjacent to unquoted
16433 parameter expansions are elided during word splitting. Meanwhile, zsh
16434 does not perform word splitting except when in Bourne compatibility
16435 mode. In the example below, the correct behavior is to have five
16436 arguments to the function, and exactly two spaces on either side of the
16437 middle @samp{-}, since word splitting collapses multiple spaces in
16438 @samp{$f} but leaves empty arguments intact.
16441 $ @kbd{bash -c 'n() @{ echo "$#$@@"; @}; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -'}
16443 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'n() @{ echo "$#$@@"; @}; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -'}
16445 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'n() @{ echo "$#$@@"; @}; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -'}
16447 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'emulate sh;}
16448 > @kbd{n() @{ echo "$#$@@"; @}; f=" - "; n - ""$f"" -'}
16453 You can work around this by doing manual word splitting, such as using
16454 @samp{"$str" $list} rather than @samp{"$str"$list}.
16456 There are also portability pitfalls with particular expansions:
16460 @cindex @code{"$@@"}
16461 Autoconf macros often use the @command{set} command to update
16462 @samp{$@@}, so if you are writing shell code intended for
16463 @command{configure} you should not assume that the value of @samp{$@@}
16464 persists for any length of time.
16466 You may see usages like @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} in older shell scripts
16467 designed to work around a portability problem in ancient shells.
16468 Unfortunately this runs afoul of bugs in more-recent shells, and
16469 nowadays it is better to use plain @samp{"$@@"} insteadl.
16471 The portability problem with ancient shells was significant.
16472 When there are no positional arguments @samp{"$@@"} should be discarded,
16473 but the original Unix version 7 Bourne shell mistakenly treated it as
16474 equivalent to @samp{""} instead, and many ancient shells followed its lead.
16476 For many years shell scripts worked around this portability problem by
16477 using @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} instead of @samp{"$@@"}, and you may see this
16478 usage in older scripts. Unfortunately, @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} does not
16479 work with @command{ksh93} M 93t+ (2009) as shipped in AIX 7.2 (2015),
16480 as this shell drops trailing arguments:
16483 $ @kbd{set a b c ""}
16484 $ @kbd{set $@{1+"$@@"@}}
16489 Also, @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} does not work with Zsh 4.2.6 (2005) and
16490 earlier, as shipped in Mac OS X releases before 10.5, as this old Zsh
16491 incorrectly word splits the result:
16494 zsh $ @kbd{emulate sh}
16495 zsh $ @kbd{for i in "$@@"; do echo $i; done}
16498 zsh $ @kbd{for i in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do echo $i; done}
16504 To work around these problems Autoconf does two things. First, in the
16505 shell code that it generates Autoconf avoids @samp{"$@@"} if it is
16506 possible that there may be no positional arguments. You can use this
16507 workaround in your own code, too, if you want it to be portable to
16508 ancient shells. For example, instead of:
16511 cat conftest.c "$@@"
16518 0) cat conftest.c;;
16519 *) cat conftest.c "$@@";;
16524 Second, Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts work around most
16525 of the old Zsh problem by using Zsh's ``global aliases'' to convert
16526 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} into @samp{"$@@"} by itself:
16529 test $@{ZSH_VERSION+y@} && alias -g '$@{1+"$@@"@}'='"$@@"'
16532 This workaround is for the benefit of any instances of
16533 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} in user-written code appearing in
16534 @command{configure} scripts. However, it is not a complete solution, as
16535 Zsh recognizes the alias only when a shell word matches it exactly,
16536 which means older Zsh still mishandles more-complicated cases like
16537 @samp{"foo"$@{1+"$@@"@}}.
16540 @cindex positional parameters
16541 The 10th, 11th, @dots{} positional parameters can be accessed only after
16542 a @code{shift}. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
16543 @code{$@{10@}}, and
16544 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} still acts that way:
16547 $ @kbd{set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10}
16548 $ @kbd{echo $@{10@}}
16552 Conversely, not all shells obey the Posix rule that when braces are
16553 omitted, multiple digits beyond a @samp{$} imply the single-digit
16554 positional parameter expansion concatenated with the remaining literal
16555 digits. To work around the issue, you must use braces.
16558 $ @kbd{bash -c 'set a b c d e f g h i j; echo $10 $@{1@}0'}
16560 $ @kbd{dash -c 'set a b c d e f g h i j; echo $10 $@{1@}0'}
16564 @item $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
16565 @itemx $@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}
16566 @itemx $@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}
16567 @itemx $@{@var{var}:+@var{value}@}
16568 @c Info cannot handle ':' in index entries.
16570 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}}
16571 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}}
16572 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}}
16573 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:+@var{value}@}}
16575 Old BSD shells, including the Ultrix @code{sh}, don't accept the
16576 colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
16577 Similarly for @code{$@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}},
16578 @code{$@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}}, etc.
16579 However, all shells that support functions allow the use of colon in
16580 shell substitution, and since m4sh requires functions, you can portably
16581 use null variable substitution patterns in configure scripts.
16583 @item $@{@var{var}-@var{value}@}
16584 @itemx $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
16585 @itemx $@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}
16586 @itemx $@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}
16587 @itemx $@{@var{var}?@var{value}@}
16588 @itemx $@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}
16589 @itemx $@{@var{var}+@var{value}@}
16590 @itemx $@{@var{var}:+@var{value}@}
16591 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}-@var{value}@}}
16592 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
16593 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}?@var{value}@}}
16594 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}+@var{value}@}}
16595 @c Info cannot handle ':' in index entries.
16597 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}}
16598 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}}
16599 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}}
16600 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}:+@var{value}@}}
16602 When using @samp{$@{@var{var}-@var{value}@}} or
16603 similar notations that modify a parameter expansion,
16604 Posix requires that @var{value} must be a single shell word,
16605 which can contain quoted strings but cannot contain unquoted spaces.
16606 If this requirement is not met Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}
16607 sometimes complains, and anyway the behavior is not portable.
16610 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'echo $@{a-b c@}'}
16611 /bin/sh: bad substitution
16612 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'echo $@{a-'\''b c'\''@}'}
16614 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'echo "$@{a-b c@}"'}
16616 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'cat <<EOF
16622 Most shells treat the special parameters @code{*} and @code{@@} as being
16623 unset if there are no positional parameters. However, some shells treat
16624 them as being set to the empty string. Posix does not clearly specify
16628 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo "* is $@{*-unset@}."'}
16630 $ @kbd{dash -c 'echo "* is $@{*-unset@}."'}
16634 According to Posix, if an expansion occurs inside double quotes, then
16635 the use of unquoted double quotes within @var{value} is unspecified, and
16636 any single quotes become literal characters; in that case, escaping must
16637 be done with backslash. Likewise, the use of unquoted here-documents is
16638 a case where double quotes have unspecified results:
16641 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'echo "$@{a-"b c"@}"'}
16642 /bin/sh: bad substitution
16643 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'echo "$@{a-"b c"@}"'}
16645 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo "$@{a-"b c"@}"'}
16647 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'a=; echo $@{a+'\''b c'\''@}'}
16649 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'a=; echo "$@{a+'\''b c'\''@}"'}
16651 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'a=; echo "$@{a+\"b c\"@}"'}
16653 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'a=; echo "$@{a+b c@}"'}
16655 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'cat <<EOF
16659 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'cat <<EOF
16663 $ @kbd{bash -c 'cat <<EOF
16667 $ @kbd{bash -c 'cat <<EOF
16673 Perhaps the easiest way to work around quoting issues in a manner
16674 portable to all shells is to place the results in a temporary variable,
16675 then use @samp{$t} as the @var{value}, rather than trying to inline
16676 the expression needing quoting.
16679 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 't="b c\"'\''@}\\"; echo "$@{a-$t@}"'}
16681 $ @kbd{ksh -c 't="b c\"'\''@}\\"; echo "$@{a-$t@}"'}
16683 $ @kbd{bash -c 't="b c\"'\''@}\\"; echo "$@{a-$t@}"'}
16687 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}
16688 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
16689 When using @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}} to assign a default value
16690 to @var{var}, remember that even though the assignment to @var{var} does
16691 not undergo file name expansion, the result of the variable expansion
16692 does unless the expansion occurred within double quotes. In particular,
16693 when using @command{:} followed by unquoted variable expansion for the
16694 side effect of setting a default value, if the final value of
16695 @samp{$var} contains any globbing characters (either from @var{value} or
16696 from prior contents), the shell has to spend time performing file name
16697 expansion and field splitting even though those results will not be
16698 used. Therefore, it is a good idea to consider double quotes when performing
16699 default initialization; while remembering how this impacts any quoting
16700 characters appearing in @var{value}.
16703 $ @kbd{time bash -c ': "$@{a=/usr/bin/*@}"; echo "$a"'}
16709 $ @kbd{time bash -c ': $@{a=/usr/bin/*@}; echo "$a"'}
16715 $ @kbd{time bash -c 'a=/usr/bin/*; : $@{a=noglob@}; echo "$a"'}
16722 $ @kbd{time bash -c 'a=/usr/bin/*; : "$@{a=noglob@}"; echo "$a"'}
16730 As with @samp{+} and @samp{-}, @var{value} must be a single shell word,
16731 otherwise some shells, such as Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} or on Digital
16732 Unix V 5.0, die because of a ``bad substitution''. Meanwhile, Posix
16733 requires that with @samp{=}, quote removal happens prior to the
16734 assignment, and the expansion be the final contents of @var{var} without
16735 quoting (and thus subject to field splitting), in contrast to the
16736 behavior with @samp{-} passing the quoting through to the final
16737 expansion. However, @command{bash} 4.1 does not obey this rule.
16740 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'echo $@{var-a\ \ b@}'}
16742 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'echo $@{var=a\ \ b@}'}
16744 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo $@{var=a\ \ b@}'}
16748 Finally, Posix states that when mixing @samp{$@{a=b@}} with regular
16749 commands, it is unspecified whether the assignments affect the parent
16750 shell environment. It is best to perform assignments independently from
16751 commands, to avoid the problems demonstrated in this example:
16754 $ @kbd{bash -c 'x= y=$@{x:=b@} sh -c "echo +\$x+\$y+";echo -$x-'}
16757 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'x= y=$@{x:=b@} sh -c "echo +\$x+\$y+";echo -$x-'}
16760 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'x= y=$@{x:=b@} sh -c "echo +\$x+\$y+";echo -$x-'}
16765 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}
16766 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}}
16767 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} has a frightening bug in its handling of
16768 literal assignments. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
16769 @samp{@}}. This @samp{@}} character confuses Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}
16770 when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
16775 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
16778 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is}
16781 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
16787 It seems that @samp{@}} is interpreted as matching @samp{$@{}, even
16788 though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn't happen
16789 using double quotes, or when using a temporary variable holding the
16790 problematic string.
16792 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
16793 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}}
16799 : $@{var="$default"@}
16803 sets @var{var} to @samp{M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a}, i.e., the 8th bit of
16804 each char is set. You don't observe the phenomenon using a simple
16805 @samp{echo $var} since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it
16806 expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
16809 $ @kbd{cat -v <<EOF
16818 $ @kbd{set | grep '^var=' | cat -v}
16821 One classic incarnation of this bug is:
16825 : $@{list="$default"@}
16832 You'll get @samp{a b c} on a single line. Why? Because there are no
16833 spaces in @samp{$list}: there are @samp{M- }, i.e., spaces with the 8th
16834 bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
16836 One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with @samp{:
16837 $@{list=$default@}}; i.e., if you @emph{don't} quote. The bad news is
16838 then that QNX 4.25 then sets @var{list} to the @emph{last} item of
16841 The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch
16842 the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
16845 list=$@{list="$default"@}
16849 @dots{}but beware of the @samp{@}} bug from Solaris 10 (see above).
16853 test $@{var+y@} || var=@var{@{value@}}
16856 @item $@{#@var{var}@}
16857 @itemx $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
16858 @itemx $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
16859 @itemx $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
16860 @itemx $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
16861 @cindex @code{$@{#@var{var}@}}
16862 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}}
16863 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}}
16864 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}}
16865 @cindex @code{$@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}}
16866 Posix requires support for these usages, but they do not work with many
16867 traditional shells, e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}.
16869 Also, @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 mishandles some @var{word} forms. For
16870 example if @samp{$1} is @samp{a/b} and @samp{$2} is @samp{a}, then
16871 @samp{$@{1#$2@}} should yield @samp{/b}, but with @command{pdksh} it
16872 yields the empty string.
16875 @item `@var{commands}`
16876 @cindex @code{`@var{commands}`}
16877 @cindex Command Substitution
16878 Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command
16879 output before substituting it, so assignments like
16880 @samp{dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`} do not work as expected if
16881 @samp{$file} ends in a newline.
16883 While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin
16884 with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a
16885 subshell to perform the command.
16887 For instance, if you wanted to check that @command{cd} is silent, do not
16888 use @samp{test -z "`cd /`"} because the following can happen:
16893 $ @kbd{test -z "`cd /`" && pwd}
16898 The result of @samp{foo=`exit 1`} is left as an exercise to the reader.
16900 The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted
16901 command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substitution
16902 is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked
16903 around by inserting another pair of quotes:
16906 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken}
16907 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken}
16908 - broken differ: char 4, line 1
16911 Upon interrupt or SIGTERM, some shells may abort a command substitution,
16912 replace it with a null string, and wrongly evaluate the enclosing
16913 command before entering the trap or ending the script. This can lead to
16917 $ @kbd{sh -c 'if test `sleep 5; echo hi` = hi; then echo yes; fi'}
16919 sh: test: hi: unexpected operator/operand
16923 You can avoid this by assigning the command substitution to a temporary
16927 $ @kbd{sh -c 'res=`sleep 5; echo hi`
16928 if test "x$res" = xhi; then echo yes; fi'}
16932 @item $(@var{commands})
16933 @cindex @code{$(@var{commands})}
16934 This construct is meant to replace @samp{`@var{commands}`},
16935 and it has most of the problems listed under @code{`@var{commands}`}.
16937 This construct can be
16938 nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes.
16939 Although it is almost universally supported, unfortunately Solaris 10
16940 and earlier releases lack it:
16943 $ @kbd{showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version}
16944 Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 142251-02 Sep 2010
16945 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
16946 syntax error: `(' unexpected
16950 nor does IRIX 6.5's Bourne shell:
16953 IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22
16954 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
16958 If you do use @samp{$(@var{commands})}, make sure that the commands
16959 do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with
16960 a different notation @samp{$((@var{expression}))} that in modern
16961 shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the
16962 confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
16964 Avoid @var{commands} that contain unbalanced parentheses in
16965 here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
16966 mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, @samp{ksh88}, @command{pdksh}
16967 5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
16970 echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
16974 @item $((@var{expression}))
16975 @cindex @code{$((@var{expression}))}
16976 Arithmetic expansion is not portable as some shells (most
16977 notably Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}) don't support it.
16979 Among shells that do support @samp{$(( ))}, not all of them obey the
16980 Posix rule that octal and hexadecimal constants must be recognized:
16983 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
16985 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
16987 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'emulate sh; echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
16989 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
16990 pdksh: 010 + 0x10 : bad number `0x10'
16991 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 ))'}
16995 When it is available, using arithmetic expansion provides a noticeable
16996 speedup in script execution; but testing for support requires
16997 @command{eval} to avoid syntax errors. The following construct is used
16998 by @code{AS_VAR_ARITH} to provide arithmetic computation when all
16999 arguments are decimal integers without leading zeros, and all
17000 operators are properly quoted and appear as distinct arguments:
17003 if ( eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) = 2' ) 2>/dev/null; then
17004 eval 'func_arith ()
17006 func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
17011 func_arith_result=`expr "$@@"`
17015 foo=$func_arith_result
17020 @cindex @code{^} quoting
17021 Always quote @samp{^}, otherwise traditional shells such as
17022 @command{/bin/sh} on Solaris 10 treat this like @samp{|}.
17028 @section Assignments
17029 @cindex Shell assignments
17031 When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
17032 evaluation is undefined. For instance @samp{foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo}
17033 gives @samp{1} with Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, but @samp{2} with Bash.
17035 @samp{;} to enforce the order: @samp{foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo}.
17037 Don't rely on the following to find @file{subdir/program}:
17040 PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
17044 as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this
17048 (PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
17051 Don't rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change
17052 the status and propagates that of the last statement:
17055 $ @kbd{false || foo=bar; echo $?}
17057 $ @kbd{false || foo=`:`; echo $?}
17062 and to make things even worse, QNX 4.25 just sets the exit status
17066 $ @kbd{foo=`exit 1`; echo $?}
17070 To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
17074 If the default value is a literal and does not contain any closing
17078 : "$@{var='my literal'@}"
17082 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
17083 the variable being initialized is not intended to be IFS-split
17084 (i.e., it's not a list), then use:
17087 : $@{var="$default"@}
17091 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
17092 the variable being initialized is intended to be IFS-split (i.e., it's a list),
17096 var=$@{var="$default"@}
17100 If the default value contains a closing brace, then use:
17103 test $@{var+y@} || var="has a '@}'"
17107 In most cases @samp{var=$@{var="$default"@}} is fine, but in case of
17108 doubt, just use the last form. @xref{Shell Substitutions}, items
17109 @samp{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}} and @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
17113 @section Parentheses in Shell Scripts
17114 @cindex Shell parentheses
17116 Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as many shell
17117 implementations treat them specially, and Posix says that a portable
17118 script cannot use @samp{((} outside the @samp{$((} form used for shell
17119 arithmetic. In traditional shells, @samp{((cat))} behaves like
17120 @samp{(cat)}; but many shells, including
17121 Bash and the Korn shell, treat @samp{((cat))} as an arithmetic
17122 expression equivalent to @samp{let "cat"}, and may or may not report an
17123 error when they detect that @samp{cat} is not a number. As another
17124 example, @samp{pdksh} 5.2.14 does not treat the following code
17125 as a traditional shell would:
17128 if ((true) || false); then
17134 To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening
17135 parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with
17136 @samp{$((}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
17139 @section Slashes in Shell Scripts
17140 @cindex Shell slashes
17142 Unpatched Tru64 5.1 @command{sh} omits the last slash of command-line
17143 arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
17146 $ @kbd{echo / // /// //// .// //.}
17149 $ @kbd{eval "echo \$x"}
17152 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr -t ab //}
17158 Unpatched Tru64 4.0 @command{sh} adds a slash after @samp{"$var"} if the
17159 variable is empty and the second double-quote is followed by a word that
17160 begins and ends with slash:
17163 $ @kbd{sh -xc 'p=; echo "$p"/ouch/'}
17169 However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps
17170 it's not worth worrying about working around these horrendous bugs.
17172 @node Special Shell Variables
17173 @section Special Shell Variables
17174 @cindex Shell variables
17175 @cindex Special shell variables
17177 Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
17178 influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
17179 behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset; M4sh takes
17180 care of this and provides fallback values, whenever needed, to cater
17181 for a very old @file{/bin/sh} that does not support @command{unset}.
17182 (@pxref{Portable Shell, , Portable Shell Programming}).
17184 As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
17185 are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
17186 their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
17187 whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
17188 shell variable @code{status}, as described below.)
17190 Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
17191 not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
17192 @code{status} and names containing only upper-case letters and
17195 @c Alphabetical order, case insensitive, 'A' before 'a'.
17198 Not all shells correctly reset @samp{$?} after conditionals (@pxref{if,
17199 , Limitations of Shell Builtins}). Not all shells manage @samp{$?}
17200 correctly in shell functions (@pxref{Shell Functions}) or in traps
17201 (@pxref{trap, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}). Not all shells reset
17202 @samp{$?} to zero after an empty command.
17205 $ @kbd{bash -c 'false; $empty; echo $?'}
17207 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'false; $empty; echo $?'}
17213 Many shells reserve @samp{$_} for various purposes, e.g., the name of
17214 the last command executed.
17218 In Tru64, if @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
17219 the standard shell conform to Posix.
17223 When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
17224 when invoking @code{cd} with a relative file name that did not start
17225 with @samp{./} or @samp{../}. Posix
17226 1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from @env{CDPATH}
17227 is used successfully, @code{cd} prints the resulting absolute
17228 file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
17229 @samp{abs=`cd src && pwd`} because @code{abs} receives the name twice.
17230 Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
17231 example, @command{zsh} prints the result only if a directory name
17232 other than @file{.} was chosen from @env{CDPATH}.
17234 In practice the shells that have this problem also support
17235 @command{unset}, so you can work around the problem as follows:
17238 (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
17241 You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is
17242 absolute or anchored at @samp{./}, as in @samp{abs=`cd ./src && pwd`}.
17244 Configure scripts use M4sh, which automatically unsets @env{CDPATH} if
17245 possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
17247 @item CLICOLOR_FORCE
17248 @evindex CLICOLOR_FORCE
17249 When this variable is set, some implementations of tools like
17250 @command{ls} attempt to add color to their output via terminal escape
17251 sequences, even when the output is not directed to a terminal, and can
17252 thus cause spurious failures in scripts. Configure scripts use M4sh,
17253 which automatically unsets this variable.
17257 In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
17258 case-insensitive unless @env{DUALCASE} is nonzero.
17259 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
17273 These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
17274 supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
17275 shell (the pre-3.0 UWIN Korn shell) gets confused about
17276 whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a @env{PS1}
17277 with a side effect can unexpectedly modify @samp{$?}. To work around
17278 this bug, M4sh scripts (including @file{configure} scripts) do something
17282 (unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
17289 (actually, there is some complication due to bugs in @command{unset};
17290 @pxref{unset, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}).
17294 The Korn shell uses @env{FPATH} to find shell functions, so avoid
17295 @env{FPATH} in portable scripts. @env{FPATH} is consulted after
17296 @env{PATH}, but you still need to be wary of tests that use @env{PATH}
17297 to find whether a command exists, since they might report the wrong
17298 result if @env{FPATH} is also set.
17301 @evindex GREP_OPTIONS
17302 When this variable is set, some implementations of @command{grep} honor
17303 these options, even if the options include direction to enable colored
17304 output via terminal escape sequences, and the result can cause spurious
17305 failures when the output is not directed to a terminal. Configure
17306 scripts use M4sh, which automatically unsets this variable.
17310 Long ago, shell scripts inherited @env{IFS} from the environment,
17311 but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
17312 settings for @env{IFS}.
17314 Don't set the first character of @env{IFS} to backslash. Indeed,
17315 Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
17316 components in @samp{"$@@"} and some shells then reinterpret (!)@: the
17317 backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
17320 The proper value for @env{IFS} (in regular code, not when performing
17321 splits) is @samp{@key{SPC}@key{TAB}@key{RET}}. The first character is
17322 especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in @samp{$*};
17323 however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
17324 to this and join with a space anyway.
17326 M4sh guarantees that @env{IFS} will have the default value at the
17327 beginning of a script, and many macros within autoconf rely on this
17328 setting. It is okay to use blocks of shell code that temporarily change
17329 the value of @env{IFS} in order to split on another character, but
17330 remember to restore it before expanding further macros.
17332 Unsetting @code{IFS} instead of resetting it to the default sequence
17333 is not suggested, since code that tries to save and restore the
17334 variable's value will incorrectly reset it to an empty value, thus
17335 disabling field splitting:
17339 # default separators used for field splitting
17345 # no field splitting performed
17358 @evindex LC_COLLATE
17360 @evindex LC_MESSAGES
17361 @evindex LC_MONETARY
17362 @evindex LC_NUMERIC
17365 You should set all these variables to @samp{C} because so much
17366 configuration code assumes the C locale and Posix requires that locale
17367 environment variables be set to @samp{C} if the C locale is desired;
17368 @file{configure} scripts and M4sh do that for you.
17369 Export these variables after setting them.
17371 @c However, some older, nonstandard
17372 @c systems (notably SCO) break if locale environment variables
17373 @c are set to @samp{C}, so when running on these systems
17374 @c Autoconf-generated scripts unset the variables instead.
17379 @env{LANGUAGE} is not specified by Posix, but it is a GNU
17380 extension that overrides @env{LC_ALL} in some cases, so you (or M4sh)
17384 @itemx LC_IDENTIFICATION
17385 @itemx LC_MEASUREMENT
17388 @itemx LC_TELEPHONE
17389 @evindex LC_ADDRESS
17390 @evindex LC_IDENTIFICATION
17391 @evindex LC_MEASUREMENT
17394 @evindex LC_TELEPHONE
17396 These locale environment variables are GNU extensions. They
17397 are treated like their Posix brethren (@env{LC_COLLATE},
17398 etc.)@: as described above.
17402 Most modern shells provide the current line number in @code{LINENO}.
17403 Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
17404 M4sh, and hence Autoconf, attempts to execute @command{configure} with
17405 a shell that supports @code{LINENO}. If no such shell is available, it
17406 attempts to implement @code{LINENO} with a Sed prepass that replaces each
17407 instance of the string @code{$LINENO} (not followed by an alphanumeric
17408 character) with the line's number. In M4sh scripts you should execute
17409 @code{AS_LINENO_PREPARE} so that these workarounds are included in
17410 your script; configure scripts do this automatically in @code{AC_INIT}.
17412 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval} or shell
17413 functions, as the behavior differs in practice. The presence of a
17414 quoted newline within simple commands can alter which line number is
17415 used as the starting point for @code{$LINENO} substitutions within that
17416 command. Also, the possibility of the Sed prepass means that you should
17417 not rely on @code{$LINENO} when quoted, when in here-documents, or when
17418 line continuations are used. Subshells should be OK, though. In the
17419 following example, lines 1, 9, and 14 are portable, but the other
17420 instances of @code{$LINENO} do not have deterministic values:
17433 ( echo 9. $LINENO )
17434 eval 'echo 10. $LINENO'
17435 eval 'echo 11. $LINENO
17440 f () @{ echo $1 $LINENO;
17447 $ @kbd{bash-3.2 ./lineno}
17466 $ @kbd{zsh-4.3.4 ./lineno}
17485 $ @kbd{pdksh-5.2.14 ./lineno}
17504 $ @kbd{sed '=' <lineno |}
17510 > @kbd{ s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3,}
17513 > @kbd{ s,^[0-9]*\n,,}
17535 In particular, note that @file{config.status} (and any other subsidiary
17536 script created by @code{AS_INIT_GENERATED}) might report line numbers
17537 relative to the parent script as a result of the potential Sed pass.
17541 When executing the command @samp{>foo}, @command{zsh} executes
17542 @samp{$NULLCMD >foo} unless it is operating in Bourne shell
17543 compatibility mode and the @command{zsh} version is newer
17544 than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older @command{zsh}
17545 and forget to set @env{NULLCMD},
17546 your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
17550 For @command{zsh} 4.3.10, @env{options} is treated as an associative
17551 array even after @code{emulate sh}, so it should not be used.
17553 @item PATH_SEPARATOR
17554 @evindex PATH_SEPARATOR
17555 On DJGPP systems, the @env{PATH_SEPARATOR} environment
17556 variable can be set to either @samp{:} or @samp{;} to control the path
17557 separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
17558 @env{PATH}). You can set this variable to @samp{;} if you want
17559 @command{configure} to use @samp{;} as a separator; this might be useful
17560 if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. @xref{File System
17561 Conventions}, for more information about @code{PATH_SEPARATOR}.
17563 @item POSIXLY_CORRECT
17564 @evindex POSIXLY_CORRECT
17565 In the GNU environment, exporting @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} with any value
17566 (even empty) causes programs to try harder to conform to Posix.
17567 Autoconf does not directly manipulate this variable, but @command{bash}
17568 ties the shell variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} to whether the script is
17569 running in Posix mode. Therefore, take care when exporting or unsetting
17570 this variable, so as not to change whether @command{bash} is in Posix
17574 $ @kbd{bash --posix -c 'set -o | grep posix}
17575 > @kbd{unset POSIXLY_CORRECT}
17576 > @kbd{set -o | grep posix'}
17583 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} and
17584 @command{pwd} must update the @env{PWD} environment variable to point
17585 to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
17586 do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
17587 maintains @env{PWD} but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
17588 about @env{PWD} and executes @command{cd}; in this case @env{PWD}
17589 points to the wrong directory. Use @samp{`pwd`} rather than
17594 Many shells provide @code{RANDOM}, a variable that returns a different
17595 integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
17596 change when it is not used, but on IRIX 6.5 the value changes all
17597 the time. This can be observed by using @command{set}. It is common
17598 practice to use @code{$RANDOM} as part of a file name, but code
17599 shouldn't rely on @code{$RANDOM} expanding to a nonempty string.
17603 This variable is an alias to @samp{$?} for @code{zsh} (at least 3.1.6),
17604 hence read-only. Do not use it.
17607 @node Shell Functions
17608 @section Shell Functions
17609 @cindex Shell Functions
17611 Nowadays, it is difficult to find a shell that does not support
17612 shell functions at all. However, some differences should be expected.
17614 When declaring a shell function, you must include whitespace between the
17615 @samp{)} after the function name and the start of the compound
17616 expression, to avoid upsetting @command{ksh}. While it is possible to
17617 use any compound command, most scripts use @samp{@{@dots{}@}}.
17620 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'a()@{ echo hi;@}; a'}
17622 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'a()@{ echo hi;@}; a'}
17623 ksh: syntax error at line 1: `@}' unexpected
17624 $ @kbd{ksh -c 'a() @{ echo hi;@}; a'}
17628 Inside a shell function, you should not rely on the error status of a
17629 subshell if the last command of that subshell was @code{exit} or
17630 @code{trap}, as this triggers bugs in zsh 4.x; while Autoconf tries to
17631 find a shell that does not exhibit the bug, zsh might be the only shell
17632 present on the user's machine.
17634 Likewise, the state of @samp{$?} is not reliable when entering a shell
17635 function. This has the effect that using a function as the first
17636 command in a @command{trap} handler can cause problems.
17639 $ @kbd{bash -c 'foo() @{ echo $?; @}; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $?}
17642 $ @kbd{ash -c 'foo() @{ echo $?; @}; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $?}
17647 DJGPP bash 2.04 has a bug in that @command{return} from a
17648 shell function which also used a command substitution causes a
17649 segmentation fault. To work around the issue, you can use
17650 @command{return} from a subshell, or @samp{AS_SET_STATUS} as last command
17651 in the execution flow of the function (@pxref{Common Shell Constructs}).
17653 Not all shells treat shell functions as simple commands impacted by
17654 @samp{set -e}, for example with Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}:
17657 $ @kbd{bash -c 'f() @{ return 1; @}; set -e; f; echo oops'}
17658 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'f() @{ return 1; @}; set -e; f; echo oops'}
17662 Shell variables and functions may share the same namespace, for example
17663 with Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}:
17666 $ @kbd{f () @{ :; @}; f=; f}
17671 For this reason, Autoconf (actually M4sh, @pxref{Programming in M4sh})
17672 uses the prefix @samp{as_fn_} for its functions.
17674 Handling of positional parameters and shell options varies among shells.
17675 For example, Korn shells reset and restore trace output (@samp{set -x})
17676 and other options upon function entry and exit. Inside a function,
17677 IRIX sh sets @samp{$0} to the function name.
17679 It is not portable to pass temporary environment variables to shell
17680 functions. Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} does not see the variable.
17681 Meanwhile, not all shells follow the Posix rule that the assignment must
17682 affect the current environment in the same manner as special built-ins.
17685 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'func() @{ echo $a;@}; a=1 func; echo $a'}
17688 $ @kbd{ash -c 'func() @{ echo $a;@}; a=1 func; echo $a'}
17691 $ @kbd{bash -c 'set -o posix; func() @{ echo $a;@}; a=1 func; echo $a'}
17696 Some ancient Bourne shell variants with function support did not reset
17697 @samp{$@var{i}, @var{i} >= 0}, upon function exit, so effectively the
17698 arguments of the script were lost after the first function invocation.
17699 It is probably not worth worrying about these shells any more.
17701 With AIX sh, a @command{trap} on 0 installed in a shell function
17702 triggers at function exit rather than at script exit. @xref{trap, ,
17703 Limitations of Shell Builtins}.
17705 @node Limitations of Builtins
17706 @section Limitations of Shell Builtins
17707 @cindex Shell builtins
17708 @cindex Limitations of shell builtins
17710 No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
17712 You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
17713 options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
17714 starting with a dash. For instance, even the innocent @samp{echo "$word"}
17715 can give unexpected results when @code{word} starts with a dash. It is
17716 often possible to avoid this problem using @samp{echo "x$word"}, taking
17717 the @samp{x} into account later in the pipe. Many of these limitations
17718 can be worked around using M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}).
17720 @c This table includes things like '@command{test} (files)', so we can't
17721 @c use @table @command.
17725 @prindex @command{.}
17726 Use @command{.} only with regular files (use @samp{test -f}). Bash
17727 2.03, for instance, chokes on @samp{. /dev/null}. Remember that
17728 @command{.} uses @env{PATH} if its argument contains no slashes. Also,
17729 some shells, including bash 3.2, implicitly append the current directory
17730 to this @env{PATH} search, even though Posix forbids it. So if you want
17731 to use @command{.} on a file @file{foo} in the current directory, you
17732 must use @samp{. ./foo}.
17734 Not all shells gracefully handle syntax errors within a sourced file.
17735 On one extreme, some non-interactive shells abort the entire script. On
17736 the other, @command{zsh} 4.3.10 has a bug where it fails to react to the
17740 $ @kbd{echo 'fi' > syntax}
17741 $ @kbd{bash -c '. ./syntax; echo $?'}
17742 ./syntax: line 1: syntax error near unexpected token `fi'
17743 ./syntax: line 1: `fi'
17745 $ @kbd{ash -c '. ./syntax; echo $?'}
17746 ./syntax: 1: Syntax error: "fi" unexpected
17747 $ @kbd{zsh -c '. ./syntax; echo $?'}
17748 ./syntax:1: parse error near `fi'
17755 @prindex @command{!}
17756 The Unix version 7 shell did not support
17757 negating the exit status of commands with @command{!}, and this feature
17758 is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}).
17759 Other shells, such as FreeBSD @command{/bin/sh} or @command{ash}, have
17760 bugs when using @command{!}:
17763 $ @kbd{sh -c '! : | :'; echo $?}
17765 $ @kbd{ash -c '! : | :'; echo $?}
17767 $ @kbd{sh -c '! @{ :; @}'; echo $?}
17769 $ @kbd{ash -c '! @{ :; @}'; echo $?}
17771 Syntax error: "@}" unexpected
17775 Shell code like this:
17778 if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
17779 echo files differ or trouble
17783 is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite
17787 cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
17788 echo files differ or trouble
17791 In M4sh, the @code{AS_IF} macro provides an easy way to write these kinds
17795 AS_IF([cmp -s file file.new], [],
17796 [echo files differ or trouble])
17799 This kind of rewriting is needed in code outside macro definitions that
17800 calls other macros. @xref{Common Shell Constructs}. It is also useful
17801 inside macro definitions, where the @dfn{then} and @dfn{else} branches
17802 might contain macro arguments.
17804 More generally, one can always rewrite @samp{! @var{command}} as:
17807 AS_IF([@var{command}], [(exit 1)])
17810 @item @command{&&} and @command{||}
17811 @c --------------------------------
17812 @prindex @command{&&}
17813 @prindex @command{||}
17814 If an AND-OR list is not inside @code{AC_DEFUN}, and it contains
17815 calls to Autoconf macros, it should be rewritten using @code{AS_IF}.
17816 @xref{Common Shell Constructs}. The operators @code{&&} and @code{||}
17817 have equal precedence and are left associative, so instead of:
17820 # This is dangerous outside AC_DEFUN.
17821 cmp a b >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
17822 AS_ECHO([files are same]) >$tmpfile ||
17823 AC_MSG_NOTICE([files differ, or echo failed])
17829 # This is OK outside AC_DEFUN.
17830 AS_IF([AS_IF([cmp a b >/dev/null 2>&1],
17831 [AS_ECHO([files are same]) >$tmpfile],
17833 [AC_MSG_NOTICE([files differ, or echo failed])])
17836 @item @command{@{...@}}
17837 @c --------------------
17838 @prindex @command{@{...@}}
17839 Bash 3.2 (and earlier versions) sometimes does not properly set
17840 @samp{$?} when failing to write redirected output of a compound command.
17841 This problem is most commonly observed with @samp{@{@dots{}@}}; it does
17842 not occur with @samp{(@dots{})}. For example:
17845 $ @kbd{bash -c '@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
17846 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
17848 $ @kbd{bash -c 'while :; do echo; done >/bad; echo $?'}
17849 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
17853 To work around the bug, prepend @samp{:;}:
17856 $ @kbd{bash -c ':;@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
17857 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
17861 Posix requires a syntax error if a brace list has no contents. However,
17862 not all shells obey this rule; and on shells where empty lists are
17863 permitted, the effect on @samp{$?} is inconsistent. To avoid problems,
17864 ensure that a brace list is never empty.
17867 $ @kbd{bash -c 'false; @{ @}; echo $?' || echo $?}
17868 bash: line 1: syntax error near unexpected token `@}'
17869 bash: line 1: `false; @{ @}; echo $?'
17871 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'false; @{ @}; echo $?' || echo $?}
17873 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'false; @{ @}; echo $?' || echo $?}
17878 @item @command{break}
17879 @c ------------------
17880 @prindex @command{break}
17881 The use of @samp{break 2} etc.@: is safe.
17885 @item @command{case}
17886 @c -----------------
17887 @prindex @command{case}
17888 If a @code{case} command is not inside @code{AC_DEFUN}, and it contains
17889 calls to Autoconf macros, it should be rewritten using @code{AS_CASE}.
17890 @xref{Common Shell Constructs}. Instead of:
17893 # This is dangerous outside AC_DEFUN.
17895 *.[ch]) AC_MSG_NOTICE([C source file]);;
17903 # This is OK outside AC_DEFUN.
17904 AS_CASE([$filename],
17905 [[*.[ch]]], [AC_MSG_NOTICE([C source file])])
17908 You don't need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
17910 You don't need the final @samp{;;}, but you should use it.
17912 Posix requires support for @code{case} patterns with opening
17913 parentheses like this:
17917 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
17922 but the @code{(} in this example is not portable to a few obsolescent Bourne
17923 shell implementations, which is a pity for those of us using tools that
17924 rely on balanced parentheses. For instance, with Solaris 10
17928 $ @kbd{case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac}
17929 @error{}syntax error: `(' unexpected
17933 The leading @samp{(} can be omitted safely. Unfortunately, there are
17934 contexts where unbalanced parentheses cause other problems, such as when
17935 using a syntax-highlighting editor that searches for the balancing
17936 counterpart, or more importantly, when using a case statement as an
17937 underquoted argument to an Autoconf macro. @xref{Balancing
17938 Parentheses}, for trade-offs involved in various styles of dealing with
17939 unbalanced @samp{)}.
17941 Zsh handles pattern fragments derived from parameter expansions or
17942 command substitutions as though quoted:
17945 $ pat=\?; case aa in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
17946 $ pat=\?; case a? in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
17951 Because of a bug in its @code{fnmatch}, Bash fails to properly
17952 handle backslashes in character classes:
17955 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac}
17960 This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to
17961 handle Posix or MS-DOS absolute file names. To work around this
17962 bug, always put the backslash first:
17965 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
17967 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
17971 Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes
17974 Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want
17975 to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this
17976 pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so
17977 that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don't
17978 have to be backslash-escaped:
17981 $ @kbd{case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac}
17983 $ @kbd{scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac}
17987 Even with this, Solaris @command{ksh} matches a backslash if the set
17989 of the characters @samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
17991 Conversely, Tru64 @command{ksh} (circa 2003) erroneously always matches
17992 a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
17995 $ @kbd{case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac}
17997 $ @kbd{case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac}
18001 Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
18002 @code{case}/@code{esac}:
18005 ash-0.3.8 $ @kbd{case foo in esac;}
18006 @error{}Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
18009 Posix requires @command{case} to give an exit status of 0 if no cases
18010 match. However, @command{/bin/sh} in Solaris 10 does not obey this
18011 rule. Meanwhile, it is unclear whether a case that matches, but
18012 contains no statements, must also change the exit status to 0. The M4sh
18013 macro @code{AS_CASE} works around these inconsistencies.
18016 $ @kbd{bash -c 'case `false` in ?) ;; esac; echo $?'}
18018 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'case `false` in ?) ;; esac; echo $?'}
18025 @prindex @command{cd}
18026 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} must support
18027 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
18028 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
18029 not support these options, and their @command{cd} command has the
18030 @option{-P} behavior.
18032 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
18033 assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
18034 since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
18035 @samp{ls ..} and @samp{cd ..} may refer to different directories if
18036 the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
18037 @code{cd @var{dir}} if @var{dir} contains no @file{..} components.
18038 Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
18039 variables like @code{ac_top_srcdir} (@pxref{Configuration Actions}),
18040 so it is safe to @command{cd} to these variables.
18042 Posix states that behavior is undefined if @command{cd} is given an
18043 explicit empty argument. Some shells do nothing, some change to the
18044 first entry in @env{CDPATH}, some change to @env{HOME}, and some exit
18045 the shell rather than returning an error. Unfortunately, this means
18046 that if @samp{$var} is empty, then @samp{cd "$var"} is less predictable
18047 than @samp{cd $var} (at least the latter is well-behaved in all shells
18048 at changing to @env{HOME}, although this is probably not what you wanted
18049 in a script). You should check that a directory name was supplied
18050 before trying to change locations.
18052 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for portability problems involving
18053 @command{cd} and the @env{CDPATH} environment variable.
18054 Also please see the discussion of the @command{pwd} command.
18058 @item @command{echo}
18059 @c -----------------
18060 @prindex @command{echo}
18061 The simple @command{echo} is probably the most surprising source of
18062 portability troubles. It is not possible to use @samp{echo} portably
18063 unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. Don't expect any
18066 Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
18067 their handling. For @samp{echo '\n' | wc -l}, the @command{sh} of
18068 Solaris 10 outputs 2,
18069 but Bash and Zsh (in @command{sh} emulation mode) output 1.
18070 The problem is truly @command{echo}: all the shells
18071 understand @samp{'\n'} as the string composed of a backslash and an
18072 @samp{n}. Within a command substitution, @samp{echo 'string\c'} will
18073 mess up the internal state of ksh88 on AIX 6.1 so that it will print
18074 the first character @samp{s} only, followed by a newline, and then
18075 entirely drop the output of the next echo in a command substitution.
18077 Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
18078 characters to @command{echo}. For example, @samp{echo "$foo"} is safe
18079 only if you know that @var{foo}'s value cannot contain backslashes and
18080 cannot start with @samp{-}.
18082 Normally, @command{printf} is safer and easier to use than @command{echo}
18083 and @command{echo -n}. Thus, you should use @command{printf "%s\n"}
18084 instead of @command{echo}, and similarly use @command{printf %s} instead
18085 of @command{echo -n}.
18087 Older scripts, written before @command{printf} was portable,
18088 sometimes used a here-document as a safer alternative to @command{echo},
18098 @item @command{eval}
18099 @c -----------------
18100 @prindex @command{eval}
18101 The @command{eval} command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
18102 using commands like @samp{eval table_$key=\$value} and @samp{eval
18103 value=table_$key} to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
18106 You should also be wary of common bugs in @command{eval} implementations.
18107 In some shell implementations (e.g., older @command{ash}, OpenBSD 3.8
18108 @command{sh}, @command{pdksh} v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and @command{zsh}
18109 4.2.5), the arguments of @samp{eval} are evaluated in a context where
18110 @samp{$?} is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
18113 $ @kbd{false; eval 'echo $?'}
18117 The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value,
18118 but portable scripts should not rely on this.
18120 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}.
18121 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
18123 Note that, even though these bugs are easily avoided,
18124 @command{eval} is tricky to use on arbitrary arguments.
18125 It is obviously unwise to use @samp{eval $cmd} if the string value of
18126 @samp{cmd} was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
18127 string value is valid, @samp{eval $cmd} might not work as intended,
18128 since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
18129 once for the @command{eval} and once for the command itself. It is
18130 therefore safer to use @samp{eval "$cmd"}. For example, if @var{cmd}
18131 has the value @samp{cat test?.c}, @samp{eval $cmd} might expand to the
18132 equivalent of @samp{cat test;.c} if there happens to be a file named
18133 @file{test;.c} in the current directory; and this in turn
18134 mistakenly attempts to invoke @command{cat} on the file @file{test} and
18135 then execute the command @command{.c}. To avoid this problem, use
18136 @samp{eval "$cmd"} rather than @samp{eval $cmd}.
18138 However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated
18139 command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example,
18140 @samp{echo "Executing: $cmd"} outputs @samp{Executing: cat test?.c}, but
18141 this output doesn't show the user that @samp{test;.c} is the actual name
18142 of the copied file. Conversely, @samp{eval "echo Executing: $cmd"}
18143 works on this example, but it fails with @samp{cmd='cat foo >bar'},
18144 since it mistakenly replaces the contents of @file{bar} by the
18145 string @samp{cat foo}. No simple, general, and portable solution to
18146 this problem is known.
18148 @item @command{exec}
18149 @c -----------------
18150 @prindex @command{exec}
18151 Posix describes several categories of shell built-ins. Special
18152 built-ins (such as @command{exit}) must impact the environment of the
18153 current shell, and need not be available through @command{exec}. All
18154 other built-ins are regular, and must not propagate variable assignments
18155 to the environment of the current shell. However, the group of regular
18156 built-ins is further distinguished by commands that do not require a
18157 @env{PATH} search (such as @command{cd}), in contrast to built-ins that
18158 are offered as a more efficient version of something that must still be
18159 found in a @env{PATH} search (such as @command{echo}). Posix is not
18160 clear on whether @command{exec} must work with the list of 17 utilities
18161 that are invoked without a @env{PATH} search, and many platforms lack an
18162 executable for some of those built-ins:
18165 $ @kbd{sh -c 'exec cd /tmp'}
18166 sh: line 0: exec: cd: not found
18169 All other built-ins that provide utilities specified by Posix must have
18170 a counterpart executable that exists on @env{PATH}, although Posix
18171 allows @command{exec} to use the built-in instead of the executable.
18172 For example, contrast @command{bash} 3.2 and @command{pdksh} 5.2.14:
18175 $ @kbd{bash -c 'pwd --version' | head -n1}
18176 bash: line 0: pwd: --: invalid option
18177 pwd: usage: pwd [-LP]
18178 $ @kbd{bash -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1}
18179 pwd (GNU coreutils) 6.10
18180 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1}
18181 pdksh: pwd: --: unknown option
18184 When it is desired to avoid a regular shell built-in, the workaround is
18185 to use some other forwarding command, such as @command{env} or
18186 @command{nice}, that will ensure a path search:
18189 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'exec true --version' | head -n1}
18190 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'nice true --version' | head -n1}
18191 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10
18192 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'env true --version' | head -n1}
18193 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10
18196 @item @command{exit}
18197 @c -----------------
18198 @prindex @command{exit}
18199 The default value of @command{exit} is supposed to be @code{$?};
18200 unfortunately, some shells, such as the DJGPP port of Bash 2.04, just
18201 perform @samp{exit 0}.
18204 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`exit 1` || echo fail}
18206 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail}
18208 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail}
18212 Using @samp{exit $?} restores the expected behavior.
18214 Some shell scripts, such as those generated by @command{autoconf}, use a
18215 trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
18216 nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
18217 invoker can tell that an error occurred.
18219 Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, an exit
18220 trap ignores the @code{exit} command's argument. In these shells, a trap
18221 cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain @code{exit} or by
18222 @code{exit 1}. Instead of calling @code{exit} directly, use the
18223 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} macro that has a workaround for this problem.
18227 @item @command{export}
18228 @c -------------------
18229 @prindex @command{export}
18230 The builtin @command{export} dubs a shell variable @dfn{environment
18231 variable}. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
18232 of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
18233 received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
18234 variable marked as exported.
18236 Alas, many shells, such as Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh},
18237 IRIX 6.3, IRIX 5.2,
18238 AIX 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
18239 @command{export} the environment variables they receive. As a result,
18240 two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
18241 variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
18252 when run with @samp{FOO=foo} in the environment, these shells print
18253 alternately @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, although they should print only
18254 @samp{foo} and then a sequence of @samp{bar}s.
18256 Therefore you should @command{export} again each environment variable
18257 that you update; the export can occur before or after the assignment.
18259 Posix is not clear on whether the @command{export} of an undefined
18260 variable causes the variable to be defined with the value of an empty
18261 string, or merely marks any future definition of a variable by that name
18262 for export. Various shells behave differently in this regard:
18265 $ @kbd{sh -c 'export foo; env | grep foo'}
18266 $ @kbd{ash -c 'export foo; env | grep foo'}
18270 Posix requires @command{export} to honor assignments made as arguments,
18271 but older shells do not support this, including @command{/bin/sh} in
18272 Solaris 10. Portable scripts should separate assignments and exports
18273 into different statements.
18276 $ @kbd{bash -c 'export foo=bar; echo $foo'}
18278 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'export foo=bar; echo $foo'}
18279 /bin/sh: foo=bar: is not an identifier
18280 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'export foo; foo=bar; echo $foo'}
18284 Posix requires @command{export} to work with any arbitrary value for the
18285 contents of the variable being exported, as long as the total size of
18286 the environment combined with arguments doesn't exceed @code{ARG_MAX}
18287 when executing a child process. However, some shells have extensions
18288 that involve interpreting some environment values specially, regardless
18289 of the variable name. We currently know of one case: all versions of
18290 Bash released prior to 27 September 2014 interpret an environment
18291 variable with an initial content substring of @code{() @{} as an
18292 exported function definition (this is the ``Shellshock'' remote
18293 execution bug, CVE-2014-6271 and friends, where it was possible to
18294 exploit the function parser to cause remote code execution on child bash
18295 startup; newer versions of Bash use special environment variable
18296 @emph{names} instead of values to implement the same feature).
18298 There may be entries inherited into the environment that are not valid
18299 as shell variable names; Posix states that processes should be tolerant
18300 of these names. Some shells such as @command{dash} do this by removing
18301 those names from the environment at startup, while others such as
18302 @command{bash} hide the entry from shell access but still pass it on to
18303 child processes. While you can set such names using @command{env} for a
18304 direct child process, you cannot rely on them being preserved through an
18305 intermediate pass through the shell.
18307 @item @command{false}
18308 @c ------------------
18309 @prindex @command{false}
18310 Don't expect @command{false} to exit with status 1: in native
18311 Solaris @file{/bin/false} exits with status 255.
18314 @item @command{for}
18315 @c ----------------
18316 @prindex @command{for}
18317 To loop over positional arguments, use:
18327 You may @emph{not} leave the @code{do} on the same line as @code{for},
18328 since some shells improperly grok:
18336 If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, use:
18339 for arg in "$@@"; do
18344 Posix requires support for a @command{for} loop with no list after
18345 @code{in}. However, Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} treats that as a syntax
18346 error. It is possible to work around this by providing any shell word
18347 that expands to nothing, or by ignoring an obvious sentinel.
18350 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'for a in $empty; do echo hi; done'}
18351 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'for a in ; do echo hi; done'}
18352 /bin/sh: syntax error at line 1: `;' unexpected
18355 This syntax problem is most frequently encountered in code that goes
18356 through several layers of expansion, such as an m4 macro or makefile
18357 variable used as a list body, where the first layer of expansion (m4 or
18358 make) can end up expanding to nothing in the version handed to the
18359 shell. In the makefile context, one common workaround is to use a shell
18360 variable rather than a make variable as the source of the list.
18363 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18366 @@for arg in $(list); do echo $$arg; done
18368 @@list='$(list)'; for arg in $$list; do echo $$arg; done
18369 $ @kbd{make bad 2&>1 | head -n1}
18370 sh: syntax error at line 1: `;' unexpected
18371 $ @kbd{make bad list='a b'}
18375 $ @kbd{make good list='a b'}
18380 In Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, when the list of arguments of a
18381 @command{for} loop starts with @emph{unquoted} tokens looking like
18382 variable assignments, the loop is not executed on those tokens:
18385 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'for v in a=b c=d x e=f; do echo $v; done'}
18391 Thankfully, quoting the assignment-like tokens, or starting the list
18392 with other tokens (including unquoted variable expansion that results in
18393 an assignment-like result), avoids the problem, so it is easy to work
18397 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'for v in "a=b"; do echo $v; done'}
18399 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'x=a=b; for v in $x c=d; do echo $v; done'}
18407 @prindex @command{if}
18408 If an @code{if} command is not inside @code{AC_DEFUN}, and it contains
18409 calls to Autoconf macros, it should be rewritten using @code{AS_IF}.
18410 @xref{Common Shell Constructs}.
18412 Using @code{if ! @dots{}} is not portable. @xref{!,,@command{!} notes}.
18414 Some very old shells did not reset the exit status from an @command{if}
18415 with no @command{else}:
18418 $ @kbd{if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $?}
18423 whereas a proper shell should have printed @samp{0}. Although this is no
18424 longer a portability problem, as any shell that supports functions gets it
18425 correct, it explains why some makefiles have lengthy
18429 if test -f "$file"; then
18430 install "$file" "$dest"
18437 @item @command{printf}
18438 @c ------------------
18439 @prindex @command{printf}
18440 A format string starting with a @samp{-} can cause problems.
18441 Bash interprets it as an option and
18442 gives an error. And @samp{--} to mark the end of options is not good
18443 in the NetBSD Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that
18444 literally as the format string. Putting the @samp{-} in a @samp{%c}
18445 or @samp{%s} is probably easiest:
18451 AIX 7.2 @command{sh} mishandles octal escapes in multi-byte locales by
18452 treating them as characters instead of bytes. For example, in a locale
18453 using the UTF-8 encoding, @samp{printf '\351'} outputs the two bytes C3,
18454 A9 (the UTF-8 encoding for U+00E9) instead of the desired single byte E9.
18455 To work around the bug, use the C locale.
18457 Bash 2.03 mishandles an escape sequence that happens to evaluate to @samp{%}:
18460 $ @kbd{printf '\045'}
18461 bash: printf: `%': missing format character
18464 Large outputs may cause trouble. On Solaris 10, for
18465 example, @file{/usr/bin/printf} is buggy, so when using
18466 @command{/bin/sh} the command @samp{printf %010000x 123} normally dumps
18469 Since @command{printf} is not always a shell builtin, there is a
18470 potential speed penalty for using @code{printf '%s\n'} as a replacement
18471 for an @command{echo} that does not interpret @samp{\} or leading
18472 @samp{-}. With Solaris @command{ksh}, it is possible to use @code{print
18473 -r --} for this role instead.
18475 @xref{echo, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}, for a discussion of
18476 portable alternatives to both @command{printf} and @command{echo}.
18479 @item @command{pwd}
18480 @c ----------------
18481 @prindex @command{pwd}
18482 With modern shells, plain @command{pwd} outputs a ``logical''
18483 directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
18484 directory names are in contrast to ``physical'' directory names, whose
18485 components are all directories.
18487 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{pwd} must support
18488 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
18489 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
18490 not support these options, and their @command{pwd} command has the
18491 @option{-P} behavior.
18493 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
18494 assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts
18495 @samp{/bin/pwd} is equivalent to @samp{pwd -P}, but Posix
18496 does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on
18499 Typically it's best to use plain @command{pwd}. On modern hosts this
18500 outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
18504 Logical names are what the user specified.
18506 Physical names may not be portable from one installation
18507 host to another due to network file system gymnastics.
18509 On modern hosts @samp{pwd -P} may fail due to lack of permissions to
18510 some parent directory, but plain @command{pwd} cannot fail for this
18514 Also please see the discussion of the @command{cd} command.
18517 @item @command{read}
18518 @c -----------------
18519 @prindex @command{read}
18520 No options are portable, not even support @option{-r} (Solaris 10
18521 @command{/bin/sh} for example). Tru64/OSF 5.1 @command{sh} treats
18522 @command{read} as a special built-in, so it may exit if input is
18523 redirected from a non-existent or unreadable file.
18527 @item @command{set}
18528 @c ----------------
18529 @prindex @command{set}
18530 With the FreeBSD 6.0 shell, the @command{set} command (without
18531 any options) does not sort its output.
18533 The @command{set} builtin faces the usual problem with arguments
18535 dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand @option{--} to specify
18536 the end of the options (any argument after @option{--} is a parameter,
18537 even @samp{-x} for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
18538 10 @command{/bin/sh}) simply stop option
18539 processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
18540 @samp{dummy} or simply @samp{x} to end the option processing, and use
18541 @command{shift} to pop it out:
18544 set x $my_list; shift
18547 Avoid @samp{set -}, e.g., @samp{set - $my_list}. Posix no
18548 longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells
18549 @samp{set - $my_list} resets the @option{-v} and @option{-x} options, which
18550 makes scripts harder to debug.
18552 Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option
18553 (e.g., @samp{set -e -x} assigns @samp{-x} to the command line). It is
18554 better to combine them:
18560 @cindex @command{set -e}
18561 The @option{-e} option has historically been under-specified, with enough
18562 ambiguities to cause numerous differences across various shell
18563 implementations; see for example
18564 @uref{https://www.in-ulm.de/@/~mascheck/@/various/@/set-e/, this overview},
18565 or @uref{https://www.austingroupbugs.net/@/view.php?id=52, this link},
18566 documenting a change to Posix 2008 to match @command{ksh88} behavior.
18567 Note that mixing @code{set -e} and shell functions is asking for surprises:
18580 According to the recommendation, @samp{one} should always be output
18581 regardless of whether the @command{rm} failed, because it occurs within
18582 the body of the shell function @samp{doit} invoked on the left side of
18583 @samp{||}, where the effects of @samp{set -e} are not enforced.
18584 Likewise, @samp{two} should never be printed, since the failure of
18585 @command{rm} does not abort the function, such that the status of
18588 The BSD shell has had several problems with the @option{-e}
18589 option. Older versions of the BSD
18590 shell (circa 1990) mishandled @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{if}, and
18591 @samp{case} when @option{-e} was in effect, causing the shell to exit
18592 unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with
18593 makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like @samp{sh -c 'test -f file ||
18594 touch file'}, where the seemingly-unnecessary @samp{sh -c '@dots{}'}
18595 wrapper works around the bug (@pxref{Failure in Make Rules}).
18597 Even relatively-recent versions of the BSD shell (e.g., OpenBSD 3.4)
18598 wrongly exit with @option{-e} if the last command within a compound
18599 statement fails and is guarded by an @samp{&&} only. For example:
18605 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
18608 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
18610 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
18616 does not print @samp{three}. One workaround is to change the last
18617 instance of @samp{test -n "$foo" && exit 1} to be @samp{if test -n
18618 "$foo"; then exit 1; fi} instead. Another possibility is to warn BSD
18619 users not to use @samp{sh -e}.
18621 When @samp{set -e} is in effect, a failed command substitution in
18622 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} cannot be ignored, even with @samp{||}.
18625 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'set -e; foo=`false` || echo foo; echo bar'}
18626 $ @kbd{bash -c 'set -e; foo=`false` || echo foo; echo bar'}
18632 Moreover, a command substitution, successful or not, causes this shell to
18633 exit from a failing outer command even in presence of an @samp{&&} list:
18636 $ @kbd{bash -c 'set -e; false `true` && echo notreached; echo ok'}
18638 $ @kbd{sh -c 'set -e; false `true` && echo notreached; echo ok'}
18642 Portable scripts should not use @samp{set -e} if @command{trap} is used
18643 to install an exit handler. This is because Tru64/OSF 5.1 @command{sh}
18644 sometimes enters the trap handler with the exit status of the command
18645 prior to the one that triggered the errexit handler:
18648 $ @kbd{sh -ec 'trap '\''echo $?'\'' 0; false'}
18650 $ @kbd{sh -c 'set -e; trap '\''echo $?'\'' 0; false'}
18655 Thus, when writing a script in M4sh, rather than trying to rely on
18656 @samp{set -e}, it is better to use @samp{AS_EXIT}
18657 where it is desirable to abort on failure.
18659 @cindex @command{set -b}
18660 @cindex @command{set -m}
18661 Job control is not provided by all shells, so the use of @samp{set -m}
18662 or @samp{set -b} must be done with care. When using @command{zsh} in
18663 native mode, asynchronous notification (@samp{set -b}) is enabled by
18664 default, and using @samp{emulate sh} to switch to Posix mode does not
18665 clear this setting (although asynchronous notification has no impact
18666 unless job monitoring is also enabled). Also, @command{zsh} 4.3.10 and
18667 earlier have a bug where job control can be manipulated in interactive
18668 shells, but not in subshells or scripts. Furthermore, some shells, like
18669 @command{pdksh}, fail to treat subshells as interactive, even though the
18673 $ @kbd{echo $ZSH_VERSION}
18675 $ @kbd{set -m; echo $?}
18677 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'set -m; echo $?'}
18678 set: can't change option: -m
18679 $ @kbd{(set -m); echo $?}
18680 set: can't change option: -m
18682 $ @kbd{pdksh -ci 'echo $-; (echo $-)'}
18687 @cindex @command{set -n}
18688 Use of @command{set -n} (typically via @command{sh -n script}) to
18689 validate a script is not foolproof. Modern @command{ksh93} tries to be
18690 helpful by informing you about better syntax, but switching the script
18691 to use the suggested syntax in order to silence the warnings would
18692 render the script no longer portable to older shells:
18695 $ @kbd{ksh -nc '``'}
18696 ksh: warning: line 1: `...` obsolete, use $(...)
18701 itself uses @command{sh -n} within its testsuite to check that correct
18702 scripts were generated, but only after first probing for other shell
18703 features (such as @code{test $@{BASH_VERSION+y@}}) that indicate
18704 a reasonably fast and working implementation.
18706 @item @command{shift}
18707 @c ------------------
18708 @prindex @command{shift}
18709 Not only is @command{shift}ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
18710 shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of MIPS
18711 RISC/OS 4.52 refuses to do it.
18713 Don't use @samp{shift 2} etc.; while it in the SVR1 shell (1983),
18714 it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
18717 @item @command{source}
18718 @c -------------------
18719 @prindex @command{source}
18720 This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
18721 @command{.} instead.
18724 @item @command{test}
18725 @c -----------------
18726 @prindex @command{test}
18727 The @code{test} program is the way to perform many file and string
18728 tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name @samp{[}, but using
18729 that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
18732 The @option{-a}, @option{-o}, @samp{(}, and @samp{)} operands are not
18733 present in all implementations, and have been marked obsolete by Posix
18734 2008. This is because there are inherent ambiguities in using them.
18735 For example, @samp{test "$1" -a "$2"} looks like a binary operator to
18736 check whether two strings are both non-empty, but if @samp{$1} is the
18737 literal @samp{!}, then some implementations of @command{test} treat it
18738 as a negation of the unary operator @option{-a}.
18740 Thus, portable uses of @command{test} should never have more than four
18741 arguments, and scripts should use shell constructs like @samp{&&} and
18742 @samp{||} instead. If you combine @samp{&&} and @samp{||} in the same
18743 statement, keep in mind that they have equal precedence, so it is often
18744 better to parenthesize even when this is redundant. For example:
18748 test "X$a" = "X$b" -a \
18749 '(' "X$c" != "X$d" -o "X$e" = "X$f" ')'
18752 test "X$a" = "X$b" &&
18753 @{ test "X$c" != "X$d" || test "X$e" = "X$f"; @}
18756 @command{test} does not process options like most other commands do; for
18757 example, it does not recognize the @option{--} argument as marking the
18760 It is safe to use @samp{!} as a @command{test} operator. For example,
18761 @samp{if test ! -d foo; @dots{}} is portable even though @samp{if ! test
18762 -d foo; @dots{}} is not.
18765 @item @command{test} (files)
18766 @c -------------------------
18767 To enable @command{configure} scripts to support cross-compilation, they
18768 shouldn't do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
18769 the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
18770 whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use @samp{test -f},
18771 @samp{test -r}, or @samp{test -x}. Do not use @samp{test -e}, because
18772 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}
18773 lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
18774 @samp{test -h} rather than @samp{test -L}; either form conforms to
18775 Posix 1003.1-2001, but @option{-h} has been around longer.
18777 For historical reasons, Posix reluctantly allows implementations of
18778 @samp{test -x} that will succeed for the root user, even if no execute
18779 permissions are present. Furthermore, shells do not all agree on
18780 whether Access Control Lists should affect @samp{test -r}, @samp{test
18781 -w}, and @samp{test -x}; some shells base test results strictly on the
18782 current user id compared to file owner and mode, as if by
18783 @code{stat(2)}; while other shells base test results on whether the
18784 current user has the given right, even if that right is only granted by
18785 an ACL, as if by @code{faccessat(2)}. Furthermore, there is a classic
18786 time of check to time of use race between any use of @command{test}
18787 followed by operating on the just-checked file. Therefore, it is a good
18788 idea to write scripts that actually attempt an operation, and are
18789 prepared for the resulting failure if permission is denied, rather than
18790 trying to avoid an operation based solely on whether @command{test}
18791 guessed that it might not be permitted.
18793 @item @command{test} (strings)
18794 @c ---------------------------
18795 Posix says that @samp{test "@var{string}"} succeeds if @var{string} is
18796 not null, but this usage is not portable to traditional platforms like
18797 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, which mishandle strings like @samp{!} and
18798 @samp{-n}. However, it @emph{is} portable to test if a variable is set
18799 to a non-empty value, by using @samp{test $@{var+y@}}, since all known
18800 implementations properly distinguish between no arguments and a
18801 known-safe string of @samp{y}.
18803 Posix also says that @samp{test ! "@var{string}"},
18804 @samp{test -n "@var{string}"} and
18805 @samp{test -z "@var{string}"} work with any string, but many
18806 shells (such as Solaris 10, AIX 3.2, UNICOS 10.0.0.6,
18807 Digital Unix 4, etc.)@: get confused if
18808 @var{string} looks like an operator:
18812 test: argument expected
18814 test: argument expected
18815 $ @kbd{test -z ")"; echo $?}
18819 Similarly, Posix says that both @samp{test "@var{string1}" = "@var{string2"}}
18820 and @samp{test "@var{string1}" != "@var{string2"}} work for any pairs of
18821 strings, but in practice this is not true for troublesome strings that
18822 look like operators or parentheses, or that begin with @samp{-}.
18824 It is best to protect such strings with a leading @samp{X}, e.g.,
18825 @samp{test "X@var{string}" != X} rather than @samp{test -n
18826 "@var{string}"} or @samp{test ! "@var{string}"}.
18828 It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
18831 test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" &&
18836 to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs
18837 should be avoided by using:
18840 AS_CASE([$ac_feature],
18841 [[*[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*]], [@var{action}])
18844 If the pattern is a complicated regular expression that cannot be
18845 expressed as a shell pattern, use something like this instead:
18848 expr "X$ac_feature" : 'X.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
18852 @samp{expr "X@var{foo}" : "X@var{bar}"} is more robust than @samp{echo
18853 "X@var{foo}" | grep "^X@var{bar}"}, because it avoids problems when
18854 @samp{@var{foo}} contains backslashes.
18858 @item @command{trap}
18859 @c -----------------
18860 @prindex @command{trap}
18861 It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
18862 trap 0, i.e., have the @command{trap} run when the script ends (either via an
18863 explicit @command{exit}, or the end of the script). The trap for 0 should be
18864 installed outside of a shell function, or AIX 5.3 @command{/bin/sh}
18865 will invoke the trap at the end of this function.
18867 Posix says that @samp{trap - 1 2 13 15} resets the traps for the
18868 specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
18869 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
18870 ``command'' named @command{-} when the specified conditions arise.
18871 Posix 2008 also added a requirement to support @samp{trap 1 2 13 15} to
18872 reset traps, as this is supported by a larger set of shells, but there
18873 are still shells like @command{dash} that mistakenly try to execute
18874 @command{1} instead of resetting the traps. Therefore, there is no
18875 portable workaround, except for @samp{trap - 0}, for which
18876 @samp{trap '' 0} is a portable substitute.
18878 Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
18879 admitted that when entering the trap @samp{$?} should be set to the exit
18880 status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
18881 summarized as: ``when the trap is launched by an @command{exit}, what is
18882 the @emph{last} command run: that before @command{exit}, or
18883 @command{exit} itself?''
18885 Bash considers @command{exit} to be the last command, while Zsh and
18886 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} consider that when the trap is run it is
18887 @emph{still} in the @command{exit}, hence it is the previous exit status
18888 that the trap receives:
18891 $ @kbd{cat trap.sh}
18894 $ @kbd{zsh trap.sh}
18896 $ @kbd{bash trap.sh}
18900 The portable solution is then simple: when you want to @samp{exit 42},
18901 run @samp{(exit 42); exit 42}, the first @command{exit} being used to
18902 set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
18903 and pass 42 as exit status for Bash. In M4sh, this is covered by using
18906 The shell in FreeBSD 4.0 has the following bug: @samp{$?} is
18907 reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside @command{trap}.
18910 $ @kbd{trap 'false}
18918 Fortunately, this bug only affects @command{trap}.
18920 Several shells fail to execute an exit trap that is defined inside a
18921 subshell, when the last command of that subshell is not a builtin. A
18922 workaround is to use @samp{exit $?} as the shell builtin.
18925 $ @kbd{bash -c '(trap "echo hi" 0; /bin/true)'}
18927 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c '(trap "echo hi" 0; /bin/true)'}
18928 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c '(trap "echo hi" 0; /bin/true; exit $?)'}
18933 Likewise, older implementations of @command{bash} failed to preserve
18934 @samp{$?} across an exit trap consisting of a single cleanup command.
18937 $ @kbd{bash -c 'trap "/bin/true" 0; exit 2'; echo $?}
18939 $ @kbd{bash-2.05b -c 'trap "/bin/true" 0; exit 2'; echo $?}
18941 $ @kbd{bash-2.05b -c 'trap ":; /bin/true" 0; exit 2'; echo $?}
18945 Be aware that a trap can be called from any number of places in your
18946 script, and therefore the trap handler should not make assumptions about
18947 shell state. For some examples, if your script temporarily modifies
18948 @env{IFS}, then the trap should include an initialization back to its
18949 typical value of space-tab-newline (autoconf does this for generated
18950 @file{configure} files). Likewise, if your script changes the current
18951 working directory at some point after the trap is installed, then your
18952 trap cannot assume which directory it is in, and should begin by
18953 changing directories to an absolute path if that is important to the
18954 cleanup efforts (autotest does this for generated @file{testsuite}
18957 @item @command{true}
18958 @c -----------------
18959 @prindex @command{true}
18960 @c Info cannot handle ':' in index entries.
18961 @c @prindex @command{:}
18962 Don't worry: as far as we know @command{true} is portable.
18963 Nevertheless, it's not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
18964 portable shell community tends to prefer using @command{:}. This has a
18965 funny side effect: when asked whether @command{false} is more portable
18966 than @command{true} Alexandre Oliva answered:
18969 In a sense, yes, because if it doesn't exist, the shell will produce an
18970 exit status of failure, which is correct for @command{false}, but not
18971 for @command{true}.
18974 Remember that even though @samp{:} ignores its arguments, it still takes
18975 time to compute those arguments. It is a good idea to use double quotes
18976 around any arguments to @samp{:} to avoid time spent in field splitting
18977 and file name expansion.
18981 @item @command{unset}
18982 @c ------------------
18983 @prindex @command{unset}
18984 In some nonconforming shells (e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/ksh} and
18985 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh}, NetBSD 5.99.43 sh, or Bash 2.05a),
18986 @code{unset FOO} fails when @code{FOO} is not set. This can interfere
18987 with @code{set -e} operation. You can use
18994 if you are not sure that @code{FOO} is set.
18996 A few ancient shells lack @command{unset} entirely. For some variables
18997 such as @code{PS1}, you can use a neutralizing value instead:
19003 Usually, shells that do not support @command{unset} need less effort to
19004 make the environment sane, so for example is not a problem if you cannot
19005 unset @command{CDPATH} on those shells. However, Bash 2.01 mishandles
19006 @code{unset MAIL} and @code{unset MAILPATH} in some cases and dumps core.
19007 So, you should do something like
19010 ( (unset MAIL) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset MAIL || :
19014 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for some neutralizing values. Also, see
19015 @ref{export, , Limitations of Builtins}, for
19016 the case of environment variables.
19018 @item @command{wait}
19019 @c -----------------
19020 @prindex @command{wait}
19021 The exit status of @command{wait} is not always reliable.
19024 @node Limitations of Usual Tools
19025 @section Limitations of Usual Tools
19026 @cindex Limitations of usual tools
19028 The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still
19029 include some limitations you should be aware of.
19031 @comment Between this list and the list of builtins above, we should
19032 @comment mention all the tools in GNU Coding Standards ``Utilities in
19033 @comment Makefiles''.
19035 @c This table includes things like '@command{expr} (|)', so we can't
19036 @c use @table @command.
19039 @item @command{awk}
19040 @c ----------------
19041 @prindex @command{awk}
19042 Don't leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call.
19043 Posix does not allow this and GNU Awk rejects it:
19046 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
19047 BEGIN @{ die () @}'}
19048 gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN @{ die () @}
19049 gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
19050 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
19051 BEGIN @{ die() @}'}
19055 Posix says that if a program contains only @samp{BEGIN} actions, and
19056 contains no instances of @code{getline}, then the program merely
19057 executes the actions without reading input. However, traditional Awk
19058 implementations (such as Solaris 10 @command{awk}) read and discard
19059 input in this case. Portable scripts can redirect input from
19060 @file{/dev/null} to work around the problem. For example:
19063 awk 'BEGIN @{print "hello world"@}' </dev/null
19066 Posix says that in an @samp{END} action, @samp{$NF} (and presumably,
19067 @samp{$1}) retain their value from the last record read, if no
19068 intervening @samp{getline} occurred. However, some implementations
19069 (such as Solaris 10 @samp{/usr/bin/awk}, @samp{nawk}, or Darwin
19070 @samp{awk}) reset these variables. A workaround is to use an
19071 intermediate variable prior to the @samp{END} block. For example:
19074 $ @kbd{cat end.awk}
19076 END @{ print "a", $1, $NF, "b", tmp @}
19077 $ @kbd{echo 1 | awk -f end.awk}
19079 $ @kbd{echo 1 | gawk -f end.awk}
19083 If you want your program to be deterministic, don't depend on @code{for}
19087 $ @kbd{cat for.awk}
19094 $ @kbd{gawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
19097 $ @kbd{nawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
19102 Some Awk implementations, such as HP-UX 11.0's native one,
19106 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
19107 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
19109 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
19111 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
19116 Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use @samp{/^(.*foo|bar)/},
19117 or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
19119 On @samp{ia64-hp-hpux11.23}, Awk mishandles @code{printf} conversions
19123 $ @kbd{awk 'BEGIN @{ printf "%u %d\n", 0, -1 @}'}
19127 AIX version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the
19128 length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
19130 Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
19131 Solaris @command{/bin/awk}, have many limitations and do not
19132 conform to Posix. Nowadays @code{AC_PROG_AWK} (@pxref{Particular
19133 Programs}) finds you an Awk that doesn't have these problems, but if
19134 for some reason you prefer not to use @code{AC_PROG_AWK} you may need to
19135 address them. For more detailed descriptions, see @ref{Language
19136 History, , @command{awk} language history, gawk, GNU Awk User's Guide}.
19138 Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined
19141 Traditional Awk does not support the @option{-v} option. You can use
19142 assignments after the program instead, e.g., @code{$AWK '@{print v
19143 $1@}' v=x}; however, don't forget that such assignments are not
19144 evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any @code{BEGIN}
19147 Traditional Awk does not support the keywords @code{delete} or @code{do}.
19149 Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
19150 @code{@var{a}?@var{b}:@var{c}}, @code{!@var{a}}, @code{@var{a}^@var{b}},
19151 or @code{@var{a}^=@var{b}}.
19153 Traditional Awk does not support the predefined @code{CONVFMT} or
19154 @code{ENVIRON} variables.
19156 Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions @code{exp}, @code{index},
19157 @code{int}, @code{length}, @code{log}, @code{split}, @code{sprintf},
19158 @code{sqrt}, and @code{substr}.
19160 Traditional Awk @code{getline} is not at all compatible with Posix;
19163 Traditional Awk has @code{for (i in a) @dots{}} but no other uses of the
19164 @code{in} keyword. For example, it lacks @code{if (i in a) @dots{}}.
19166 In code portable to both traditional and modern Awk, @code{FS} must be a
19167 string containing just one ordinary character, and similarly for the
19168 field-separator argument to @code{split}.
19170 Traditional Awk has a limit of 99 fields in a record. Since some Awk
19171 implementations, like Tru64's, split the input even if you don't refer
19172 to any field in the script, to circumvent this problem, set @samp{FS}
19173 to an unusual character and use @code{split}.
19175 Traditional Awk has a limit of at most 99 bytes in a number formatted by
19176 @code{OFMT}; for example, @code{OFMT="%.300e"; print 0.1;} typically
19179 The original version of Awk had a limit of at most 99 bytes per
19180 @code{split} field, 99 bytes per @code{substr} substring, and 99 bytes
19181 per run of non-special characters in a @code{printf} format, but these
19182 bugs have been fixed on all practical hosts that we know of.
19184 HP-UX 11.00 and IRIX 6.5 Awk require that input files have a line length
19185 of at most 3070 bytes.
19187 @item @command{basename}
19188 @c ---------------------
19189 @prindex @command{basename}
19190 Long ago some hosts lacked a working @command{basename},
19191 and portable scripts needed to use @command{expr} instead.
19192 Nowadays it is safe to use @command{basename}. For example:
19195 base=`basename -- "$file"`
19198 @c AS_BASENAME is to be replaced by a better API.
19200 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}, and you should instead
19201 use @code{AS_BASENAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), followed by
19202 @command{expr} if you need to strip a suffix. For example:
19205 a=`basename "$aname"` # This is not portable.
19206 a=`AS_BASENAME(["$aname"])` # This is more portable.
19208 # This is not portable.
19209 c=`basename "$cname" .c`
19211 # This is more portable.
19212 c=`AS_BASENAME(["$cname"])`
19214 ?*.c) c=`expr "X$c" : 'X\(.*\)\.c'`;;
19220 @item @command{cat}
19221 @c ----------------
19222 @prindex @command{cat}
19223 Don't rely on any option.
19228 @prindex @command{cc}
19229 The command @samp{cc -c foo.c} traditionally produces an object file
19230 named @file{foo.o}. Most compilers allow @option{-c} to be combined
19231 with @option{-o} to specify a different object file name, but
19232 Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
19233 lack support for it. @xref{C Compiler}, for how GNU Make
19234 tests for this feature with @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}.
19236 When a compilation such as @samp{cc -o foo foo.c} fails, some compilers
19237 (such as CDS on Reliant Unix) leave a @file{foo.o}.
19239 HP-UX @command{cc} doesn't accept @file{.S} files to preprocess and
19240 assemble. @samp{cc -c foo.S} appears to succeed, but in fact does
19243 The default executable, produced by @samp{cc foo.c}, can be
19246 @item @file{a.out} -- usual Posix convention.
19247 @item @file{b.out} -- i960 compilers (including @command{gcc}).
19248 @item @file{a.exe} -- DJGPP port of @command{gcc}.
19249 @item @file{a_out.exe} -- GNV @command{cc} wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
19250 @item @file{foo.exe} -- various MS-DOS compilers.
19253 The C compiler's traditional name is @command{cc}, but other names like
19254 @command{gcc} are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 through 1003.1-2017 specify the
19255 name @command{c99}, but older Posix editions specified
19256 @command{c89}, future POSIX standards will likely specify
19257 other commands, and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
19258 practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
19259 @samp{$(CC)}, so the value of the @samp{CC} make variable selects the
19262 @item @command{chgrp}
19263 @itemx @command{chown}
19264 @c -------------------
19265 @prindex @command{chgrp}
19266 @prindex @command{chown}
19267 It is not portable to change a file's group to a group that the owner
19268 does not belong to.
19270 @item @command{chmod}
19271 @c ------------------
19272 @prindex @command{chmod}
19273 Avoid usages like @samp{chmod -w file}; use @samp{chmod a-w file}
19274 instead, for two reasons. First, plain @option{-w} does not necessarily
19275 make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that
19276 correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second,
19277 Posix says that the @option{-w} might be interpreted as an
19278 implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests
19279 using @samp{chmod -- -w file} to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately
19280 @samp{--} does not work on some older hosts.
19283 @item @command{cmp}
19284 @c ----------------
19285 @prindex @command{cmp}
19286 @command{cmp} performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
19287 @command{diff} compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
19288 DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
19289 @command{diff} to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
19295 @prindex @command{cp}
19296 The @option{-i}, @option{-f}, @option{-p} and @option{-R} options are
19297 widely used. POSIX also specifies @option{-H}, @option{-L}, and
19298 @option{-P}. Avoid other options in portable scripts.
19300 @cindex timestamp resolution
19301 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and @samp{cp
19302 -p} copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
19303 have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, some older
19304 @samp{cp -p} implementations truncate timestamps when copying files,
19305 which can cause the destination file to appear to be older than the
19306 source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
19307 the system calls that @command{cp} uses. Traditionally this was
19308 @code{utime}, which has 1-second resolution. Less-ancient @command{cp}
19309 implementations such as GNU Core Utilities 5.0.91 (2003) use
19310 @code{utimes}, which has 1-microsecond resolution. Modern
19311 implementations such as GNU Core Utilities 6.12 (2008) can set timestamps to
19312 the full nanosecond resolution, using the modern system calls
19313 @code{futimens} and @code{utimensat} when they are available. As of
19314 2011, though, many platforms do not yet fully support these new system
19317 Bob Proulx notes that @samp{cp -p} always @emph{tries} to copy
19318 ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
19319 system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
19320 kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
19321 it does not happen. It is not something @command{cp} itself has control
19324 In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
19325 V also has a non-sticky @file{/tmp}. That probably derives from the
19326 heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
19328 to be a more secure model where only root can @command{chown} files and
19329 a sticky @file{/tmp} is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
19330 of BSD in a campus environment.
19332 GNU/Linux and Solaris by default follow BSD, but
19333 can be configured to allow a System V style @command{chown}. On the
19334 other hand, HP-UX follows System V, but can
19335 be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
19336 @command{chown}. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
19337 you can't use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
19341 @item @command{date}
19342 @c -----------------
19343 @prindex @command{date}
19344 Some versions of @command{date} do not recognize special @samp{%} directives,
19345 and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
19346 and exit with success:
19350 OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha
19356 @item @command{diff}
19357 @c -----------------
19358 @prindex @command{diff}
19359 Option @option{-u} is nonportable.
19361 Some implementations, such as Tru64's, fail when comparing to
19362 @file{/dev/null}. Use an empty file instead.
19365 @item @command{dirname}
19366 @c --------------------
19367 @prindex @command{dirname}
19368 Long ago some hosts lacked a working @command{dirname} and portable
19369 scripts needed to use use @code{AS_DIRNAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}).
19370 Nowadays @command{dirname} suffices and the following are equivalent:
19373 dir=`dirname -- "$file"`
19374 dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
19378 @item @command{egrep}
19379 @c ------------------
19380 @prindex @command{egrep}
19381 Although Posix stopped requiring @command{egrep} in 2001,
19382 a few traditional hosts (notably Solaris 10) do not support the Posix
19383 replacement @code{grep -E}. Also, some traditional implementations do
19384 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
19385 @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}.
19387 Portable extended regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
19388 characters in the string @samp{$()*+.?[\^@{|}. For example, @samp{\@}}
19389 is not portable, even though it typically matches @samp{@}}.
19391 The empty alternative is not portable. Use @samp{?} instead. For
19392 instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
19395 > printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$'
19397 > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$'
19399 > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$'
19404 For more information about what can appear in portable extended regular
19405 expressions, @pxref{Problematic Expressions,,,grep, GNU Grep}.
19407 @command{$EGREP} also suffers the limitations of @command{grep}
19408 (@pxref{grep, , Limitations of Usual Tools}).
19410 @item @command{expr}
19411 @c -----------------
19412 @prindex @command{expr}
19413 Not all implementations obey the Posix rule that @samp{--} separates
19414 options from arguments; likewise, not all implementations provide the
19415 extension to Posix that the first argument can be treated as part of a
19416 valid expression rather than an invalid option if it begins with
19417 @samp{-}. When performing arithmetic, use @samp{expr 0 + $var} if
19418 @samp{$var} might be a negative number, to keep @command{expr} from
19419 interpreting it as an option.
19421 No @command{expr} keyword starts with @samp{X}, so use @samp{expr
19422 X"@var{word}" : 'X@var{regex}'} to keep @command{expr} from
19423 misinterpreting @var{word}.
19425 Don't use @code{length}, @code{substr}, @code{match} and @code{index}.
19427 @item @command{expr} (@samp{|})
19428 @prindex @command{expr} (@samp{|})
19429 You can use @samp{|}. Although Posix does require that @samp{expr
19430 ''} return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you
19431 @samp{|} together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For
19438 Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string
19439 for this case, but traditional Unix returns @samp{0} (Solaris is
19440 one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was
19441 changed to match traditional Unix's behavior (which is
19442 bizarre, but it's too late to fix this). Please note that the same
19443 problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation,
19447 expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
19451 Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
19454 @item @command{expr} (@samp{:})
19455 @c ----------------------------
19456 @prindex @command{expr}
19457 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should use @samp{\} to
19458 escape only characters in the string @samp{$()*.123456789[\^@{@}}.
19459 For example, alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not
19460 require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
19461 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
19463 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should not begin with
19464 @samp{^}. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading @samp{^} is
19467 On the other hand, the behavior of the @samp{$} anchor is not portable
19468 on multi-line strings. Posix is ambiguous whether the anchor applies to
19469 each line, as was done in older versions of the GNU Core Utilities, or
19470 whether it applies only to the end of the overall string, as in
19471 Coreutils 6.0 and most other implementations.
19476 $ @kbd{expr "X$baz" : 'X\(foo\)$'}
19478 $ @kbd{expr-5.97 "X$baz" : 'X\(foo\)$'}
19482 The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
19483 @samp{expr 'a' : '\(b\)'} outputs @samp{0} or the empty string.
19484 In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
19485 scripts should not assume this. For instance, the QNX 4.25 native
19486 @command{expr} returns @samp{0}.
19488 One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use
19489 the empty string as a default value:
19492 expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
19496 Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
19497 @command{expr} (@samp{|}) entry for more information.
19499 Some ancient @command{expr} implementations (e.g.,
19500 Solaris 10 @command{/usr/ucb/expr}) have a silly length limit that causes
19501 @command{expr} to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
19502 bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on @samp{echo|sed} if
19503 @command{expr} fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
19504 the rare installer who mistakenly puts @file{/usr/ucb} before
19505 @file{/usr/bin} in @env{PATH} on Solaris 10.
19507 On Mac OS X 10.4, @command{expr} mishandles the pattern @samp{[^-]} in
19508 some cases. For example, the command
19510 expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
19514 outputs @samp{apple-darwin8.1.0} rather than the correct @samp{darwin8.1.0}.
19515 This particular case can be worked around by substituting @samp{[^--]}
19518 Don't leave, there is some more!
19520 The QNX 4.25 @command{expr}, in addition of preferring @samp{0} to
19521 the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it's always 1
19522 when parentheses are used!
19525 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val"}
19527 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val"}
19530 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
19532 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
19537 In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
19538 of @command{expr} programs with some other method (such as using
19539 @command{sed}), since you may get twice the result. For instance
19542 $ @kbd{expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'}
19546 outputs @samp{a} on most hosts, but @samp{aa} on QNX 4.25. A
19547 simple workaround consists of testing @command{expr} and using a variable
19548 set to @command{expr} or to @command{false} according to the result.
19550 Tru64 @command{expr} incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
19551 can be interpreted that way:
19554 $ @kbd{expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'}
19558 On HP-UX 11, @command{expr} only supports a single
19562 $ @kbd{expr 'Xfoo' : 'X\(f\(oo\)*\)$'}
19563 expr: More than one '\(' was used.
19567 @item @command{fgrep}
19568 @c ------------------
19569 @prindex @command{fgrep}
19570 Although Posix stopped requiring @command{fgrep} in 2001,
19571 a few traditional hosts (notably Solaris 10) do not support the Posix
19572 replacement @code{grep -F}. Also, some traditional implementations do
19573 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
19574 @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and then use @code{$FGREP}.
19576 Tru64/OSF 5.1 @command{fgrep} does not match an empty pattern.
19579 @item @command{find}
19580 @c -----------------
19581 @prindex @command{find}
19582 Many operands of GNU @command{find} are not standardized by Posix and
19583 are missing on many platforms. These nonportable operands include
19584 @option{-follow}, @option{-maxdepth}, @option{-mindepth},
19585 @option{-printf}, and @option{,}. See the
19586 @uref{https://@/pubs.opengroup.org/@/onlinepubs/@/9699919799/@/utilities/@/find.html,
19587 Posix spec for @command{find}} for @command{find} operands that
19588 should be portable nowadays.
19590 The replacement of @samp{@{@}} is guaranteed only if the argument is
19591 exactly @emph{@{@}}, not if it's only a part of an argument. For
19592 instance, on HP-UX 11:
19596 $ @kbd{find . -name foo -exec echo "@{@}-@{@}" \;}
19601 while GNU @command{find} reports @samp{./foo-./foo}.
19602 Posix allows either behavior.
19606 @item @command{grep}
19607 @c -----------------
19608 @prindex @command{grep}
19609 Portable scripts can rely on the @command{grep} options @option{-c},
19610 @option{-l}, @option{-n}, and @option{-v}, but should avoid other
19611 options. For example, don't use @option{-w}, as Posix does not require
19612 it and Irix 6.5.16m's @command{grep} does not support it. Also,
19613 portable scripts should not combine @option{-c} with @option{-l},
19614 as Posix does not allow this.
19616 Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
19617 Don't use @samp{grep -q} to suppress output, because traditional @command{grep}
19618 implementations (e.g., Solaris 10) do not support @option{-q}.
19619 Don't use @samp{grep -s} to suppress output either, because Posix
19620 says @option{-s} does not suppress output, only some error messages;
19621 also, the @option{-s} option of traditional @command{grep} behaved
19622 like @option{-q} does in most modern implementations. Instead,
19623 redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
19624 doesn't exist) of @code{grep} to @file{/dev/null}. Check the exit
19625 status of @code{grep} to determine whether it found a match.
19627 The QNX4 implementation fails to count lines with @code{grep -c '$'},
19628 but works with @code{grep -c '^'}. Other alternatives for counting
19629 lines are to use @code{sed -n '$='} or @code{wc -l}.
19631 Some traditional @command{grep} implementations do not work on long
19632 input lines. On AIX the default @code{grep} silently truncates long
19633 lines on the input before matching.
19635 Also, traditional implementations do not support multiple regexps
19636 with @option{-e}: they either reject @option{-e} entirely (e.g., Solaris 10)
19637 or honor only the last pattern (e.g., IRIX 6.5 and NeXT). To
19638 work around these problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_GREP} and then use
19641 Another possible workaround for the multiple @option{-e} problem is to
19642 separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
19650 except that this fails with traditional @command{grep}
19651 implementations and with OpenBSD 3.8 @command{grep}.
19653 Traditional @command{grep} implementations (e.g., Solaris 10) do not
19654 support the @option{-E} or @option{-F} options. To work around these
19655 problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}, and
19656 similarly for @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and @code{$FGREP}. Even if you are
19657 willing to require support for Posix @command{grep}, your script should
19658 not use both @option{-E} and @option{-F}, since Posix does not allow
19661 Portable @command{grep} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to
19662 escape characters in the string @samp{$()*.123456789[\^@{@}}. For example,
19663 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
19664 support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
19665 portable scripts. Solaris and HP-UX @command{grep} do not support it.
19666 Similarly, the following escape sequences should also be avoided:
19667 @samp{\<}, @samp{\>}, @samp{\+}, @samp{\?}, @samp{\`}, @samp{\'},
19668 @samp{\B}, @samp{\b}, @samp{\S}, @samp{\s}, @samp{\W}, and @samp{\w}.
19669 For more information about what can appear in portable regular expressions,
19670 @pxref{Problematic Expressions,,, grep, GNU Grep}.
19672 Posix does not specify the behavior of @command{grep} on binary files.
19673 An example where this matters is using BSD @command{grep} to
19674 search text that includes embedded ANSI escape sequences for
19675 colored output to terminals (@samp{\033[m} is the sequence to restore
19676 normal output); the behavior depends on whether input is seekable:
19679 $ @kbd{printf 'esc\033[mape\n' > sample}
19680 $ @kbd{grep . sample}
19681 Binary file sample matches
19682 $ @kbd{cat sample | grep .}
19687 @item @command{join}
19688 @c -----------------
19689 @prindex @command{join}
19690 On NetBSD, @command{join -a 1 file1 file2} mistakenly behaves like
19691 @command{join -a 1 -a 2 1 file1 file2}, resulting in a usage warning;
19692 the workaround is to use @command{join -a1 file1 file2} instead.
19694 On some circa-2020 BSD-based systems @command{join} mishandles inputs
19695 with missing fields. For example, an empty line is not treated as
19696 containing an empty join field. As a workaround, input lines should
19697 always have a join field.
19699 On platforms with the BusyBox tools, the @command{join} command is
19700 entirely missing. As a workaround, you can simulate special cases of the
19701 @command{join} command using an @command{awk} script. For an example,
19702 see @url{https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2021-04/msg00054.html}.
19707 @prindex @command{ln}
19708 The @option{-f} option is portable nowadays.
19710 @cindex Symbolic links
19711 Symbolic links are not available on some systems; use @samp{$(LN_S)} as
19712 a portable substitute.
19714 For versions of the DJGPP before 2.04,
19715 @command{ln} emulates symbolic links
19716 to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
19717 program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
19718 Posix spec. So @samp{ln -s file link} generates @file{link.exe},
19719 which attempts to call @file{file.exe} if run. But this feature only
19720 works for executables, so @samp{cp -p} is used instead for these
19721 systems. DJGPP versions 2.04 and later have full support
19722 for symbolic links.
19727 @prindex @command{ls}
19728 @cindex Listing directories
19729 The portable options are @option{-acdilrtu}. Current practice is for
19730 @option{-l} to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
19731 of @command{ls} omitted the group.
19733 On ancient hosts, @samp{ls foo} sent the diagnostic @samp{foo not found}
19734 to standard output if @file{foo} did not exist. Hence a shell command
19735 like @samp{sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`} did not always work, since it
19736 was equivalent to @samp{sources='*.c not found'} in the absence of
19737 @samp{.c} files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
19738 @command{ls} implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
19740 The behavior of @command{ls} on a directory that is being concurrently
19741 modified is not always predictable, because of a data race where cached
19742 information returned by @code{readdir} does not match the current
19743 directory state. In fact, Mac OS X 10.5 had an intermittent bug where
19744 @code{readdir}, and thus @command{ls}, sometimes lists a file more than
19745 once if other files were added or removed from the directory immediately
19746 prior to the @command{ls} call. Since @command{ls} already sorts its
19747 output, the duplicate entries can be avoided by piping the results
19748 through @code{uniq}.
19751 @item @command{mkdir}
19752 @c ------------------
19753 @prindex @command{mkdir}
19754 @cindex Making directories
19755 Combining the @option{-m} and @option{-p} options, as in @samp{mkdir -m
19756 go-w -p @var{dir}}, often leads to trouble. FreeBSD
19757 @command{mkdir} incorrectly attempts to change the permissions of
19758 @var{dir} even if it already exists. HP-UX 11.23 and
19759 IRIX 6.5 @command{mkdir} often assign the wrong permissions to
19760 any newly-created parents of @var{dir}.
19762 Posix does not clearly specify whether @samp{mkdir -p foo}
19763 should succeed when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to an already-existing
19764 directory. The GNU @command{mkdir}
19765 succeeds, but Solaris 10 @command{mkdir} fails.
19767 Traditional @code{mkdir -p} implementations suffer from race conditions.
19768 For example, if you invoke @code{mkdir -p a/b} and @code{mkdir -p a/c}
19769 at the same time, both processes might detect that @file{a} is missing,
19770 one might create @file{a}, then the other might try to create @file{a}
19771 and fail with a @code{File exists} diagnostic. Solaris 10 @command{mkdir}
19772 is vulnerable, and other traditional Unix systems are
19773 probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
19774 builds when several Make rules call @code{mkdir -p} to
19775 construct directories. You may use
19776 @code{install-sh -d} as a safe replacement, for example by setting
19777 @samp{MKDIR_P='/path/to/install-sh -d'} in the environment of
19778 @command{configure}, assuming the package distributes @file{install-sh}.
19780 @item @command{mkfifo}
19781 @itemx @command{mknod}
19782 @c -------------------
19783 @prindex @command{mkfifo}
19784 @prindex @command{mknod}
19785 The GNU Coding Standards state that @command{mknod} is safe to use on
19786 platforms where it has been tested to exist; but it is generally portable
19787 only for creating named FIFOs, since device numbers are
19788 platform-specific. Autotest uses @command{mkfifo} to implement parallel
19789 testsuites. Posix states that behavior is unspecified when opening a
19790 named FIFO for both reading and writing; on at least Cygwin, this
19791 results in failure on any attempt to read or write to that file
19794 @item @command{mktemp}
19795 @c -------------------
19796 @prindex @command{mktemp}
19797 @cindex Creating temporary files
19798 Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with @command{mktemp}, but
19799 it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
19800 temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
19801 use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
19802 gaining control, though @command{mktemp} is far less likely to fail
19803 gratuitously under attack.
19805 Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory @samp{$dir} safely:
19808 # Create a temporary directory $dir in $TMPDIR (default /tmp).
19809 # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir,
19810 # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely.
19811 : "$@{TMPDIR:=/tmp@}"
19814 (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null
19818 dir=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM
19819 @c $$ restore font-lock
19820 (umask 077 && mkdir "$dir")
19827 @prindex @command{mv}
19828 @cindex Moving open files
19829 The only portable options are @option{-f} and @option{-i}.
19831 Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix
19833 but it is not always atomic: when doing @samp{mv new existing}, there's
19834 a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of
19835 @file{existing} actually exists.
19837 On some systems moving files from @file{/tmp} can sometimes cause
19838 undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
19839 files. This is because @file{/tmp} belongs to a group that ordinary
19840 users are not members of, and files created in @file{/tmp} inherit
19841 the group of @file{/tmp}. When the file is copied, @command{mv} issues
19842 a diagnostic without failing:
19845 $ @kbd{touch /tmp/foo}
19846 $ @kbd{mv /tmp/foo .}
19847 @error{}mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted
19855 This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
19857 Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use @command{cp}
19860 DOS variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
19861 support commands like @samp{mv foo bar >foo}, even though this is
19862 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
19867 @prindex @command{od}
19869 In Mac OS X versions prior to 10.4.3, @command{od} does not support the
19870 standard Posix options @option{-A}, @option{-j}, @option{-N}, or
19871 @option{-t}, or the XSI option, @option{-s}. The only
19872 supported Posix option is @option{-v}, and the only supported
19873 XSI options are those in @option{-bcdox}. The BSD
19874 @command{hexdump} program can be used instead.
19876 In some versions of some operating systems derived from Solaris 11,
19877 @command{od} prints decimal byte values padded with zeros rather than
19881 $ @kbd{printf '#!' | od -A n -t d1 -N 2}
19889 $ @kbd{printf '#!' | od -A n -t d1 -N 2}
19893 We have observed this on both OpenIndiana and OmniOS;
19894 Illumos may also be affected.
19895 As a workaround, you can use octal output (option @code{-t o1}).
19900 @prindex @command{rm}
19901 The @option{-f} and @option{-r} options are portable.
19903 It is not portable to invoke @command{rm} without options or operands.
19904 On the other hand, Posix now requires @command{rm -f} to silently
19905 succeed when there are no operands (useful for constructs like
19906 @command{rm -rf $filelist} without first checking if @samp{$filelist}
19907 was empty). But this was not always portable; at least NetBSD
19908 @command{rm} built before 2008 would fail with a diagnostic.
19910 A file might not be removed even if its parent directory is writable
19911 and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named
19912 stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being
19915 DOS variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
19916 support commands like @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
19917 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
19919 @item @command{rmdir}
19920 @c ------------------
19921 @prindex @command{rmdir}
19922 Just as with @command{rm}, some platforms refuse to remove a working
19926 @item @command{sed}
19927 @c ----------------
19928 @prindex @command{sed}
19929 Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
19930 of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
19931 @command{sed} rejects @samp{s/[^/]*$//}: use @samp{s%[^/]*$%%}.
19932 Even when escaped, patterns should not include separators that are also
19933 used as @command{sed} metacharacters. For example, GNU sed 4.0.9 rejects
19934 @samp{s,x\@{1\,\@},,}, while sed 4.1 strips the backslash before the comma
19935 before evaluating the basic regular expression.
19937 Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., @samp{\(\)}). Posix does
19938 not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 @command{sed} rejects
19941 Unicos 9 @command{sed} loops endlessly on patterns like @samp{.*\n.*}.
19943 Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 7 characters and
19944 should not contain comments; AIX 5.3 @command{sed} rejects indented comments.
19945 HP-UX sed has a limit of 99 commands (not counting @samp{:} commands) and
19946 48 labels, which cannot be circumvented by using more than one script
19947 file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the @samp{r} command per cycle.
19948 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/sed} rejects usages that exceed a limit of
19949 about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
19951 Avoid redundant @samp{;}, as some @command{sed} implementations, such as
19952 NetBSD 1.4.2's, incorrectly try to interpret the second
19953 @samp{;} as a command:
19956 $ @kbd{echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/'}
19957 sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
19960 Some @command{sed} implementations have a buffer limited to 4000 bytes,
19961 and this limits the size of input lines, output lines, and internal
19962 buffers that can be processed portably. Likewise,
19963 not all @command{sed} implementations can handle embedded @code{NUL} or
19964 a missing trailing newline.
19966 Remember that ranges within a bracket expression of a regular expression
19967 are only well-defined in the @samp{C} (or @samp{POSIX}) locale.
19968 Meanwhile, support for character classes like @samp{[[:upper:]]} is not
19969 yet universal, so if you cannot guarantee the setting of @env{LC_ALL},
19970 it is better to spell out a range @samp{[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]}
19971 than to rely on @samp{[A-Z]}.
19973 Additionally, Posix states that regular expressions are only
19974 well-defined on characters. Unfortunately, there exist platforms such
19975 as Mac OS X 10.5 where not all 8-bit byte values are valid characters,
19976 even though that platform has a single-byte @samp{C} locale. And Posix
19977 allows the existence of a multi-byte @samp{C} locale, although that does
19978 not yet appear to be a common implementation. At any rate, it means
19979 that not all bytes will be matched by the regular expression @samp{.}:
19982 $ @kbd{printf '\200\n' | LC_ALL=C sed -n /./p | wc -l}
19984 $ @kbd{printf '\200\n' | LC_ALL=en_US.ISO8859-1 sed -n /./p | wc -l}
19988 Portable @command{sed} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
19989 characters in the string @samp{$()*.123456789[\^n@{@}}. For example,
19990 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
19991 support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
19992 @command{sed} does not support alternation; e.g., @samp{sed '/a\|b/d'}
19993 deletes only lines that contain the literal string @samp{a|b}.
19994 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
19996 Anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$}) inside groups are not portable.
19998 Nested parentheses in patterns (e.g., @samp{\(\(a*\)b*)\)}) are
19999 quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
20000 @command{sed} implementations like SVR3.
20002 Some @command{sed} implementations, e.g., Solaris, restrict the special
20003 role of the asterisk @samp{*} to one-character regular expressions and
20004 back-references, and the special role of interval expressions
20005 @samp{\@{@var{m}\@}}, @samp{\@{@var{m},\@}}, or @samp{\@{@var{m},@var{n}\@}}
20006 to one-character regular expressions. This may lead to unexpected behavior:
20009 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
20011 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
20015 The @option{-e} option is mostly portable.
20016 However, its argument
20017 cannot start with @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i},
20018 as this runs afoul of a Tru64 5.1 bug.
20019 Also, its argument cannot be empty, as this fails on AIX 5.3.
20020 Some people prefer to use @samp{-e}:
20023 sed -e '@var{command-1}' \
20024 -e '@var{command-2}'
20028 as opposed to the equivalent:
20038 The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
20041 sed '@var{command-1};@var{command-2}'
20044 but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if
20045 @var{command-1}'s verb is @samp{@{}, @samp{a}, @samp{b}, @samp{c},
20046 @samp{i}, @samp{r}, @samp{t}, @samp{w}, @samp{:}, or @samp{#}, so you
20047 should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these
20050 Posix up to the 2008 revision requires the argument of the @option{-e}
20051 option to be a syntactically complete script. GNU @command{sed} allows
20052 to pass multiple script fragments, each as argument of a separate
20053 @option{-e} option, that are then combined, with newlines between the
20054 fragments, and a future Posix revision may allow this as well. This
20055 approach is not portable with script fragments ending in backslash; for
20056 example, the @command{sed} programs on Solaris 10, HP-UX 11, and AIX
20057 don't allow splitting in this case:
20060 $ @kbd{echo a | sed -n -e 'i\}
20063 $ @kbd{echo a | sed -n -e 'i\' -e 0}
20064 Unrecognized command: 0
20068 In practice, however, this technique of joining fragments
20069 through @option{-e} works for multiple @command{sed} functions within
20070 @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}, even if that is not specified by Posix:
20073 @c The quote around the closing brace silences interactive zsh.
20074 $ @kbd{echo a | sed -n -e '/a/@{' -e s/a/b/ -e p -e '@}'}
20078 Commands inside @{ @} brackets are further restricted. Posix 2008 says that
20079 they cannot be preceded by addresses, @samp{!}, or @samp{;}, and that
20080 each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any
20081 intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on
20082 a line, other than white space preceding or following it. However, a
20083 future version of Posix may standardize the use of addresses within brackets.
20085 Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use @samp{&} in
20086 the replacement part of the @code{s} command to mean ``what was
20087 matched''. All descendants of Unix version 7 @command{sed}
20089 don't have first hand experience with older @command{sed} implementations) have
20092 Posix requires that you must not have any white space between
20093 @samp{!} and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between
20094 the address and the @samp{!}. For instance, on Solaris:
20097 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p'}
20098 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p
20099 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p'}
20100 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/! p
20101 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p'}
20105 Posix also says that you should not combine @samp{!} and @samp{;}. If
20106 you use @samp{!}, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by
20107 newlines rather than @samp{;}.
20109 Also note that Posix requires that the @samp{b}, @samp{t}, @samp{r}, and
20110 @samp{w} commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument.
20111 On the other hand, no white space is allowed between @samp{:} and the
20112 subsequent label name.
20114 If a sed script is specified on the command line and ends in an
20115 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i} command, the last line of inserted text
20116 should be followed by a newline. Otherwise some @command{sed}
20117 implementations (e.g., OpenBSD 3.9) do not append a newline to the
20120 Many @command{sed} implementations (e.g., Mac OS X 10.4,
20121 OpenBSD 3.9, Solaris 10
20122 @command{/usr/ucb/sed}) strip leading white space from the text of
20123 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, and @samp{i} commands. Prepend a backslash to
20124 work around this incompatibility with Posix:
20127 $ @kbd{echo flushleft | sed 'a\}
20132 $ @kbd{echo foo | sed 'a\}
20139 Posix requires that with an empty regular expression, the last non-empty
20140 regular expression from either an address specification or substitution
20141 command is applied. However, busybox 1.6.1 complains when using a
20142 substitution command with a replacement containing a back-reference to
20143 an empty regular expression; the workaround is repeating the regular
20147 $ @kbd{echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s//\1/'}
20148 sed: No previous regexp.
20149 $ @kbd{echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s/a\(b\)c/\1/'}
20153 Portable scripts should be aware of the inconsistencies and options for
20154 handling word boundaries, as these are not specified by POSIX.
20158 Solaris 10 yes no no
20159 Solaris XPG4 yes no error
20160 NetBSD 5.1 no no yes
20161 FreeBSD 9.1 no no yes
20163 busybox yes yes error
20166 @item @command{sed} (@samp{t})
20167 @c ---------------------------
20168 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{t})
20169 Some old systems have @command{sed} that ``forget'' to reset their
20170 @samp{t} flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on MIPS
20171 RISC/OS, and on IRIX 5.3, if you run the following @command{sed}
20172 script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
20175 s/keep me/kept/g # a
20211 Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the @samp{t}
20212 flag, and the output is produced. When processing
20213 line 2, the @samp{t} flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
20214 fails to match, but @command{sed} is not supposed to clear the @samp{t}
20215 flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
20216 therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get @samp{delete me}
20217 instead of @samp{deleted}. When processing line (3), @samp{t} is clear,
20218 (a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
20219 Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
20221 There are two things one should remember about @samp{t} in @command{sed}.
20222 Firstly, always remember that @samp{t} jumps if @emph{some} substitution
20223 succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
20224 always use a fake @samp{t clear} followed by a @samp{:clear} on the next
20225 line, to reset the @samp{t} flag where needed.
20227 Secondly, you cannot rely on @command{sed} to clear the flag at each new
20230 One portable implementation of the script above is:
20241 @item @command{sed} (@samp{w})
20242 @c ---------------------------
20243 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{w})
20245 When a script contains multiple commands to write lines to the same
20246 output file, BusyBox @command{sed} mistakenly opens a separate output
20247 stream for each command. This can cause one of the commands to ``win''
20248 and the others to ``lose'', in the sense that their output is discarded.
20261 This might output only @samp{a} to @file{xxx}; the @samp{b} is lost.
20262 To avoid the problem, a portable script should contain at most one
20263 @samp{w} or @samp{s/.../.../w} command per output file.
20265 @item @command{sleep}
20266 @c ------------------
20267 @prindex @command{sleep}
20268 Using @command{sleep} is generally portable. However, remember that
20269 adding a @command{sleep} to work around timestamp issues, with a minimum
20270 granularity of one second, doesn't scale well for parallel builds on
20271 modern machines with sub-second process completion.
20273 @item @command{sort}
20274 @c -----------------
20275 @prindex @command{sort}
20276 Remember that sort order is influenced by the current locale. Inside
20277 @file{configure}, the C locale is in effect, but in Makefile snippets,
20278 you may need to specify @code{LC_ALL=C sort}.
20280 @item @command{tar}
20281 @c ----------------
20282 @prindex @command{tar}
20283 There are multiple file formats for @command{tar}; if you use Automake,
20284 the macro @code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE} has some options controlling which
20285 level of portability to use.
20288 @item @command{touch}
20289 @c ------------------
20290 @prindex @command{touch}
20291 @cindex timestamp resolution
20292 If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the @option{-r}
20293 option), older @command{touch} implementations use the @code{utime} or
20294 @code{utimes} system call, which can result in the same kind of
20295 timestamp truncation problems that @samp{cp -p} has.
20299 @prindex @command{tr}
20300 @cindex carriage return, deleting
20301 @cindex newline, deleting
20302 @cindex deleting carriage return
20303 Not all versions of @command{tr} handle all backslash character escapes.
20304 For example, Solaris 10 @command{/usr/ucb/tr} falls over, even though
20305 Solaris contains more modern @command{tr} in other locations.
20306 Using octal escapes is more portable for carriage returns, since
20307 @samp{\015} is the same for both ASCII and EBCDIC, and since use of
20308 literal carriage returns in scripts causes a number of other problems.
20309 But for other characters, like newline, using octal escapes ties the
20310 operation to ASCII, so it is better to use literal characters.
20313 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\n' ; echo}
20316 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/bin/tr -d '\n' ; echo}
20318 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\012' ; echo}
20321 @kbd{'; @{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/ucb/tr -d "$nl" ; echo}
20325 Not all versions of @command{tr} recognize direct ranges of characters: at
20326 least Solaris @command{/usr/bin/tr} still fails to do so. But you can
20327 use @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/tr} instead, or add brackets (which in Posix
20328 transliterate to themselves).
20331 $ @kbd{echo "Hazy Fantazy" | LC_ALL=C /usr/bin/tr a-z A-Z}
20333 $ @kbd{echo "Hazy Fantazy" | LC_ALL=C /usr/bin/tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'}
20335 $ @kbd{echo "Hazy Fantazy" | LC_ALL=C /usr/xpg4/bin/tr a-z A-Z}
20339 When providing two arguments, be sure the second string is at least as
20343 $ @kbd{echo abc | /usr/xpg4/bin/tr bc d}
20345 $ @kbd{echo abc | coreutils/tr bc d}
20349 On platforms with the BusyBox tools, @command{tr} does not support the
20350 @code{[@var{x}*@var{n}]} option syntax.
20353 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr 'abcd' '[A*4]'}
20355 $ @kbd{echo abc | coreutils/tr 'abcd' '[A*4]'}
20357 $ @kbd{echo xyz | tr 'a-z' '[A*]'}
20359 $ @kbd{echo xyz | coreutils/tr 'a-z' '[A*]'}
20363 Posix requires @command{tr} to operate on binary files. But at least
20364 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/tr} and @command{/usr/bin/tr} silently discard
20365 @code{NUL} in the input prior to doing any translation. When using
20366 @command{tr} to process a binary file that may contain @code{NUL} bytes,
20367 it is necessary to use @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/tr} instead, or
20368 @command{/usr/xpg6/bin/tr} if that is available.
20371 $ @kbd{printf 'a\0b' | /usr/ucb/tr x x | od -An -tx1}
20373 $ @kbd{printf 'a\0b' | /usr/bin/tr x x | od -An -tx1}
20375 $ @kbd{printf 'a\0b' | /usr/xpg4/bin/tr x x | od -An -tx1}
20379 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/tr} additionally fails to handle @samp{\0} as the
20380 octal escape for @code{NUL}.
20383 $ @kbd{printf 'abc' | /usr/ucb/tr 'bc' '\0d' | od -An -tx1}
20385 $ @kbd{printf 'abc' | /usr/bin/tr 'bc' '\0d' | od -An -tx1}
20387 $ @kbd{printf 'abc' | /usr/xpg4/bin/tr 'bc' '\0d' | od -An -tx1}
20394 @node Portable Make
20395 @chapter Portable Make Programming
20396 @prindex @command{make}
20397 @cindex Limitations of @command{make}
20399 Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile's commands are
20400 executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
20401 already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to @command{make}
20405 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
20406 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
20407 * Command Line Prefixes:: What's at the start of makefile command lines
20408 * Special Chars in Names:: Special characters in macro names
20409 * Backslash-Newline-Empty:: Empty lines after backslash-newline
20410 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
20411 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
20412 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
20413 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
20414 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
20415 * Parallel Make:: Parallel @command{make} quirks
20416 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
20417 * Newlines in Make Rules:: Using literal newlines in rules
20418 * Comments in Make Macros:: Other problems with Make comments in macros
20419 * Trailing whitespace in Make Macros:: Macro substitution problems
20420 * Command-line Macros and whitespace:: Whitespace trimming of values
20421 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
20422 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
20423 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
20424 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
20425 * Timestamps and Make:: Sub-second timestamp resolution
20428 @node $< in Ordinary Make Rules
20429 @section @code{$<} in Ordinary Make Rules
20431 Posix says that the @samp{$<} construct in makefiles can be
20432 used only in inference rules and in the @samp{.DEFAULT} rule; its
20433 meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris @command{make}
20434 for instance replaces it with the empty string. OpenBSD (3.0 and
20435 later) @command{make} diagnoses these uses and errors out.
20437 @node Failure in Make Rules
20438 @section Failure in Make Rules
20440 Unless errors are being ignored
20441 (e.g., because a makefile command line is preceded by a @samp{-} prefix),
20442 Posix 2008 requires that @command{make} must invoke each command with
20443 the equivalent of a @samp{sh -e -c} subshell, which causes the
20444 subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails,
20445 with some complicated exceptions.
20446 Historically not all @command{make} implementations
20447 followed this rule. For
20448 example, the command @samp{touch T; rm -f U} may attempt to
20449 remove @file{U} even if the @command{touch} fails, although this is not
20450 permitted with Posix make. One way to work around failures in simple
20451 commands is to reword them so that they always succeed, e.g., @samp{touch
20453 However, even this approach can run into common bugs in BSD
20454 implementations of the @option{-e} option of @command{sh} and
20455 @command{set} (@pxref{set, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}), so if you
20457 about porting to buggy BSD shells it may be simpler to migrate
20458 complicated @command{make} actions into separate scripts.
20460 @node Command Line Prefixes
20461 @section Makefile Command Line Prefixes
20463 Makefile command lines can be preceded by zero or more of
20464 the command line prefixes @samp{-}, @samp{@@}, and @samp{+},
20465 which modify how @command{make} processes the command.
20466 Although Posix says these are the only command line prefixes,
20467 some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris @command{make},
20468 support the additional prefixes @samp{!} and @samp{?}.
20469 Portable makefiles should therefore avoid using these two characters at
20470 the start of a makefile command line.
20474 mishandled-by-Solaris-make:; ! grep FIXME foo.c
20475 portable-to-Solaris-make:; :;! grep FIXME foo.c
20478 @node Special Chars in Names
20479 @section Special Characters in Make Macro Names
20481 Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
20482 ASCII letters and digits, @samp{.}, and @samp{_}. Many
20483 @command{make} implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
20484 portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
20485 with a special character, e.g., @samp{$(.FOO)}.
20487 Some ancient @command{make} implementations don't support leading
20488 underscores in macro names. An example is NEWS-OS 4.2R.
20491 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20494 all:; @@echo this is test
20496 Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop.
20497 $ @kbd{cat Makefile2}
20500 all:; @@echo this is test
20501 $ @kbd{make -f Makefile2}
20506 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
20508 @node Backslash-Newline-Empty
20509 @section Backslash-Newline Before Empty Lines
20511 @c This has been seen on ia64 hpux 11.20, and on one hppa hpux 10.20,
20512 @c but another hppa hpux 10.20 didn't have it. Bob Proulx
20513 @c <bob@proulx.com> thinks it was in hpux 8.0 too.
20514 On some versions of HP-UX, @command{make} reads multiple newlines
20515 following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
20529 shows @code{FOO} equal to @code{one BAR = two}. Other implementations
20530 sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
20533 @node Backslash-Newline Comments
20534 @section Backslash-Newline in Make Comments
20536 According to Posix, Make comments start with @code{#}
20537 and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
20540 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20547 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
20552 However this is not always the case. Some implementations
20553 discard everything from @code{#} through the end of the line, ignoring any
20554 trailing backslash.
20557 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
20558 "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator
20559 Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
20563 Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
20564 line with @code{#}, not only the first.
20572 @node Long Lines in Makefiles
20573 @section Long Lines in Makefiles
20575 Tru64 5.1's @command{make} has been reported to crash when given a
20576 makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
20577 reported to exit with @code{Line too long} diagnostics.
20579 @node Macros and Submakes
20580 @section @code{make macro=value} and Submakes
20582 A command-line variable definition such as @code{foo=bar} overrides any
20583 definition of @code{foo} in a makefile. Some @command{make}
20584 implementations (such as GNU @command{make}) propagate this
20585 override to subsidiary invocations of @command{make}. Some other
20586 implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
20589 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20596 $ @kbd{make foo=bar} # GNU make 3.79.1
20599 make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl'
20601 make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl'
20602 $ @kbd{pmake foo=bar} # BSD make
20608 You have a few possibilities if you do want the @code{foo=bar} override
20609 to propagate to submakes. One is to use the @option{-e}
20610 option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
20611 the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
20615 $ @kbd{env foo=bar make -e}
20618 The @option{-e} option is propagated to submakes automatically,
20619 and since the environment is inherited between @command{make}
20620 invocations, the @code{foo} macro is overridden in
20621 submakes as expected.
20623 This syntax (@code{foo=bar make -e}) is portable only when used
20624 outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
20625 command line. When run inside a @command{make} rule, GNU
20626 @command{make} 3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
20627 @option{-e} option to submakes.
20629 Moreover, using @option{-e} could have unexpected side effects if your
20630 environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
20631 makefile. (See also the note about @code{make -e} and @code{SHELL}
20634 If you can foresee all macros that a user might want to override, then
20635 you can propagate them to submakes manually, from your makefile:
20641 $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two
20646 Another way to propagate a variable to submakes in a portable way is to
20647 expand an extra variable in every invocation of @samp{$(MAKE)} within
20654 $(MAKE) $(SUBMAKEFLAGS) two
20659 Users must be aware that this technique is in use to take advantage of
20660 it, e.g.@: with @code{make foo=bar SUBMAKEFLAGS='foo=bar'}, but it
20661 allows any macro to be overridden. Makefiles generated by
20662 @command{automake} use this technique, expanding @code{$(AM_MAKEFLAGS)}
20663 on the command lines of submakes (@pxref{Subdirectories, , Automake,
20664 automake, GNU Automake}).
20666 @node The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
20667 @section The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
20668 @cindex @code{MAKEFLAGS} and @command{make}
20669 @cindex @command{make} and @code{MAKEFLAGS}
20671 Posix requires @command{make} to use @code{MAKEFLAGS} to affect the
20672 current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
20673 several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
20674 @code{$MAKEFLAGS} to determine whether @option{-s} for silent execution
20675 or @option{-k} for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
20676 cannot assume that the first space-separated word in @code{$MAKEFLAGS}
20677 contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
20678 GNU @command{make} it is either @option{--unix} or
20679 @option{--win32} with the second word containing single-letter options.
20682 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20684 @@echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS)
20688 MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
20691 @node The Make Macro SHELL
20692 @section The Make Macro @code{SHELL}
20693 @cindex @code{SHELL} and @command{make}
20694 @cindex @command{make} and @code{SHELL}
20696 Posix-compliant @command{make} internally uses the @code{$(SHELL)}
20697 macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
20698 is a builtin macro supplied by @command{make}, but it can be modified
20699 by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
20701 Not all @command{make} implementations define this @code{SHELL} macro.
20703 @command{make} is an example; this implementation always uses
20704 @code{/bin/sh}. So it's a good idea to always define @code{SHELL} in
20705 your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
20712 If you use Automake, this is done for you.
20714 Do not force @code{SHELL = /bin/sh} because that is not correct
20715 everywhere. Remember, @file{/bin/sh} is not Posix compliant on many
20716 systems, such as FreeBSD 4, NetBSD 3, AIX 3, Solaris 10, or Tru64.
20717 Additionally, DJGPP lacks @code{/bin/sh}, and when its
20718 GNU @command{make} port sees such a setting it enters a
20719 special emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are
20720 emulated on top of DOS's @command{command.com}. Unfortunately this
20721 emulation is incomplete; for instance it does not handle command
20722 substitutions. Using @code{@@SHELL@@} means that your makefile will
20723 benefit from the same improved shell, such as @command{bash} or
20724 @command{ksh}, that was discovered during @command{configure}, so that
20725 you aren't fighting two different sets of shell bugs between the two
20728 Posix-compliant @command{make} should never acquire the value of
20729 $(SHELL) from the environment, even when @code{make -e} is used
20730 (otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
20731 @code{SHELL=/bin/tcsh}).
20733 However not all @command{make} implementations have this exception.
20734 For instance it's not surprising that Tru64 @command{make} doesn't
20735 protect @code{SHELL}, since it doesn't use it.
20738 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20744 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e} # Tru64 Make
20747 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e} # GNU make
20752 Conversely, @command{make} is not supposed to export any changes to the
20753 macro @code{SHELL} to child processes. Again, many implementations
20757 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20761 $ @kbd{env SHELL=sh make -e SHELL=/bin/ksh} # BSD Make, GNU make 3.80
20764 $ @kbd{env SHELL=sh gmake -e SHELL=/bin/ksh} # GNU make 3.81
20769 @node Parallel Make
20770 @section Parallel Make
20771 @cindex Parallel @command{make}
20773 Support for parallel execution in @command{make} implementation varies.
20774 Generally, using GNU make is your best bet.
20776 When NetBSD or FreeBSD @command{make} are run in parallel mode, they will
20777 reuse the same shell for multiple commands within one recipe. This can
20778 have various unexpected consequences. For example, changes of directories
20779 or variables persist between recipes, so that:
20783 @@var=value; cd /; pwd; echo $$var; echo $$$$
20784 @@pwd; echo $$var; echo $$$$
20788 may output the following with @code{make -j1}, at least on NetBSD up to
20789 5.1 and FreeBSD up to 8.2:
20801 while without @option{-j1}, or with @option{-B}, the output looks less
20814 Another consequence is that, if one command in a recipe uses @code{exit 0}
20815 to indicate a successful exit, the shell will be gone and the remaining
20816 commands of this recipe will not be executed.
20818 The BSD @command{make} implementations, when run in parallel mode,
20819 will also pass the @command{Makefile} recipes to the shell through
20820 its standard input, thus making it unusable from the recipes:
20823 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20825 @@read line; echo LINE: $$line
20826 @c $$ @c restore font-lock
20827 $ @kbd{echo foo | make read}
20829 $ @kbd{echo foo | make -j1 read} # NetBSD 5.1 and FreeBSD 8.2
20834 Moreover, when FreeBSD @command{make} (up at least to 8.2) is run in
20835 parallel mode, it implements the @code{@@} and @code{-} ``recipe
20836 modifiers'' by dynamically modifying the active shell flags. This
20837 behavior has the effects of potentially clobbering the exit status
20838 of recipes silenced with the @code{@@} modifier if they also unset
20839 the @option{errexit} shell flag, and of mangling the output in
20843 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20845 @@echo $$-; set +e; false
20847 -echo $$-; false; echo set -
20848 $ @kbd{make a; echo status: $?}
20852 $ @kbd{make -j1 a; echo status: $?}
20856 echo $-; echo set -
20864 You can avoid all these issues by using the @option{-B} option to enable
20865 compatibility semantics. However, that will effectively also disable
20866 all parallelism as that will cause prerequisites to be updated in the
20867 order they are listed in a rule.
20869 Some make implementations (among them, FreeBSD @command{make}, NetBSD
20870 @command{make}, and Solaris @command{dmake}), when invoked with a
20871 @option{-j@var{N}} option, connect the standard output and standard
20872 error of all their child processes to pipes or temporary regular
20873 files. This can lead to subtly different semantics in the behavior
20874 of the spawned processes. For example, even if the @command{make}
20875 standard output is connected to a tty, the recipe command will not be:
20878 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
20880 @@test -t 1 && echo "Is a tty" || echo "Is not a tty"
20881 $ @kbd{make -j 2} # FreeBSD 8.2 make
20883 $ @kbd{make -j 2} # NetBSD 5.1 make
20886 $ @kbd{dmake -j 2} # Solaris 10 dmake
20887 @var{hostname} --> 1 job
20888 @var{hostname} --> Job output
20896 $ @kbd{make -j 2} # GNU make, Heirloom make
20901 The above examples also show additional status output produced in parallel
20902 mode for targets being updated by Solaris @command{dmake} and NetBSD
20903 @command{make} (but @emph{not} by FreeBSD @command{make}).
20905 Furthermore, parallel runs of those @command{make} implementations will
20906 route standard error from commands that they spawn into their own
20907 standard output, and may remove leading whitespace from output lines.
20910 @node Comments in Make Rules
20911 @section Comments in Make Rules
20912 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} rules
20913 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and comments
20915 Never put comments in a rule.
20917 Some @command{make} treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
20918 the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a @code{#}.
20919 The @command{make} from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
20920 makefile runs @code{# foo} through the shell.
20927 As a workaround, you can use the @command{:} no-op command with a string
20928 argument that gets ignored:
20935 Conversely, if you want to use the @samp{#} character in some command,
20936 you can only do so by expanding it inside a rule (@pxref{Comments in
20937 Make Macros}). So for example, if @samp{COMMENT_CHAR} is substituted by
20938 @command{config.status} as @samp{#}, then the following substitutes
20939 @samp{@@COMMENT_CHAR@@} in a generated header:
20943 sed -e 's|@@''COMMENT_CHAR''@@|@@COMMENT_CHAR@@|g' \
20944 $(srcdir)/foo.h.in > $@@
20947 The funny shell quoting avoids a substitution at @command{config.status}
20948 run time of the left-hand side of the @command{sed} @samp{s} command.
20950 @node Newlines in Make Rules
20951 @section Newlines in Make Rules
20952 @cindex Newlines in @file{Makefile} rules
20953 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and newlines
20955 In shell scripts, newlines can be used inside string literals. But in
20956 the shell statements of @file{Makefile} rules, this is not possible:
20957 A newline not preceded by a backslash is a separator between shell
20958 statements. Whereas a newline that is preceded by a backslash becomes
20959 part of the shell statement according to POSIX, but gets replaced,
20960 together with the backslash that precedes it, by a space in GNU
20961 @command{make} 3.80 and older. So, how can a newline be used in a string
20964 The trick is to set up a shell variable that contains a newline:
20967 nlinit=`echo 'nl="'; echo '"'`; eval "$$nlinit"
20970 For example, in order to create a multi-line @samp{sed} expression that
20971 inserts a blank line after every line of a file, this code can be used:
20974 nlinit=`echo 'nl="'; echo '"'`; eval "$$nlinit"; \
20975 sed -e "s/\$$/\\$$@{nl@}/" < input > output
20978 @node Comments in Make Macros
20979 @section Comments in Make Macros
20980 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} macros
20981 @cindex @file{Makefile} macros and comments
20983 Avoid putting comments in macro values as far as possible. Posix
20984 specifies that the text starting from the @samp{#} sign until the end of
20985 the line is to be ignored, which has the unfortunate effect of
20986 disallowing them even within quotes. Thus, the following might lead to
20987 a syntax error at compile time:
20990 CPPFLAGS = "-DCOMMENT_CHAR='#'"
20994 as @samp{CPPFLAGS} may be expanded to @samp{"-DCOMMENT_CHAR='}.
20996 Most @command{make} implementations disregard this and treat single and
20997 double quotes specially here. Also, GNU @command{make} lets you put
20998 @samp{#} into a macro value by escaping it with a backslash, i.e.,
20999 @samp{\#}. However, neither of these usages are portable.
21000 @xref{Comments in Make Rules}, for a portable alternative.
21002 Even without quoting involved, comments can have surprising effects,
21003 because the whitespace before them is part of the variable value:
21006 foo = bar # trailing comment
21007 print: ; @@echo "$(foo)."
21011 prints @samp{bar .}, which is usually not intended, and can expose
21012 @command{make} bugs as described below.
21014 @node Trailing whitespace in Make Macros
21015 @section Trailing whitespace in Make Macros
21016 @cindex whitespace in @file{Makefile} macros
21017 @cindex @file{Makefile} macros and whitespace
21019 GNU @command{make} 3.80 mistreats trailing whitespace in macro
21020 substitutions and appends another spurious suffix:
21025 print: ; @@echo $(foo:=.test)
21029 prints @samp{bar.test .test}.
21031 BSD and Solaris @command{make} implementations do not honor trailing
21032 whitespace in macro definitions as Posix requires:
21035 foo = bar # Note the space after "bar".
21036 print: ; @@echo $(foo)t
21040 prints @samp{bart} instead of @samp{bar t}. To work around this, you
21041 can use a helper macro as in the previous example.
21044 @node Command-line Macros and whitespace
21045 @section Command-line Macros and whitespace
21046 @cindex whitespace in command-line macros
21047 @cindex command-line, macros set on
21048 @cindex environment, macros set from
21050 Some @command{make} implementations may strip trailing whitespace off
21051 of macros set on the command line in addition to leading whitespace.
21052 Further, some may strip leading whitespace off of macros set from
21053 environment variables:
21056 $ @kbd{echo 'print: ; @@echo "x$(foo)x$(bar)x"' |
21057 foo=' f f ' make -f - bar=' b b '}
21058 x f f xb b x # AIX, BSD, GNU make
21059 xf f xb b x # HP-UX, IRIX, Tru64/OSF make
21060 x f f xb bx # Solaris make
21064 @node obj/ and Make
21065 @section The @file{obj/} Subdirectory and Make
21066 @cindex @file{obj/}, subdirectory
21067 @cindex BSD @command{make} and @file{obj/}
21069 Never name one of your subdirectories @file{obj/} if you don't like
21072 If an @file{obj/} directory exists, BSD @command{make} enters it
21073 before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
21074 current directory is not read.
21077 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21080 $ @kbd{cat obj/Makefile}
21083 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
21086 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
21091 @node make -k Status
21092 @section Exit Status of @code{make -k}
21093 @cindex @code{make -k}
21095 Do not rely on the exit status of @code{make -k}. Some implementations
21096 reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
21097 implementations always succeed.
21100 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21103 $ @kbd{make -k; echo exit status: $?} # GNU make
21105 make: *** [all] Error 1
21107 $ @kbd{pmake -k; echo exit status: $?} # BSD make
21109 *** Error code 1 (continuing)
21113 @node VPATH and Make
21114 @section @code{VPATH} and Make
21115 @cindex @code{VPATH}
21117 Posix does not specify the semantics of @code{VPATH}. Typically,
21118 @command{make} supports @code{VPATH}, but its implementation is not
21121 Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of @code{VPATH} are
21122 portable to recent-enough popular implementations of @command{make}, but
21123 to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package's makefile
21124 prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
21125 are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
21126 @code{VPATH} should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
21127 @code{VPATH}, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
21128 stick with GNU @command{make}, since it is the most
21129 commonly-used @command{make} among Autoconf users.
21131 Here are some known issues with some @code{VPATH}
21135 * Variables listed in VPATH:: @code{VPATH} must be literal on ancient hosts
21136 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
21137 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
21138 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
21139 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
21140 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
21143 @node Variables listed in VPATH
21144 @subsection Variables listed in @code{VPATH}
21145 @cindex @code{VPATH} and variables
21146 @cindex variables and @code{VPATH}
21148 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable, for example
21149 @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}, because some ancient versions of
21150 @command{make} do not do variable substitutions on the value of
21151 @code{VPATH}. For example, use this
21154 srcdir = @@srcdir@@
21159 rather than @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}. Note that with GNU
21160 Automake, there is no need to set this yourself.
21162 @node VPATH and Double-colon
21163 @subsection @code{VPATH} and Double-colon Rules
21164 @cindex @code{VPATH} and double-colon rules
21165 @cindex double-colon rules and @code{VPATH}
21167 With ancient versions of Sun @command{make},
21168 any assignment to @code{VPATH} causes @command{make} to execute only
21169 the first set of double-colon rules.
21170 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
21172 @node $< in Explicit Rules
21173 @subsection @code{$<} Not Supported in Explicit Rules
21174 @cindex explicit rules, @code{$<}, and @code{VPATH}
21175 @cindex @code{$<}, explicit rules, and @code{VPATH}
21176 @cindex @code{VPATH}, explicit rules, and @code{$<}
21178 Using @code{$<} in explicit rules is not portable.
21179 The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
21180 to find the prerequisite via a @code{VPATH} search, you have to code the
21181 whole thing manually. @xref{Build Directories}.
21183 @node Automatic Rule Rewriting
21184 @subsection Automatic Rule Rewriting
21185 @cindex @code{VPATH} and automatic rule rewriting
21186 @cindex automatic rule rewriting and @code{VPATH}
21188 Some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
21189 search for prerequisites in @code{VPATH} and
21190 then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
21194 # This isn't portable to GNU make.
21201 executes @code{cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c} if @file{if.c} is
21202 found in @file{../pkg/src}.
21204 However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
21205 the source directory contains an ordinary file named @file{test} that is
21206 used in a dependency, Solaris @command{make} rewrites commands like
21207 @samp{if test -r foo; @dots{}} to @samp{if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
21208 @dots{}}, which is typically undesirable. In fact, @command{make} is
21209 completely unaware of shell syntax used in the rules, so the VPATH
21210 rewrite can potentially apply to @emph{any} whitespace-separated word
21211 in a rule, including shell variables, functions, and keywords.
21214 $ @kbd{mkdir build}
21216 $ @kbd{cat > Makefile <<'END'}
21218 all: arg func for echo
21219 func () @{ for arg in "$$@@"; do echo $$arg; done; @}; \
21222 $ @kbd{touch ../arg ../func ../for ../echo}
21224 ../func () @{ ../for ../arg in "$@@"; do ../echo $arg; done; @}; \
21225 ../func "hello world"
21226 sh: syntax error at line 1: `do' unexpected
21231 To avoid this problem, portable makefiles should never mention a source
21232 file or dependency whose name is that of a shell keyword like @file{for}
21233 or @file{until}, a shell command like @command{cat} or @command{gcc} or
21234 @command{test}, or a shell function or variable used in the corresponding
21235 @command{Makefile} recipe.
21237 Because of these problems GNU @command{make} and many other @command{make}
21238 implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable makefiles should
21239 search @code{VPATH} manually. It is tempting to write this:
21242 # This isn't portable to Solaris make.
21245 cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
21249 However, the ``prerequisite rewriting'' still applies here. So if
21250 @file{if.c} is in @file{../pkg/src}, Solaris and Tru64 @command{make}
21254 cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
21265 and thus fails. Oops.
21267 A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use @samp{$?} and
21268 @samp{$@@} when possible:
21277 but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple
21278 prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that
21279 the prerequisite @file{if.c} never appears as a plain word. For
21280 example, these three rules would be safe, assuming @file{if.c} is in
21281 @file{../pkg/src} and the other files are in the working directory:
21286 cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@@
21288 cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@@
21290 cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@@
21293 Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
21297 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
21298 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
21299 for i in $(HEADERS); do \
21300 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
21301 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
21302 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
21303 @c $$ restore font-lock
21307 The above @code{install-HEADERS} rule is not Solaris-proof because @code{for
21308 i in $(HEADERS);} is expanded to @code{for i in f.h g.h h.h;}
21309 where @code{f.h} and @code{g.h} are plain words and are hence
21310 subject to @code{VPATH} adjustments.
21312 If the three files are in @file{../pkg/src}, the rule is run as:
21315 for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \
21317 `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \
21318 /usr/local/include/$i; \
21322 where the two first @command{install} calls fail. For instance,
21323 consider the @code{f.h} installation:
21327 `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \
21330 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
21339 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
21342 Note that the manual @code{VPATH} search did not cause any problems here;
21343 however this command installs @file{f.h} in an incorrect directory.
21345 Trying to quote @code{$(HEADERS)} in some way, as we did for
21346 @code{foo.c} a few makefiles ago, does not help:
21349 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
21350 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
21351 for i in $$headers; do \
21352 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
21353 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
21354 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
21358 Now, @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'} macro-expands to:
21361 headers='f.h g.h h.h'
21365 but @code{g.h} is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
21366 @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;} is a good
21367 idea if @code{$(HEADERS)} can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
21368 syntax error on @code{for i in;}.)
21370 One workaround is to strip this unwanted @file{../pkg/src/} prefix manually:
21374 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
21375 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
21376 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
21377 for i in $$headers; do \
21378 i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`;
21379 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
21380 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
21381 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
21382 @c $$ restore font-lock
21386 Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
21387 the files listed in @code{HEADERS} are in the current directory or a
21388 subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
21389 @code{HEADERS = ../f.h}, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
21390 build with Tru64 @command{make}. The reason is that not only does
21391 Tru64 @command{make} rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
21392 them. Hence @code{../f.h} becomes @code{../pkg/f.h} instead of
21393 @code{../pkg/src/../f.h}. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
21394 a leading @file{../pkg/src/} component.
21396 The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 @command{make}
21400 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21412 Dependency @file{../foo} was found in @file{sub/../foo}, but Tru64
21413 @command{make} simplified it as @file{foo}. (Note that the @file{sub/}
21414 directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
21415 occurred before the file was checked for.)
21418 @node Tru64 Directory Magic
21419 @subsection Tru64 @command{make} Creates Prerequisite Directories Magically
21420 @cindex @code{VPATH} and prerequisite directories
21421 @cindex prerequisite directories and @code{VPATH}
21423 When a prerequisite is a subdirectory of @code{VPATH}, Tru64
21424 @command{make} creates it in the current directory.
21427 $ @kbd{mkdir -p foo/bar build}
21429 $ @kbd{cat >Makefile <<END
21438 This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual @code{VPATH}
21439 search as presented before.
21444 command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
21447 The above @command{command} is run on the empty @file{foo/bar}
21448 directory that was created in the current directory.
21450 @node Make Target Lookup
21451 @subsection Make Target Lookup
21452 @cindex @code{VPATH}, resolving target pathnames
21454 GNU @command{make} uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
21455 should use files found via a @code{VPATH} search. @xref{Search
21456 Algorithm, , How Directory Searches are Performed, make, The GNU Make
21459 If a target needs to be rebuilt, GNU @command{make} discards the
21460 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search for this target, and
21461 builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
21462 If a target does not need to be rebuilt, GNU @command{make} uses the
21463 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search.
21465 Other @command{make} implementations, like NetBSD @command{make}, are
21466 easier to describe: the file name found during the @code{VPATH} search
21467 is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
21468 new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
21469 @code{VPATH} location.
21471 OpenBSD and FreeBSD @command{make}, however,
21473 @code{VPATH} search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
21474 This is extremely annoying.
21476 When attempting a @code{VPATH} build for an autoconfiscated package
21477 (e.g., @code{mkdir build && cd build && ../configure}), this means
21479 @command{make} builds everything locally in the @file{build}
21480 directory, while BSD @command{make} builds new files locally and
21481 updates existing files in the source directory.
21484 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21487 foo.x bar.x: newer.x
21488 @@echo Building $@@
21489 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
21490 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
21491 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
21494 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
21497 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
21500 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
21503 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
21504 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
21506 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
21508 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
21511 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
21516 Note how NetBSD @command{make} updates @file{../bar.x} in its
21517 VPATH location, and how FreeBSD, OpenBSD, and Tru64
21518 @command{make} always
21519 update @file{bar.x}, even when @file{../bar.x} is up to date.
21521 Another point worth mentioning is that once GNU @command{make} has
21522 decided to ignore a @code{VPATH} file name (e.g., it ignored
21523 @file{../bar.x} in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
21524 the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
21526 The following example shows that GNU @command{make} does not look up
21527 @file{bar.x} in @code{VPATH} before performing the @code{.x.y} rule,
21528 because it ignored the @code{VPATH} result of @file{bar.x} while running
21529 the @code{bar.x: newer.x} rule.
21532 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21536 @@echo Building $@@
21540 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
21541 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
21542 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
21545 cp: cannot stat 'bar.x': No such file or directory
21546 make: *** [bar.y] Error 1
21547 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
21551 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
21552 echo Building bar.x
21554 cp: cannot stat 'bar.x': No such file or directory
21556 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
21558 cp: bar.x: No such file or directory
21562 Note that if you drop away the command from the @code{bar.x: newer.x}
21563 rule, GNU @command{make} magically starts to work: it
21564 knows that @code{bar.x} hasn't been updated, therefore it doesn't
21565 discard the result from @code{VPATH} (@file{../bar.x}) in succeeding
21566 uses. Tru64 also works, but FreeBSD and OpenBSD
21570 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21577 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
21578 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
21579 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
21582 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
21585 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
21587 cp: cannot stat 'bar.x': No such file or directory
21589 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
21593 It seems the sole solution that would please every @command{make}
21594 implementation is to never rely on @code{VPATH} searches for targets.
21595 In other words, @code{VPATH} should be reserved to sources that are not built.
21598 @node Single Suffix Rules
21599 @section Single Suffix Rules and Separated Dependencies
21600 @cindex Single Suffix Inference Rule
21601 @cindex Rule, Single Suffix Inference
21602 A @dfn{Single Suffix Rule} is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule
21603 (@samp{.from.to:}), but which @emph{destination} suffix is empty
21606 @cindex Separated Dependencies
21607 @dfn{Separated dependencies} simply refers to listing the prerequisite
21608 of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one
21609 hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
21611 Solaris @command{make} does not support separated dependencies for
21612 targets defined by single suffix rules:
21615 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21620 $ @kbd{touch foo.in}
21627 while GNU Make does:
21633 Makefile foo foo.in
21636 Note it works without the @samp{foo: foo.in} dependency.
21639 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21648 and it works with double suffix inference rules:
21651 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
21653 .SUFFIXES: .in .out
21660 As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
21662 @node Timestamps and Make
21663 @section Timestamp Resolution and Make
21664 @cindex timestamp resolution
21665 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
21666 @command{make} used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
21667 newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
21668 timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some @command{make}
21669 implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
21670 fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
21671 is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
21672 like @samp{sleep 1} to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
21674 Commands like @samp{cp -p} and @samp{touch -r} typically do not copy
21675 file timestamps to their full resolutions (@pxref{touch, , Limitations of Usual
21676 Tools}). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
21683 as @file{dest} often appears to be older than @file{src} after the
21684 timestamp is truncated, and this can cause @command{make} to do
21685 needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
21686 problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
21694 Apart from timestamp resolution, there are also differences in handling
21695 equal timestamps. HP-UX @command{make} updates targets if it has the
21696 same timestamp as one of its prerequisites, in violation of Posix rules.
21698 This can cause spurious rebuilds for repeated runs of @command{make}.
21699 This in turn can cause @command{make} to fail if it tries to rebuild
21700 generated files in a possibly read-only source tree with tools not
21701 present on the end-user machine. Use GNU @command{make} instead.
21705 @c ======================================== Portable C and C++ Programming
21707 @node Portable C and C++
21708 @chapter Portable C and C++ Programming
21709 @cindex Portable C and C++ programming
21711 C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying
21712 system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other
21715 Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more
21716 portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can
21717 have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety
21720 @uref{https://@/gcc.gnu.org/@/onlinedocs/@/gcc/@/Standards.html, Language
21721 Standards Supported by GCC}
21724 @xref{Standards, , Language Standards Supported by
21725 GCC, gcc, Using the GNU Compiler Collection
21728 for a list of C-related standards. Many programs also assume the
21729 @uref{https://@/en.wikipedia.org/@/wiki/@/POSIX, Posix standard}.
21732 @cindex C89, C99, C11, C17, and C23
21733 The first widely used C variant was K&R C, which predates any C
21734 standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though,
21735 and Autoconf assumes at least C89, the first C standard,
21736 which is sometimes called ``C90'' due to a delay in standardization.
21737 C has since gone through the standards C99, C11, C17, and C23, and
21738 Autoconf is compatible with all these standards.
21740 Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly
21741 introduce common pitfalls. @xref{System Portability, , Portability
21742 between System Types, standards, The GNU Coding Standards}, for
21746 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
21747 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
21748 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
21749 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
21750 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
21751 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
21752 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
21753 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
21756 @node Varieties of Unportability
21757 @section Varieties of Unportability
21758 @cindex portability
21760 Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed
21761 on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the
21762 boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an
21763 optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should
21764 keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior,
21765 and undefined behavior.
21767 In C, a @dfn{constraint} is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An
21768 example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with
21769 negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with
21770 negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms
21773 @dfn{Unspecified behavior} is valid behavior, where the standard allows
21774 multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of
21775 function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is
21776 @dfn{implementation-defined}, i.e., documented by the implementation,
21777 but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot
21778 distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified
21779 behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to
21780 determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
21782 @dfn{Undefined behavior} is invalid behavior, where the standard allows
21783 the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example,
21784 dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible,
21785 test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with
21786 undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
21788 The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the
21789 standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since
21790 the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support
21791 programs that use implementation features not described by the standard,
21792 and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if
21793 the programs work well enough in practice.
21795 @node Integer Overflow
21796 @section Integer Overflow
21797 @cindex integer overflow
21798 @cindex overflow, signed integer
21799 @cindex signed integer overflow
21800 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
21802 Although some traditional C programs assume that signed integer overflow
21803 wraps around reliably using two's complement arithmetic, the C standard
21804 says that program behavior is undefined on overflow, and these C
21805 programs may not work on many modern implementations.
21808 * Integer Overflow Basics:: Why integer overflow is a problem
21809 * Signed Overflow Examples:: Examples of code assuming wraparound
21810 * Optimization and Wraparound:: Optimizations that break uses of wraparound
21811 * Signed Overflow Advice:: Practical advice for signed overflow issues
21812 * Signed Integer Division:: @code{INT_MIN / -1} and @code{INT_MIN % -1}
21815 @node Integer Overflow Basics
21816 @subsection Basics of Integer Overflow
21817 @cindex integer overflow
21818 @cindex overflow, signed integer
21819 @cindex signed integer overflow
21820 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
21822 In languages like C, integer overflow wraps around for unsigned
21823 integer types that are at least as wide as @code{unsigned int};
21824 e.g., @code{UINT_MAX + 1} yields zero.
21825 This is guaranteed by the C standard and is
21826 portable in practice, unless you specify aggressive,
21827 nonstandard optimization options
21828 suitable only for special applications.
21830 In contrast, the C standard says that signed integer overflow leads to
21831 undefined behavior where a program can do anything, including dumping
21832 core or overrunning a buffer. The misbehavior can even precede the
21833 overflow. Such an overflow can occur during addition, subtraction,
21834 multiplication, division, and left shift. It can even occur for
21835 unsigned types like @code{unsigned short int} that are narrower
21836 than @code{int}, as values of these types are widened to @code{int}
21837 before computation.
21839 Despite this requirement of the standard, some C programs assume that
21840 signed integer overflow silently wraps around modulo a power of two,
21841 using two's complement arithmetic, so long as you convert the resulting
21842 value to a signed integer type. These programs can have problems,
21843 especially when optimization is enabled. If you assume a GCC-like
21844 compiler, you can work around the problems by compiling with GCC's
21845 @code{-fwrapv} option; however, this is not portable.
21847 For historical reasons C17 and earlier also allowed implementations with
21848 ones' complement or signed magnitude arithmetic, but C23 requires
21849 two's complement and it is safe to assume two's complement nowadays.
21851 Also, overflow can occur when converting an out-of-range value to a
21852 signed integer type. Here a standard implementation must define what
21853 happens, and this can include raising an exception. Although practical
21854 implementations typically wrap around silently in this case, a few
21855 debugging implementations trap instead.
21857 @node Signed Overflow Examples
21858 @subsection Examples of Code Assuming Wraparound Overflow
21859 @cindex integer overflow
21860 @cindex overflow, signed integer
21861 @cindex signed integer overflow
21862 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
21864 There was long a tension between what the C standard requires for signed
21865 integer overflow, and what traditional C programs commonly assumed. The
21866 standard allows aggressive optimizations based on assumptions that
21867 overflow never occurs, but traditionally many C programs relied on overflow
21868 wrapping around. Although these programs did not conform to the standard,
21869 they formerly worked in practice because traditionally compilers did not
21870 optimize in such a way that would break the programs. Nowadays, though,
21871 compilers do perform these optimizations, so portable programs can no
21872 longer assume reliable wraparound on signed integer overflow.
21874 The C Standard says that if a program has signed integer overflow its
21875 behavior is undefined, and the undefined behavior can even precede the
21876 overflow. To take an extreme example:
21878 @c Inspired by Robert Dewar's example in
21879 @c <https://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-01/msg00038.html> (2007-01-01).
21881 if (password == expected_password)
21882 allow_superuser_privileges ();
21883 else if (counter++ == INT_MAX)
21886 printf ("%d password mismatches\n", counter);
21890 If the @code{int} variable @code{counter} equals @code{INT_MAX},
21891 @code{counter++} must overflow and the behavior is undefined, so the C
21892 standard allows the compiler to optimize away the test against
21893 @code{INT_MAX} and the @code{abort} call.
21894 Worse, if an earlier bug in the program lets the compiler deduce that
21895 @code{counter == INT_MAX} or that @code{counter} previously overflowed,
21896 the C standard allows the compiler to optimize away the password test
21897 and generate code that allows superuser privileges unconditionally.
21899 Here is an example derived from the 7th Edition Unix implementation of
21900 @code{atoi} (1979-01-10):
21906 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
21907 n = n * 10 + *p++ - '0';
21908 return (f ? -n : n);
21912 Even if the input string is in range, on most modern machines this has
21913 signed overflow when computing the most negative integer (the @code{-n}
21914 overflows) or a value near an extreme integer (the @code{+}
21917 Here is another example, derived from the 7th Edition implementation of
21918 @code{rand} (1979-01-10). Here the programmer expects both
21919 multiplication and addition to wrap on overflow:
21922 static long int randx = 1;
21924 randx = randx * 1103515245 + 12345;
21925 return (randx >> 16) & 077777;
21928 In the following example, derived from the GNU C Library 2.15
21929 implementation of @code{mktime} (2012-03-21), the code assumes
21930 wraparound arithmetic in @code{+} to detect signed overflow:
21934 int sec_requested, sec_adjustment;
21936 t1 = t + sec_requested;
21937 t2 = t1 + sec_adjustment;
21938 if (((t1 < t) != (sec_requested < 0))
21939 | ((t2 < t1) != (sec_adjustment < 0)))
21943 Although some of these examples will likely behave as if signed integer
21944 overflow wraps around reliably, other examples are likely to misbehave
21945 when optimization is enabled. All these examples should be avoided in
21946 portable code because signed integer overflow is not reliable on modern
21947 systems, and it's not worth worrying about which of these examples
21948 happen to work on most platforms and which do not.
21950 @node Optimization and Wraparound
21951 @subsection Optimizations That Break Wraparound Arithmetic
21952 @cindex loop induction
21954 Compilers sometimes generate code that is incompatible with wraparound
21955 integer arithmetic. A simple example is an algebraic simplification: a
21956 compiler might translate @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} to @code{i * 2}
21957 because it assumes that @code{i * 2000} does not overflow. The
21958 translation is not equivalent to the original when overflow occurs:
21959 e.g., in the typical case of 32-bit signed two's complement wraparound
21960 @code{int}, if @code{i} has type @code{int} and value @code{1073742},
21961 the original expression returns @minus{}2147483 but the optimized
21962 version returns the mathematically correct value 2147484.
21964 More subtly, loop induction optimizations often exploit the undefined
21965 behavior of signed overflow. Consider the following contrived function
21970 sumc (int lo, int hi)
21973 for (int i = lo; i <= hi; i++)
21980 To avoid multiplying by 53 each time through the loop, an optimizing
21981 compiler might internally transform @code{sumc} to the equivalent of the
21986 transformed_sumc (int lo, int hi)
21990 for (int ic = lo * 53; ic <= hic; ic += 53)
21997 This transformation is allowed by the C standard, but it is invalid for
21998 wraparound arithmetic when @code{INT_MAX / 53 < hi}, because then the
21999 overflow in computing expressions like @code{hi * 53} can cause the
22000 expression @code{i <= hi} to yield a different value from the
22001 transformed expression @code{ic <= hic}.
22003 For this reason, compilers that use loop induction and similar
22004 techniques often do not support reliable wraparound arithmetic when a
22005 loop induction variable like @code{ic} is involved. Since loop
22006 induction variables are generated by the compiler, and are not visible
22007 in the source code, it is not always trivial to say whether the problem
22010 Hardly any code actually depends on wraparound arithmetic in cases like
22011 these, so in practice these loop induction optimizations are almost
22012 always useful. However, edge cases in this area can cause problems.
22016 for (int j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2)
22021 Here, the loop attempts to iterate through all powers of 2 that
22022 @code{int} can represent, but the C standard allows a compiler to
22023 optimize away the comparison and generate an infinite loop,
22024 under the argument that behavior is undefined on overflow. As of this
22025 writing this optimization is done on some platforms by
22026 GCC with @option{-O2}, so this code is not portable in practice.
22028 @node Signed Overflow Advice
22029 @subsection Practical Advice for Signed Overflow Issues
22030 @cindex integer overflow
22031 @cindex overflow, signed integer
22032 @cindex signed integer overflow
22033 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
22035 Ideally the safest approach is to avoid signed integer overflow
22036 entirely. For example, instead of multiplying two signed integers, you
22037 can convert them to double-width integers, multiply the wider values,
22038 then test whether the result is in the narrower range. Or you can use
22039 more-complicated code employing unsigned integers of the same width.
22041 Rewriting code in this way will be inconvenient, though, especially if
22042 the signed values might be negative and no wider type is available.
22043 Using unsigned arithmetic to check for overflow is
22044 particularly painful to do portably and efficiently when dealing with an
22045 integer type like @code{uid_t} whose width and signedness vary from
22046 platform to platform. Also, this approach may hurt performance.
22048 Hence it is often useful to maintain code that needs
22049 wraparound on overflow, instead of rewriting the code. The rest of this
22050 section attempts to give practical advice for this situation.
22052 To detect integer overflow portably when attempting operations like
22053 @code{sum = a + b}, you can use the C23 @code{<stdckdint.h>} macros
22054 @code{ckd_add}, @code{ckd_sub}, and @code{ckd_mul}.
22055 The following code adds two integers with overflow wrapping around
22056 reliably in the sum:
22059 #include <stdckdint.h>
22061 /* Set sum = a + b, with wraparound. */
22062 if (ckd_add (&sum, a, b))
22063 /* 'sum' has just the low order bits. */;
22065 /* 'sum' is the correct answer. */;
22068 To be portable to pre-C23 platforms you can use Gnulib's
22069 @code{stdckdint} module, which emulates this part of C23 (@pxref{Gnulib}).
22070 Invoking the @code{stdckdint} macros typically costs just one machine
22071 instruction for the arithmetic and another instruction for the rare
22072 branch on overflow.
22074 If your code uses a signed loop index, make sure that the index cannot
22075 overflow, along with all signed expressions derived from the index.
22076 Here is a contrived example of problematic code with two instances of
22080 for (int i = INT_MAX - 10; i <= INT_MAX; i++)
22083 report_overflow ();
22089 Because of the two overflows, a compiler might optimize away or
22090 transform the two comparisons in a way that is incompatible with the
22091 wraparound assumption.
22093 If your code is intended to be compiled only by GCC and
22094 assumes wraparound behavior, and you want to insulate it
22095 against any GCC optimizations that would fail to support that
22096 behavior, you should use GCC's @option{-fwrapv} option, which
22097 causes signed overflow to wrap around reliably (except for division and
22098 remainder, as discussed in the next section).
22100 If you need to write portable code and therefore cannot assume that
22101 signed integer overflow wraps around reliably, you should consider
22102 debugging with a GCC option that causes signed overflow to raise an
22103 exception. These options include @option{-fsanitize=undefined} and
22106 @node Signed Integer Division
22107 @subsection Signed Integer Division and Integer Overflow
22108 @cindex division, integer
22111 integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
22112 i386 family, dividing @code{INT_MIN} by @code{-1} yields a SIGFPE signal
22113 which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
22114 of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
22115 behavior that the C standard allows.
22117 @node Preprocessor Arithmetic
22118 @section Preprocessor Arithmetic
22119 @cindex preprocessor arithmetic
22121 In C99 and later, preprocessor arithmetic, used for @code{#if}
22123 be evaluated as if all signed values are of type @code{intmax_t} and all
22124 unsigned values of type @code{uintmax_t}. Many compilers are buggy in
22125 this area, though. For example, as of 2007, Sun C mishandles @code{#if
22126 LLONG_MIN < 0} on a platform with 32-bit @code{long int} and 64-bit
22127 @code{long long int}. Also, some older preprocessors mishandle
22128 constants ending in @code{LL}. To work around these problems, you can
22129 compute the value of expressions like @code{LONG_MAX < LLONG_MAX} at
22130 @code{configure}-time rather than at @code{#if}-time.
22132 @node Null Pointers
22133 @section Properties of Null Pointers
22134 @cindex null pointers
22136 Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null
22139 On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
22140 representation, so you can reliably use @code{memset} with 0 to set all
22141 the pointers in an array to null values.
22143 If @code{p} is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
22144 @code{p + 0} always evaluates to @code{p} on modern hosts, even though
22145 the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
22147 @node Buffer Overruns
22148 @section Buffer Overruns and Subscript Errors
22149 @cindex buffer overruns
22151 Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous
22152 errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing
22153 outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other
22154 object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these
22155 errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
22157 There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
22158 address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
22159 past an object, e.g., @code{&a[N]} where @code{a} has @code{N} elements,
22160 so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
22161 valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., @code{&a[-1]};
22162 nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., @code{&a[N+1]}. On
22163 most platforms @code{&a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]}, but this is not
22164 reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
22165 potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
22166 element at the start or end.
22168 @uref{https://@/www.valgrind.org/, Valgrind} can catch many overruns.
22169 GCC users might also consider using the @option{-fsanitize=} options
22171 @xref{Instrumentation Options, , Program Instrumentation Options,
22172 gcc, Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}.
22174 Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are
22175 more subtle ways to get them.
22177 Using @code{int} values to index into an array or compute array sizes
22178 causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
22179 be @math{2^{31}} or larger. Index values of type @code{size_t} avoid this
22180 problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type @code{ptrdiff_t}
22181 are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
22183 If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
22184 @code{malloc (x * sizeof y + z)}, havoc ensues if the addition or
22185 multiplication overflows.
22187 Many implementations of the @code{alloca} function silently misbehave
22188 and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
22189 The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
22190 bytes on all platforms that we know about.
22192 The standard functions @code{asctime}, @code{asctime_r}, @code{ctime},
22193 @code{ctime_r}, and @code{gets} are prone to buffer overflows, and
22194 portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
22195 within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
22196 buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
22197 or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
22198 recent-enough versions of the GNU C library, but are possible
22200 implementations. The @code{gets} function is the worst, since it almost
22201 invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
22204 @node Volatile Objects
22205 @section Volatile Objects
22206 @cindex volatile objects
22208 The keyword @code{volatile} is often misunderstood in portable code.
22209 Its use inhibits some memory-access optimizations, but programmers often
22210 wish that it had a different meaning than it actually does.
22212 @code{volatile} was designed for code that accesses special objects like
22213 memory-mapped device registers whose contents spontaneously change.
22214 Such code is inherently low-level, and it is difficult to specify
22215 portably what @code{volatile} means in these cases. The C standard
22216 says, ``What constitutes an access to an object that has
22217 volatile-qualified type is implementation-defined,'' so in theory each
22218 implementation is supposed to fill in the gap by documenting what
22219 @code{volatile} means for that implementation. In practice, though,
22220 this documentation is usually absent or incomplete.
22222 One area of confusion is the distinction between objects defined with
22223 volatile types, and volatile lvalues. From the C standard's point of
22224 view, an object defined with a volatile type has externally visible
22225 behavior. You can think of such objects as having little oscilloscope
22226 probes attached to them, so that the user can observe some properties of
22227 accesses to them, just as the user can observe data written to output
22228 files. However, the standard does not make it clear whether users can
22229 observe accesses by volatile lvalues to ordinary objects. For example:
22232 /* Declare and access a volatile object.
22233 Accesses to X are "visible" to users. */
22234 static int volatile x;
22237 /* Access two ordinary objects via a volatile lvalue.
22238 It's not clear whether accesses to *P are "visible". */
22240 int *z = malloc (sizeof (int));
22248 Programmers often wish that @code{volatile} meant ``Perform the memory
22249 access here and now, without merging several memory accesses, without
22250 changing the memory word size, and without reordering.'' But the C
22251 standard does not require this. For objects defined with a volatile
22252 type, accesses must be done before the next sequence point; but
22253 otherwise merging, reordering, and word-size change is allowed. Worse,
22254 it is not clear from the standard whether volatile lvalues provide more
22255 guarantees in general than nonvolatile lvalues, if the underlying
22256 objects are ordinary.
22258 Even when accessing objects defined with a volatile type,
22259 the C standard allows only
22260 extremely limited signal handlers: in C99 the behavior is undefined if a signal
22261 handler reads any non-local object, or writes to any non-local object
22262 whose type is not @code{sig_atomic_t volatile}, or calls any standard
22263 library function other than @code{abort}, @code{signal}, and
22264 @code{_Exit}. Hence C compilers need not worry about a signal handler
22265 disturbing ordinary computation. C11 and Posix allow some additional
22266 behavior in a portable signal handler, but are still quite restrictive.
22268 Some C implementations allow memory-access optimizations within each
22269 translation unit, such that actual behavior agrees with the behavior
22270 required by the standard only when calling a function in some other
22271 translation unit, and a signal handler acts like it was called from a
22272 different translation unit. The C99 standard hints that in these
22273 implementations, objects referred to by signal handlers ``would require
22274 explicit specification of @code{volatile} storage, as well as other
22275 implementation-defined restrictions.'' But unfortunately even for this
22276 special case these other restrictions are often not documented well.
22277 This area was significantly changed in C11, and eventually implementations
22278 will probably head in the C11 direction, but this will take some time.
22279 @xref{Volatiles, , When is a Volatile Object Accessed?, gcc, Using the
22280 GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}, for some
22281 restrictions imposed by GCC. @xref{Defining Handlers, ,
22282 Defining Signal Handlers, libc, The GNU C Library}, for some
22283 restrictions imposed by the GNU C library. Restrictions
22284 differ on other platforms.
22286 If possible, it is best to use a signal handler that fits within the
22287 limits imposed by the C and Posix standards.
22289 If this is not practical, you can try the following rules of thumb. A
22290 signal handler should access only volatile lvalues, preferably lvalues
22291 that refer to objects defined with a volatile type, and should not
22292 assume that the accessed objects have an internally consistent state
22293 if they are larger than a machine word. Furthermore, installers
22294 should employ compilers and compiler options that are commonly used
22295 for building operating system kernels, because kernels often need more
22296 from @code{volatile} than the C Standard requires, and installers who
22297 compile an application in a similar environment can sometimes benefit
22298 from the extra constraints imposed by kernels on compilers.
22299 Admittedly we are hand-waving somewhat here, as there are few
22300 guarantees in this area; the rules of thumb may help to fix some bugs
22301 but there is a good chance that they will not fix them all.
22303 For @code{volatile}, C++ has the same problems that C does.
22304 Multithreaded applications have even more problems with @code{volatile},
22305 but they are beyond the scope of this section.
22307 The bottom line is that using @code{volatile} typically hurts
22308 performance but should not hurt correctness. In some cases its use
22309 does help correctness, but these cases are often so poorly understood
22310 that all too often adding @code{volatile} to a data structure merely
22311 alleviates some symptoms of a bug while not fixing the bug in general.
22313 @node Floating Point Portability
22314 @section Floating Point Portability
22315 @cindex floating point
22317 Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to
22318 assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information,
22319 please see David Goldberg's classic paper
22320 @uref{http://@/www.validlab.com/@/goldberg/@/paper.pdf, What Every Computer
22321 Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic}.
22323 @node Exiting Portably
22324 @section Exiting Portably
22325 @cindex exiting portably
22327 A C or C++ program can exit with status @var{N} by returning
22328 @var{N} from the @code{main} function. Portable programs are supposed
22329 to exit either with status 0 or @code{EXIT_SUCCESS} to succeed, or with
22330 status @code{EXIT_FAILURE} to fail, but in practice it is portable to
22331 fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
22332 fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255.
22334 A program can also exit with status @var{N} by passing @var{N} to the
22335 @code{exit} function, and a program can fail by calling the @code{abort}
22336 function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
22337 by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., @code{_exit}
22338 (Posix). However, like other functions, an exit
22339 function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
22340 example, if a C program calls @code{exit}, it should include @file{stdlib.h}
22341 either directly or via the default includes (@pxref{Default Includes}).
22343 A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null
22344 pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an
22345 implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting
22349 @c ================================================== Manual Configuration
22351 @node Manual Configuration
22352 @chapter Manual Configuration
22354 A few kinds of features can't be guessed automatically by running test
22355 programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
22356 special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker.
22357 Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features,
22358 by giving each operating system a @dfn{canonical system type}, also
22359 known as a @dfn{canonical name} or @dfn{target triplet}.
22361 @prindex @command{config.guess}
22362 @prindex @command{config.sub}
22364 If you use any of the macros described in this chapter, you must
22365 distribute the helper scripts @command{config.guess} and
22366 @command{config.sub} along with your source code. Some Autoconf macros
22367 use these macros internally, so you may need to distribute these scripts
22368 even if you do not use any of these macros yourself. @xref{Input}, for
22369 information about the @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} macro which you can use
22370 to control in which directory @command{configure} looks for helper
22371 scripts, and where to get the scripts from.
22374 * Specifying Target Triplets:: Specifying target triplets
22375 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
22376 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
22379 @node Specifying Target Triplets
22380 @section Specifying target triplets
22381 @cindex System type
22382 @cindex Target triplet
22383 @c This node used to be named Specifying Names. The @anchor allows old
22384 @c links to still work.
22385 @anchor{Specifying Names}
22388 @command{configure} scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
22389 for the system type, or @dfn{target triplet}, which has the form:
22390 @samp{@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}}, where @var{os} can be
22391 @samp{@var{system}} or @samp{@var{kernel}-@var{system}}
22393 @command{configure} can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
22394 system it's running on. To do so it runs a script called
22395 @command{config.guess}, which infers the name using the @code{uname}
22396 command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
22398 Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
22399 arguments to @command{configure} (@pxref{System Types}. Doing so is
22401 cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
22402 system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
22405 @item --build=@var{build-type}
22406 the type of system on which the package is being configured and
22407 compiled. It defaults to the result of running @command{config.guess}.
22408 Specifying a @var{build-type} that differs from @var{host-type} enables
22409 cross-compilation mode.
22411 @item --host=@var{host-type}
22412 the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the
22413 same as the build machine. The tools that get used to build and
22414 manipulate binaries will, by default, all be prefixed with
22415 @code{@var{host-type}-}, such as @code{@var{host-type}-gcc},
22416 @code{@var{host-type}-g++}, @code{@var{host-type}-ar}, and
22417 @code{@var{host-type}-nm}. If the binaries produced by these tools can
22418 be executed by the build system, the configure script will make use of
22419 it in @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} invocations; otherwise, cross-compilation
22420 mode is enabled. Specifying a @var{host-type} that differs
22421 from @var{build-type}, when @var{build-type} was also explicitly
22422 specified, equally enables cross-compilation mode.
22424 @item --target=@var{target-type}
22425 the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package
22426 produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
22429 If you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess} but
22430 still produce binaries for the build machine, use @option{--build},
22431 not @option{--host}.
22433 So, for example, to produce binaries for 64-bit MinGW, use a command
22437 ./configure --host=x86_64-w64-mingw64
22440 If your system has the ability to execute MinGW binaries but you don't
22441 want to make use of this feature and instead prefer cross-compilation
22442 guesses, use a command like this:
22445 ./configure --build=x86_64-pc-linux-gnu --host=x86_64-w64-mingw64
22449 Note that if you do not specify @option{--host}, @command{configure}
22450 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
22451 example, configuring as follows fails:
22454 ./configure CC=x86_64-w64-mingw64-gcc
22457 When cross-compiling, @command{configure} will warn about any tools
22458 (compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not prefixed with the
22459 host type. This is an aid to users performing cross-compilation.
22460 Continuing the example above, if a cross-compiler named @command{cc} is
22461 used with a native @command{pkg-config}, then libraries found by
22462 @command{pkg-config} will likely cause subtle build failures; but using
22463 the names @command{x86_64-w64-mingw64-gcc} and
22464 @command{x86_64-w64-mingw64-pkg-config}
22465 avoids any confusion. Avoiding the warning is as simple as creating the
22466 correct symlinks naming the cross tools.
22468 @cindex @command{config.sub}
22469 @command{configure} recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
22470 example, @samp{decstation} can be used instead of
22471 @samp{mips-dec-ultrix4.2}. @command{configure} runs a script called
22472 @command{config.sub} to canonicalize system type aliases.
22474 This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete
22475 interface; see @ref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}.
22478 @node Canonicalizing
22479 @section Getting the Canonical System Type
22480 @cindex System type
22481 @cindex Canonical system type
22483 The following macros make the system type available to @command{configure}
22486 @ovindex build_alias
22487 @ovindex host_alias
22488 @ovindex target_alias
22490 The variables @samp{build_alias}, @samp{host_alias}, and
22491 @samp{target_alias} are always exactly the arguments of @option{--build},
22492 @option{--host}, and @option{--target}; in particular, they are left empty
22493 if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
22494 @code{AC_CANONICAL} macro was run. Any configure script may use these
22495 variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
22496 interaction with the user.
22498 If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system
22499 type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These
22500 variables are not set before the macro call.
22502 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
22503 @acindex{CANONICAL_BUILD}
22506 @ovindex build_vendor
22508 Compute the canonical build-system type variable, @code{build}, and its
22509 three individual parts @code{build_cpu}, @code{build_vendor}, and
22512 If @option{--build} was specified, then @code{build} is the
22513 canonicalization of @code{build_alias} by @command{config.sub},
22514 otherwise it is determined by the shell script @command{config.guess}.
22517 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_HOST
22518 @acindex{CANONICAL_HOST}
22521 @ovindex host_vendor
22523 Compute the canonical host-system type variable, @code{host}, and its
22524 three individual parts @code{host_cpu}, @code{host_vendor}, and
22527 If @option{--host} was specified, then @code{host} is the
22528 canonicalization of @code{host_alias} by @command{config.sub},
22529 otherwise it defaults to @code{build}.
22532 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
22533 @acindex{CANONICAL_TARGET}
22535 @ovindex target_cpu
22536 @ovindex target_vendor
22538 Compute the canonical target-system type variable, @code{target}, and its
22539 three individual parts @code{target_cpu}, @code{target_vendor}, and
22542 If @option{--target} was specified, then @code{target} is the
22543 canonicalization of @code{target_alias} by @command{config.sub},
22544 otherwise it defaults to @code{host}.
22547 Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility
22548 code. @xref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}, for more.
22550 @node Using System Type
22551 @section Using the System Type
22553 In @file{configure.ac} the system type is generally used by one or more
22554 @code{case} statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
22555 be used to match a group of system types.
22557 For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
22558 access to a CPU cycle counter register. @code{$(CYCLE_OBJ)} in the
22559 following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
22560 program or library.
22564 [alpha*-*-*], [CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o],
22565 [i?86-*-*], [CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o],
22567 AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
22570 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS} (@pxref{Configuration Links}) is another good way
22571 to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
22572 CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn't always indicate exact CPU types,
22573 so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
22577 [alpha*-*-*], [AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c])],
22578 [powerpc*-*-*], [AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c])],
22579 [AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c])])
22582 The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
22583 with @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL} (@pxref{Generic Programs}).
22585 The above examples all show @samp{$host}, since this is where the code
22586 is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test @samp{$build}
22587 (which is where the build is being done).
22589 Whenever you're tempted to use @samp{$host} it's worth considering
22590 whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along
22591 periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written
22592 probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of
22593 names can't. Here are some guidelines,
22597 Availability of libraries and library functions should always be checked
22600 Variant behavior of system calls is best identified with runtime tests
22601 if possible, but bug workarounds or obscure difficulties might have to
22602 be driven from @samp{$host}.
22604 Assembler code is inevitably highly CPU-specific and is best selected
22605 according to @samp{$host_cpu}.
22607 Assembler variations like underscore prefix on globals or ELF versus
22608 COFF type directives are however best determined by probing, perhaps
22609 even examining the compiler output.
22612 @samp{$target} is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar.
22613 For ordinary packages it's meaningless and should not be used. It
22614 indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can
22615 cross-compile. @samp{$target} generally selects various hard-coded CPU
22616 and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under
22617 construction themselves determine how the target works.
22620 @c ===================================================== Site Configuration.
22622 @node Site Configuration
22623 @chapter Site Configuration
22625 @command{configure} scripts support several kinds of local configuration
22626 decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
22627 packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
22628 under modified names, and set default values for @command{configure}
22632 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
22633 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
22634 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
22635 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
22636 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
22637 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
22638 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
22639 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
22642 @node Help Formatting
22643 @section Controlling Help Output
22645 Users consult @samp{configure --help} to learn of configuration
22646 decisions specific to your package. By default, @command{configure}
22647 breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
22648 section, help strings appear in the order @file{configure.ac} defines
22654 --enable-bar include bar
22661 @defmac AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
22662 @acindex{PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER}
22664 Request an alternate @option{--help} format, in which options of all
22665 types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
22666 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} or @code{AC_ARG_WITH}.
22669 Optional Features and Packages:
22671 --enable-bar include bar
22677 @node External Software
22678 @section Working With External Software
22679 @cindex External software
22681 Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
22682 that are already installed. The user can give @command{configure}
22683 command line options to specify which such external software to use.
22684 The options have one of these forms:
22686 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
22689 --with-@var{package}@r{[}=@var{arg}@r{]}
22690 --without-@var{package}
22693 For example, @option{--with-gnu-ld} means work with the GNU linker
22694 instead of some other linker. @option{--with-x} means work with The X
22697 The user can give an argument by following the package name with
22698 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} is for
22699 packages that are used by default; it says to @emph{not} use the
22700 package. An argument that is neither @samp{yes} nor @samp{no} could
22701 include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify
22702 more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work
22703 with. If no argument is given, it defaults to @samp{yes}.
22704 @option{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
22705 @option{--with-@var{package}=no}.
22707 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
22708 @option{--with-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
22709 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
22712 For each external software package that may be used, @file{configure.ac}
22713 should call @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to detect whether the @command{configure}
22714 user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
22715 and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
22717 @anchor{AC_ARG_WITH}
22718 @defmac AC_ARG_WITH (@var{package}, @var{help-string}, @
22719 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
22721 If the user gave @command{configure} the option @option{--with-@var{package}}
22722 or @option{--without-@var{package}}, run shell commands
22723 @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run shell commands
22724 @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{package} indicates another
22725 software package that this program should work with. It should consist
22726 only of alphanumeric characters, dashes, plus signs, and dots.
22728 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
22729 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{withval}, which is
22730 actually just the value of the shell variable named
22731 @code{with_@var{package}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
22732 @var{package} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
22735 Note that @var{action-if-not-given} is not expanded until the point that
22736 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} was expanded. If you need the value of
22737 @code{with_@var{package}} set to a default value by the time argument
22738 parsing is completed, use @code{m4_divert_text} to the @code{DEFAULTS}
22739 diversion (@pxref{m4_divert_text}) (if done as an argument to
22740 @code{AC_ARG_WITH}, also provide non-diverted text to avoid a shell
22743 The argument @var{help-string} is a description of the option that
22746 --with-readline support fancy command line editing
22750 @var{help-string} may be more than one line long, if more detail is
22751 needed. Just make sure the columns line up in @samp{configure
22752 --help}. Avoid tabs in the help string. The easiest way to provide the
22753 proper leading whitespace is to format your @var{help-string} with the macro
22754 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
22756 The following example shows how to use the @code{AC_ARG_WITH} macro in
22757 a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
22758 support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
22759 specified neither @option{--with-readline} nor @option{--without-readline},
22760 you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
22763 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within 'if' is solved.
22765 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
22766 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
22767 [support fancy command line editing @@<:@@default=check@@:>@@])],
22769 [: m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [with_readline=check])])
22772 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
22773 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
22774 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
22775 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
22776 [Define if you have libreadline])
22778 [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then
22780 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])
22785 The next example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
22786 possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
22787 experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
22789 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within 'if' is solved.
22791 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
22792 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
22793 [enable experimental support for readline])],
22795 [with_readline=no])
22798 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
22799 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
22800 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
22801 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
22802 [Define if you have libreadline])
22805 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])],
22809 The last example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
22810 possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
22811 an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
22813 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within 'if' is solved.
22815 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
22816 [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline],
22817 [disable support for readline])],
22819 [with_readline=yes])
22822 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
22823 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
22824 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
22825 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
22826 [Define if you have libreadline])
22829 [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])],
22833 These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
22834 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} should be preferred to @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (see
22835 @ref{Package Options}).
22838 @node Package Options
22839 @section Choosing Package Options
22840 @cindex Package options
22841 @cindex Options, package
22843 If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
22844 give @command{configure} command line options to specify whether to
22845 compile them. The options have one of these forms:
22847 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
22850 --enable-@var{feature}@r{[}=@var{arg}@r{]}
22851 --disable-@var{feature}
22854 These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and
22855 install. @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options should never make a
22856 feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another.
22857 They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left
22860 The user can give an argument by following the feature name with
22861 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} requests
22862 that the feature @emph{not} be made available. A feature with an
22863 argument looks like @option{--enable-debug=stabs}. If no argument is
22864 given, it defaults to @samp{yes}. @option{--disable-@var{feature}} is
22865 equivalent to @option{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
22867 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
22868 @option{--enable-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
22869 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
22872 For each optional feature, @file{configure.ac} should call
22873 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} to detect whether the @command{configure} user asked
22874 to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
22875 which arguments are valid, is up to you.
22877 @anchor{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
22878 @defmac AC_ARG_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{help-string}, @
22879 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
22880 @acindex{ARG_ENABLE}
22881 If the user gave @command{configure} the option
22882 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} or @option{--disable-@var{feature}}, run
22883 shell commands @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run
22884 shell commands @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{feature}
22885 indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
22886 alphanumeric characters, dashes, plus signs, and dots.
22888 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
22889 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{enableval}, which is
22890 actually just the value of the shell variable named
22891 @code{enable_@var{feature}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
22892 @var{feature} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
22893 if you wish. The @var{help-string} argument is like that of
22894 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}).
22896 Note that @var{action-if-not-given} is not expanded until the point that
22897 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} was expanded. If you need the value of
22898 @code{enable_@var{feature}} set to a default value by the time argument
22899 parsing is completed, use @code{m4_divert_text} to the @code{DEFAULTS}
22900 diversion (@pxref{m4_divert_text}) (if done as an argument to
22901 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}, also provide non-diverted text to avoid a shell
22904 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
22905 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
22907 See the examples suggested with the definition of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
22908 (@pxref{External Software}) to get an idea of possible applications of
22909 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
22912 @node Pretty Help Strings
22913 @section Making Your Help Strings Look Pretty
22914 @cindex Help strings
22916 Properly formatting the @samp{help strings} which are used in
22917 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}) and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
22918 (@pxref{Package Options}) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
22919 your own @samp{help strings} to line up in the appropriate columns of
22920 @samp{configure --help} just like the standard Autoconf @samp{help
22921 strings} do. This is the purpose of the @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro.
22923 @anchor{AS_HELP_STRING}
22924 @defmac AS_HELP_STRING (@var{left-hand-side}, @var{right-hand-side} @
22925 @dvar{indent-column, 26}, @dvar{wrap-column, 79})
22926 @asindex{HELP_STRING}
22928 Expands into a help string that looks pretty when the user executes
22929 @samp{configure --help}. It is typically used in @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
22930 (@pxref{External Software}) or @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} (@pxref{Package
22931 Options}). The following example makes this clearer.
22935 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo],
22936 [use foo (default is no)])],
22937 [use_foo=$withval],
22941 Then the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} appear like
22945 --enable and --with options recognized:
22946 --with-foo use foo (default is no)
22949 Macro expansion is performed on the first argument. However, the second
22950 argument of @code{AS_HELP_STRING} is treated as a whitespace separated
22951 list of text to be reformatted, and is not subject to macro expansion.
22952 Since it is not expanded, it should not be double quoted.
22953 @xref{Autoconf Language}, for a more detailed explanation.
22955 The @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro is particularly helpful when the
22956 @var{left-hand-side} and/or @var{right-hand-side} are composed of macro
22957 arguments, as shown in the following example. Be aware that
22958 @var{left-hand-side} may not expand to unbalanced quotes,
22959 although quadrigraphs can be used.
22962 AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH],
22963 [AC_ARG_WITH(m4_translit([[$1]], [_], [-]),
22964 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-m4_translit([$1], [_], [-])],
22965 [use $1 (default is $2)])],
22966 [use_[]$1=$withval],
22968 MY_ARG_WITH([a_b], [no])
22971 Here, the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} will include:
22974 --enable and --with options recognized:
22975 --with-a-b use a_b (default is no)
22978 The parameters @var{indent-column} and @var{wrap-column} were introduced
22979 in Autoconf 2.62. Generally, they should not be specified; they exist
22980 for fine-tuning of the wrapping.
22982 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option])
22983 @result{} --option description of option
22984 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option], [15], [30])
22985 @result{} --option description of
22991 @node Option Checking
22992 @section Controlling Checking of @command{configure} Options
22993 @cindex Options, Package
22995 The @command{configure} script checks its command-line options against a
22996 list of known options, like @option{--help} or @option{--config-cache}.
22997 An unknown option ordinarily indicates a mistake by the user and
22998 @command{configure} halts with an error. However, by default unknown
22999 @option{--with-@var{package}} and @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
23000 options elicit only a warning, to support configuring entire source
23003 Source trees often contain multiple packages with a top-level
23004 @command{configure} script that uses the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro
23005 (@pxref{Subdirectories}). Because the packages generally support
23006 different @option{--with-@var{package}} and
23007 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options, the GNU Coding
23008 Standards say they must accept unrecognized options without halting.
23009 Even a warning message is undesirable here, so @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
23010 automatically disables the warnings.
23012 This default behavior may be modified in two ways. First, the installer
23013 can invoke @code{configure --disable-option-checking} to disable
23014 these warnings, or invoke @code{configure --enable-option-checking=fatal}
23015 options to turn them into fatal errors, respectively. Second, the
23016 maintainer can use @code{AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}.
23018 @defmac AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING
23019 @acindex{DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}
23021 By default, disable warnings related to any unrecognized
23022 @option{--with-@var{package}} or @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
23023 options. This is implied by @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}.
23025 The installer can override this behavior by passing
23026 @option{--enable-option-checking} (enable warnings) or
23027 @option{--enable-option-checking=fatal} (enable errors) to
23028 @command{configure}.
23033 @section Configuring Site Details
23034 @cindex Site details
23036 Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some
23037 examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and
23038 email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated
23039 by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes
23040 wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration
23041 scripts, which aren't interactive.
23043 Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
23044 edited @emph{only by users}, not by programs. The location of the file
23045 can either be based on the @code{prefix} variable, or be a standard
23046 location such as the user's home directory. It could even be specified
23047 by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
23048 runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
23049 convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
23050 getting the information while configuring. @xref{Directory Variables, ,
23051 Variables for Installation Directories, standards, The GNU Coding
23052 Standards}, for more information on where to put data files.
23054 @node Transforming Names
23055 @section Transforming Program Names When Installing
23056 @cindex Transforming program names
23057 @cindex Program names, transforming
23059 Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
23060 In order to use these transformations, @file{configure.ac} must call the
23061 macro @code{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
23063 @defmac AC_ARG_PROGRAM
23064 @acindex{ARG_PROGRAM}
23065 @ovindex program_transform_name
23066 Place in output variable @code{program_transform_name} a sequence of
23067 @code{sed} commands for changing the names of installed programs.
23069 If any of the options described below are given to @command{configure},
23070 program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
23071 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} has been called and a @option{--target} value
23072 is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
23073 Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
23077 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
23078 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
23079 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
23082 @node Transformation Options
23083 @subsection Transformation Options
23085 You can specify name transformations by giving @command{configure} these
23086 command line options:
23089 @item --program-prefix=@var{prefix}
23090 prepend @var{prefix} to the names;
23092 @item --program-suffix=@var{suffix}
23093 append @var{suffix} to the names;
23095 @item --program-transform-name=@var{expression}
23096 perform @code{sed} substitution @var{expression} on the names.
23099 @node Transformation Examples
23100 @subsection Transformation Examples
23102 These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a
23103 cross-compilation development environment. For example, a
23104 cross-assembler running on x86-64 configured with
23105 @option{--target=aarch64-linux-gnu} is normally installed as
23106 @file{aarch64-linux-gnu-as}, rather than @file{as}, which could be confused
23107 with a native x86-64 assembler.
23109 You can force a program name to begin with @file{g}, if you don't want
23110 GNU programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
23111 the same name. For example, if you configure GNU @code{diff} with
23112 @option{--program-prefix=g}, then when you run @samp{make install} it is
23113 installed as @file{/usr/local/bin/gdiff}.
23115 As a more sophisticated example, you could use
23118 --program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
23122 to prepend @samp{g} to most of the program names in a source tree,
23123 excepting those like @code{gdb} that already have one and those like
23124 @code{less} and @code{lesskey} that aren't GNU programs. (That is
23125 assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
23126 set up to use this feature.)
23128 One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is
23129 to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if
23130 you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure
23131 Autoconf version 2 using @option{--program-suffix=2} to install the
23132 programs as @file{/usr/local/bin/autoconf2},
23133 @file{/usr/local/bin/autoheader2}, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention
23134 that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you'd have problems with
23135 the library files which might overlap.
23137 @node Transformation Rules
23138 @subsection Transformation Rules
23140 Here is how to use the variable @code{program_transform_name} in a
23141 @file{Makefile.in}:
23144 PROGRAMS = cp ls rm
23145 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
23147 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
23148 $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \
23149 sed '$(transform)'`; \
23153 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
23154 rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \
23155 @c $$ restore font-lock
23159 It is guaranteed that @code{program_transform_name} is never empty, and
23160 that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
23161 @code{program_transform_name} within a sed program using @samp{;}:
23164 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
23165 transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
23168 Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
23169 @code{man}) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
23170 due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
23171 usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
23172 conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
23173 earlier versions of the same files, and @code{man} pages sometimes do
23174 conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
23175 best to do name transformations on @code{man} pages but not on Texinfo
23178 @node Site Defaults
23179 @section Setting Site Defaults
23180 @cindex Site defaults
23181 @cindex config.site
23183 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts allow your site to provide
23184 default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
23185 site- and system-wide initialization files.
23187 @evindex CONFIG_SITE
23188 If the environment variable @code{CONFIG_SITE} is set, @command{configure}
23189 uses its value as a space-separated list of shell scripts to read;
23190 it is recommended that these be absolute file names. Otherwise, it
23191 reads the shell script @file{@var{prefix}/share/config.site} if it exists,
23192 then @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site} if it exists. Thus,
23193 settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
23194 ones in case of conflict.
23196 Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
23197 code are really appropriate to be in them. Because @command{configure}
23198 reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
23199 define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
23200 @command{configure} scripts run on that system (@pxref{Cache Files}). If
23201 you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
23202 set the output variable @code{CC} in that site file, because the cache
23203 file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
23206 You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
23207 @command{configure} in a site file; options set shell variables that have
23208 the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
23209 The exceptions are that @option{--without-} and @option{--disable-} options
23210 are like giving the corresponding @option{--with-} or @option{--enable-}
23211 option and the value @samp{no}. Thus, @option{--cache-file=localcache}
23212 sets the variable @code{cache_file} to the value @samp{localcache};
23213 @option{--enable-warnings=no} or @option{--disable-warnings} sets the variable
23214 @code{enable_warnings} to the value @samp{no}; @option{--prefix=/usr} sets the
23215 variable @code{prefix} to the value @samp{/usr}; etc.
23217 Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
23218 variables, such as @code{CFLAGS}, if you need to give them non-default
23219 values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
23220 line. If you use non-default values for @var{prefix} or
23221 @var{exec_prefix} (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
23222 in the site file if you specify it with the @code{CONFIG_SITE}
23223 environment variable.
23225 You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
23226 useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
23227 that require running a test program. You could ``prime the cache'' by
23228 setting those values correctly for that system in
23229 @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site}. To find out the names of the cache
23230 variables you need to set, see the documentation of the respective
23231 Autoconf macro. If the variables or their semantics are undocumented,
23232 you may need to look for shell variables with @samp{_cv_} in their names
23233 in the affected @command{configure} scripts, or in the Autoconf M4
23234 source code for those macros; but in that case, their name or semantics
23235 may change in a future Autoconf version.
23237 The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
23238 files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
23239 site files. Your code should check that variables such as @code{prefix}
23240 and @code{cache_file} have their default values (as set near the top of
23241 @command{configure}) before changing them.
23243 Here is a sample file @file{/usr/share/local/@/gnu/share/@/config.site}. The
23244 command @samp{configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu} would read this
23245 file (if @code{CONFIG_SITE} is not set to a different file).
23248 # /usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site for configure
23250 # Change some defaults.
23251 test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu
23252 test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu
23253 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
23254 test "$localstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/var' && localstatedir=/var
23255 test "$runstatedir" = '$@{localstatedir@}/run' && runstatedir=/run
23257 # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default
23258 # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific.
23259 if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then
23260 cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache"
23261 # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler.
23266 @c Leave this use of "File system" rendered as one word, but
23267 @c slightly obfuscated so as not to trigger the syntax-check prohibition.
23268 @cindex File@/system Hierarchy Standard
23271 Another use of @file{config.site} is for priming the directory variables
23272 @c "File system", but slightly obfuscated, as above.
23273 in a manner consistent with the File@/system Hierarchy Standard
23274 (FHS). Once the following file is installed at
23275 @file{/usr/share/config.site}, a user can execute simply
23276 @code{./configure --prefix=/usr} to get all the directories chosen in
23277 the locations recommended by FHS.
23280 # /usr/share/config.site for FHS defaults when installing below /usr,
23281 # and the respective settings were not changed on the command line.
23282 if test "$prefix" = /usr; then
23283 test "$sysconfdir" = '$@{prefix@}/etc' && sysconfdir=/etc
23284 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
23285 test "$localstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/var' && localstatedir=/var
23289 @cindex @file{lib64}
23290 @cindex 64-bit libraries
23291 Likewise, on platforms where 64-bit libraries are built by default, then
23292 installed in @file{/usr/local/@/lib64} instead of @file{/usr/local/@/lib},
23293 it is appropriate to install @file{/usr/local/@/share/config.site}:
23296 # /usr/local/share/config.site for platforms that prefer
23297 # the directory /usr/local/lib64 over /usr/local/lib.
23298 test "$libdir" = '$@{exec_prefix@}/lib' && libdir='$@{exec_prefix@}/lib64'
23302 @c ============================================== Running configure Scripts.
23304 @node Running configure Scripts
23305 @chapter Running @command{configure} Scripts
23306 @cindex @command{configure}
23308 Below are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
23309 @command{configure} script, suitable for inclusion as an @file{INSTALL}
23310 file in the package. A plain-text version of @file{INSTALL} which you
23311 may use comes with Autoconf.
23314 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
23315 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
23316 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
23317 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
23318 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
23319 * System Types:: Specifying a system type
23320 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
23321 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
23322 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
23326 @include install.texi
23329 @c ============================================== config.status Invocation
23331 @node config.status Invocation
23332 @chapter config.status Invocation
23333 @cindex @command{config.status}
23335 The @command{configure} script creates a file named @file{config.status},
23336 which actually configures, @dfn{instantiates}, the template files. It
23337 also records the configuration options that were specified when the
23338 package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
23342 ./config.status @ovar{option}@dots{} @ovar{tag}@dots{}
23345 It configures each @var{tag}; if none are specified, all the templates
23346 are instantiated. A @var{tag} refers to a file or other tag associated
23347 with a configuration action, as specified by an @code{AC_CONFIG_@var{ITEMS}}
23348 macro (@pxref{Configuration Actions}). The files must be specified
23349 without their dependencies, as in
23352 ./config.status foobar
23359 ./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
23362 The supported options are:
23367 Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template
23372 Print the version number of Autoconf and the configuration settings,
23376 Print the configuration settings in reusable way, quoted for the shell,
23377 and exit. For example, for a debugging build that otherwise reuses the
23378 configuration from a different build directory @var{build-dir} of a
23379 package in @var{src-dir}, you could use the following:
23382 args=`@var{build-dir}/config.status --config`
23383 eval @var{src-dir}/configure "$args" CFLAGS=-g --srcdir=@var{src-dir}
23387 Note that it may be necessary to override a @option{--srcdir} setting
23388 that was saved in the configuration, if the arguments are used in a
23389 different build directory.
23394 Do not print progress messages.
23398 Don't remove the temporary files.
23400 @item --file=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
23401 Require that @var{file} be instantiated as if
23402 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}:@var{template})} was used. Both
23403 @var{file} and @var{template} may be @samp{-} in which case the standard
23404 output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a
23405 @var{template} file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build
23406 tree, and then in the source tree. @xref{Configuration Actions}, for
23409 This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
23410 distributed packages to share the values computed by @command{configure}.
23411 Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
23412 features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
23413 options allow a @file{config.status} file to create files other than the
23414 ones that its @file{configure.ac} specifies, so it can be used for a
23415 different package, or for extracting a subset of values. For example,
23418 echo '@@CC@@' | ./config.status --file=-
23422 provides the value of @code{@@CC@@} on standard output.
23424 @item --header=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
23425 Same as @option{--file} above, but with @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}.
23428 Ask @file{config.status} to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
23429 This option is useful if you change @command{configure}, so that the
23430 results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
23431 @option{--recheck} option reruns @command{configure} with the same arguments
23432 you used before, plus the @option{--no-create} option, which prevents
23433 @command{configure} from running @file{config.status} and creating
23434 @file{Makefile} and other files, and the @option{--no-recursion} option,
23435 which prevents @command{configure} from running other @command{configure}
23436 scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
23437 run @file{config.status} when it changes; @pxref{Automatic Remaking},
23441 @file{config.status} checks several optional environment variables that
23442 can alter its behavior:
23444 @anchor{CONFIG_SHELL}
23445 @defvar CONFIG_SHELL
23446 @evindex CONFIG_SHELL
23447 The shell with which to run @command{configure}. It must be
23448 Bourne-compatible, and the absolute name of the shell should be passed.
23449 The default is a shell that supports @code{LINENO} if available, and
23450 @file{/bin/sh} otherwise.
23453 @defvar CONFIG_STATUS
23454 @evindex CONFIG_STATUS
23455 The file name to use for the shell script that records the
23456 configuration. The default is @file{./config.status}. This variable is
23457 useful when one package uses parts of another and the @command{configure}
23458 scripts shouldn't be merged because they are maintained separately.
23461 You can use @file{./config.status} in your makefiles. For example, in
23462 the dependencies given above (@pxref{Automatic Remaking}),
23463 @file{config.status} is run twice when @file{configure.ac} has changed.
23464 If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for
23469 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
23470 ./config.status config.h
23473 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
23474 ./config.status Makefile
23478 The calling convention of @file{config.status} has changed; see
23479 @ref{Obsolete config.status Use}, for details.
23482 @c =================================================== Obsolete Constructs
23484 @node Obsolete Constructs
23485 @chapter Obsolete Constructs
23486 @cindex Obsolete constructs
23488 Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been
23489 obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases
23490 the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered
23493 You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its
23494 intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by
23495 understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
23498 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
23499 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
23500 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
23501 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
23502 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
23503 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
23506 @node Obsolete config.status Use
23507 @section Obsolete @file{config.status} Invocation
23509 @file{config.status} now supports arguments to specify the files to
23510 instantiate; see @ref{config.status Invocation}, for more details.
23511 Before, environment variables had to be used.
23513 @defvar CONFIG_COMMANDS
23514 @evindex CONFIG_COMMANDS
23515 The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
23516 to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} in
23517 @file{configure.ac}.
23520 @defvar CONFIG_FILES
23521 @evindex CONFIG_FILES
23522 The files in which to perform @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} substitutions.
23523 The default is the arguments given to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and
23524 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} in @file{configure.ac}.
23527 @defvar CONFIG_HEADERS
23528 @evindex CONFIG_HEADERS
23529 The files in which to substitute C @code{#define} statements. The
23530 default is the arguments given to @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; if that
23531 macro was not called, @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
23534 @defvar CONFIG_LINKS
23535 @evindex CONFIG_LINKS
23536 The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
23537 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}; if that macro was not called,
23538 @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
23541 In @ref{config.status Invocation}, using this old interface, the example
23547 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
23548 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \
23549 CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
23552 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
23553 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \
23554 CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
23559 (If @file{configure.ac} does not call @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, there is
23560 no need to set @code{CONFIG_HEADERS} in the @command{make} rules. Equally
23561 for @code{CONFIG_COMMANDS}, etc.)
23564 @node acconfig Header
23565 @section @file{acconfig.h}
23567 @cindex @file{acconfig.h}
23568 @cindex @file{config.h.top}
23569 @cindex @file{config.h.bot}
23571 In order to produce @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoheader} needs to
23572 build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
23573 use @code{AH_VERBATIM} and @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader
23574 Macros}), but in older releases a file, @file{acconfig.h}, contained the
23575 list of needed templates. @command{autoheader} copied comments and
23576 @code{#define} and @code{#undef} statements from @file{acconfig.h} in
23577 the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
23578 you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional symbols.
23580 Modern releases of Autoconf also provide @code{AH_TOP} and
23581 @code{AH_BOTTOM} if you need to prepend/append some information to
23582 @file{config.h.in}. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
23583 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@TOP@@},
23584 @command{autoheader} copies the lines before the line containing
23585 @samp{@@TOP@@} into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
23586 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@BOTTOM@@},
23587 @command{autoheader} copies the lines after that line to the end of the
23588 file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
23589 even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
23590 of Autoconf is to create the files @file{@var{file}.top} (typically
23591 @file{config.h.top}) and/or @file{@var{file}.bot} in the current
23592 directory. If they exist, @command{autoheader} copies them to the
23593 beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
23595 In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software
23596 package for distribution were:
23599 configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure
23601 [aclocal.m4] --+ `---.
23603 +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in]
23604 [acconfig.h] ----. |
23611 Using only the @code{AH_} macros, @file{configure.ac} should be
23612 self-contained, and should not depend upon @file{acconfig.h} etc.
23615 @node autoupdate Invocation
23616 @section Using @command{autoupdate} to Modernize @file{configure.ac}
23617 @cindex @command{autoupdate}
23619 The @command{autoupdate} program updates a @file{configure.ac} file that
23620 calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
23621 In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
23622 uniform and descriptive naming scheme. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
23623 description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
23624 (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
23625 new names), you can make your @file{configure.ac} files more readable
23626 and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
23627 update them to use the new macro names.
23629 @evindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
23630 If given no arguments, @command{autoupdate} updates @file{configure.ac},
23631 backing up the original version with the suffix @file{~} (or the value
23632 of the environment variable @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}, if that is
23633 set). If you give @command{autoupdate} an argument, it reads that file
23634 instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the updated file to the
23638 @command{autoupdate} accepts the following options:
23643 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
23647 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
23651 Report processing steps.
23655 Don't remove the temporary files.
23659 Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
23661 @item --include=@var{dir}
23662 @itemx -I @var{dir}
23663 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations accumulate.
23664 Directories are browsed from last to first.
23666 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
23667 @itemx -B @var{dir}
23668 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
23669 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
23672 @node Obsolete Macros
23673 @section Obsolete Macros
23675 Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically
23676 they failed to quote properly, couldn't be extended for more recent
23677 issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use
23680 During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the
23681 macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme,
23682 but their signature did not change. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
23683 description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping
23684 from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to
23685 refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the
23690 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
23691 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
23692 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
23697 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}).
23700 @defmac AC_ARG_ARRAY
23701 @acindex{ARG_ARRAY}
23702 Removed because of limited usefulness.
23707 This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
23710 @defmac AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
23711 @acindex{C_LONG_DOUBLE}
23712 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
23713 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
23714 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
23715 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
23717 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
23718 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
23721 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
23722 @acindex{CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
23723 Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the
23724 canonical system types. @xref{Canonicalizing}, for details about the
23725 variables this macro sets.
23727 The user is encouraged to use either @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, or
23728 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, or @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, depending on
23729 the needs. Using @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} is enough to run the two
23730 other macros (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
23733 @defmac AC_CHAR_UNSIGNED
23734 @acindex{CHAR_UNSIGNED}
23735 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED} (@pxref{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}).
23738 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @var{default})
23739 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
23740 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
23741 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
23742 it is a member of the @code{CHECK} clan, it does
23743 more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
23744 using @code{#define}, not @code{typedef}, and this can lead to
23745 problems in the case of pointer types.
23747 This use of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} is obsolete and discouraged; see
23748 @ref{Generic Types}, for the description of the current macro.
23750 If the type @var{type} is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++)
23751 builtin type @var{default}, e.g., @samp{short int} or @samp{unsigned int}.
23753 This macro is equivalent to:
23756 AC_CHECK_TYPE([@var{type}], [],
23757 [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([@var{type}], [@var{default}],
23758 [Define to '@var{default}'
23759 if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
23762 In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
23763 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} are implemented, selected using these heuristics:
23767 If there are three or four arguments, the modern version is used.
23770 If the second argument appears to be a C or C++ type, then the
23771 obsolete version is used. This happens if the argument is a C or C++
23772 @emph{builtin} type or a C identifier ending in @samp{_t}, optionally
23773 followed by one of @samp{[(* } and then by a string of zero or more
23774 characters taken from the set @samp{[]()* _a-zA-Z0-9}.
23777 If the second argument is spelled with the alphabet of valid C and C++
23778 types, the user is warned and the modern version is used.
23781 Otherwise, the modern version is used.
23785 You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
23786 equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
23787 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPES} together with
23790 #ifndef HAVE_LOFF_T
23791 typedef loff_t off_t;
23795 @c end of AC_CHECK_TYPE
23797 @defmac AC_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
23802 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking @var{feature-description}@dots{}]
23806 @xref{AC_MSG_NOTICE}.
23809 @defmac AC_COMPILE_CHECK (@var{echo-text}, @var{includes}, @
23810 @var{function-body}, @var{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
23811 @acindex{COMPILE_CHECK}
23812 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} itself replaced by
23813 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}), with the
23814 addition that it prints @samp{checking for @var{echo-text}} to the
23815 standard output first, if @var{echo-text} is non-empty. Use
23816 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} instead to print
23817 messages (@pxref{Printing Messages}).
23822 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CONST} (@pxref{AC_C_CONST}).
23825 @defmac AC_CROSS_CHECK
23826 @acindex{CROSS_CHECK}
23827 Same as @code{AC_C_CROSS}, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
23834 Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
23835 @code{CYGWIN} is set to @samp{yes}. Don't use this macro, the dignified
23836 means to check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
23837 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
23840 AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl
23842 *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
23847 Beware that the variable @env{CYGWIN} has a special meaning when
23848 running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That's yet another reason
23849 not to use this macro.
23852 @defmac AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
23853 @acindex{DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
23854 @cvindex SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
23858 AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [],
23859 [#include <signal.h>
23860 /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
23861 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
23862 # include <unistd.h>
23868 @xref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}.
23871 @defmac AC_DECL_YYTEXT
23872 @acindex{DECL_YYTEXT}
23873 Does nothing, now integrated in @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
23876 @defmac AC_DIAGNOSE (@var{category}, @var{message})
23878 Replaced by @code{m4_warn} (@pxref{m4_warn}).
23881 @defmac AC_DIR_HEADER
23882 @acindex{DIR_HEADER}
23887 Like calling @code{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
23888 (@pxref{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}) and @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
23889 (@pxref{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}),
23890 but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
23891 header file is found:
23893 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {Old Symbol} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
23894 @item Header @tab Old Symbol @tab New Symbol
23895 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{DIRENT} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
23896 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{SYSNDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
23897 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{SYSDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
23898 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{NDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
23902 @defmac AC_DYNIX_SEQ
23903 @acindex{DYNIX_SEQ}
23904 If on DYNIX/ptx, add @option{-lseq} to output variable
23905 @code{LIBS}. This macro used to be defined as
23908 AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
23912 now it is just @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}).
23918 Defined the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on the output of the
23919 compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
23920 string if Posix and @samp{.exe} if a DOS variant.
23925 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
23926 and sets @code{EMXOS2}. Don't use this macro, the dignified means to
23927 check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
23928 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
23931 @defmac AC_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{action-if-given}, @
23932 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
23934 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} that does not
23935 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_ENABLE}).
23940 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} (@pxref{AC_MSG_ERROR}).
23943 @defmac AC_FATAL (@var{message})
23945 Replaced by @code{m4_fatal} (@pxref{m4_fatal}).
23950 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_X} (@pxref{AC_PATH_X}).
23953 @defmac AC_FIND_XTRA
23954 @acindex{FIND_XTRA}
23955 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_XTRA} (@pxref{AC_PATH_XTRA}).
23960 Replaced by @code{m4_foreach_w} (@pxref{m4_foreach_w}).
23963 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHECK
23964 @acindex{FUNC_CHECK}
23965 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNC}).
23968 @anchor{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
23969 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
23970 @acindex{FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
23971 @cvindex SETVBUF_REVERSED
23972 @c @fuindex setvbuf
23973 @prindex @code{setvbuf}
23974 Do nothing. Formerly, this macro checked whether @code{setvbuf} takes
23975 the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the
23976 third, instead of the other way around, and defined
23977 @code{SETVBUF_REVERSED}. However, the last systems to have the problem
23978 were those based on SVR2, which became obsolete in 1987, and the macro
23979 is no longer needed.
23982 @defmac AC_FUNC_WAIT3
23983 @acindex{FUNC_WAIT3}
23984 @cvindex HAVE_WAIT3
23986 @prindex @code{wait3}
23987 If @code{wait3} is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
23988 (a @samp{struct rusage *}), which HP-UX does not do, define
23991 These days portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not
23992 @code{wait3}, as @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
23995 @defmac AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL
23996 @acindex{GCC_TRADITIONAL}
23997 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL} (@pxref{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}),
23998 which is itself obsolete.
24001 @defmac AC_GETGROUPS_T
24002 @acindex{GETGROUPS_T}
24003 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}).
24006 @defmac AC_GETLOADAVG
24007 @acindex{GETLOADAVG}
24008 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}).
24011 @defmac AC_GNU_SOURCE
24012 @acindex{GNU_SOURCE}
24013 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
24014 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
24015 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
24018 @defmac AC_HAVE_FUNCS
24019 @acindex{HAVE_FUNCS}
24020 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}).
24023 @defmac AC_HAVE_HEADERS
24024 @acindex{HAVE_HEADERS}
24025 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
24028 @defmac AC_HAVE_LIBRARY (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
24029 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
24030 @acindex{HAVE_LIBRARY}
24031 This macro is equivalent to calling @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} with a
24032 @var{function} argument of @code{main}. In addition, @var{library} can
24033 be written as any of @samp{foo}, @option{-lfoo}, or @samp{libfoo.a}. In
24034 all of those cases, the compiler is passed @option{-lfoo}. However,
24035 @var{library} cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
24036 @xref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
24039 @defmac AC_HAVE_POUNDBANG
24040 @acindex{HAVE_POUNDBANG}
24041 Replaced by @code{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER} (@pxref{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}).
24044 @defmac AC_HEADER_CHECK
24045 @acindex{HEADER_CHECK}
24046 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADER}).
24049 @defmac AC_HEADER_EGREP
24050 @acindex{HEADER_EGREP}
24051 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_HEADER}).
24054 @anchor{AC_HEADER_TIME}
24055 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIME
24056 @acindex{HEADER_TIME}
24057 @cvindex TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
24059 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
24060 @caindex header_time
24061 This macro used to check whether it was possible to include
24062 @file{time.h} and @file{sys/time.h} in the same source file,
24063 defining @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME} if so.
24065 Nowadays, it is equivalent to @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])},
24066 although it does still define @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME} for
24067 compatibility's sake. @file{time.h} is universally present, and the
24068 systems on which @file{sys/time.h} conflicted with @file{time.h} are
24072 @defmac AC_HELP_STRING
24073 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
24074 Replaced by @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{AS_HELP_STRING}).
24077 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
24079 Formerly @code{AC_INIT} used to have a single argument, and was
24084 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
24086 See @ref{AC_INIT} and @ref{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}.
24091 Replaced by @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{AC_C_INLINE}).
24094 @defmac AC_INT_16_BITS
24095 @acindex{INT_16_BITS}
24096 @cvindex INT_16_BITS
24097 If the C type @code{int} is 16 bits wide, define @code{INT_16_BITS}.
24098 Use @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)} instead (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
24101 @defmac AC_IRIX_SUN
24103 If on IRIX (Silicon Graphics Unix), add @option{-lsun} to output
24104 @code{LIBS}. If you were using it to get @code{getmntent}, use
24105 @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
24106 of the password and group functions, use @samp{AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
24107 getpwnam)}. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
24110 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
24114 now it is defined as
24118 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
24122 See @ref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} and @ref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
24125 @defmac AC_ISC_POSIX
24126 @acindex{ISC_POSIX}
24128 This macro adds @option{-lcposix} to output variable @code{LIBS} if
24129 necessary for Posix facilities. Sun dropped support for the obsolete
24130 INTERACTIVE Systems Corporation Unix on 2006-07-23. New programs
24131 need not use this macro. It is implemented as
24132 @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([strerror], [cposix])} (@pxref{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}).
24137 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
24140 @defmac AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
24141 @acindex{LANG_CPLUSPLUS}
24142 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C++])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
24145 @defmac AC_LANG_FORTRAN77
24146 @acindex{LANG_FORTRAN77}
24147 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
24150 @defmac AC_LANG_RESTORE
24151 @acindex{LANG_RESTORE}
24152 Select the @var{language} that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
24153 by @code{AC_LANG_SAVE}, remove it from the stack, and call
24154 @code{AC_LANG(@var{language})}. @xref{Language Choice}, for the
24155 preferred way to change languages.
24158 @defmac AC_LANG_SAVE
24159 @acindex{LANG_SAVE}
24160 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack.
24161 The current language does not change. @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} is preferred
24162 (@pxref{AC_LANG_PUSH}).
24165 @defmac AC_LINK_FILES (@var{source}@dots{}, @var{dest}@dots{})
24166 @acindex{LINK_FILES}
24167 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
24168 (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. An updated version of:
24171 AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h,
24179 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
24180 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
24186 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_LN_S} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LN_S}).
24189 @defmac AC_LONG_64_BITS
24190 @acindex{LONG_64_BITS}
24191 @cvindex LONG_64_BITS
24192 Define @code{LONG_64_BITS} if the C type @code{long int} is 64 bits wide.
24193 Use the generic macro @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])} instead
24194 (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
24197 @defmac AC_LONG_DOUBLE
24198 @acindex{LONG_DOUBLE}
24199 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
24200 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
24201 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
24203 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
24204 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
24207 @defmac AC_LONG_FILE_NAMES
24208 @acindex{LONG_FILE_NAMES}
24211 AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
24214 @xref{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
24217 @defmac AC_MAJOR_HEADER
24218 @acindex{MAJOR_HEADER}
24219 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}).
24222 @defmac AC_MEMORY_H
24224 @cvindex NEED_MEMORY_H
24225 Used to define @code{NEED_MEMORY_H} if the @code{mem} functions were
24226 defined in @file{memory.h}. Today it is equivalent to
24227 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}). Adjust
24228 your code to get the @code{mem} functions from @file{string.h} instead.
24233 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the MinGW compiler
24234 environment and sets @code{MINGW32}. Don't use this macro, the
24235 dignified means to check the nature of the host is using
24236 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
24242 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
24243 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
24244 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
24245 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
24248 @defmac AC_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
24249 @acindex{MINUS_C_MINUS_O}
24250 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}).
24255 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_MMAP} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_MMAP}).
24260 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_MODE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}).
24266 Defined the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the output of the
24267 compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to @samp{o}
24268 if Posix, @samp{obj} if a DOS variant.
24269 Now the compiler checking macros handle
24270 this automatically.
24273 @defmac AC_OBSOLETE (@var{this-macro-name}, @ovar{suggestion})
24275 Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
24276 @var{this-macro-name} is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
24277 where it was called. @var{this-macro-name} should be the name of the
24278 macro that is calling @code{AC_OBSOLETE}. If @var{suggestion} is given,
24279 it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
24280 a suggestion for what to use instead of @var{this-macro-name}.
24285 AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
24289 You are encouraged to use @code{AU_DEFUN} instead, since it gives better
24290 services to the user (@pxref{AU_DEFUN}).
24295 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_OFF_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}).
24298 @defmac AC_OUTPUT (@ovar{file}@dots{}, @ovar{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
24300 The use of @code{AC_OUTPUT} with arguments is deprecated. This obsoleted
24301 interface is equivalent to:
24305 AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}@dots{})
24306 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default],
24307 @var{extra-cmds}, @var{init-cmds})
24313 See @ref{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @ref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}, and @ref{AC_OUTPUT}.
24316 @defmac AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS (@var{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
24317 @acindex{OUTPUT_COMMANDS}
24318 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
24319 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
24320 from @command{configure}. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
24321 obsolete, replaced by @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}).
24323 Here is an unrealistic example:
24327 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
24329 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit],
24333 Aside from the fact that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} requires an
24334 additional key, an important difference is that
24335 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS} is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
24336 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. This means that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
24337 can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
24340 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
24344 Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
24345 with @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}, you need two with
24346 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. The following lines are equivalent:
24350 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"])
24351 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
24358 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_PID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_PID_T}).
24363 Replaced by @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM} (@pxref{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}).
24366 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C89
24367 @acindex{PROG_CC_C89}
24368 Now done by @code{AC_PROG_CC} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC}).
24371 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C99
24372 @acindex{PROG_CC_C99}
24373 Now done by @code{AC_PROG_CC} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC}).
24376 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
24377 @acindex{PROG_CC_STDC}
24378 Now done by @code{AC_PROG_CC} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC}).
24381 @anchor{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
24382 @defmac AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
24383 @acindex{PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
24384 Used to put GCC into ``traditional'' (pre-ISO C) compilation mode,
24385 on systems with headers that did not work correctly with a
24386 standard-compliant compiler. GCC has not supported traditional
24387 compilation in many years, and all of the systems that required this are
24388 long obsolete themselves. This macro is now a compatibility synonym for
24389 @code{AC_PROG_CC} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC}).
24393 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_CHECK
24394 @acindex{PROGRAMS_CHECK}
24395 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROGS}).
24398 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_PATH
24399 @acindex{PROGRAMS_PATH}
24400 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROGS}).
24403 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_CHECK
24404 @acindex{PROGRAM_CHECK}
24405 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROG}).
24408 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_EGREP
24409 @acindex{PROGRAM_EGREP}
24410 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_CPP} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_CPP}).
24413 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_PATH
24414 @acindex{PROGRAM_PATH}
24415 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROG} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROG}).
24418 @defmac AC_REMOTE_TAPE
24419 @acindex{REMOTE_TAPE}
24420 Removed because of limited usefulness.
24423 @defmac AC_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
24424 @acindex{RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
24425 This macro was renamed @code{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. However,
24426 these days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
24427 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
24428 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
24429 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
24433 @defmac AC_RETSIGTYPE
24434 @acindex{RETSIGTYPE}
24435 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}), which itself
24441 Removed because of limited usefulness.
24444 @defmac AC_SCO_INTL
24447 If on SCO Unix, add @option{-lintl} to output variable @code{LIBS}. This
24448 macro used to do this:
24451 AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
24455 Now it just calls @code{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME} instead (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}).
24458 @defmac AC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
24459 @acindex{SETVBUF_REVERSED}
24462 AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
24465 @xref{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}.
24468 @defmac AC_SET_MAKE
24470 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET} (@pxref{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}).
24473 @defmac AC_SIZEOF_TYPE
24474 @acindex{SIZEOF_TYPE}
24475 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
24480 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}).
24483 @defmac AC_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
24484 @acindex{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}
24485 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STAT} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STAT}).
24488 @defmac AC_STDC_HEADERS
24489 @acindex{STDC_HEADERS}
24490 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STDC} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STDC}), which
24491 is itself obsolete. Nowadays it is safe to assume the facilities of C89
24497 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}).
24500 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
24501 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE}
24502 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
24503 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
24504 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blksize} member, define
24505 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE}. The former name,
24506 @code{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
24507 the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
24510 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
24513 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
24516 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
24517 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_RDEV}
24518 @cvindex HAVE_ST_RDEV
24519 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
24520 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_rdev} member, define
24521 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV}. The former name for this macro,
24522 @code{HAVE_ST_RDEV}, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
24523 in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
24526 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
24529 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
24532 @defmac AC_ST_BLKSIZE
24533 @acindex{ST_BLKSIZE}
24534 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
24537 @defmac AC_ST_BLOCKS
24538 @acindex{ST_BLOCKS}
24539 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}).
24544 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
24547 @defmac AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
24548 @acindex{SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
24549 @cvindex HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
24550 If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
24551 by a signal, define @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. This macro does
24552 not check whether system calls are restarted in general---it checks whether a
24553 signal handler installed with @code{signal} (but not @code{sigaction})
24554 causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
24555 can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
24557 These days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
24558 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
24559 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
24560 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
24564 @defmac AC_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
24565 @acindex{SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED}
24566 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}. However, even that
24567 name is obsolete, as the same functionality is now achieved via
24568 @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}).
24571 @defmac AC_TEST_CPP
24573 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, which in turn was replaced by
24574 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}).
24577 @defmac AC_TEST_PROGRAM
24578 @acindex{TEST_PROGRAM}
24579 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_RUN}, which in turn was replaced by
24580 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_RUN_IFELSE}).
24583 @defmac AC_TIMEZONE
24585 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}).
24588 @defmac AC_TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
24589 @acindex{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}
24590 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_TIME} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_TIME}), which is
24591 itself obsolete; nowadays one need only do
24592 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])}.
24595 @defmac AC_TRY_COMPILE (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
24596 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
24597 @acindex{TRY_COMPILE}
24602 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
24603 [[@var{function-body}]])],
24604 [@var{action-if-true}],
24605 [@var{action-if-false}])
24609 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
24611 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
24613 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
24614 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
24615 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
24616 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
24617 (@pxref{Language Choice}).
24620 @defmac AC_TRY_CPP (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
24626 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{input}]])],
24627 [@var{action-if-true}],
24628 [@var{action-if-false}])
24632 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
24634 This macro double quotes the @var{input}.
24637 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
24638 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
24644 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
24645 [[@var{function-body}]])],
24646 [@var{action-if-true}],
24647 [@var{action-if-false}])
24651 @xref{Running the Linker}.
24653 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
24655 Depending on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}), create a
24656 test program to see whether a function whose body consists of
24657 @var{function-body} can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles
24658 and links successfully, run shell commands @var{action-if-found},
24659 otherwise run @var{action-if-not-found}.
24661 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
24663 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
24664 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
24665 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
24666 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
24667 (@pxref{Language Choice}), and in addition @code{LDFLAGS} and
24668 @code{LIBS} are used for linking.
24671 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
24672 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
24673 @acindex{TRY_LINK_FUNC}
24674 This macro is equivalent to
24676 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])],
24677 [@var{action-if-found}], [@var{action-if-not-found}])
24680 @xref{Running the Linker}.
24683 @defmac AC_TRY_RUN (@var{program}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
24684 @ovar{action-if-false}, @dvar{action-if-cross-compiling, AC_MSG_FAILURE})
24690 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{program}]])],
24691 [@var{action-if-true}],
24692 [@var{action-if-false}],
24693 [@var{action-if-cross-compiling}])
24700 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
24701 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
24702 @acindex{TYPE_SIGNAL}
24703 @cvindex RETSIGTYPE
24704 @hdrindex{signal.h}
24705 If @file{signal.h} declares @code{signal} as returning a pointer to a
24706 function returning @code{void}, define @code{RETSIGTYPE} to be
24707 @code{void}; otherwise, define it to be @code{int}. These days, it is
24708 portable to assume C89, and that signal handlers return @code{void},
24709 without needing to use this macro or @code{RETSIGTYPE}.
24714 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_UID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_UID_T}).
24717 @defmac AC_UNISTD_H
24719 Same as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}),
24720 which is one of the tests done as a side effect by
24721 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), so usually
24722 unnecessary to write explicitly.
24728 Define @code{USG} if the BSD string functions (@code{bcopy},
24729 @code{bzero}, @code{index}, @code{rindex}, etc) are @emph{not} defined
24730 in @file{strings.h}. Modern code should assume @file{string.h} exists
24731 and should use the standard C string functions (@code{memmove}, @code{memset},
24732 @code{strchr}, @code{strrchr}, etc) unconditionally.
24734 @file{strings.h} may be the only header that declares @code{strcasecmp},
24735 @code{strncasecmp}, and @code{ffs}. @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} checks
24736 for it (@pxref{Default Includes}); test @code{HAVE_STRINGS_H}.
24739 @defmac AC_UTIME_NULL
24740 @acindex{UTIME_NULL}
24741 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}).
24744 @defmac AC_VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE (@ovar{cmd})
24745 @acindex{VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE}
24746 If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and
24747 build system types, it used to execute @var{cmd} or print a default
24748 error message. This is now handled by default.
24751 @defmac AC_VERBOSE (@var{result-description})
24753 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} (@pxref{AC_MSG_RESULT}).
24758 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_FORK} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_FORK}).
24763 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}).
24768 This macro was renamed @code{AC_FUNC_WAIT3}. However, these days
24769 portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not @code{wait3}, as
24770 @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
24775 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_WARN} (@pxref{AC_MSG_WARN}).
24778 @defmac AC_WARNING (@var{message})
24780 Replaced by @code{m4_warn} (@pxref{m4_warn}).
24783 @defmac AC_WITH (@var{package}, @var{action-if-given}, @
24784 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
24786 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_WITH} that does not
24787 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_WITH}).
24790 @defmac AC_WORDS_BIGENDIAN
24791 @acindex{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
24792 Replaced by @code{AC_C_BIGENDIAN} (@pxref{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}).
24795 @defmac AC_XENIX_DIR
24796 @acindex{XENIX_DIR}
24798 This macro used to add @option{-lx} to output variable @code{LIBS} if on
24799 Xenix. Also, if @file{dirent.h} is being checked for, added
24800 @option{-ldir} to @code{LIBS}. Now it is merely an alias of
24801 @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} instead, plus some code to detect whether
24802 running XENIX on which you should not depend:
24805 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix])
24806 AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
24807 [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX
24810 [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes],
24811 [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
24814 Don't use this macro, the dignified means to check the nature of the
24815 host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
24818 @defmac AC_YYTEXT_POINTER
24819 @acindex{YYTEXT_POINTER}
24820 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}, which in turn was
24821 integrated into @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
24825 @section Upgrading From Version 1
24826 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
24827 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
24829 Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
24830 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
24831 support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
24832 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
24833 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
24834 out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
24835 @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
24836 version 2; the changes are summarized in the file @file{NEWS} in the
24837 Autoconf distribution.
24840 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
24841 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
24842 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
24843 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
24844 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
24847 @node Changed File Names
24848 @subsection Changed File Names
24850 If you have an @file{aclocal.m4} installed with Autoconf (as opposed to
24851 in a particular package's source directory), you must rename it to
24852 @file{acsite.m4}. @xref{autoconf Invocation}.
24854 If you distribute @file{install.sh} with your package, rename it to
24855 @file{install-sh} so @command{make} builtin rules don't inadvertently
24856 create a file called @file{install} from it. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
24857 looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
24859 If you were using @file{config.h.top}, @file{config.h.bot}, or
24860 @file{acconfig.h}, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
24861 use the @code{AH_} macros. @xref{Autoheader Macros}.
24863 @node Changed Makefiles
24864 @subsection Changed Makefiles
24866 Add @samp{@@CFLAGS@@}, @samp{@@CPPFLAGS@@}, and @samp{@@LDFLAGS@@} in
24867 your @file{Makefile.in} files, so they can take advantage of the values
24868 of those variables in the environment when @command{configure} is run.
24869 Doing this isn't necessary, but it's a convenience for users.
24871 Also add @samp{@@configure_input@@} in a comment to each input file for
24872 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, so that the output files contain a comment saying
24873 they were produced by @command{configure}. Automatically selecting the
24874 right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
24875 @code{AC_OUTPUT} on became too much work.
24877 Add @file{config.log} and @file{config.cache} to the list of files you
24878 remove in @code{distclean} targets.
24880 If you have the following in @file{Makefile.in}:
24883 prefix = /usr/local
24884 exec_prefix = $(prefix)
24888 you must change it to:
24891 prefix = @@prefix@@
24892 exec_prefix = @@exec_prefix@@
24896 The old behavior of replacing those variables without @samp{@@}
24897 characters around them has been removed.
24899 @node Changed Macros
24900 @subsection Changed Macros
24902 Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
24903 use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it's easier to find
24904 the documentation for them. @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a table showing the
24905 new names for the old macros. Use the @command{autoupdate} program to
24906 convert your @file{configure.ac} to using the new macro names.
24907 @xref{autoupdate Invocation}.
24909 Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
24910 but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
24911 macros while running @command{autoconf}, you may safely ignore them, but
24912 your @command{configure} script generally works better if you follow
24913 the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
24914 particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
24915 changed. If you were using @command{echo} or @code{AC_VERBOSE} (perhaps
24916 via @code{AC_COMPILE_CHECK}), your @command{configure} script's output
24917 looks better if you switch to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and
24918 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}. @xref{Printing Messages}. Those macros work best
24919 in conjunction with cache variables. @xref{Caching Results}.
24923 @node Changed Results
24924 @subsection Changed Results
24926 If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
24927 shell variable @code{DEFS}, you need to switch to checking the values of
24928 the cache variables for those tests. @code{DEFS} no longer exists while
24929 @command{configure} is running; it is only created when generating output
24930 files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
24931 contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
24932 inefficient to do every time @code{AC_DEFINE} is called. @xref{Cache
24935 For example, here is a @file{configure.ac} fragment written for Autoconf
24939 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
24941 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;;
24942 *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
24944 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
24945 AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib)
24946 LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS"
24947 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
24949 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;;
24957 Here is a way to write it for version 2:
24960 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog])
24961 AS_IF([test "x$ac_cv_func_syslog" = xno],
24962 [# syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
24963 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
24964 AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog],
24965 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG])
24966 LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break])
24970 If you were working around bugs in @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} by adding
24971 backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
24972 predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
24973 @xref{Setting Output Variables}.
24975 All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use
24976 @samp{yes} for the true value. Most of them use @samp{no} for false,
24977 though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If
24978 you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or
24979 @samp{t} for true, you need to change your tests.
24981 @node Changed Macro Writing
24982 @subsection Changed Macro Writing
24984 When defining your own macros, you should now use @code{AC_DEFUN}
24985 instead of @code{define}. @code{AC_DEFUN} automatically calls
24986 @code{AC_PROVIDE} and ensures that macros called via @code{AC_REQUIRE}
24987 do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested @samp{checking@dots{}}
24988 messages on the screen. There's no actual harm in continuing to use the
24989 older way, but it's less convenient and attractive. @xref{Macro
24992 You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for
24993 how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new
24994 versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take
24995 advantage of some new features.
24997 If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals
24998 (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change
24999 anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can
25000 even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of
25001 kludging. Or perhaps not.
25003 To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them.
25004 See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to
25005 encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
25008 @node Autoconf 2.13
25009 @section Upgrading From Version 2.13
25010 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
25011 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
25013 The introduction of the previous section (@pxref{Autoconf 1}) perfectly
25014 suits this section@enddots{}
25017 Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13.
25018 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
25019 support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how
25020 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
25021 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter
25022 points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps
25023 your @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new
25024 features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file
25025 @file{NEWS} in the Autoconf distribution.
25029 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
25030 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
25031 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
25032 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
25033 * AC_ACT_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_ACT:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
25036 @node Changed Quotation
25037 @subsection Changed Quotation
25039 The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of
25040 most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of
25041 the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user's
25042 interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which
25043 used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50.
25044 The most common culprit is bad quotation.
25046 For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly
25051 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, ,
25052 AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out))
25057 Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
25060 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent}
25061 creating cache ./config.cache
25062 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
25067 while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken @file{configure}:
25070 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent}
25071 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
25072 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
25073 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
25077 The message needs to be quoted, and the @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} invocation
25081 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
25082 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [],
25083 [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])])
25087 Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
25088 including no less than@dots{} @code{AC_DEFUN} itself!
25091 $ @kbd{cat configure.in}
25092 AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
25093 [# My own much better version
25098 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13}
25099 autoconf: Undefined macros:
25100 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG
25101 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI
25102 configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
25103 configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL
25104 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50}
25110 @subsection New Macros
25112 @cindex undefined macro
25113 @cindex @code{_m4_divert_diversion}
25115 While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
25116 provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
25117 in 2001, Autoconf provided
25118 versions of these macros, integrated in the @code{AC_} namespace,
25119 instead of @code{AM_}. But in order to ease the upgrading via
25120 @command{autoupdate}, bindings to such @code{AM_} macros are provided.
25122 Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
25123 did not quote the names of these macros.
25124 Therefore, when @command{m4} finds something like
25125 @samp{AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, @dots{})} in @file{aclocal.m4},
25126 @code{AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T} is
25127 expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
25129 Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-@code{AC_INIT} expansions, and
25130 complains, in its own words:
25133 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
25134 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
25136 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
25138 aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion
25139 aclocal.m4:17: the top level
25140 autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1
25144 Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these
25145 macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros.
25146 If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake
25147 as it is simply not its job
25148 to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
25151 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
25152 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
25154 $ @kbd{rm aclocal.m4}
25156 autoupdate: 'configure.ac' is updated
25157 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
25158 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
25159 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
25160 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
25166 @node Hosts and Cross-Compilation
25167 @subsection Hosts and Cross-Compilation
25168 @cindex Cross compilation
25170 Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public
25171 debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
25175 the relationship between the build, host, and target architecture types,
25178 the command line interface for specifying them to @command{configure},
25181 the variables defined in @command{configure},
25184 the enabling of cross-compilation mode.
25189 The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
25190 the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
25191 build, and build to the result of @command{config.guess}. Nevertheless,
25192 in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
25193 transition scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not rely on it}, as it will
25194 be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
25195 proves to cause more problems than it cures).
25197 They all default to the result of running @command{config.guess}, unless
25198 you specify either @option{--build} or @option{--host}. In this case,
25199 the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
25200 and they're different, @command{configure} enters cross compilation
25201 mode, so it doesn't run any tests that require execution.
25203 Hint: if you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess},
25204 prefer @option{--build} over @option{--host}.
25208 For backward compatibility, @command{configure} accepts a system
25209 type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
25210 defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
25211 configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
25212 NetBSD/alpha but generates code for GNU Hurd/sparc,
25213 which is also the build platform.
25216 ./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
25221 In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables @code{build}, @code{host},
25222 and @code{target} had a different semantics before and after the
25223 invocation of @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} etc. Now, the argument of
25224 @option{--build} is strictly copied into @code{build_alias}, and is left
25225 empty otherwise. After the @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, @code{build} is
25226 set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
25227 its contents is the same as that of @code{build_alias}. Do @emph{not}
25228 rely on this broken feature.
25230 For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above,
25231 when @option{--host} is specified but @option{--build} isn't, the build
25232 system is assumed to be the same as @option{--host}, and
25233 @samp{build_alias} is set to that value. Eventually, this
25234 historically incorrect behavior will go away.
25238 The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
25239 than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
25240 regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
25241 @command{configure} could even enter cross-compilation mode only
25242 because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
25243 @command{configure} used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
25244 waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
25246 Now, @command{configure} enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
25247 @option{--host} is passed.
25249 That's the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and
25250 its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not
25251 rely on the following}, as it will be removed in the near future.
25253 If you specify @option{--host}, but not @option{--build}, when
25254 @command{configure} performs the first compiler test it tries to run
25255 an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
25256 enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
25257 the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
25258 build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
25259 Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify
25260 @option{--build} too.
25263 ./configure --build=x86_64-pc-linux-gnu --host=x86_64-w64-mingw64
25267 enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
25268 consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
25269 @command{configure} is obsolete. For instance, @command{configure}
25270 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
25271 configure as follows:
25274 ./configure CC=x86_64-w64-mingw64-gcc
25278 @node AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS
25279 @subsection @code{AC_LIBOBJ} vs.@: @code{LIBOBJS}
25281 Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
25282 variable @code{LIBOBJS}. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
25283 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} should be used instead (@pxref{Generic Functions}).
25284 Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of @code{LIBOBJS} is an error.
25286 This change is mandated by the unification of the GNU Build System
25287 components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
25288 a @file{configure.ac} are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
25289 consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
25290 variable assignments. Fortunately, @code{LIBOBJS} was the only problem,
25291 and it can even be handled gracefully (read, ``without your having to
25292 change something'').
25294 There were two typical uses of @code{LIBOBJS}: asking for a replacement
25295 function, and adjusting @code{LIBOBJS} for Automake and/or Libtool.
25299 As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
25300 @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. For instance:
25303 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
25304 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
25308 should be replaced with:
25311 AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch])
25312 AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
25318 When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
25319 @code{LIBOBJDIR} is set so that the @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS}
25320 can be referenced from any @file{Makefile.am}. Even without Automake,
25321 arranging for @code{LIBOBJDIR} to be set correctly enables
25322 referencing @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS} in another directory.
25323 The @code{LIBOBJDIR} feature is experimental.
25326 @node AC_ACT_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_ACT
25327 @subsection @code{AC_@var{ACT}_IFELSE} vs.@: @code{AC_TRY_@var{ACT}}
25328 @c the anchor keeps the old node name, to try to avoid breaking links
25329 @anchor{AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO}
25331 @acindex{@var{ACT}_IFELSE}
25332 @acindex{TRY_@var{ACT}}
25333 Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE},
25334 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}, @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE}, and
25335 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} on one hand and @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE},
25336 and @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} on the other hand instead of the deprecated
25337 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE}, @code{AC_TRY_LINK}, and
25338 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}. The motivations where:
25341 a more consistent interface: @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} etc.@: were double
25342 quoting their arguments;
25345 the combinatorial explosion is solved by decomposing on the one hand the
25346 generation of sources, and on the other hand executing the program;
25349 this scheme helps supporting more languages than plain C and C++.
25352 In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too:
25353 while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today's
25354 Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem@dots{}, the
25358 As a perfect example of what is @emph{not} to be done, here is how to
25359 find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
25360 as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
25361 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} instead of running @code{grep} directly on the
25362 header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
25363 header file that the file you are checking includes.
25365 As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
25366 symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
25367 preprocessor: using @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}:
25375 ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
25379 The above example, properly written would (i) use
25380 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, and (ii) run the compiler:
25384 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
25386 error: This isn't AIX!
25395 @c ============================= Generating Test Suites with Autotest
25397 @node Using Autotest
25398 @chapter Generating Test Suites with Autotest
25403 @strong{N.B.: This section describes a feature which is still
25404 stabilizing. Although we believe that Autotest is useful as-is, this
25405 documentation describes an interface which might change in the future:
25406 do not depend upon Autotest without subscribing to the Autoconf mailing
25410 It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools
25411 to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this
25412 problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its
25413 test suite was using DejaGNU, a rich and complex testing
25414 framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems.
25415 Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms,
25416 the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and
25417 exhibit deficiencies.
25419 To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their
25420 own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs
25421 are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of
25422 these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of
25423 duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
25425 Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of
25426 Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on
25427 M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is
25428 equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly
25429 diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
25431 Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that
25432 it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the
25433 quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation
25434 of Autotest, such as Bison, GNU Wdiff, GNU Tar, each of
25435 them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general
25438 Nonetheless, compared to DejaGNU, Autotest is inadequate for
25439 interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
25442 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
25443 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
25444 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
25445 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
25448 @node Using an Autotest Test Suite
25449 @section Using an Autotest Test Suite
25452 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
25453 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
25456 @node testsuite Scripts
25457 @subsection @command{testsuite} Scripts
25459 @cindex @command{testsuite}
25461 Generating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
25462 The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
25463 @command{autom4te}, itself using GNU M4 under the hood, to
25464 produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
25465 Neither @command{autom4te} nor GNU M4 are needed at
25466 the installer's end.
25469 Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A
25470 @dfn{test group} is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be
25471 executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data
25472 files that a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test
25473 groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to
25474 keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test
25477 For all but the simplest packages, some file such as @file{testsuite.at}
25478 does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to
25479 maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single
25480 test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common
25481 functionality in the package. In such cases, @file{testsuite.at}
25482 merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary
25483 health checking, before listing include statements for all other test
25484 files. The special file @file{package.m4}, containing the
25485 identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
25487 A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
25488 (local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and @code{AT_INIT}
25489 invocation) into the file @code{local.at}, and making
25490 @file{testsuite.at} be a simple list of @code{m4_include}s of sub test
25491 suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
25492 is only a matter of choosing the @command{autom4te} command line
25495 The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
25496 @command{testsuite}. When run, @command{testsuite} executes each test
25497 group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
25498 particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
25499 counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
25500 group which failed, if any: such directories are named
25501 @file{testsuite.dir/@var{nn}}, where @var{nn} is the sequence number of
25502 the test group, and they include:
25505 @item a debugging script named @file{run} which reruns the test in
25506 @dfn{debug mode} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}). The automatic generation
25507 of debugging scripts has the purpose of easing the chase for bugs.
25509 @item all the files created with @code{AT_DATA}
25511 @item all the Erlang source code files created with @code{AT_CHECK_EUNIT}
25513 @item a log of the run, named @file{testsuite.log}
25516 In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no
25517 debugging directory is left behind for validation.
25519 It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
25520 suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
25521 Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
25522 through the file @file{atconfig}, automatically created by
25523 @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}. For configuration information which your
25524 testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
25525 file named @file{atlocal.in}, instantiated by @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}.
25526 The configuration process produces @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}
25527 out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
25528 automatically read by the @file{testsuite} script.
25530 Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
25533 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
25538 subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+
25540 subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite
25546 Files used in configuring a software package:
25551 [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --<
25557 Files created during test suite execution:
25560 atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log
25564 [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
25568 @node Autotest Logs
25569 @subsection Autotest Logs
25571 When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
25572 test suite named @command{testsuite} creates @file{testsuite.log}. It
25573 contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
25574 need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
25577 @item command line arguments
25578 A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
25579 setting environment variables before the command, such as in
25580 @samp{CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite}. The test suite does not
25581 know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
25582 it cannot preserve the value of @code{CC} for subsequent runs.
25583 Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
25584 users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
25585 Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
25586 then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
25588 @item @file{ChangeLog} excerpts
25589 The topmost lines of all the @file{ChangeLog} files found in the source
25590 hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against
25591 development versions of the package, since the version string does not
25592 provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources
25593 the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a
25596 @item build machine
25597 Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task,
25598 since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine @var{build},
25599 while running programs on a machine @var{host}. It is much simpler to
25600 run both the test suite and the programs on @var{host}, but then, from
25601 the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment,
25602 @var{host} = @var{build}. The log contains relevant information on the
25603 state of the @var{build} machine, including some important environment
25605 @c FIXME: How about having an M4sh macro to say "hey, log the value
25606 @c of '@dots{}'"? This would help both Autoconf and Autotest.
25608 @item tested programs
25609 The absolute file name and answers to @option{--version} of the tested
25610 programs (see @ref{Writing Testsuites}, @code{AT_TESTED}).
25612 @item configuration log
25613 The contents of @file{config.log}, as created by @command{configure},
25614 are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
25615 on the configuration itself.
25619 @node Writing Testsuites
25620 @section Writing @file{testsuite.at}
25622 The @file{testsuite.at} is a Bourne shell script making use of special
25623 Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to @code{AT_INIT} near
25624 its beginning followed by one call to @code{m4_include} per source file
25625 for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
25626 @file{testsuite.at} if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
25627 test groups. Each test group begins with a call to @code{AT_SETUP},
25628 then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to @code{AT_CHECK},
25629 and then completes with a call to @code{AT_CLEANUP}. Multiple test
25630 groups can be categorized by a call to @code{AT_BANNER}.
25632 All of the public Autotest macros have all-uppercase names in the
25633 namespace @samp{^AT_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with
25634 other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace @samp{^_AT_} for
25635 internal macros. All shell variables used in the testsuite for internal
25636 purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{at_}. Autotest
25637 also uses here-document delimiters in the namespace @samp{^_AT[A-Z]}, and
25638 makes use of the file system namespace @samp{^at-}.
25640 Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (@pxref{Programming in
25641 M4sugar}) and M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), you must also be aware
25642 of those namespaces (@samp{^_?\(m4\|AS\)_}). In general, you
25643 @emph{should not use} the namespace of a package that does not own the
25644 macro or shell code you are writing.
25646 @defmac AT_INIT (@ovar{name})
25648 @c FIXME: Not clear, plus duplication of the information.
25649 Initialize Autotest. Giving a @var{name} to the test suite is
25650 encouraged if your package includes several test suites. Before this
25651 macro is called, @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING} and
25652 @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT} must be defined, which are used to display
25653 information about the testsuite to the user. Typically, these macros
25654 are provided by a file @file{package.m4} built by @command{make}
25655 (@pxref{Making testsuite Scripts}), in order to inherit the package
25656 name, version, and bug reporting address from @file{configure.ac}.
25659 @defmac AT_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
25660 @atindex{COPYRIGHT}
25661 @cindex Copyright Notice
25662 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
25663 the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by
25664 @var{copyright-notice}.
25666 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
25667 @command{testsuite} and in @samp{testsuite --version}.
25670 @defmac AT_ARG_OPTION (@var{options}, @var{help-text}, @
25671 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
25672 @atindex{ARG_OPTION}
25673 @vrindex at_arg_@var{option}
25674 Accept options from the space-separated list @var{options}, a list that
25675 has leading dashes removed from the options. Long options will be
25676 prefixed with @samp{--}, single-character options with @samp{-}. The
25677 first word in this list is the primary @var{option}, any others are
25678 assumed to be short-hand aliases. The variable associated with it
25679 is @code{at_arg_@var{option}}, with any dashes in @var{option} replaced
25682 If the user passes @option{--@var{option}} to the @command{testsuite},
25683 the variable will be set to @samp{:}. If the user does not pass the
25684 option, or passes @option{--no-@var{option}}, then the variable will be
25685 set to @samp{false}.
25688 @vrindex at_optarg_@var{option}
25689 @var{action-if-given} is run each time the option is encountered; here,
25690 the variable @code{at_optarg} will be set to @samp{:} or @samp{false} as
25691 appropriate. @code{at_optarg} is actually just a copy of
25692 @code{at_arg_@var{option}}.
25694 @var{action-if-not-given} will be run once after option parsing is
25695 complete and if no option from @var{options} was used.
25697 @var{help-text} is added to the end of the list of options shown in
25698 @command{testsuite --help} (@pxref{AS_HELP_STRING}).
25700 It is recommended that you use a package-specific prefix to @var{options}
25701 names in order to avoid clashes with future Autotest built-in options.
25704 @defmac AT_ARG_OPTION_ARG (@var{options}, @var{help-text}, @
25705 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
25706 @atindex{ARG_OPTION_ARG}
25707 @vrindex at_arg_@var{option}
25708 Accept options with arguments from the space-separated list
25709 @var{options}, a list that has leading dashes removed from the options.
25710 Long options will be prefixed with @samp{--}, single-character options
25711 with @samp{-}. The first word in this list is the primary @var{option},
25712 any others are assumed to be short-hand aliases. The variable associated
25713 with it is @code{at_arg_@var{option}}, with any dashes in @var{option}
25714 replaced with underscores.
25716 If the user passes @option{--@var{option}=@var{arg}} or
25717 @option{--@var{option} @var{arg}} to the @command{testsuite}, the
25718 variable will be set to @samp{@var{arg}}.
25721 @var{action-if-given} is run each time the option is encountered; here,
25722 the variable @code{at_optarg} will be set to @samp{@var{arg}}.
25723 @code{at_optarg} is actually just a copy of @code{at_arg_@var{option}}.
25725 @var{action-if-not-given} will be run once after option parsing is
25726 complete and if no option from @var{options} was used.
25728 @var{help-text} is added to the end of the list of options shown in
25729 @command{testsuite --help} (@pxref{AS_HELP_STRING}).
25731 It is recommended that you use a package-specific prefix to @var{options}
25732 names in order to avoid clashes with future Autotest built-in options.
25735 @defmac AT_COLOR_TESTS
25736 @atindex{COLOR_TESTS}
25737 Enable colored test results by default when the output is connected to
25741 @defmac AT_TESTED (@var{executables})
25743 Log the file name and answer to @option{--version} of each program in
25744 space-separated list @var{executables}. Several invocations register
25745 new executables, in other words, don't fear registering one program
25748 Autotest test suites rely on @env{PATH} to find the tested program.
25749 This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
25750 makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
25751 programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
25752 the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
25753 also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
25756 @var{executables} is implicitly wrapped in shell double quotes, but it
25757 will still use shell variable expansion (@samp{$}), command substitution
25758 (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping (@samp{\}). In particular, the
25759 @env{EXEEXT} variable is available if it is passed to the testsuite
25760 via @file{atlocal} or @file{atconfig}.
25763 @defmac AT_PREPARE_TESTS (@var{shell-code})
25764 @atindex{PREPARE_TESTS}
25765 Execute @var{shell-code} in the main testsuite process,
25766 after initializing the test suite and processing command-line options,
25767 but before running any tests. If this macro is used several times,
25768 all of the @var{shell-code}s will be executed,
25769 in the order they appeared in @file{testsuite.at}.
25771 One reason to use @code{AT_PREPARE_TESTS} is when the programs under
25772 test are sensitive to environment variables: you can unset all these
25773 variables or reset them to safe values in @var{shell-code}.
25775 @var{shell-code} is only executed if at least one test is going to be
25776 run. In particular, it will not be executed if any of the @option{--help},
25777 @option{--version}, @option{--list}, or @option{--clean} options are
25778 given to @command{testsuite} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
25781 @defmac AT_PREPARE_EACH_TEST (@var{shell-code})
25782 @atindex{AT_PREPARE_EACH_TEST}
25783 Execute @var{shell-code} in each test group's subshell, at the point of
25784 the @code{AT_SETUP} that starts the test group.
25787 @defmac AT_TEST_HELPER_FN (@var{name}, @var{args}, @var{description}, @var{code})
25788 Define a shell function that will be available to the code for each test
25789 group. Its name will be @code{ath_fn_@var{name}}, and its body will be
25790 @var{code}. (The prefix prevents name conflicts with shell functions
25791 defined by M4sh and Autotest.)
25793 @var{args} should describe the function's arguments and @var{description}
25794 what it does; these are used only for documentation comments in the
25795 generated testsuite script.
25800 @defmac AT_BANNER (@var{test-category-name})
25802 This macro identifies the start of a category of related test groups.
25803 When the resulting @file{testsuite} is invoked with more than one test
25804 group to run, its output will include a banner containing
25805 @var{test-category-name} prior to any tests run from that category. The
25806 banner should be no more than about 40 or 50 characters. A blank banner
25807 indicates uncategorized tests; an empty line will be inserted after
25808 tests from an earlier category, effectively ending that category.
25811 @defmac AT_SETUP (@var{test-group-name})
25813 This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the
25814 same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words
25815 (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose
25816 of the test group being started. @var{test-group-name} must not expand
25817 to unbalanced quotes, although quadrigraphs can be used.
25820 @defmac AT_KEYWORDS (@var{keywords})
25822 Associate the space-separated list of @var{keywords} to the enclosing
25823 test group. This makes it possible to run ``slices'' of the test suite.
25824 For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some @samp{foo}
25825 feature, then using @samp{AT_KEYWORDS(foo)} lets you run
25826 @samp{./testsuite -k foo} to run exclusively these test groups. The
25827 @var{test-group-name} of the test group is automatically recorded to
25828 @code{AT_KEYWORDS}.
25830 Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In
25831 other words, don't fear registering the same keyword several times in a
25835 @defmac AT_CAPTURE_FILE (@var{file})
25836 @atindex{CAPTURE_FILE}
25837 If the current test group fails, log the contents of @var{file}.
25838 Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
25841 @defmac AT_FAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
25843 Make the test group fail and skip the rest of its execution, if
25844 @var{shell-condition} is true. @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression
25845 such as a @code{test} command. Tests before @command{AT_FAIL_IF}
25846 will be executed and may still cause the test group to be skipped.
25847 You can instantiate this macro many times from within the same test group.
25849 You should use this macro only for very simple failure conditions. If the
25850 @var{shell-condition} could emit any kind of output you should instead
25851 use @command{AT_CHECK} like
25853 AT_CHECK([if @var{shell-condition}; then exit 99; fi])
25856 so that such output is properly recorded in the @file{testsuite.log}
25860 @defmac AT_SKIP_IF (@var{shell-condition})
25862 Determine whether the test should be skipped because it requires
25863 features that are unsupported on the machine under test.
25864 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
25865 command. Tests before @command{AT_SKIP_IF} will be executed
25866 and may still cause the test group to fail. You can instantiate this
25867 macro many times from within the same test group.
25869 You should use this macro only for very simple skip conditions. If the
25870 @var{shell-condition} could emit any kind of output you should instead
25871 use @command{AT_CHECK} like
25873 AT_CHECK([if @var{shell-condition}; then exit 77; fi])
25876 so that such output is properly recorded in the @file{testsuite.log}
25880 @defmac AT_XFAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
25882 Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
25883 bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
25884 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
25885 command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
25886 same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
25887 the test into an expected failure.
25892 End the current test group.
25897 @defmac AT_DATA (@var{file}, @var{contents})
25898 @defmacx AT_DATA_UNQUOTED (@var{file}, @var{contents})
25900 Initialize an input data @var{file} with given @var{contents}. Of
25901 course, the @var{contents} have to be properly quoted between square
25902 brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4
25903 expansion. @var{contents} must be empty or end with a newline.
25905 be a single shell word that expands into a single file name.
25907 The difference between @code{AT_DATA} and @code{AT_DATA_UNQUOTED} is
25908 that only the latter performs shell variable expansion (@samp{$}),
25909 command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping (@samp{\})
25913 @defmac AT_CHECK (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @ovar{stdout}, @
25914 @ovar{stderr}, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
25915 @defmacx AT_CHECK_UNQUOTED (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @ovar{stdout}, @
25916 @ovar{stderr}, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
25918 @atindex{CHECK_UNQUOTED}
25920 Perform a test, by running the shell @var{commands} in a subshell.
25921 @var{commands} is output as-is, so shell expansions are honored.
25922 These commands are expected to have a final exit status of @var{status},
25923 and to produce output as described by @var{stdout} and @var{stderr}
25926 This macro must be invoked in between @code{AT_SETUP} and @code{AT_CLEANUP}.
25928 If @var{commands} exit with unexpected status 77, then the rest of the
25929 test group is skipped. If @var{commands} exit with unexpected status
25930 99, then the test group is immediately failed; this is called a
25931 @emph{hard failure}. Otherwise, the test is considered to have
25932 succeeded if all of the status, stdout, and stderr expectations were
25935 If @var{run-if-fail} is nonempty, it provides extra shell commands to
25936 run when the test fails; if @var{run-if-pass} is nonempty, it provides
25937 extra shell commands to run when the test succeeds. These commands are
25938 @emph{not} run in a subshell, and they are not run when the test group
25939 is skipped (exit code 77) or hard-failed (exit code 99). They may
25940 change whether the test group is considered to have succeeded, by
25941 modifying the shell variable @code{at_failed}; set it to @code{:} to
25942 indicate that the test group has failed, or @code{false} to indicate
25943 that it has succeeded.
25945 The exit status of @var{commands} is available to @var{run-if-fail} and
25946 @var{run-if-pass} commands in the @code{at_status} shell variable. The
25947 output from @var{commands} is also available, in the files named by the
25948 @code{at_stdout} and @code{at_stderr} variables.
25950 If @var{status} is the literal @samp{ignore}, then the exit status of
25951 @var{commands} is not checked, except for the special cases of 77 (skip)
25952 and 99 (hard failure). The existence of hard failures allows one to
25953 mark a test as an expected failure with @code{AT_XFAIL_IF} because a
25954 feature has not yet been implemented, but to still distinguish between
25955 gracefully handling the missing feature and dumping core.
25957 If the value of the @var{stdout} or @var{stderr} parameter is one of the
25958 literals in the following table, then the test treats the output
25959 according to the rules of that literal.
25963 The content of the output is ignored, but still captured in the test
25964 group log (if the testsuite is run with the @option{-v} option, the test
25965 group log is displayed as the test is run; if the test group later
25966 fails, the test group log is also copied into the overall testsuite
25967 log). This action is valid for both @var{stdout} and @var{stderr}.
25970 The content of the output is ignored, and nothing is captured in the log
25971 files. If @var{commands} are likely to produce binary output (including
25972 long lines) or large amounts of output, then logging the output can make
25973 it harder to locate details related to subsequent tests within the
25974 group, and could potentially corrupt terminal display of a user running
25975 @command{testsuite -v}. This action is valid for both @var{stdout} and
25979 Only valid as the @var{stdout} parameter. Capture the content of
25980 standard output in both a file named @file{stdout} and the test group log.
25981 Subsequent commands in the test group can then post-process the file.
25982 This action is often used when it is desired to use @command{grep} to
25983 look for a substring in the output, or when the output must be
25984 post-processed to normalize error messages into a common form.
25987 Only valid as the @var{stderr} parameter. Capture the content of
25988 standard error in both a file named @file{stderr} and the test group log.
25991 @itemx stderr-nolog
25992 Like @samp{stdout} or @samp{stderr}, except that the captured output is
25993 not duplicated into the test group log. This action is particularly
25994 useful for an intermediate check that produces large amounts of data,
25995 which will be followed by another check that filters down to the
25996 relevant data, as it makes it easier to locate details in the log.
25999 Only valid as the @var{stdout} parameter. Compare standard output with
26000 the previously created file @file{expout}, and list any differences in
26004 Only valid as the @var{stderr} parameter. Compare standard error with
26005 the previously created file @file{experr}, and list any differences in
26009 Otherwise, the values of the @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} parameters
26010 are treated as text that must exactly match the output given by
26011 @var{commands} on standard output and standard error (including an empty
26012 parameter for no output); any differences are captured in the testsuite
26013 log and the test is failed (unless an unexpected exit status of 77
26014 skipped the test instead).
26016 @code{AT_CHECK_UNQUOTED} performs shell variable expansion (@samp{$}),
26017 command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping (@samp{\}) on
26018 comparison text given in the @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} parameters;
26019 @code{AT_CHECK} does not. There is no difference in the interpretation
26023 @defmac AT_CHECK_EUNIT (@var{module}, @var{test-spec}, @ovar{erlflags}, @
26024 @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
26025 @atindex{CHECK_EUNIT}
26026 Initialize and execute an Erlang module named @var{module} that performs
26027 tests following the @var{test-spec} EUnit test specification.
26028 @var{test-spec} must be a valid EUnit test specification, as defined in
26029 the @uref{https://@/erlang.org/@/doc/@/apps/@/eunit/@/index.html, EUnit
26030 Reference Manual}. @var{erlflags} are optional command-line options
26031 passed to the Erlang interpreter to execute the test Erlang module.
26032 Typically, @var{erlflags} defines at least the paths to directories
26033 containing the compiled Erlang modules under test, as @samp{-pa path1
26036 For example, the unit tests associated with Erlang module @samp{testme},
26037 which compiled code is in subdirectory @file{src}, can be performed
26041 AT_CHECK_EUNIT([testme_testsuite], [@{module, testme@}],
26042 [-pa "$@{abs_top_builddir@}/src"])
26045 This macro must be invoked in between @code{AT_SETUP} and @code{AT_CLEANUP}.
26047 Variables @code{ERL}, @code{ERLC}, and (optionally) @code{ERLCFLAGS}
26048 must be defined as the path of the Erlang interpreter, the path of the
26049 Erlang compiler, and the command-line flags to pass to the compiler,
26050 respectively. Those variables should be configured in
26051 @file{configure.ac} using the @command{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} and
26052 @command{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macros, and the configured values of those
26053 variables are automatically defined in the testsuite. If @code{ERL} or
26054 @code{ERLC} is not defined, the test group is skipped.
26056 If the EUnit library cannot be found, i.e. if module @code{eunit} cannot
26057 be loaded, the test group is skipped. Otherwise, if @var{test-spec} is
26058 an invalid EUnit test specification, the test group fails. Otherwise,
26059 if the EUnit test passes, shell commands @var{run-if-pass} are executed
26060 or, if the EUnit test fails, shell commands @var{run-if-fail} are
26061 executed and the test group fails.
26063 Only the generated test Erlang module is automatically compiled and
26064 executed. If @var{test-spec} involves testing other Erlang modules,
26065 e.g. module @samp{testme} in the example above, those modules must be
26068 If the testsuite is run in verbose mode and with the @option{--verbose} option,
26069 EUnit is also run in verbose mode to output more details about
26070 individual unit tests.
26074 @node testsuite Invocation
26075 @section Running @command{testsuite} Scripts
26076 @cindex @command{testsuite}
26078 Autotest test suites support the following options:
26083 Display the list of options and exit successfully.
26087 Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
26089 @item --directory=@var{dir}
26090 @itemx -C @var{dir}
26091 Change the current directory to @var{dir} before creating any files.
26092 Useful for running the testsuite in a subdirectory from a top-level
26095 @item --jobs@r{[}=@var{n}@r{]}
26097 Run @var{n} tests in parallel, if possible. If @var{n} is not given,
26098 run all given tests in parallel. Note that there should be no space
26099 before the argument to @option{-j}, as @option{-j @var{number}} denotes
26100 the separate arguments @option{-j} and @option{@var{number}}, see below.
26102 In parallel mode, the standard input device of the testsuite script is
26103 not available to commands inside a test group. Furthermore, banner
26104 lines are not printed, and the summary line for each test group is
26105 output after the test group completes. Summary lines may appear
26106 unordered. If verbose and trace output are enabled (see below), they
26107 may appear intermixed from concurrently running tests.
26109 Parallel mode requires the @command{mkfifo} command to work, and will be
26110 silently disabled otherwise.
26114 Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
26115 for @code{clean} Make targets.
26119 List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible
26125 By default all tests are performed (or described with @option{--list})
26126 silently in the default environment, but the environment, set of tests,
26127 and verbosity level can be tuned:
26130 @item @var{variable}=@var{value}
26131 Set the environment @var{variable} to @var{value}. Use this rather
26132 than @samp{FOO=foo ./testsuite} as debugging scripts would then run in a
26133 different environment.
26135 @cindex @code{AUTOTEST_PATH}
26136 The variable @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} specifies the testing path to prepend
26137 to @env{PATH}. Relative directory names (not starting with
26138 @samp{/}) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
26139 package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
26140 starting from the top level @emph{build} tree, then from the
26141 @emph{source} tree. For instance @samp{./testsuite
26142 AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin} for a @file{/src/foo-1.0} source package built
26143 in @file{/tmp/foo} results in @samp{/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin} and
26144 then @samp{/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin} being prepended to
26148 @itemx @var{number}-@var{number}
26149 @itemx @var{number}-
26150 @itemx -@var{number}
26151 Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the
26154 @item --keywords=@var{keywords}
26155 @itemx -k @var{keywords}
26156 Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
26157 to @code{AT_SETUP} or @code{AT_KEYWORDS}) that match @emph{all} keywords
26158 of the comma separated list @var{keywords}, case-insensitively. Use
26159 @samp{!} immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
26160 keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
26161 @samp{.*} to also match parts of words.
26163 For example, running
26166 @kbd{./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'}
26170 selects all tests tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{and} with tags
26171 containing @samp{FUNC} (as in @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNC}, @samp{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA},
26175 @kbd{./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'}
26179 selects all tests not tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{or} with tags
26180 containing @samp{FUNC}.
26184 If any test fails, immediately abort testing. This implies
26185 @option{--debug}: post test group clean up, and top-level logging
26186 are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test
26187 suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts.
26188 If the testsuite is run in parallel mode using @option{--jobs},
26189 then concurrently running tests will finish before exiting.
26193 Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This
26194 is the default for debugging scripts.
26197 @itemx --color@r{[}=never@r{|}auto@r{|}always@r{]}
26198 Enable colored test results. Without an argument, or with @samp{always},
26199 test results will be colored. With @samp{never}, color mode is turned
26200 off. Otherwise, if either the macro @code{AT_COLOR_TESTS} is used by
26201 the testsuite author, or the argument @samp{auto} is given, then test
26202 results are colored if standard output is connected to a terminal.
26206 Do not remove the files after a test group was performed---but they are
26207 still removed @emph{before}, therefore using this option is sane when
26208 running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not
26209 overwrite the top-level
26210 log (in order to preserve a supposedly existing full log file). This is
26211 the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug
26212 the testsuite itself.
26215 Add to the selection all test groups that failed or passed unexpectedly
26216 during the last non-debugging test run.
26220 Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
26223 Besides these options accepted by every Autotest testsuite, the
26224 testsuite author might have added package-specific options
26225 via the @code{AT_ARG_OPTION} and @code{AT_ARG_OPTION_ARG} macros
26226 (@pxref{Writing Testsuites}); refer to @command{testsuite --help} and
26227 the package documentation for details.
26230 @node Making testsuite Scripts
26231 @section Making @command{testsuite} Scripts
26233 For putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and
26234 makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or
26235 shallow hierarchies, that you use @file{tests/} as the name of the
26236 directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a
26237 check list of things to do, followed by an example, taking into
26238 consideration whether you are also using Automake.
26243 @cindex @file{package.m4}
26244 @atindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
26245 @atindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
26246 @atindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
26247 @atindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
26248 @atindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
26249 @atindex{PACKAGE_URL}
26250 Make sure to create the file @file{package.m4}, which defines the
26251 identity of the package. It must define @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING}, the
26252 full signature of the package, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, the
26253 address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
26254 we suggest that you also define @code{AT_PACKAGE_NAME},
26255 @code{AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{AT_PACKAGE_VERSION}, and
26256 @code{AT_PACKAGE_URL}.
26257 @xref{Initializing configure}, for a description of these variables.
26258 Be sure to distribute @file{package.m4} and to put it into the source
26259 hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped! See below for an example.
26262 Invoke @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR} in your @file{configure.ac}.
26264 @defmac AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR (@var{directory}, @dvarv{test-path, directory})
26265 @acindex{CONFIG_TESTDIR}
26266 An Autotest test suite is to be configured in @var{directory}. This
26267 macro causes @file{@var{directory}/atconfig} to be created by
26268 @command{config.status} and sets the default @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} to
26269 @var{test-path} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
26273 Still within @file{configure.ac}, as appropriate, ensure that some
26274 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} command includes substitution for
26275 @file{tests/atlocal}.
26278 Also within your @file{configure.ac}, arrange for the @code{AUTOM4TE}
26279 variable to be set.
26282 The appropriate @file{Makefile} should be modified so the validation in
26283 your package is triggered by @samp{make check}.
26286 The following example demonstrates the above checklist, first by
26287 assuming that you are using Automake (see below for tweaks to make to
26288 get the same results without Automake). Begin by adding the following
26289 lines to your @file{configure.ac}:
26292 # Initialize the test suite.
26293 AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR([tests])
26294 AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
26295 AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
26298 Next, add the following lines to your @file{tests/Makefile.am}, in order
26299 to link @samp{make check} with a validation suite.
26302 # The ':;' works around a Bash 3.2 bug when the output is not writable.
26303 $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
26305 echo '# Signature of the current package.' && \
26306 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME],' && \
26307 echo ' [$(PACKAGE_NAME)])' && \
26308 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME],' && \
26309 echo ' [$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)])' && \
26310 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION],' && \
26311 echo ' [$(PACKAGE_VERSION)])' && \
26312 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING],' && \
26313 echo ' [$(PACKAGE_STRING)])' && \
26314 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT],' && \
26315 echo ' [$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)])'; \
26316 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_URL],' && \
26317 echo ' [$(PACKAGE_URL)])'; \
26318 @} >'$(srcdir)/package.m4'
26320 EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(srcdir)/package.m4 $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in
26321 TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite
26323 check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
26324 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS)
26326 installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
26327 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \
26331 test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \
26332 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean
26334 AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest
26335 $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at $(srcdir)/package.m4
26336 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@@.tmp $@@.at
26340 Note that the built testsuite is distributed; this is necessary because
26341 users might not have Autoconf installed, and thus would not be able to
26342 rebuild it. Likewise, the use of Automake's @code{AM_MISSING_PROG} will
26343 arrange for the definition of @code{$AUTOM4TE} within the Makefile to
26344 provide the user with
26345 a nicer error message if they modify a source file to the testsuite, and
26346 accidentally trigger the rebuild rules.
26348 You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of
26349 the files @file{testsuite.at} includes.
26351 If you don't use Automake, you should make the following tweaks. In
26352 your @file{configure.ac}, replace the @code{AM_MISSING_PROG} line above
26353 with @code{AC_PATH_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te], [false])}. You are
26354 welcome to also try using the @command{missing} script from the Automake
26355 project instead of @command{false}, to try to get a nicer error message
26356 when the user modifies prerequisites but did not have Autoconf
26357 installed, but at that point you may be better off using Automake.
26358 Then, take the code suggested above for @file{tests/@/Makefile.am} and
26359 place it in your @file{tests/@/Makefile.in} instead. Add code to your
26360 @file{tests/@/Makefile.in} to ensure that @code{$(EXTRA_DIST)} files are
26361 distributed, as well as adding the following additional lines to prepare
26362 the set of needed Makefile variables:
26366 PACKAGE_NAME = @@PACKAGE_NAME@@
26367 PACKAGE_TARNAME = @@PACKAGE_TARNAME@@
26368 PACKAGE_VERSION = @@PACKAGE_VERSION@@
26369 PACKAGE_STRING = @@PACKAGE_STRING@@
26370 PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@@
26371 PACKAGE_URL = @@PACKAGE_URL@@
26372 AUTOM4TE = @@AUTOM4TE@@
26374 atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status
26375 cd $(top_builddir) && \
26376 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
26378 atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
26379 cd $(top_builddir) && \
26380 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
26383 Using the above example (with or without Automake), and assuming you
26384 were careful to not initialize @samp{TESTSUITEFLAGS} within your
26385 makefile, you can now fine-tune test suite execution at runtime by
26386 altering this variable, for example:
26389 make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
26394 @c =============================== Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
26397 @chapter Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
26399 Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them
26403 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
26404 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
26405 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and GNU M4 require each other?
26406 * Why Not Imake:: Why GNU uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
26407 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
26408 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
26409 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
26410 * Expanded Before Required:: Expanded Before Required
26411 * Debugging:: Debugging @command{configure} scripts
26415 @section Distributing @command{configure} Scripts
26419 What are the restrictions on distributing @command{configure}
26420 scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
26421 programs that use them?
26424 There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf
26425 produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were
26426 covered by the GNU General Public License. We still encourage
26427 software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the
26428 GPL, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
26430 Of the other files that might be used with @command{configure},
26431 @file{config.h.in} is under whatever copyright you use for your
26432 @file{configure.ac}. @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} have an
26433 exception to the GPL when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
26434 @command{configure} script, which permits you to distribute them under the
26435 same terms as the rest of your package. @file{install-sh} is from the X
26436 Consortium and is not copyrighted.
26439 @section Why Require GNU M4?
26442 Why does Autoconf require GNU M4?
26445 Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and
26446 number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several
26447 builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a
26448 sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
26458 Autoconf requires version 1.4.8 or later of GNU M4.
26459 It works better with version 1.4.16 or later.
26461 Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since GNU
26462 M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require
26463 GNU M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of GNU and
26464 other free software already have most of the GNU utilities
26465 installed, since they prefer them.
26467 @node Bootstrapping
26468 @section How Can I Bootstrap?
26472 If Autoconf requires GNU M4 and GNU M4 has an Autoconf
26473 @command{configure} script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
26477 This is a misunderstanding. Although GNU M4 does come with a
26478 @command{configure} script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
26479 in order to run the script and install GNU M4. Autoconf is only
26480 required if you want to change the M4 @command{configure} script, which few
26481 people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
26483 @node Why Not Imake
26484 @section Why Not Imake?
26488 Why not use Imake instead of @command{configure} scripts?
26491 Several people have written addressing this question, so
26492 adaptations of their explanations are included here.
26494 The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
26497 Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has
26498 never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of
26499 inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
26501 Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes
26502 sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one
26503 central authority who has control over the database.
26505 GNU tools are not released this way. Each GNU tool has a
26506 maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a
26507 common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear
26508 to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing
26509 host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
26511 If you view the GNU suite as a collection of native tools, then the
26512 problems are similar. But the GNU development tools can be
26513 configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of
26514 these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be
26515 configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn't
26516 address these issues.
26518 Imake templates are a form of standardization. The GNU coding
26519 standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same
26524 Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
26527 One of the advantages of Imake is that it is easy to generate large
26528 makefiles using the @samp{#include} and macro mechanisms of @command{cpp}.
26529 However, @code{cpp} is not programmable: it has limited conditional
26530 facilities, and no looping. And @code{cpp} cannot inspect its
26533 All of these problems are solved by using @code{sh} instead of
26534 @code{cpp}. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution,
26535 can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its
26540 Paul Eggert elaborates more:
26543 With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already
26544 installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage
26545 to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not
26546 installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring
26547 Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on
26548 those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files
26549 might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure
26550 might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory
26551 tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the
26552 package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a
26553 version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake
26554 supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf,
26555 where each package comes with its own independent configuration
26558 Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
26559 @command{make} and the installer's C preprocessor. The fundamental problem
26560 here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs,
26561 not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf,
26562 which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the
26563 package's author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a
26568 Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
26571 Imake isn't all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to
26572 Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most
26573 of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated
26574 project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any
26575 leverage---since they don't cover anything that your own project needs
26576 (unless it is an X11 program).
26578 On the other side, though:
26580 The one advantage that Imake has over @command{configure}:
26581 @file{Imakefile} files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant)
26582 than @file{Makefile.in} files. There is a fix to this, however---at least
26583 for the Kerberos V5 tree, we've modified things to call in common
26584 @file{post.in} and @file{pre.in} makefile fragments for the
26585 entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don't have to be
26586 duplicated, even though they normally are in @command{configure} setups.
26590 @node Defining Directories
26591 @section How Do I @code{#define} Installation Directories?
26594 My program needs library files, installed in @code{datadir} and
26598 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir],
26599 [Define to the read-only architecture-independent
26607 #define DATADIR "$@{prefix@}/share"
26611 As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the
26612 GNU Coding Standards, see @ref{Installation Directory
26613 Variables}. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
26617 Do not use @code{AC_DEFINE} but use your makefile to pass the
26618 actual value of @code{datadir} via compilation flags.
26619 @xref{Installation Directory Variables}, for the details.
26622 This solution can be simplified when compiling a program: you may either
26623 extend the @code{CPPFLAGS}:
26626 CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @@CPPFLAGS@@
26630 If you are using Automake, you should use @code{AM_CPPFLAGS} instead:
26633 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"'
26637 Alternatively, create a dedicated header file:
26640 DISTCLEANFILES = myprog-paths.h
26641 myprog-paths.h: Makefile
26642 echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@@
26646 The Gnulib module @samp{configmake} provides such a header with all the
26647 standard directory variables defined, @pxref{configmake,,, gnulib, GNU
26651 Use @code{AC_DEFINE} but have @command{configure} compute the literal
26652 value of @code{datadir} and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
26653 automate this task; for an example, see the macro @code{AC_DEFINE_DIR} from
26654 the @uref{https://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf-archive/, Autoconf Macro
26657 This solution does not conform to the GNU Coding Standards.
26660 Note that all the previous solutions hard wire the absolute name of
26661 these directories in the executables, which is not a good property. You
26662 may try to compute the names relative to @code{prefix}, and try to
26663 find @code{prefix} at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
26667 @node Autom4te Cache
26668 @section What is @file{autom4te.cache}?
26671 What is this directory @file{autom4te.cache}? Can I safely remove it?
26674 In the GNU Build System, @file{configure.ac} plays a central
26675 role and is read by many tools: @command{autoconf} to create
26676 @file{configure}, @command{autoheader} to create @file{config.h.in},
26677 @command{automake} to create @file{Makefile.in}, @command{autoscan} to
26678 check the completeness of @file{configure.ac}, @command{autoreconf} to
26679 check the GNU Build System components that are used. To
26680 ``read @file{configure.ac}'' actually means to compile it with M4,
26681 which can be a long process for complex @file{configure.ac}.
26683 This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
26684 @command{autom4te} (@pxref{autom4te Invocation}) which, while answering to
26685 a specific demand, stores additional information in
26686 @file{autom4te.cache} for future runs. For instance, if you run
26687 @command{autoconf}, behind the scenes, @command{autom4te} also
26688 stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
26689 @command{autoheader} or @command{automake} etc., reprocessing
26690 @file{configure.ac} is not needed. The speed up is frequently 30%,
26691 and is increasing with the size of @file{configure.ac}.
26693 But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
26698 Can I permanently get rid of it?
26701 The creation of this cache can be disabled from
26702 @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}, see @ref{Customizing autom4te}, for more
26703 details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the
26704 Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more GNU Build System
26705 components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance
26706 running @samp{autoreconf -f} on the Core Utilities is twice slower without
26707 the cache @emph{although @option{--force} implies that the cache is
26708 not fully exploited}, and eight times slower than without
26712 @node Present But Cannot Be Compiled
26713 @section Header Present But Cannot Be Compiled
26715 The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
26716 features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
26717 Unfortunately, old versions of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} and
26718 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} failed to follow this idea, and called
26719 the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
26720 result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
26721 configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
26724 The transition began with Autoconf 2.56. As of Autoconf 2.64 both
26725 checks are performed, and @command{configure} complains loudly if the
26726 compiler and the preprocessor do not agree. However, only the compiler
26727 result is considered. As of Autoconf 2.70, only the compiler check is
26730 Consider the following example:
26733 $ @kbd{cat number.h}
26734 typedef int number;
26736 const number pi = 3;
26737 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
26738 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
26739 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h])
26740 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
26741 $ @kbd{./configure CPPFLAGS='-I.'}
26742 checking for gcc... gcc
26743 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
26744 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
26745 checking for suffix of executables...
26746 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
26747 checking for suffix of object files... o
26748 checking whether the compiler supports GNU C... yes
26749 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
26750 checking for gcc option to enable C23 features... -std=gnu23
26751 checking for sys/types.h... yes
26752 checking for sys/stat.h... yes
26753 checking for strings.h... yes
26754 checking for inttypes.h... yes
26755 checking for stdint.h... yes
26756 checking for unistd.h... yes
26757 checking for pi.h... no
26761 The proper way to handle this case is using the fourth argument
26762 (@pxref{Generic Headers}):
26765 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
26766 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
26767 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [],
26768 [[#ifdef HAVE_NUMBER_H
26769 # include <number.h>
26772 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
26773 $ @kbd{./configure CPPFLAGS='-I.'}
26774 checking for gcc... gcc
26775 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
26776 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
26777 checking for suffix of executables...
26778 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
26779 checking for suffix of object files... o
26780 checking whether the compiler supports GNU C... yes
26781 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
26782 checking for gcc option to enable C23 features... -std=gnu23
26783 checking for number.h... yes
26784 checking for pi.h... yes
26787 See @ref{Particular Headers}, for a list of headers with their
26790 @node Expanded Before Required
26791 @section Expanded Before Required
26793 @cindex expanded before required
26794 Older versions of Autoconf silently built files with incorrect ordering
26795 between dependent macros if an outer macro first expanded, then later
26796 indirectly required, an inner macro. Starting with Autoconf 2.64, this
26797 situation no longer generates out-of-order code, but results in
26798 duplicate output and a syntax warning:
26801 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
26802 @result{}AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [[echo in A
26803 @result{}if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi
26804 @result{}SEEN_A=:]])
26805 @result{}AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA])[echo in B
26806 @result{}if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]])
26807 @result{}AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]])
26808 @result{}AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER]
26815 @result{}configure.ac:11: warning: AC_REQUIRE:
26816 @result{} 'TESTA' was expanded before it was required
26817 @result{}configure.ac:4: TESTB is expanded from...
26818 @result{}configure.ac:6: TESTC is expanded from...
26819 @result{}configure.ac:7: OUTER is expanded from...
26820 @result{}configure.ac:11: the top level
26824 To avoid this warning, decide what purpose the macro in question serves.
26825 If it only needs to be expanded once (for example, if it provides
26826 initialization text used by later macros), then the simplest fix is to
26827 change the macro to be declared with @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}
26828 (@pxref{One-Shot Macros}), although this only works in Autoconf 2.64 and
26829 newer. A more portable fix is to change all
26830 instances of direct calls to instead go through @code{AC_REQUIRE}
26831 (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}). If, instead, the macro is parameterized
26832 by arguments or by the current definition of other macros in the m4
26833 environment, then the macro should always be directly expanded instead
26836 For another case study, consider this example trimmed down from an
26837 actual package. Originally, the package contained shell code and
26838 multiple macro invocations at the top level of @file{configure.ac}:
26841 AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([@dots{}])])
26848 but that was getting complex, so the author wanted to offload some of
26849 the text into a new macro in another file included via
26850 @file{aclocal.m4}. The naïve approach merely wraps the text in a new
26854 AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([@dots{}])])
26864 With older versions of Autoconf, the setting of @samp{foobar=} occurs
26865 before the single compiler check, as the author intended. But with
26866 Autoconf 2.64, this issues the ``expanded before it was required''
26867 warning for @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and outputs two copies of the compiler
26868 check, one before @samp{foobar=}, and one after. To understand why this
26869 is happening, remember that the use of @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} includes
26870 a call to @code{AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])} under the hood. According to
26871 the documented semantics of @code{AC_REQUIRE}, this means that
26872 @code{AC_PROG_CC} @emph{must} occur before the body of the outermost
26873 @code{AC_DEFUN}, which in this case is @code{BAR}, thus preceding the
26874 use of @samp{foobar=}. The older versions of Autoconf were broken with
26875 regards to the rules of @code{AC_REQUIRE}, which explains why the code
26876 changed from one over to two copies of @code{AC_PROG_CC} when upgrading
26877 autoconf. In other words, the author was unknowingly relying on a bug
26878 exploit to get the desired results, and that exploit broke once the bug
26881 So, what recourse does the author have, to restore their intended
26882 semantics of setting @samp{foobar=} prior to a single compiler check,
26883 regardless of whether Autoconf 2.63 or 2.64 is used? One idea is to
26884 remember that only @code{AC_DEFUN} is impacted by @code{AC_REQUIRE};
26885 there is always the possibility of using the lower-level
26889 AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([@dots{}])])
26899 This works great if everything is in the same file. However, it does
26900 not help in the case where the author wants to have @command{aclocal}
26901 find the definition of @code{BAR} from its own file, since
26902 @command{aclocal} requires the use of @code{AC_DEFUN}. In this case, a
26903 better fix is to recognize that if @code{BAR} also uses
26904 @code{AC_REQUIRE}, then there will no longer be direct expansion prior
26905 to a subsequent require. Then, by creating yet another helper macro,
26906 the author can once again guarantee a single invocation of
26907 @code{AC_PROG_CC}, which will still occur after @code{foobar=}. The
26908 author can also use @code{AC_BEFORE} to make sure no other macro
26909 appearing before @code{BAR} has triggered an unwanted expansion of
26913 AC_DEFUN([FOO], [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([@dots{}])])
26914 AC_DEFUN([BEFORE_CC], [
26918 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CC])dnl
26919 AC_REQUIRE([BEFORE_CC])dnl
26920 AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
26928 @section Debugging @command{configure} scripts
26930 While in general, @command{configure} scripts generated by Autoconf
26931 strive to be fairly portable to various systems, compilers, shells, and
26932 other tools, it may still be necessary to debug a failing test, broken
26933 script or makefile, or fix or override an incomplete, faulty, or erroneous
26934 test, especially during macro development. Failures can occur at all levels,
26935 in M4 syntax or semantics, shell script issues, or due to bugs in the
26936 test or the tools invoked by @command{configure}. Together with the
26937 rather arcane error message that @command{m4} and @command{make} may
26938 produce when their input contains syntax errors, this can make debugging
26941 Nevertheless, here is a list of hints and strategies that may help:
26945 When @command{autoconf} fails, common causes for error include:
26949 mismatched or unbalanced parentheses or braces (@pxref{Balancing
26952 @item under- or over-quoted macro arguments (@pxref{Autoconf
26953 Language}, @pxref{Quoting and Parameters}, @pxref{Quotation and Nested
26956 @item spaces between macro name and opening parenthesis (@pxref{Autoconf
26960 Typically, it helps to go back to the last working version of the input
26961 and compare the differences for each of these errors. Another
26962 possibility is to sprinkle pairs of @code{m4_traceon} and
26963 @code{m4_traceoff} judiciously in the code, either without a parameter
26964 or listing some macro names and watch @command{m4} expand its input
26965 verbosely (@pxref{Debugging via autom4te}).
26968 Sometimes @command{autoconf} succeeds but the generated
26969 @command{configure} script has invalid shell syntax. You can detect this
26970 case by running @samp{bash -n configure} or @samp{sh -n configure}.
26971 If this command fails, the same tips apply, as if @command{autoconf} had
26975 Debugging @command{configure} script execution may be done by sprinkling
26976 pairs of @code{set -x} and @code{set +x} into the shell script before
26977 and after the region that contains a bug. Running the whole script with
26978 @samp{@var{shell} -vx ./configure 2>&1 | tee @var{log-file}} with a decent
26979 @var{shell} may work, but produces lots of output. Here, it can help to
26980 search for markers like @samp{checking for} a particular test in the
26984 Alternatively, you might use a shell with debugging capabilities like
26985 @uref{http://bashdb.sourceforge.net/, bashdb}.
26988 When @command{configure} tests produce invalid results for your system,
26989 it may be necessary to override them:
26993 For programs, tools or libraries variables, preprocessor, compiler, or
26994 linker flags, it is often sufficient to override them at @command{make}
26995 run time with some care (@pxref{Macros and Submakes}). Since this
26996 normally won't cause @command{configure} to be run again with these
26997 changed settings, it may fail if the changed variable would have caused
26998 different test results from @command{configure}, so this may work only
26999 for simple differences.
27002 Most tests which produce their result in a substituted variable allow to
27003 override the test by setting the variable on the @command{configure}
27004 command line (@pxref{Compilers and Options}, @pxref{Defining Variables}).
27007 Many tests store their result in a cache variable (@pxref{Caching
27008 Results}). This lets you override them either on the
27009 @command{configure} command line as above, or through a primed cache or
27010 site file (@pxref{Cache Files}, @pxref{Site Defaults}). The name of a
27011 cache variable is documented with a test macro or may be inferred from
27012 @ref{Cache Variable Names}; the precise semantics of undocumented
27013 variables are often internal details, subject to change.
27017 Alternatively, @command{configure} may produce invalid results because
27018 of uncaught programming errors, in your package or in an upstream
27019 library package. For example, when @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} fails to find a
27020 library with a specified function, always check @file{config.log}. This
27021 will reveal the exact error that produced the failing result: the
27022 library linked by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} probably has a fatal bug.
27025 Conversely, as macro author, you can make it easier for users of your
27030 by minimizing dependencies between tests and between test results as far
27034 by using @command{make} variables to factorize and allow
27035 override of settings at @command{make} run time,
27038 by honoring the GNU Coding Standards and not overriding flags
27039 reserved for the user except temporarily during @command{configure}
27043 by not requiring users of your macro to use the cache variables.
27044 Instead, expose the result of the test via @var{run-if-true} and
27045 @var{run-if-false} parameters. If the result is not a boolean,
27046 then provide it through documented shell variables.
27050 @c ===================================================== History of Autoconf.
27053 @chapter History of Autoconf
27054 @cindex History of autoconf
27056 @emph{This chapter was written by the original author, David MacKenzie.}
27058 You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it
27059 get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If
27060 you're not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful
27061 to you, and you might as well skip it. If you @emph{are} wondering,
27062 then let there be light@enddots{}
27065 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
27066 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
27067 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
27068 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
27069 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
27075 In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the GNU utilities for the
27076 Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
27077 more programs were added, the number of @option{-D} options that users
27078 had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
27079 Especially for me---I had to test each new release on a bunch of
27080 different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
27081 the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
27082 of fileutils 2.0. That @command{configure} script worked well enough that
27083 the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar @command{configure}
27084 scripts for several other GNU utilities packages. Brian Berliner
27085 also adapted one of my scripts for his CVS revision control system.
27087 Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
27088 were developing similar scripts to use in the GNU compiler tools;
27089 so I adapted my @command{configure} scripts to support their evolving
27090 interface: using the file name @file{Makefile.in} as the templates;
27091 adding @samp{+srcdir}, the first option (of many); and creating
27092 @file{config.status} files.
27097 As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
27098 Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
27099 the scripts. As I adapted more GNU utilities packages to use
27100 @command{configure} scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
27101 Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the GNU graphics utilities, sent me
27102 mail saying that the @command{configure} scripts were great, and asking if
27103 I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
27104 but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
27105 journey from the slavery of hand-written @command{configure} scripts to the
27106 abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
27108 Cygnus @command{configure}, which was being developed at around that time,
27109 is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
27110 system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
27111 details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
27112 that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
27113 general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
27114 up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
27115 system has. It's easier and more reliable to check for most features on
27116 the fly---especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
27117 locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
27119 I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
27120 @command{configure}, where there is a single @command{configure} script that
27121 reads pieces of @file{configure.in} when run. But I didn't want to have
27122 to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
27123 on having a different @command{configure} made from each
27124 @file{configure.in} by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
27125 control and flexibility.
27127 I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
27128 Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
27129 reasons. The @command{Configure} scripts it produces are interactive,
27130 which I find quite inconvenient; I didn't like the ways it checked for
27131 some features (such as library functions); I didn't know that it was
27132 still being maintained, and the @command{Configure} scripts I had
27133 seen didn't work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
27134 it wasn't flexible in what it could do in response to a feature's
27135 presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
27136 and complex for my needs (I didn't realize then how much Autoconf would
27137 eventually have to grow).
27139 I considered using Perl to generate my style of @command{configure}
27140 scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
27141 textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
27142 implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn't rely on
27143 the GNU extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
27144 University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
27145 several programs, including @code{tvtwm}, and I was interested in trying
27146 out a new language.
27151 Since my @command{configure} scripts determine the system's capabilities
27152 automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
27153 the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
27154 tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
27155 so I shortened it to Autoconf.
27157 In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after
27158 the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me
27159 feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros
27160 and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the
27161 checks. Prominent among the testers were François Pinard, who came up
27162 with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4
27163 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested
27164 running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find
27165 include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who
27166 got Autoconf to configure @TeX{} and added the macro index to the
27167 documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C
27168 header file as an alternative to putting @option{-D} options in a
27169 makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his UUCP package.
27170 The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the
27171 names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from
27172 release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great
27173 ideas, and bug fixes.
27178 In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
27179 and converted many GNU packages to use it. I was surprised by how
27180 positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
27181 could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn't
27182 part of the GNU Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
27183 Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
27184 @command{configure} scripts reported problems they encountered.
27186 Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations.
27187 Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the
27188 macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in GNU
27189 M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some
27190 features that only GNU M4 has. 4.3BSD M4, in
27191 particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V
27192 version is better, but still doesn't provide everything we need.
27194 More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
27195 (and to uses I hadn't anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
27196 david zuhn contributed C++ support. François Pinard made it diagnose
27197 invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
27198 GNU Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
27199 Roland McGrath got it to configure the GNU C Library, wrote the
27200 @command{autoheader} script to automate the creation of C header file
27201 templates, and added a @option{--verbose} option to @command{configure}.
27202 Noah Friedman added the @option{--autoconf-dir} option and
27203 @code{AC_MACRODIR} environment variable. (He also coined the term
27204 @dfn{autoconfiscate} to mean ``adapt a software package to use
27205 Autoconf''.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
27206 @code{AC_DEFINE} and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
27207 dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
27210 @section Deuteronomy
27212 A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
27213 several years of patching by various people had left some residual
27214 cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
27215 revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
27216 @command{configure} that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
27217 relevant parts of Cygnus @command{configure} with the help of david zuhn
27218 and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
27219 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, @option{--host}, and
27220 @option{--target}; making links to files; and running @command{configure}
27221 scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
27222 GNU @code{as}, and Rob Savoye to convert DejaGNU, to using
27225 I added more features in response to other peoples' requests. Many
27226 people had asked for @command{configure} scripts to share the results of
27227 the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
27228 source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
27229 Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
27230 distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
27231 override the @file{.in} extension on the file names, which produced file
27232 names like @file{config.h.in} containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
27233 extensive examination of the problems with quoting in @code{AC_DEFINE}
27234 and @code{AC_SUBST}; his insights led to significant improvements.
27235 Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to @file{config.log}
27236 instead of @file{/dev/null}, to help people debug the Emacs
27237 @command{configure} script.
27239 I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality
27240 of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less
27241 ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the
27242 macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some
27243 auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code
27244 packages to use Autoconf. With the help of François Pinard, I made
27245 the macros not interrupt each others' messages. (That feature revealed
27246 some performance bottlenecks in GNU M4, which he hastily
27247 corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want
27248 to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that
27249 Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
27251 Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially
27252 François Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn,
27255 Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I
27256 have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
27259 @c ========================================================== Appendices
27262 @node GNU Free Documentation License
27263 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
27271 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
27272 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
27273 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
27274 * Cache Variable Index:: Index of documented cache variables
27275 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
27276 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
27277 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
27278 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
27279 * Concept Index:: General index
27282 @node Environment Variable Index
27283 @appendixsec Environment Variable Index
27285 This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that might
27286 influence Autoconf checks.
27290 @node Output Variable Index
27291 @appendixsec Output Variable Index
27293 This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can
27294 substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more
27295 makefiles. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
27296 on how this is done.
27300 @node Preprocessor Symbol Index
27301 @appendixsec Preprocessor Symbol Index
27303 This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
27304 Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
27305 use these names in @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} directives.
27309 @node Cache Variable Index
27310 @appendixsec Cache Variable Index
27312 This is an alphabetical list of documented cache variables used
27313 by macros defined in Autoconf. Autoconf macros may use additional cache
27314 variables internally.
27315 @ifset shortindexflag
27316 To make the list easier to use, the variables are listed without their
27317 preceding @samp{ac_cv_}.
27322 @node Autoconf Macro Index
27323 @appendixsec Autoconf Macro Index
27325 This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
27326 @ifset shortindexflag
27327 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
27328 preceding @samp{AC_}.
27333 @node M4 Macro Index
27334 @appendixsec M4 Macro Index
27336 This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
27337 @ifset shortindexflag
27338 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
27339 preceding @samp{m4_} or @samp{AS_}. The prefix is @samp{m4_} for
27340 all-lowercase macro names and @samp{AS_} for all-uppercase macro
27346 @node Autotest Macro Index
27347 @appendixsec Autotest Macro Index
27349 This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
27350 @ifset shortindexflag
27351 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
27352 preceding @samp{AT_}.
27357 @node Program & Function Index
27358 @appendixsec Program and Function Index
27360 This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions whose
27361 portability is discussed in this document.
27365 @node Concept Index
27366 @appendixsec Concept Index
27368 This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts
27369 introduced in this document.
27375 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename autoconf texi settitle setchapternewpage
27376 @c LocalWords: setcontentsaftertitlepage finalout ARG ovar varname dvar acx
27377 @c LocalWords: makeinfo dvi defcodeindex ev ov CPP cv Autotest mv defindex fn
27378 @c LocalWords: shortindexflag iftex ifset acindex ACindex ifclear ahindex fu
27379 @c LocalWords: asindex MSindex atindex ATindex auindex hdrindex prindex FIXME
27380 @c LocalWords: msindex alloca fnindex Aaarg indices FSF's dircategory ifnames
27381 @c LocalWords: direntry autoscan autoreconf autoheader autoupdate config FDs
27382 @c LocalWords: testsuite titlepage Elliston Demaille vskip filll ifnottex hmm
27383 @c LocalWords: insertcopying Autoconf's detailmenu Automake Libtool Posix ois
27384 @c LocalWords: Systemology Checkpointing Changequote INTERCAL changequote dfn
27385 @c LocalWords: Quadrigraphs builtins Shellology acconfig Bugward LIBOBJ Imake
27386 @c LocalWords: LIBOBJS IFELSE cindex flushright Pinard Metaconfig uref Simons
27387 @c LocalWords: distclean uninstall noindent versioning Tromey dir vr
27388 @c LocalWords: SAMS samp aclocal acsite underquoted emph itemx prepend SUBST
27389 @c LocalWords: evindex automake Gettext autopoint gettext symlink libtoolize
27390 @c LocalWords: defmac INIT tarname ovindex cvindex BUGREPORT PREREQ asis PROG
27391 @c LocalWords: SRCDIR srcdir globbing afterwards cmds foos fooo foooo init cd
27392 @c LocalWords: builddir timestamp src Imakefile chmod defvar CFLAGS CPPFLAGS
27393 @c LocalWords: CXXFLAGS DEFS DHAVE defvarx FCFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS bindir GCC
27394 @c LocalWords: datadir datarootdir docdir dvidir htmldir libdir ifnothtml kbd
27395 @c LocalWords: includedir infodir libexecdir localedir localstatedir mandir
27396 @c LocalWords: oldincludedir pdfdir PDF psdir PostScript sbindir sysconfdir
27397 @c LocalWords: sharedstatedir DDATADIR sed tmp pkgdatadir VPATH conf unistd
27398 @c LocalWords: undef endif builtin FUNCS ifndef STACKSEG getb GETB YMP fubar
27399 @c LocalWords: PRE dest SUBDIRS subdirs fi struct STDC stdlib stddef INTTYPES
27400 @c LocalWords: inttypes STDINT stdint AWK AIX Solaris NeXT env EGREP FGREP yy
27401 @c LocalWords: LEXLIB YYTEXT lfl nonportable Automake's LN RANLIB byacc INETD
27402 @c LocalWords: inetd prog PROGS progs ranlib lmp lXt lX nsl gethostbyname UX
27403 @c LocalWords: isinf isnan glibc IRIX sunmath lm lsunmath pre sizeof
27404 @c LocalWords: ld inline malloc putenv setenv FreeBSD realloc SunOS MinGW
27405 @c LocalWords: snprintf vsnprintf sprintf vsprintf sscanf gcc strerror ifdef
27406 @c LocalWords: strnlen sysconf PAGESIZE unsetenv va fallback memcpy dst FUNC
27407 @c LocalWords: PowerPC GNUC libPW pragma Olibcalls CHOWN chown CLOSEDIR VFORK
27408 @c LocalWords: closedir FNMATCH fnmatch vfork FSEEKO LARGEFILE fseeko SVR sc
27409 @c LocalWords: largefile GETGROUPS getgroups GETLOADAVG DGUX UMAX NLIST KMEM
27410 @c LocalWords: SETGID getloadavg nlist GETMNTENT irix acxindex autom
27411 @c LocalWords: getmntent UnixWare GETPGRP getpgid getpgrp Posix's pid LSTAT
27412 @c LocalWords: lstat rpl MEMCMP memcmp OpenStep MBRTOWC mbrtowc MKTIME mktime
27413 @c LocalWords: localtime MMAP mmap OBSTACK obstack obstacks ARGTYPES timeval
27414 @c LocalWords: SETPGRP setpgrp defmacx Hurd SETVBUF setvbuf STRCOLL strcoll
27415 @c LocalWords: STRTOD strtod DECL STRFTIME strftime SCO UTIME utime VPRINTF
27416 @c LocalWords: DOPRNT vprintf doprnt sp unfixable LIBSOURCE LIBSOURCES Eggert
27417 @c LocalWords: linux netinet ia Tru XFree DIRENT NDIR dirent ndir multitable
27418 @c LocalWords: NAMLEN strlen namlen MKDEV SYSMACROS makedev RESOLV resolv DNS
27419 @c LocalWords: inet structs NAMESER arpa NETDB netdb UTekV UTS GCC's kB
27420 @c LocalWords: STDBOOL BOOL stdbool cplusplus bool Bool stdarg tm te
27421 @c LocalWords: ctype strchr strrchr rindex bcopy memmove memchr WEXITSTATUS
27422 @c LocalWords: WIFEXITED TIOCGWINSZ GWINSZ termios preprocess preprocessable
27423 @c LocalWords: DECLS strdup calloc BLKSIZE blksize RDEV rdev TZNAME tzname pw
27424 @c LocalWords: passwd gecos pwd MBSTATE mbstate wchar RETSIGTYPE hup UID uid
27425 @c LocalWords: gid ptrdiff uintmax EXEEXT OBJEXT Ae conftest AXP str
27426 @c LocalWords: ALIGNOF WERROR Werror cpp HP's WorkShop egcs un fied stdc CXX
27427 @c LocalWords: varargs BIGENDIAN Endianness SPARC endianness grep'ed CONST FC
27428 @c LocalWords: const STRINGIZE stringizing PARAMS unprotoize protos KCC cxx
27429 @c LocalWords: xlC aCC CXXCPP FREEFORM xlf FLIBS FCLIBS ish SRCEXT XTRA LFS
27430 @c LocalWords: ISC lcposix MINIX Minix conditionalized inlines hw dD confdefs
27431 @c LocalWords: fputs stdout PREPROC ar UFS HFS QNX realtime fstype STATVFS se
27432 @c LocalWords: statvfs STATFS statfs func machfile hdr lelf raboof DEFUN GTK
27433 @c LocalWords: GTKMM Grmph ified ine defn baz EOF qar Ahhh changecom algol io
27434 @c LocalWords: changeword quadrigraphs quadrigraph dnl SGI atoi overquoting
27435 @c LocalWords: Aas Wcross sep args namespace undefine bpatsubst popdef dquote
27436 @c LocalWords: bregexp Overquote overquotation meisch maisch meische maische
27437 @c LocalWords: miscian DIRNAME dirname MKDIR CATFILE XMKMF TRAVOLTA celsius
27438 @c LocalWords: EMX emxos Emacsen Korn DYNIX subshell posix Ksh ksh Pdksh Zsh
27439 @c LocalWords: pdksh zsh Allbery Lipe Kubota UWS zorglub stderr eval esac lfn
27440 @c LocalWords: drivespec Posixy DJGPP doschk prettybird LPT pfew Zsh's yu yaa
27441 @c LocalWords: yM uM aM firebird IP subdir misparses ok Unpatched abc bc zA
27442 @c LocalWords: CDPATH DUALCASE LINENO prepass Subshells lineno NULLCMD cmp wc
27443 @c LocalWords: MAILPATH scanset arg NetBSD Almquist printf expr cp pR
27444 @c LocalWords: Oliva awk Aaaaarg cmd regex xfoo GNV OpenVMS VM url fc
27445 @c LocalWords: sparc Proulx nbar nfoo maxdepth acdilrtu TWG mc ing FP
27446 @c LocalWords: mkdir exe uname OpenBSD Fileutils mktemp umask TMPDIR guid os
27447 @c LocalWords: fooXXXXXX Unicos utimes hpux hppa unescaped SUBST'ed
27448 @c LocalWords: pmake DOS's gmake ifoo DESTDIR autoconfiscated pc coff mips gg
27449 @c LocalWords: dec ultrix cpu wildcards rpcc rdtsc powerpc readline
27450 @c LocalWords: withval vxworks gless localcache usr LOFF loff CYGWIN Cygwin
27451 @c LocalWords: cygwin SIGLIST siglist SYSNDIR SYSDIR ptx lseq rusage elif MSC
27452 @c LocalWords: lfoo POUNDBANG lsun NIS getpwnam SYSCALLS RSH INTL lintl aix
27453 @c LocalWords: intl lx ldir syslog bsd EPI toolchain netbsd objext de KNR nn
27454 @c LocalWords: fication LTLIBOBJS Wdiff TESTDIR atconfig atlocal akim XFAIL
27455 @c LocalWords: ChangeLog prepended errexit smallexample TESTSUITEFLAGS GPL er
27456 @c LocalWords: installcheck autotest indir Pixley Bothner Eichin Kerberos adl
27457 @c LocalWords: DISTCLEANFILES preprocessor's fileutils Stallman Murphey Stenn
27458 @c LocalWords: Manfredi Autoconfig TCL FSP david zuhn Blandy MACRODIR Raeburn
27459 @c LocalWords: autoconfiscate Savoye Haertel Avera Meyering fdl appendixsec
27460 @c LocalWords: printindex american LIBOBJDIR LibdirTest ERLCFLAGS OBJCFLAGS
27461 @c LocalWords: VER Gnulib online xyes strcpy TYPEOF typeof OBJC objcc objc ln
27462 @c LocalWords: GOBJC OTP ERLC erl valloc decr dumpdef errprint incr
27463 @c LocalWords: esyscmd len maketemp pushdef substr syscmd sysval translit txt
27464 @c LocalWords: sinclude foreach myvar tolower toupper uniq BASENAME STDIN
27465 @c LocalWords: Dynix basename aname cname macroexpands xno xcheck iso
27466 @c LocalWords: LIBREADLINE lreadline lncurses libreadline vrindex SYS
27467 @c LocalWords: syncodeindex define'd caindex CAindex MacKenzie DIRS
27468 @c LocalWords: Runtime runtime Submakes submakes MAKEFLAGS whitespace
27469 @c LocalWords: Timestamps Unportability Canonicalizing stdckdint dirN
27470 @c LocalWords: acinclude AMFLAGS LIBS OBJCXXFLAGS GOFLAGS runstatedir
27471 @c LocalWords: metacharacter EXPENSIVEP errno setjmp wctype sys mawk
27472 @c LocalWords: nawk ggrep egrep gegrep fgrep gfgrep LEX lex yytext nm
27473 @c LocalWords: yywrap xflex lexyy YFLAGS yacc divnum libs fuindex ffs
27474 @c LocalWords: environ sigaction extern ftello nonnull STRTOLD LLONG
27475 @c LocalWords: strtold vfprintf ULLONG strcasecmp strncasecmp MSVC th
27476 @c LocalWords: NDEBUG Xenix INO libc ISDIR ISREG Tektronix Amdahl ino
27477 @c LocalWords: typedef pxref fileblocks submembers INTMAX intmax UINT
27478 @c LocalWords: INTPTR intptr SSIZE ssize uint UINTPTR uintptr OPENMP
27479 @c LocalWords: openmp OpenMP omp Alignas Alignof Noreturn UTF vals gl
27480 @c LocalWords: offsetof VARARRAYS VLA CCC stdcxx nullptr
27481 @c LocalWords: constexpr decltype unicode fstreams iostreams iomanip
27482 @c LocalWords: stringstreams GXX OBJCPP OBJCXX objcxx GOBJCXX erlc tx
27483 @c LocalWords: OBJCXXCPP FIXEDFORM GFC argc argv shellvar fpp MODEXT
27484 @c LocalWords: freeform fixedform MODINC MODOUT gccgo GOC xmkmf fseek
27485 @c LocalWords: interpval ftell Interix macOS PTHREAD NonStop XOPEN xc
27486 @c LocalWords: IEC ATTRIBS BFP DFP O'Donell Sebor ERTS Erlang's erts
27487 @c LocalWords: erlang Wundef scalable USG NOTMAKE DOUCH
27488 @c LocalWords: IVE changesyntax ifnotinfo oline num cfg debugfile cdr
27489 @c LocalWords: debugmode traceoff traceon patsubst dumpdefs ifelse aa
27490 @c LocalWords: mkstemp undivert lifo errprintn BINSH sanitization bcd
27491 @c LocalWords: cleardivert bmatch bpatsubsts subst cond nblank ifval
27492 @c LocalWords: ifblank ifnblank ifvaln fputc fgetc argn mapall dvarv
27493 @c LocalWords: shiftn abcd elt noquote mkargs joinall SHA prereq dup
27494 @c LocalWords: listc setb seta ARITH HNUM xcurly xoccupied
27495 @c LocalWords: TESTA TESTB TESTC hoc xpg xxyzzyz dtksh nosuch fifos
27496 @c LocalWords: fifo Stardent sig WIF WIFSIGNALED SIGQUIT tty perl ret
27497 @c LocalWords: SIGINT NUL SFN PRN aeiou MSYS SIGTERM xhi arith UWIN
27498 @c LocalWords: CLICOLOR FPATH POSIXLY Shellshock CVE OSF doit ec ci
27499 @c LocalWords: notreached cim nc ACL faccessat Alexandre getline sqrt
27500 @c LocalWords: CONVFMT FS OFMT CDS chgrp futimens utimensat oo esc od
27501 @c LocalWords: ownerships mape readdir mkfifo mknod testsuites XSI rf
27502 @c LocalWords: bcdox hexdump filelist rmdir flushleft busybox nl HAZy
27503 @c LocalWords: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Fantazy FAntAZy adc unix xb
27504 @c LocalWords: SUBMAKEFLAGS ehBc ehB hBc hvB dmake hostname nlinit xf
27505 @c LocalWords: DCOMMENT bart pathnames ifhtml randx
27506 @c LocalWords: sumc hic ic fwrapv ftrapv SIGFPE memset fmudflap ctime
27507 @c LocalWords: asctime lvalues lvalue Multithreaded decstation gdb na
27508 @c LocalWords: enableval lesskey FHS superset waitpid libfoo cposix
27509 @c LocalWords: mem RESTARTABLE bzero DejaGNU EUNIT subfile optarg ive
27510 @c LocalWords: nolog expout experr erlflags EUnit testme eunit myprog
27511 @c LocalWords: configmake vx bashdb tvtwm questers UUCP McGrath
27512 @c LocalWords: ispell
27513 @c Local Variables:
27516 @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"
27517 @c indent-tabs-mode: nil
27518 @c whitespace-check-buffer-indent: nil